14 CFR Part 121 — Operating Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and Supplemental Operations

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- Subpart D—Rules Governing All Certificate powered: En route limitations: All en- Holders Under This Part [ Reserved ] gines operating.

121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- Subpart E—Approval of Routes: Domestic powered: En route limitations: One en- and Flag Operations gine inoperative.

121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four or more 121.91 Applicability.

121.93 Route requirements: General. engines: Reciprocating engine powered: 121.95 Route width. En route limitations: Two engines inop- 121.97 Airports: Required data. erative.

121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.99 Communications facilities—domestic powered: Landing limitations: Destina- and flag operations.

tion airport.

121.101 Weather reporting facilities.

121.103 En route navigation facilities. 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.105 Servicing and maintenance facili- powered: Landing limitations: Alternate ties. airport.

121.106 ETOPS Alternate Airport: Rescue 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: and fire fighting service. Takeoff limitations.

121.107 Dispatch centers. 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: One engine inoper- Subpart F—Approval of Areas and Routes ative.

121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: for Supplemental Operations En route limitations: Two engines inop- 121.111 Applicability.

erative.

121.113 Area and route requirements: Gen- 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: eral.

Landing limitations: Destination air- 121.115 Route width.

ports.

121.117 Airports: Required data.

121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: 121.119 Weather reporting facilities.

Landing limitations: Alternate airports.

121.121 En route navigation facilities.

121.198 Cargo service airplanes: Increased 121.122 Communications facilities—supple- zero fuel and landing weights.

mental operations.

121.199 Nontransport category airplanes: 121.123 Servicing maintenance facilities.

Takeoff limitations.

121.125 Flight following system.

121.201 Nontransport category airplanes: En 121.127 Flight following system; require- route limitations: One engine inoper- ments.

ative.

121.203 Nontransport category airplanes: Subpart G—Manual Requirements Landing limitations: Destination airport.

121.205 Nontransport category airplanes: 121.131 Applicability.

Landing limitations: Alternate airport.

121.133 Preparation.

121.207 Provisionally certificated airplanes: 121.135 Manual contents.

Operating limitations.

121.137 Distribution and availability.

121.139 Manual accessibility: Supplemental Subpart J—Special Airworthiness operations.

Requirements 121.141 Airplane flight manual.

121.211 Applicability.

Subpart H—Aircraft Requirements 121.213 [Reserved] 121.215 Cabin interiors.

121.151 Applicability.

121.217 Internal doors.

121.153 Aircraft requirements: General.

121.219 Ventilation.

121.155 [Reserved] 121.221 Fire precautions.

121.157 Aircraft certification and equipment 121.223 Proof of compliance with § 121.221.

requirements.

121.225 Propeller deicing fluid.

121.159 Single-engine airplanes prohibited.

121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrangements.

121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of route.

121.229 Location of fuel tanks.

121.162 ETOPS Type Design Approval Basis.

121.231 Fuel system lines and fittings.

121.163 Aircraft proving tests.

121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in designated Subpart I—Airplane Performance fire zones.

121.235 Fuel valves.

Operating Limitations 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in designated 121.171 Applicability.

fire zones.

121.173 General. 121.239 Oil valves.

121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.241 Oil system drains.

powered: Weight limitations. 121.243 Engine breather lines.

121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine- 121.245 Fire walls.

powered: Takeoff limitations. 121.247 Fire-wall construction.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121

121.249 Cowling. 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for suste- 121.251 Engine accessory section diaphragm. nance: Turbine engine powered airplanes.

121.253 Powerplant fire protection. 121.331 Supplemental oxygen requirements 121.255 Flammable fluids. for pressurized cabin airplanes: Recipro- 121.257 Shutoff means. cating engine powered airplanes.

121.333 Supplemental oxygen for emergency 121.259 Lines and fittings.

descent and for first aid; turbine engine 121.261 Vent and drain lines.

powered airplanes with pressured cabins.

121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems.

121.335 Equipment standards.

121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents.

121.337 Protective breathing equipment.

121.267 Extinguishing agent container pres- 121.339 Emergency equipment for extended sure relief.

over-water operations.

121.269 Extinguishing agent container com- 121.340 Emergency flotation means.

partment temperature.

121.341 Equipment for operations in icing 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system mate- conditions.

rials.

121.342 Pitot heat indication systems.

121.273 Fire-detector systems.

121.343 Flight data recorders.

121.275 Fire detectors.

121.344 Digital flight data recorders for 121.277 Protection of other airplane compo- transport category airplanes.

nents against fire.

121.344a Digital flight data recorders for 10– 121.279 Control of engine rotation.

19 seat airplanes.

121.281 Fuel system independence.

121.345 Radio equipment.

121.283 Induction system ice prevention.

121.346 Flight data recorders: filtered data.

121.285 Carriage of cargo in passenger com- 121.347 Communication and navigation partments.

equipment for operations under VFR 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo compart- over routes navigated by pilotage.

ments.

121.349 Communication and navigation 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning device.

equipment for operations under VFR 121.291 Demonstration of emergency evacu- over routes not navigated by pilotage or ation procedures.

for operations under IFR or over the top.

121.293 Special airworthiness requirements 121.351 Communication and navigation for nontransport category airplanes type equipment for extended over-water oper- certificated after December 31, 1964.

ations and for certain other operations.

121.295 Location for a suspect device.

121.353 Emergency equipment for operations over uninhabited terrain areas: Flag, Subpart K—Instrument and Equipment supplemental, and certain domestic oper- Requirements ators.

121.354 Terrain awareness and warning sys- 121.301 Applicability.

tem.

121.303 Airplane instruments and equip- 121.355 Equipment for operations on which ment.

specialized means of navigation are used.

121.305 Flight and navigational equipment.

121.356 Collision Avoidance System.

121.306 Portable electronic devices.

121.357 Airborne weather radar equipment 121.307 Engine instruments.

requirements.

121.308 Lavatory fire protection.

121.358 Low-altitude windshear system 121.309 Emergency equipment.

equipment requirements.

121.310 Additional emergency equipment.

121.359 Cockpit voice recorders.

121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoulder har- 121.360 [Reserved] nesses.

121.312 Materials for compartment inte- Subpart L—Maintenance, Preventive riors.

Maintenance, and Alterations 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment.

121.314 Cargo and baggage compartments.

121.361 Applicability.

121.315 Cockpit check procedure.

121.363 Responsibility for airworthiness.

121.316 Fuel tanks.

121.365 Maintenance, preventive mainte- 121.317 Passenger information require- nance, and alteration organization.

ments, smoking prohibitions, and addi- 121.367 Maintenance, preventive mainte- tional seat belt requirements.

nance, and alterations programs.

121.318 Public address system.

121.368 Contract maintenance.

121.319 Crewmember interphone system. 121.369 Manual requirements.

121.321 Operations in icing. 121.370–121.370a [Reserved] 121.323 Instruments and equipment for oper- 121.371 Required inspection personnel.

ations at night. 121.373 Continuing analysis and surveil- 121.325 Instruments and equipment for oper- lance.

ations under IFR or over-the-top. 121.374 Continuous airworthiness mainte- 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Reciprocating nance program (CAMP) for two-engine engine powered airplanes. ETOPS.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

121.375 Maintenance and preventive mainte- 121.418 Differences training and related air- nance training program. craft differences training.

121.377 Maintenance and preventive mainte- 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: Initial, nance personnel duty time limitations. transition, conversion and upgrade 121.378 Certificate requirements. ground training.

121.420 Pilots: Upgrade ground training.

121.379 Authority to perform and approve 121.421 Flight attendants: Initial and transi- maintenance, preventive maintenance, tion ground training.

and alterations.

121.422 Aircraft dispatchers: Initial and 121.380 Maintenance recording require- transition ground training.

ments.

121.423 Pilots: Extended Envelope Training.

121.380a Transfer of maintenance records.

121.424 Pilots: Initial, transition, conver- sion, and upgrade flight training.

Subpart M—Airman and Crewmember 121.425 Flight engineers: Initial and transi- Requirements tion flight training.

121.426 Pilots: Upgrade flight training.

121.381 Applicability.

121.427 Recurrent training.

121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of serv- 121.429 Pilots in command: Leadership and ices.

command and mentoring training.

121.385 Composition of flight crew.

121.387 Flight engineer.

Subpart O—Crewmember Qualifications 121.389 Flight navigator and specialized navigation equipment.

121.431 Applicability.

121.391 Flight attendants.

121.432 General.

121.392 Personnel identified as flight attend- 121.433 Training required.

ants.

121.434 Operating experience, operating cy- 121.393 Crewmember requirements at stops cles, and consolidation of knowledge and where passengers remain on board.

skills.

121.394 Flight attendant requirements dur- 121.435 Pilots: Operations Familiarization.

ing passenger boarding and deplaning.

121.436 Pilot Qualification: Certificates and 121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic and experience requirements.

flag operations.

121.438 Pilot operating limitations and pair- 121.397 Emergency and emergency evacu- ing requirements.

ation duties.

121.439 Pilot qualification: Recent experi- ence.

Subpart N—Training Program 121.440 Line checks.

121.441 Proficiency checks.

121.400 Applicability and terms used.

121.443 Pilot in command qualification: 121.401 Training program: General.

Route and airports.

121.402 Training program: Special rules.

121.445 Pilot in command airport qualifica- 121.403 Training program: Curriculum.

tion: Special areas and airports.

121.404 Crew and dispatcher resource man- 121.447 [Reserved] agement training. 121.453 Flight engineer qualifications.

121.405 Training program and revision: Ini- 121.455–121.459 [Reserved] tial and final approval.

121.406 Credit for previous CRM/DRM train- Subpart P—Aircraft Dispatcher ing.

Qualifications and Duty Time 121.407 Training program: Approval of flight Limitations: D OMESTIC AND F LAG O PERATIONS ; simulation training devices.

F LIGHT A TTENDANT D UTY P ERIOD L IMITA - 121.408 Training eqipment other than flight TIONS AND R EST R EQUIREMENTS : D OMESTIC , simulation training devices.

F LAG , AND S UPPLEMENTAL O PERATIONS 121.409 Training courses using flight simula- tion training devices.

121.461 Applicability.

121.410 Airline transport pilot certification 121.463 Aircraft dispatcher qualifications.

training program.

121.465 Aircraft dispatcher duty time limi- 121.411 Qualifications: Check pilots and tations: Domestic and flag operations.

check flight engineers.

121.467 Flight attendant duty period limita- 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instructors.

tions and rest requirements: Domestic, 121.413 Initial, transition and recurrent flag, and supplemental operations.

training and checking requirements: Check pilots and check flight engineers.

Subpart Q—Flight Time Limitations and Rest 121.414 Initial, transition and recurrent Requirements: Domestic Operations training and checking requirements: Flight instructors. 121.470 Applicability.

121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training 121.471 Flight time limitations and rest re- program requirements. quirements: All flight crewmembers.

121.417 Crewmember emergency training. 121.473 Fatigue risk management system.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121

121.543 Flight crewmembers at controls.

Subpart R—Flight Time Limitations: Flag 121.544 Pilot monitoring.

Operations 121.545 Manipulation of controls.

121.480 Applicability. 121.547 Admission to flight deck.

121.481 Flight time limitations: One or two 121.548 Aviation safety inspector’s creden- pilot crews. tials: Admission to pilot’s compartment.

121.483 Flight time limitations: Two pilots 121.548a DOD Commercial Air Carrier Eval- and one additional flight crewmember.

uator’s Credential.

121.485 Flight time limitations: Three or 121.549 Flying equipment.

more pilots and an additional flight 121.550 Secret Service Agents: Admission to crewmember.

flight deck.

121.487 Flight time limitations: Pilots not 121.551 Restriction or suspension of oper- regularly assigned.

ation: Domestic and flag operations.

121.489 Flight time limitations: Other com- 121.553 Restriction or suspension of oper- mercial flying.

ation: Supplemental operations.

121.491 Flight time limitations: Deadhead 121.555 Compliance with approved routes transportation.

and limitations: Domestic and flag oper- 121.493 Flight time limitations: Flight engi- ations.

neers and flight navigators.

121.557 Emergencies: Domestic and flag op- 121.495 Fatigue risk management system.

erations.

121.559 Emergencies: Supplemental oper- Subpart S—Flight Time Limitations: ations.

Supplemental Operations 121.561 Reporting potentially hazardous me- teorological conditions and irregularities 121.500 Applicability.

of ground facilities or navigation aids.

121.503 Flight time limitations: Pilots: air- 121.563 Reporting mechanical irregularities.

planes.

121.565 Engine inoperative: Landing; report- 121.505 Flight time limitations: Two pilot ing.

crews: airplanes.

121.567 Instrument approach procedures and 121.507 Flight time limitations: Three pilot IFR landing minimums.

crews: airplanes.

121.569 Equipment interchange: Domestic 121.509 Flight time limitations: Four pilot and flag operations.

crews: airplanes.

121.570 Airplane evacuation capability.

121.511 Flight time limitations: Flight engi- 121.571 Briefing passengers before takeoff.

neers: airplanes.

121.573 Briefing passengers: Extended 121.513 Flight time limitations: Overseas overwater operations.

and international operations: airplanes.

121.574 Oxygen and portable oxygen con- 121.515 Flight time limitations: All airmen: centrators for medical use by passengers.

airplanes.

121.575 Alcoholic beverages.

121.517 Flight time limitations: Other com- 121.576 Retention of items of mass in pas- mercial flying: airplanes.

senger and crew compartments.

121.519 Flight time limitations: Deadhead 121.577 Stowage of food, beverage, and pas- transportation: airplanes.

senger service equipment during airplane 121.521 Flight time limitations: Crew of two movement on the surface, takeoff, and pilots and one additional airman as re- landing.

quired.

121.578 Cabin ozone concentration.

121.523 Flight time limitations: Crew of 121.579 Minimum altitudes for use of auto- three or more pilots and additional air- pilot.

men as required.

121.580 Prohibition on interference with 121.525 Flight time limitations: Pilots serv- crewmembers.

ing in more than one kind of flight crew.

121.581 Observer’s seat: En route inspec- 121.527 Fatigue risk management system.

tions.

121.582 Means to discreetly notify a Subpart T—Flight Operations flightcrew.

121.531 Applicability. 121.583 Carriage of persons without compli- 121.533 Responsibility for operational con- ance with the passenger-carrying re- trol: Domestic operations. quirements of this part.

121.535 Responsibility for operational con- 121.584 Requirement to view the area out- trol: Flag operations. side the flightdeck door.

121.537 Responsibility for operational con- 121.585 Exit seating.

trol: Supplemental operations. 121.586 Authority to refuse transportation.

121.538 Aircraft security. 121.587 Closing and locking of flight crew 121.539 Operations notices. compartment door.

121.541 Operations schedules: Domestic and 121.589 Carry-on baggage.

flag operations. 121.590 Use of certificated land airports in 121.542 Flight crewmember duties. the United States.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121

121.647 Factors for computing fuel required.

Subpart U—Dispatching and Flight Release 121.649 Takeoff and landing weather mini- Rules mums: VFR: Domestic operations.

121.591 Applicability. 121.651 Takeoff and landing weather mini- 121.593 Dispatching authority: Domestic op- mums: IFR: All certificate holders.

erations. 121.652 Landing weather minimums: IFR: 121.595 Dispatching authority: Flag oper- All certificate holders.

ations.

121.653 [Reserved] 121.597 Flight release authority: Supple- 121.655 Applicability of reported weather mental operations.

minimums.

121.599 Familiarity with weather condi- 121.657 Flight altitude rules.

tions. 121.659 Initial approach altitude: Domestic 121.601 Aircraft dispatcher information to and supplemental operations.

pilot in command: Domestic and flag op- 121.661 Initial approach altitude: Flag oper- erations. ations.

121.603 Facilities and services: Supple- 121.663 Responsibility for dispatch release: mental operations. Domestic and flag operations.

121.605 Airplane equipment.

121.665 Load manifest.

121.607 Communication and navigation fa- 121.667 Flight plan: VFR and IFR: Supple- cilities: Domestic and flag operations.

mental operations.

121.609 Communication and navigation fa- cilities: Supplemental operations.

Subpart V—Records and Reports 121.611 Dispatch or flight release under 121.681 Applicability.

VFR.

121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher record.

121.613 Dispatch or flight release under IFR 121.685 Aircraft record: Domestic and flag or over the top.

121.615 Dispatch or flight release over operations.

water: Flag and supplemental operations. 121.687 Dispatch release: Flag and domestic 121.617 Alternate airport for departure. operations.

121.619 Alternate airport for destination: 121.689 Flight release form: Supplemental IFR or over-the-top: Domestic oper- operations.

ations. 121.691 [Reserved] 121.621 Alternate airport for destination: 121.693 Load manifest: All certificate hold- Flag operations. ers.

121.623 Alternate airport for destination: 121.695 Disposition of load manifest, dis- IFR or over-the-top: Supplemental oper- patch release, and flight plans: Domestic ations. and flag operations.

121.624 ETOPS Alternate Airports..

121.697 Disposition of load manifest, flight 121.625 Alternate Airport weather minima.

release, and flight plans: Supplemental 121.627 Continuing flight in unsafe condi- operations.

tions.

121.698–121.699 [Reserved] 121.628 Inoperable instruments and equip- 121.701 Maintenance log: Aircraft.

ment.

121.703 Service difficulty reports.

121.629 Operation in icing conditions.

121.705 Mechanical interruption summary 121.631 Original dispatch or flight release, report.

redispatch or amendment of dispatch or 121.707 Alteration and repair reports.

flight release.

121.709 Airworthiness release or aircraft log 121.633 Considering time-limited systems in entry.

planning ETOPS alternates.

121.711 Communication records: Domestic 121.635 Dispatch to and from refueling or and flag operations.

provisional airports: Domestic and flag 121.713 Retention of contracts and amend- operations.

ments: Commercial operators who con- 121.637 Takeoffs from unlisted and alternate duct intrastate operations for compensa- airports: Domestic and flag operations.

tion or hire.

121.639 Fuel supply: All domestic oper- ations.

Subpart W—Crewmember Certificate: 121.641 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo- International propeller-powered airplanes: Flag oper- ations.

121.721 Applicability.

121.643 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo- 121.723 Surrender of international crew- propeller-powered airplanes: Supple- member certificate.

mental operations.

121.645 Fuel supply: Turbine-engine powered Subpart X—Emergency Medical airplanes, other than turbo propeller: Equipment and Training Flag and supplemental operations.

121.646 En-route fuel supply: flag and sup- 121.801 Applicability.

plemental operations. 121.803 Emergency medical equipment.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, SFAR No. 50–2, Nt.

121.805 Crewmember training for in-flight APPENDIX A TO P ART 121—F IRST -A ID K ITS medical events. AND E MERGENCY M EDICAL K ITS A PPENDIX B TO P ART 121—A IRCRAFT F LIGHT Subpart Y—Advanced Qualification R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS Program A PPENDIX C TO P ART 121—C–46 N ON - TRANSPORT C ATEGORY A IRPLANES 121.901 Purpose and eligibility.

A PPENDIX D TO P ART 121—C RITERIA FOR D EM - 121.903 General requirements for Advanced ONSTRATION OF E MERGENCY E VACUATION Qualification Programs.

P ROCEDURES U NDER § 121.291 121.905 Confidential commercial informa- A PPENDIX E TO P ART 121—F LIGHT T RAINING tion REQUIREMENTS 121.907 Definitions.

A PPENDIX F TO P ART 121—P ROFICIENCY C HECK 121.909 Approval of Advanced Qualification R EQUIREMENTS Program.

121.911 Indoctrination curriculum. A PPENDIX G TO P ART 121—D OPPLER R ADAR 121.913 Qualification curriculum.

AND I NERTIAL N AVIGATION S YSTEM (INS): 121.915 Continuing qualification curriculum.

REQUEST FOR E VALUATION ; E QUIPMENT 121.917 Other requirements.

AND EQUIPMENT I NSTALLATION ; T RAINING 121.919 Certification.

P ROGRAM ; E QUIPMENT A CCURACY AND R E - 121.921 Training devices and simulators.

LIABILITY ; E VALUATION P ROGRAM 121.923 Approval of training, qualification, A PPENDIX H TO P ART 121—A DVANCED S IMULA - or evaluation by a person who provides TION training by arrangement.

A PPENDIXES I–J TO P ART 121 [R ESERVED ] 121.925 Recordkeeping requirements.

A PPENDIX K TO P ART 121—P ERFORMANCE R E - QUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN T URBO - Subpart Z—Hazardous Materials Training PROPELLER P OWERED A IRPLANES Program A PPENDIX L TO P ART 121—T YPE C ERTIFI - 121.1001 Applicability and definitions. CATION R EGULATIONS M ADE P REVIOUSLY 121.1003 Hazardous materials training: Gen- E FFECTIVE eral.

A PPENDIX M TO P ART 121—A IRPLANE F LIGHT 121.1005 Hazardous materials training re- R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS quired.

A PPENDIX N TO P ART 121 [R ESERVED ] 121.1007 Hazardous materials training A PPENDIX O TO P ART 121—H AZARDOUS M ATE - records.

RIALS T RAINING R EQUIREMENTS F OR C ER - TIFICATE H OLDERS Subpart AA—Continued Airworthiness and APPENDIX P TO P ART 121—R EQUIREMENTS FOR Safety Improvements ETOPS AND P OLAR O PERATIONS 121.1101 Purpose and definition.

A UTHORITY : 49 U.S.C. 106(f), 40103, 40113, 121.1103 [Reserved] 40119, 41706, 42301 preceding note added by 121.1105 Aging airplane inspections and Pub. L. 112–95, sec. 412, 126 Stat. 89, 44101, records reviews.

44701–44702, 44705, 44709–44711, 44713, 44716– 121.1107 Repairs assessment for pressurized 44717, 44722, 44729, 44732; 46105; Pub. L. 111–216, fuselages.

124 Stat. 2348 (49 U.S.C. 44701 note); Pub. L.

121.1109 Supplemental inspections.

112–95, 126 Stat. 62 (49 U.S.C. 44732 note); Pub.

121.1111 Electrical wiring interconnection L. 115–254, 132 Stat. 3186 (49 U.S.C. 44701 note).

systems (EWIS) maintenance program.

121.1113 Fuel tank system maintenance pro- S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION gram.

N O. 50–2 121.1115 Limit of validity.

121.1117 Flammability reduction means.

121.1119 Fuel tank vent explosion protec- E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

tion. 50–2, see part 91 of this chapter.

Subpart BB [ Reserved ] S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O. 71 121.1200–121.1399 [Reserved] Subpart CC [ Reserved ] E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

71, see part 91 of this chapter.

121.1400–121.1499 [Reserved] S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION Subpart DD—Special Federal Aviation N O. 97 Regulations 121.1500 SFAR No. 111—Lavatory Oxygen E DITORIAL N OTE : For the text of SFAR No.

Systems. 97, see part 91 of this chapter.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.2 (f) Each person who is an applicant Subpart A—General for an Air Carrier Certificate or an Op- erating Certificate under part 119 of § 121.1 Applicability.

this chapter, when conducting proving This part prescribes rules gov- tests.

erning— (g) This part also establishes require- (a) The domestic, flag, and supple- ments for operators to take actions to mental operations of each person who support the continued airworthiness of holds or is required to hold an Air Car- each aircraft.

rier Certificate or Operating Certifi- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995, as cate under part 119 of this chapter.

amended by Amdt. 121–328, 72 FR 6912, Feb.

(b) Each person employed or used by 13, 2007; Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, a certificate holder conducting oper- 2007; Docket FAA–2022–1563, Amdt. 121–390, 88 ations under this part including main- FR 48090, July 26, 2023] tenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration of aircraft.

§ 121.2 Compliance schedule for opera- tors that transition to part 121; cer- (c) Each person who applies for provi- tain new entrant operators.

sional approval of an Advanced Quali- fication Program curriculum, cur- (a) Applicability. This section applies riculum segment, or portion of a cur- to the following: riculum segment under subpart Y of (1) Each certificate holder that was this part, and each person employed or issued an air carrier or operating cer- used by an air carrier or commercial tificate and operations specifications operator under this part to perform under the requirements of part 135 of training, qualification, or evaluation this chapter or under SFAR No. 38–2 of functions under an Advanced Qualifica- 14 CFR part 121 before January 19, 1996, tion Program under subpart Y of this and that conducts scheduled passenger- part.

carrying operations with: (d) Nonstop Commercial Air Tours (i) Nontransport category turbo- conducted for compensation or hire in propeller powered airplanes type cer- accordance with § 119.1(e)(2) of this tificated after December 31, 1964, that chapter must comply with drug and al- have a passenger seat configuration of cohol requirements in §§ 121.455, 121.457, 10–19 seats; 121.458 and 121.459, and with the provi- (ii) Transport category turbo- sions of part 136, subpart A of this propeller powered airplanes that have a chapter by September 11, 2007. An oper- passenger seat configuration of 20–30 ator who does not hold an air carrier seats; or certificate or an operating certificate (iii) Turbojet engine powered air- is permitted to use a person who is oth- planes having a passenger seat configu- erwise authorized to perform aircraft ration of 1–30 seats.

maintenance or preventive mainte- (2) Each person who, after January nance duties and who is not subject to 19, 1996, applies for or obtains an initial anti-drug and alcohol misuse preven- air carrier or operating certificate and tion programs to perform— operations specifications to conduct (1) Aircraft maintenance or preven- scheduled passenger-carrying oper- tive maintenance on the operator’s air- ations in the kinds of airplanes de- craft if the operator would otherwise scribed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), be required to transport the aircraft or paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section.

more than 50 nautical miles further (b) Obtaining operations specifications.

than the repair point closest to the op- A certificate holder described in para- erator’s principal base of operations to graph (a)(1) of this section may not, obtain these services; or after March 20, 1997, operate an air- (2) Emergency repairs on the opera- plane described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), tor’s aircraft if the aircraft cannot be (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this section in safely operated to a location where an scheduled passenger-carrying oper- employee subject to FAA-approved pro- ations, unless it obtains operations grams can perform the repairs.

specifications to conduct its scheduled (e) Each person who is on board an operations under this part on or before aircraft being operated under this part. March 20, 1997.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.2 (c) Regular or accelerated compliance. (B) Section 121.161(b), Ditching ap- Except as provided in paragraphs (d), proval.

(e), and (i) of this section, each certifi- (C) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude cate holder described in paragraphs indicator.

(a)(1) of this section shall comply with (D) Section 121.312(c), Passenger seat each applicable requirement of this cushion flammability.

part on and after March 20, 1997 or on (iv) March 12, 1999: Section and after the date on which the certifi- 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit cate holder is issued operations speci- locating sign.

fications under this part, whichever oc- (2) Transport category turbopropeller curs first. Except as provided in para- powered airplanes that have a passenger graphs (d) and (e) of this section, each seat configuration of 20–30 seats. No cer- person described in paragraph (a)(2) of tificate holder may operate under this this section shall comply with each ap- part an airplane that is described in plicable requirement of this part on paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on or and after the date on which that person after a date listed in paragraph (d)(2) of is issued a certificate and operations this section unless that airplane meets specifications under this part. the applicable requirement listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section: (d) Delayed compliance dates. Unless (i) December 20, 1997: paragraph (e) of this section specifies (A) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- an earlier compliance date, no certifi- tection.

cate holder that is covered by para- (B) Section 121.337(b) (8) and (9), Pro- graph (a) of this section may operate tective breathing equipment.

an airplane in 14 CFR part 121 oper- (C) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- ations on or after a date listed in this tion means.

paragraph (d) unless that airplane (ii) December 20, 2010: § 121.305(j), meets the applicable requirement of third attitude indicator.

this paragraph (d): (e) Newly manufactured airplanes. No (1) Nontransport category turbo- certificate holder that is described in propeller powered airplanes type certifi- paragraph (a) of this section may oper- cated after December 31, 1964, that have a ate under this part an airplane manu- passenger seat configuration of 10–19 factured on or after a date listed in seats. No certificate holder may oper- this paragraph unless that airplane ate under this part an airplane that is meets the applicable requirement list- described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this ed in this paragraph (e).

section on or after a date listed in (1) For nontransport category turbo- paragraph (d)(1) of this section unless propeller powered airplanes type cer- that airplane meets the applicable re- tificated after December 31, 1964, that quirement listed in paragraph (d)(1) of have a passenger seat configuration of this section: 10–19 seats: (i) December 20, 1997: (i) Manufactured on or after March (A) Section 121.289, Landing gear 20, 1997: aural warning.

(A) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude (B) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire pro- indicator.

tection.

(B) Section 121.311(f), Safety belts (C) Section 121.310(e), Emergency exit and shoulder harnesses.

handle illumination.

(ii) Manufactured on or after Decem- (D) Section 121.337(b)(8), Protective ber 20, 1997; Section 121.317(a), Fasten breathing equipment.

seat belt light.

(E) Section 121.340, Emergency flota- (iii) Manufactured on or after Decem- tion means.

ber 20, 1999: Section 121.293, Takeoff (ii) December 20, 1999: Section 121.342, warning system.

Pitot heat indication system.

(iv) Manufactured on or after March (iii) December 20, 2010: 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior (A) For airplanes described in emergency exit locating sign.

§ 121.157(f), the Airplane Performance (2) For transport category turbo- Operating Limitations in §§ 121.189 propeller powered airplanes that have a through 121.197. passenger seat configuration of 20–30 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.7 seats manufactured on or after March training and qualification credited to- 20, 1997: Section 121.305(j), Third atti- ward part 121 requirements.

tude indicator.

[Docket 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995, as (f) New type certification requirements.

amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2609, Jan.

No person may operate an airplane for 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; which the application for a type cer- Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34234, July 15, 2009] tificate was filed after March 29, 1995, in 14 CFR part 121 operations unless § 121.4 Applicability of rules to unau- that airplane is type certificated under thorized operators.

part 25 of this chapter.

The rules in this part which refer to (g) Transition plan. Before March 19, a person certificated under part 119 of 1996 each certificate holder described in this chapter apply also to any person paragraph (a)(1) of this section must who engages in an operation governed submit to the FAA a transition plan by this part without the appropriate (containing a calendar of events) for certificate and operations specifica- moving from conducting its scheduled tions required by part 119 of this chap- operations under the commuter re- ter.

quirements of part 135 of this chapter [Docket 11675, 37 FR 20937, Oct. 5, 1972, as to the requirements for domestic or amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec.

flag operations under this part. Each 20, 1995] transition plan must contain details on § 121.7 Definitions.

the following: (1) Plans for obtaining new oper- The following definitions apply to ations specifications authorizing do- those sections of part 121 that apply to ETOPS: mestic or flag operations; Adequate Airport means an airport (2) Plans for being in compliance that an airplane operator may list with with the applicable requirements of approval from the FAA because that this part on or before March 20, 1997; airport meets the landing limitations and of § 121.197 and is either— (3) Plans for complying with the com- (1) An airport that meets the require- pliance date schedules contained in ments of part 139, subpart D of this paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.

chapter, excluding those that apply to (h) Continuing requirements. A certifi- aircraft rescue and firefighting service, cate holder described in paragraph (a) or of this section shall comply with the (2) A military airport that is active applicable airplane operating and and operational.

equipment requirements of part 135 of ETOPS Alternate Airport means an this chapter for the airplanes described adequate airport listed in the certifi- in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, until cate holder’s operations specifications the airplane meets the specific compli- that is designated in a dispatch or ance dates in paragraphs (d) and (e) of flight release for use in the event of a this section. diversion during ETOPS. This defini- tion applies to flight planning and does (i) Any training or qualification ob- not in any way limit the authority of tained by a crewmember under part 135 the pilot-in-command during flight.

of this chapter before March 20, 1997, is ETOPS Area of Operation means one entitled to credit under this part for of the following areas: the purpose of meeting the require- (1) For turbine-engine-powered air- ments of this part, as determined by planes with two engines, an area be- the Administrator. Records kept by a yond 60 minutes from an adequate air- certificate holder under part 135 of this port, computed using a one-engine-in- chapter before March 20, 1997, can be operative cruise speed under standard annotated, with the approval of the Ad- conditions in still air.

ministrator, to reflect crewmember (2) For turbine-engine-powered pas- senger-carrying airplanes with more than two engines, an area beyond 180 minutes from an adequate airport, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.9 computed using a one-engine-inoper- rules of the country concerned and the ative cruise speed under standard con- local airport rules, except where any ditions in still air. rule of this part is more restrictive and ETOPS Entry Point means the first may be followed without violating the point on the route of an ETOPS flight, rules of that country.

determined using a one-engine-inoper- [Docket 16383, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] ative cruise speed under standard con- ditions in still air, that is— § 121.15 Carriage of narcotic drugs, (1) More than 60 minutes from an marihuana, and depressant or stim- adequate airport for airplanes with two ulant drugs or substances.

engines; If a certificate holder operating (2) More than 180 minutes from an under this part permits any aircraft adequate airport for passenger-car- owned or leased by that holder to be rying airplanes with more than two en- engaged in any operation that the cer- gines.

tificate holder knows to be in violation ETOPS Qualified Person means a per- of § 91.19(a) of this chapter, that oper- son, performing maintenance for the ation is a basis for suspending or re- certificate holder, who has satisfac- voking the certificate.

torily completed the certificate hold- er’s ETOPS training program. [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] Maximum Diversion Time means, for the purposes of ETOPS route planning, Subpart B—Certification Rules for the longest diversion time authorized Domestic and Flag Air Car- for a flight under the operator’s riers [ Reserved ] ETOPS authority. It is calculated under standard conditions in still air Subpart C—Certification Rules for at a one-engine-inoperative cruise Supplemental Air Carriers and speed.

North Pacific Area of Operation means Commercial Operators [ Re- Pacific Ocean areas north of 40 ° N lati- served ] tudes including NOPAC ATS routes, and published PACOTS tracks between Subpart D—Rules Governing All Japan and North America.

Certificate Holders Under This North Polar Area means the entire Part [ Reserved ] area north of 78 ° N latitude.

One-engine-inoperative-Cruise Speed Subpart E—Approval of Routes: means a speed within the certified op- erating limits of the airplane that is Domestic and Flag Operations specified by the certificate holder and approved by the FAA for — S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, (1) Calculating required fuel reserves 1964, unless otherwise noted.

needed to account for an inoperative engine; or § 121.91 Applicability.

(2) Determining whether an ETOPS This subpart prescribes rules for ob- alternate is within the maximum di- taining approval of routes by certifi- version time authorized for an ETOPS cate holders conducting domestic or flight.

flag operations.

South Polar Area means the entire [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] area South of 60 ° S latitude.

[Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1878, Jan. 16, § 121.93 Route requirements: General.

2007] (a) Each certificate holder con- § 121.9 [Reserved] ducting domestic or flag operations seeking a route approval must show— § 121.11 Rules applicable to operations (1) That it is able to conduct satisfac- in a foreign country.

torily scheduled operations between Each certificate holder shall, while each regular, provisional, and refueling operating an airplane within a foreign airport over that route or route seg- country, comply with the air traffic ment; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.97 (2) That the facilities and services re- lighting, navigational and communica- quired by §§ 121.97 through 121.107 are tions aids, and ATC.

available and adequate for the proposed (b) Each certificate holder con- operation. ducting domestic or flag operations must show that it has an approved sys- The Administrator approves a route tem for obtaining, maintaining, and outside of controlled airspace if he de- distributing to appropriate personnel termines that traffic density is such current aeronautical data for each air- that an adequate level of safety can be port it uses to ensure a safe operation assured.

at that airport. The aeronautical data (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does must include the following: not require actual flight over a route (1) Airports.

or route segment if the certificate (i) Facilities.

holder shows that the flight is not es- (ii) Public protection. After February sential to safety, considering the avail- 15, 2008, for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes ability and adequacy of airports, light- or operations in the North Polar area ing, maintenance, communication, and South Polar area, this includes fa- navigation, fueling, ground, and air- cilities at each airport or in the imme- plane radio facilities, and the ability of diate area sufficient to protect the pas- the personnel to be used in the pro- sengers from the elements and to see to posed operation.

their welfare.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as (iii) Navigational and communica- amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, tions aids.

1965; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (iv) Construction affecting takeoff, landing, or ground operations.

§ 121.95 Route width.

(v) Air traffic facilities.

(a) Approved routes and route seg- (2) Runways, clearways and ments over U.S. Federal airways or for- stopways.

eign airways (and advisory routes in (i) Dimensions.

the case of certificate holders con- (ii) Surface.

ducting flag operations) have a width (iii) Marking and lighting systems.

equal to the designated width of those (iv) Elevation and gradient.

airways or routes. Whenever the Ad- (3) Displaced thresholds.

ministrator finds it necessary to deter- (i) Location.

mine the width of other approved (ii) Dimensions.

routes, he considers the following: (iii) Takeoff or landing or both.

(1) Terrain clearance.

(4) Obstacles.

(2) Minimum en route altitudes.

(i) Those affecting takeoff and land- (3) Ground and airborne navigation ing performance computations in ac- aids.

cordance with Subpart I of this part.

(4) Air traffic density.

(ii) Controlling obstacles.

(5) ATC procedures.

(5) Instrument flight procedures.

(b) Any route widths of other ap- (i) Departure procedure.

proved routes determined by the Ad- (ii) Approach procedure.

ministrator are specified in the certifi- (iii) Missed approach procedure.

cate holder’s operations specifications.

(6) Special information.

(i) Runway visual range measure- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. ment equipment.

26, 1996] (ii) Prevailing winds under low visi- bility conditions.

§ 121.97 Airports: Required data.

(c) If the responsible Flight Stand- (a) Each certificate holder con- ards office charged with the overall in- ducting domestic or flag operations spection of the certificate holder’s op- must show that each route it submits erations finds that revisions are nec- for approval has enough airports that essary for the continued adequacy of are properly equipped and adequate for the certificate holder’s system for col- the proposed operation, considering lection, dissemination, and usage of such items as size, surface, obstruc- aeronautical data that has been grant- tions, facilities, public protection, ed approval, the certificate holder VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.99 shall, after notification by the respon- cilities are not available or are of such sible Flight Standards office, make poor quality that voice communication those revisions in the system. Within is not possible, another communication 30 days after the certificate holder re- system must be substituted.

ceives such notice, the certificate hold- (d) Except as provided in paragraph er may file a petition to reconsider the (e) of this section, after February 15, notice with the Executive Director, 2008 for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, Flight Standards Service. This filing of each certificate holder conducting flag a petition to reconsider stays the no- operations must have a second commu- tice pending a decision by the Execu- nication system in addition to that re- tive Director, Flight Standards Serv- quired by paragraph (c) of this section.

ice. However, if the responsible Flight That system must be able to provide Standards office finds that there is an immediate satellite-based voice com- emergency that requires immediate ac- munications of landline-telephone fi- tion in the interest of safety in air delity. The system must be able to transportation, the Executive Director, communicate between the flight crew Flight Standards Service may, upon and air traffic services, and the flight statement of the reasons, require a crew and the certificate holder. In de- change effective without stay. termining whether such communica- tions are available, the certificate [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as holder must consider potential routes amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July and altitudes needed for diversion to 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, ETOPS Alternate Airports. Where im- 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1878, Jan. 16, 2007; Dock- mediate, satellite-based voice commu- et FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, nications are not available, or are of 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] such poor quality that voice commu- nication is not possible, another com- § 121.99 Communications facilities— munication system must be sub- domestic and flag operations.

stituted.

(a) Each certificate holder con- (e) Operators of two-engine turbine- ducting domestic or flag operations powered airplanes with 207 minute must show that a two-way communica- ETOPS approval in the North Pacific tion system, or other means of commu- Area of Operation must comply with nication approved by the responsible the requirements of paragraph (d) of Flight Standards office, is available this section as of February 15, 2007.

over the entire route. The communica- [Docket 28154, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997, as tions may be direct links or via an ap- amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1878, Jan.

proved communication link that will 16, 2007; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31680, June 7, provide reliable and rapid communica- 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 tions under normal operating condi- FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] tions between each airplane and the ap- § 121.101 Weather reporting facilities.

propriate dispatch office, and between each airplane and the appropriate air (a) Each certificate holder con- traffic control unit.

ducting domestic or flag operations (b) Except in an emergency, for all must show that enough weather report- flag and domestic kinds of operations, ing services are available along each the communications systems between route to ensure weather reports and each airplane and the dispatch office forecasts necessary for the operation.

must be independent of any system op- (b) Except as provided in paragraph erated by the United States. (d) of this section, no certificate holder (c) Each certificate holder con- conducting domestic or flag operations ducting flag operations must provide may use any weather report to control voice communications for ETOPS flight unless— where voice communication facilities (1) For operations within the 48 con- are available. In determining whether tiguous States and the District of Co- facilities are available, the certificate lumbia, it was prepared by the U.S. Na- holder must consider potential routes tional Weather Service or a source ap- and altitudes needed for diversion to proved by the U.S. National Weather ETOPS Alternate Airports. Where fa- Service; or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.106 (2) For operations conducted outside (3) Other operations approved by the the 48 contiguous States and the Dis- responsible Flight Standards office.

trict of Columbia, it was prepared by a [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, source approved by the Administrator.

2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, (c) Each certificate holder con- Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] ducting domestic or flag operations § 121.105 Servicing and maintenance that uses forecasts to control flight facilities.

movements shall use forecasts prepared from weather reports specified in para- Each certificate holder conducting graph (b) of this section and from any domestic or flag operations must show source approved under its system that competent personnel and adequate adopted pursuant to paragraph (d) of facilities and equipment (including this section.

spare parts, supplies, and materials) (d) Each certificate holder con- are available at such points along the ducting domestic or flag operations certificate holder’s route as are nec- essary for the proper servicing, mainte- shall adopt and put into use an ap- nance, and preventive maintenance of proved system for obtaining forecasts airplanes and auxiliary equipment.

and reports of adverse weather phe- nomena, such as clear air turbulence, [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] thunderstorms, and low altitude wind shear, that may affect safety of flight § 121.106 ETOPS Alternate Airport: on each route to be flown and at each Rescue and fire fighting service.

airport to be used.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the following rescue [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as and fire fighting service (RFFS) must amended by Amdt. 121–27, 36 FR 13911, July 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–134, 42 FR 27573, May 31, be available at each airport listed as an 1977; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dispatch or flight release.

§ 121.103 En route navigation facili- (1) For ETOPS up to 180 minutes, ties.

each designated ETOPS Alternate Air- port must have RFFS equivalent to (a) Except as provided in paragraph that specified by ICAO as Category 4, (b) of this section, each certificate or higher.

holder conducting domestic or flag op- (2) For ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, erations must show, for each proposed each designated ETOPS Alternate Air- route (including to any regular, provi- port must have RFFS equivalent to sional, refueling or alternate airports), that specified by ICAO Category 4, or that suitable navigation aids are avail- higher. In addition, the aircraft must able to navigate the airplane along the remain within the ETOPS authorized route within the degree of accuracy re- diversion time from an Adequate Air- quired for ATC. Navigation aids re- port that has RFFS equivalent to that quired for approval of routes outside of specified by ICAO Category 7, or high- controlled airspace are listed in the er.

certificate holder’s operations speci- (b) If the equipment and personnel re- fications except for those aids required quired in paragraph (a) of this section for routes to alternate airports.

are not immediately available at an (b) Navigation aids are not required airport, the certificate holder may still for any of the following operations— list the airport on the dispatch or (1) Day VFR operations that the cer- flight release if the airport’s RFFS can tificate holder shows can be conducted be augmented to meet paragraph (a) of safely by pilotage because of the char- this section from local fire fighting as- acteristics of the terrain; sets. A 30-minute response time for (2) Night VFR operations on routes augmentation is adequate if the local that the certificate holder shows have assets can be notified while the divert- reliably lighted landmarks adequate ing airplane is en route. The aug- for safe operation; and menting equipment and personnel must be available on arrival of the diverting VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.107 airplane and must remain as long as airspace if the certificate holder con- the diverting airplane needs RFFS. ducting supplemental operations shows the route is safe for operations and the [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, Administrator finds that traffic den- 2007] sity is such that an adequate level of safety can be assured. The certificate § 121.107 Dispatch centers.

holder may not use such a route unless Each certificate holder conducting it is approved by the Administrator domestic or flag operations must show and is listed in the certificate holder’s that it has enough dispatch centers, operations specifications.

adequate for the operations to be con- ducted, that are located at points nec- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan.

essary to ensure proper operational 26, 1996] control of each flight.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.115 Route width.

(a) Routes and route segments over Subpart F—Approval of Areas and Federal airways, foreign airways, or Routes for Supplemental Op- advisory routes have a width equal to erations the designated width of those airways or advisory routes. Whenever the Ad- ministrator finds it necessary to deter- S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted. mine the width of other routes, he con- siders the following: § 121.111 Applicability.

(1) Terrain clearance.

(2) Minimum en route altitudes.

This subpart prescribes rules for ob- (3) Ground and airborne navigation taining approval of areas and routes by aids.

certificate holders conducting supple- (4) Air traffic density.

mental operations.

(5) ATC procedures.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (b) Any route widths of other routes determined by the Administrator are § 121.113 Area and route requirements: specified in the certificate holder’s op- General.

erations specifications.

(a) Each certificate holder con- ducting supplemental operations seek- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan.

ing route and area approval must 26, 1996] show— (1) That it is able to conduct oper- § 121.117 Airports: Required data.

ations within the United States in ac- (a) No certificate holder conducting cordance with paragraphs (a) (3) and (4) supplemental operations may use any of this section; airport unless it is properly equipped (2) That it is able to conduct oper- and adequate for the proposed oper- ations in accordance with the applica- ation, considering such items as size, ble requirements for each area outside surface, obstructions, facilities, public the United States for which authoriza- protection, lighting, navigational and tion is requested; communications aids, and ATC.

(3) That it is equipped and able to conduct operations over, and use the (b) Each certificate holder con- navigational facilities associated with, ducting supplemental operations must the Federal airways, foreign airways, show that it has an approved system or advisory routes (ADR’s) to be used; for obtaining, maintaining, and distrib- and uting to appropriate personnel current (4) That it will conduct all IFR and aeronautical data for each airport it night VFR operations over Federal air- uses to ensure a safe operation at that ways, foreign airways, controlled air- airport. The aeronautical data must in- space, or advisory routes (ADR’s). clude the following: (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4) (1) Airports.

of this section, the Administrator may (i) Facilities.

approve a route outside of controlled (ii) Public protection.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.121 (iii) Navigational and communica- reasons, require a change effective tions aids. without stay.

(iv) Construction affecting takeoff, [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as landing, or ground operations.

amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July (v) Air traffic facilities. 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996; (2) Runways, clearways, and Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR stopways.

9172, 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (i) Dimensions.

(ii) Surface.

§ 121.119 Weather reporting facilities.

(iii) Marking and lighting systems.

(a) No certificate holder conducting (iv) Elevation and gradient.

supplemental operations may use any (3) Displaced thresholds.

weather report to control flight unless (i) Location.

it was prepared and released by the (ii) Dimensions. U.S. National Weather Service or a source approved by the Weather Bu- (iii) Takeoff or landing or both.

reau. For operations outside the U.S., (4) Obstacles.

or at U.S. Military airports, where (i) Those affecting takeoff and land- those reports are not available, the cer- ing performance computations in ac- tificate holder must show that its cordance with Subpart I of this part.

weather reports are prepared by a (ii) Controlling obstacles.

source found satisfactory by the Ad- (5) Instrument flight procedures.

ministrator.

(i) Departure procedure.

(b) Each certificate holder con- (ii) Approach procedure.

ducting supplemental operations that (iii) Missed approach procedure.

uses forecasts to control flight move- (6) Special information.

ments shall use forecasts prepared (i) Runway visual range measure- from weather reports specified in para- ment equipment. graph (a) of this section.

(ii) Prevailing winds under low visi- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as bility conditions.

amended by Amdt. 121–76, 36 FR 13911, July (c) If the responsible Flight Stand- 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] ards office charged with the overall in- spection of the certificate holder’s op- § 121.121 En route navigation facili- erations finds that revisions are nec- ties.

essary for the continued adequacy of (a) Except as provided in paragraph the certificate holder’s system for col- (b) of this section, no certificate holder lection, dissemination, and usage of conducting supplemental operations aeronautical data that has been grant- may conduct any operation over a ed approval, the certificate holder route (including to any destination, re- shall, after notification by the respon- fueling or alternate airports) unless sible Flight Standards office, make suitable navigation aids are available those revisions in the system. Within to navigate the airplane along the 30 days after the certificate holder re- route within the degree of accuracy re- ceives such notice, the certificate hold- quired for ATC. Navigation aids re- er may file a petition to reconsider the quired for routes outside of controlled notice with the Executive Director, airspace are listed in the certificate Flight Standards Service. This filing of holder’s operations specifications ex- a petition to reconsider stays the no- cept for those aids required for routes to alternate airports.

tice pending a decision by the Director, (b) Navigation aids are not required Flight Standards Service. However, if for any of the following operations— the responsible Flight Standards office (1) Day VFR operations that the cer- finds that there is an emergency that tificate holder shows can be conducted requires immediate action in the inter- safely by pilotage because of the char- est of safety in air transportation, the acteristics of the terrain; Executive Director, Flight Standards (2) Night VFR operations on routes Service may, upon a statement of the that the certificate holder shows have VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00103 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.122 reliably lighted landmarks adequate mining whether such communications for safe operation; and are available, the certificate holder (3) Other operations approved by the must consider potential routes and al- responsible Flight Standards office. titudes needed for diversion to ETOPS Alternate Airports. Where immediate, [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, satellite-based voice communications 2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, are not available, or are of such poor Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] quality that voice communication is § 121.122 Communications facilities— not possible, another communication supplemental operations.

system must be substituted.

(d) Operators of turbine engine pow- (a) Each certificate holder con- ered airplanes do not need to meet the ducting supplemental operations other than all-cargo operations in an air- requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) plane with more than two engines must of this section until February 15, 2008.

show that a two-way radio communica- [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, tion system or other means of commu- 2007] nication approved by the FAA is avail- able. It must ensure reliable and rapid § 121.123 Servicing maintenance facili- communications under normal oper- ties.

ating conditions over the entire route Each certificate holder conducting (either direct or via approved point-to- supplemental operations must show point circuits) between each airplane that competent personnel and adequate and the certificate holder, and between facilities and equipment (including each airplane and the appropriate air spare parts, supplies, and materials) traffic services, except as specified in are available for the proper servicing, § 121.351(c).

maintenance, and preventive mainte- (b) Except as provided in paragraph nance of aircraft and auxiliary equip- (d) of this section, each certificate ment.

holder conducting supplemental oper- [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] ations other than all-cargo operations in an airplane with more than two en- § 121.125 Flight following system.

gines must provide voice communica- tions for ETOPS where voice commu- (a) Each certificate holder con- nication facilities are available. In de- ducting supplemental operations must termining whether facilities are avail- show that it has— able, the certificate holder must con- (1) An approved flight following sys- sider potential routes and altitudes tem established in accordance with needed for diversion to ETOPS Alter- subpart U of this part and adequate for nate Airports. Where facilities are not the proper monitoring of each flight, available or are of such poor quality considering the operations to be con- that voice communication is not pos- ducted; and sible, another communication system (2) Flight following centers located must be substituted. at those points necessary— (c) Except as provided in paragraph (i) To ensure the proper monitoring (d) of this section, for ETOPS beyond of the progress of each flight with re- 180 minutes each certificate holder spect to its departure at the point of conducting supplemental operations origin and arrival at its destination, other than all-cargo operations in an including intermediate stops and diver- airplane with more than two engines sions therefrom, and maintenance or must have a second communication mechanical delays encountered at system in addition to that required by those points or stops; and paragraph (b) of this section. That sys- (ii) To ensure that the pilot in com- tem must be able to provide immediate mand is provided with all information satellite-based voice communications necessary for the safety of the flight.

of landline telephone-fidelity. The sys- (b) A certificate holder conducting tem must provide communication ca- supplemental operations may arrange pabilities between the flight crew and to have flight following facilities pro- air traffic services and the flight crew vided by persons other than its employ- and the certificate holder. In deter- ees, but in such a case the certificate VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00104 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.135 holder continues to be primarily re- Subpart G—Manual Requirements sponsible for operational control of § 121.131 Applicability.

each flight.

(c) A flight following system need not This subpart prescribes requirements provide for in-flight monitoring by a for preparing and maintaining manuals flight following center. by all certificate holders.

(d) The certificate holder’s oper- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964] ations specifications specify the flight following system it is authorized to use § 121.133 Preparation.

and the location of the centers.

(a) Each certificate holder shall pre- pare and keep current a manual for the [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as use and guidance of flight, ground oper- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan.

ations, and management personnel in 26, 1996] conducting its operations.

(b) For the purpose of this subpart, § 121.127 Flight following system; re- quirements. the certificate holder may prepare that part of the manual containing mainte- (a) Each certificate holder con- nance information and instructions, in ducting supplemental operations using whole or in part, in printed form or a flight following system must show other form acceptable to the Adminis- that— trator.

(1) The system has adequate facilities [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] and personnel to provide the informa- tion necessary for the initiation and § 121.135 Manual contents.

safe conduct of each flight to— (a) Each manual accessed in paper (i) The flight crew of each aircraft; format must display the date of last re- and vision on each page. Each manual (ii) The persons designated by the accessed in electronic format must dis- certificate holder to perform the func- play the date of last revision in a man- tion of operational control of the air- ner in which a person can immediately craft; and ascertain it. Each manual required by (2) The system has a means of com- § 121.133 must: munication by private or available (1) Include instructions and informa- public facilities (such as telephone, tion necessary to allow the personnel telegraph, or radio) to monitor the concerned to perform their duties and progress of each flight with respect to responsibilities with a high degree of its departure at the point of origin and safety; (2) Be in a form that is easy to revise arrival at its destination, including in- and; termediate stops and diversions there- (3) Not be contrary to any applicable from, and maintenance or mechanical Federal regulation and, in the case of a delays encountered at those points or flag or supplemental operation, any ap- stops.

plicable foreign regulation, or the cer- (b) The certificate holder conducting tificate holder’s operations specifica- supplemental operations must show tions or operating certificate.

that the personnel specified in para- (b) The manual may be in two or graph (a) of this section, and those it more separate parts, containing to- designates to perform the function of gether all of the following information, operational control of the aircraft, are but each part must contain that part of able to perform their required duties.

the information that is appropriate for each group of personnel: [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as (1) General policies.

amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan.

(2) Duties and responsibilities of each 26, 1996] crewmember, appropriate members of the ground organization, and manage- ment personnel.

(3) Reference to appropriate Federal Aviation Regulations.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00105 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.135 (4) Flight dispatching and oper- mation thereon to operations per- ational control, including procedures sonnel.

for coordinated dispatch or flight con- (15) Procedures for operating in peri- trol or flight following procedures, as ods of ice, hail, thunderstorms, turbu- applicable. lence, or any potentially hazardous me- teorological condition.

(5) En route flight, navigation, and (16) Each training program cur- communication procedures, including riculum required by § 121.403.

procedures for the dispatch or release (17) Instructions and procedures for or continuance of flight if any item of maintenance, preventive maintenance, equipment required for the particular and servicing.

type of operation becomes inoperative (18) Time limitations, or standards or unserviceable en route.

for determining time limitations, for (6) For domestic or flag operations, overhauls, inspections, and checks of appropriate information from the en airframes, engines, propellers, appli- route operations specifications, includ- ances and emergency equipment.

ing for each approved route the types (19) Procedures for refueling aircraft, of airplanes authorized, the type of op- eliminating fuel contamination, pro- eration such as VFR, IFR, day, night, tection from fire (including electro- etc., and any other pertinent informa- static protection), and supervising and tion.

protecting passengers during refueling.

(7) For supplemental operations, ap- (20) Airworthiness inspections, in- propriate information from the oper- cluding instructions covering proce- ations specifications, including the dures, standards, responsibilities, and area of operations authorized, the authority of inspection personnel.

types of airplanes authorized, the type (21) Methods and procedures for of operation such as VFR, IFR, day, maintaining the aircraft weight and night, etc., and any other pertinent in- center of gravity within approved lim- formation.

its.

(8) Appropriate information from the (22) Where applicable, pilot and dis- airport operations specifications, in- patcher route and airport qualification cluding for each airport— procedures.

(i) Its location (domestic and flag op- (23) Accident notification procedures.

erations only); (24) After February 15, 2008, for pas- (ii) Its designation (regular, alter- senger flag operations and for those nate, provisional, etc.) (domestic and supplemental operations that are not flag operations only); all-cargo operations outside the 48 con- (iii) The types of airplanes authorized tiguous States and Alaska, (domestic and flag operations only); (i) For ETOPS greater than 180 min- (iv) Instrument approach procedures; utes a specific passenger recovery plan (v) Landing and takeoff minimums; for each ETOPS Alternate Airport used and in those operations, and (vi) Any other pertinent information.

(ii) For operations in the North Polar (9) Takeoff, en route, and landing Area and South Polar Area a specific weight limitations.

passenger recovery plan for each diver- (10) For ETOPS, airplane perform- sion airport used in those operations.

ance data to support all phases of these (25)(i) Procedures and information, as operations.

described in paragraph (b)(25)(ii) of this (11) Procedures for familiarizing pas- section, to assist each crewmember and sengers with the use of emergency person performing or directly super- equipment, during flight.

vising the following job functions in- (12) Emergency equipment and proce- volving items for transport on an air- dures.

craft: (13) The method of designating suc- (A) Acceptance; cession of command of flight crew- (B) Rejection; members. (C) Handling; (14) Procedures for determining the (D) Storage incidental to transport; usability of landing and takeoff areas, (E) Packaging of company material; and for disseminating pertinent infor- or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00106 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.139 (F) Loading. the manual at its principal base of op- erations.

(ii) Ensure that the procedures and information described in this para- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as graph are sufficient to assist the per- amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June son in identifying packages that are 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22377, Aug. 20, marked or labeled as containing haz- 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978; ardous materials or that show signs of Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995; containing undeclared hazardous mate- Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, 1995; rials. The procedures and information Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005; Amdt.

must include: 121–329, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007; Docket (A) Procedures for rejecting packages FAA–2022–0912, Amdt. 121–388, 88 FR 34443, that do not conform to the Hazardous May 30, 2023] Materials Regulations in 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 or that appear to con- § 121.137 Distribution and availability.

tain undeclared hazardous materials; (a) Each certificate holder shall fur- (B) Procedures for complying with nish copies of the manual required by the hazardous materials incident re- § 121.133 (and the changes and additions porting requirements of 49 CFR 171.15 thereto) or appropriate parts of the and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting re- manual to— quirements of 49 CFR 175.31 (1) Its appropriate ground operations (C) The certificate holder’s hazmat and maintenance personnel; policies and whether the certificate (2) Crewmembers; and holder is authorized to carry, or is pro- (3) Representatives of the Adminis- hibited from carrying, hazardous mate- trator assigned to it.

rials; and (b) Each person to whom a manual or (D) If the certificate holder’s oper- appropriate parts of it are furnished ations specifications permit the trans- under paragraph (a) of this section port of hazardous materials, procedures shall keep it up-to-date with the and information to ensure the fol- changes and additions furnished to lowing: that person and shall have the manual ( 1 ) That packages containing haz- or appropriate parts of it accessible ardous materials are properly offered when performing assigned duties.

and accepted in compliance with 49 (c) For the purpose of complying with CFR parts 171 through 180; paragraph (a) of this section, a certifi- ( 2 ) That packages containing haz- cate holder may furnish the persons ardous materials are properly handled, listed therein the maintenance part of stored, packaged, loaded, and carried the manual in printed form or other on board an aircraft in compliance form, acceptable to the Administrator, with 49 CFR parts 171 through 180; that is retrievable in the English lan- ( 3 ) That the requirements for Notice guage.

to the Pilot in Command (49 CFR [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as 175.33) are complied with; and amended by Amdt. 121–71, 35 FR 17176, Nov. 7, ( 4 ) That aircraft replacement parts, 1970; Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; consumable materials or other items Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 are properly handled, packaged, and § 121.139 Manual accessibility: Supple- transported.

mental operations.

(26) Other information or instruc- Each certificate holder conducting tions relating to safety.

supplemental operations must ensure (c) Each certificate holder shall the appropriate parts of the manual are maintain at least one complete copy of accessible to flight, ground, and main- tenance personnel at all times when such personnel are performing their as- signed duties. The information and in- structions contained in the manual VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00107 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.141 must be displayed clearly and be re- (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of trievable in the English language. the United States and carries an appro- priate current airworthiness certificate [Docket FAA–2022–0912, Amdt. 121–388, 88 FR issued under this chapter; and 34443, May 30, 2023] (2) Is in an airworthy condition and § 121.141 Airplane flight manual. meets the applicable airworthiness re- quirements of this chapter, including (a) Each certificate holder shall keep those relating to identification and a current approved airplane flight man- equipment.

ual for each type of airplane that it op- (b) A certificate holder may use an erates except for nontransport cat- approved weight and balance control egory airplanes certificated before Jan- system based on average, assumed, or uary 1, 1965.

estimated weight to comply with appli- (b) In each airplane required to have cable airworthiness requirements and an airplane flight manual in paragraph operating limitations.

(a) of this section, the certificate hold- (c) A certificate holder may operate er shall carry either the manual re- in common carriage, and for the car- quired by § 121.133, if it contains the in- riage of mail, a civil aircraft which is formation required for the applicable leased or chartered to it without crew flight manual and this information is and is registered in a country which is clearly identified as flight manual re- a party to the Convention on Inter- quirements, or an approved Airplane national Civil Aviation if— Manual. If the certificate holder elects to carry the manual required by (1) The aircraft carries an appro- § 121.133, the certificate holder may re- priate airworthiness certificate issued vise the operating procedures sections by the country of registration and and modify the presentation of per- meets the registration and identifica- formance data, except for the informa- tion requirements of that country; tion required by § 38.23 of this chapter (2) The aircraft is of a type design identifying compliance with the fuel which is approved under a U.S. type efficiency requirements of part 38 of certificate and complies with all of the this chapter, from the applicable flight requirements of this chapter (14 CFR manual if the revised operating proce- Chapter 1) that would be applicable to dures and modified performance data that aircraft were it registered in the presentation are— United States, including the require- (1) Approved by the Administrator; ments which must be met for issuance and of a U.S. standard airworthiness cer- (2) Clearly identified as airplane tificate (including type design con- flight manual requirements.

formity, condition for safe operation, and the noise, fuel venting, and engine [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Docket FAA–2022–0241, Amdt. emission requirements of this chapter), 121–391, 89 FR 12663, Feb. 16, 2024] except that a U.S. registration certifi- cate and a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate will not be issued for the Subpart H—Aircraft Requirements aircraft; (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.- S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, certificated airmen employed by the 1964, unless otherwise noted.

certificate holder; and § 121.151 Applicability.

(4) The certificate holder files a copy of the aircraft lease or charter agree- This subpart prescribes aircraft re- ment with the FAA Aircraft Registry, quirements for all certificate holders.

Department of Transportation, 6400 South MacArthur Boulevard, Okla- § 121.153 Aircraft requirements: Gen- eral.

homa City, OK (Mailing address: P.O.

Box 25504, Oklahoma City, OK 73125).

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no certificate holder [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as may operate an aircraft unless that amended by Amdt. 121–165, 45 FR 68649, Oct.

aircraft— 16, 1980] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00108 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.157 be assumed to be feathered if the air- § 121.155 [Reserved] plane is equipped with either an ap- § 121.157 Aircraft certification and proved means for automatically indi- equipment requirements.

cating when the particular engine has (a) Airplanes certificated before July 1, failed or an approved means for auto- 1942. No certificate holder may operate matically feathering the propeller of an airplane that was type certificated the inoperative engine. The Adminis- before July 1, 1942, unless— trator may authorize deviations from (1) That airplane meets the require- compliance with the requirements of ments of § 121.173(c), or sections 4b.130 through 4b.190 and sub- (2) That airplane and all other air- parts C, D, E, and F of part 4b (as des- planes of the same or related type oper- ignated in this paragraph) if he finds ated by that certificate holder meet that (considering the effect of design the performance requirements of sec- changes) compliance is extremely dif- tions 4a.737–T through 4a.750–T of the ficult to accomplish and that service Civil Air Regulations as in effect on experience with the C–46 airplane justi- January 31, 1965; or §§ 25.45 through fies the deviation.

25.75 and § 121.173(a), (b), (d), and (e) of (d) C–46 type airplanes: cargo oper- this title.

ations. No certificate holder may use a (b) Airplanes certificated after June 30, nontransport category C–46 type air- 1942. Except as provided in paragraphs plane in cargo operations unless— (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, no (1) It is certificated at a maximum certificate holder may operate an air- gross weight that is not greater than plane that was type certificated after 48,000 pounds; June 30, 1942, unless it is certificated as (2) It meets the requirements of a transport category airplane and §§ 121.199 through 121.205 using the per- meets the requirements of § 121.173(a), formance data in appendix C to this (b), (d), and (e).

part; (c) C–46 type airplanes: passenger-car- (3) Before each flight, each engine rying operations. No certificate holder contains at least 25 gallons of oil; and may operate a C–46 airplane in pas- (4) After December 31, 1964— senger-carrying operations unless that (i) It is powered by a type and model airplane is operated in accordance with engine as set forth in appendix C of the operating limitations for transport this part, when certificated at a max- category airplanes and meets the re- imum gross takeoff weight greater quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec- than 45,000 pounds; and tion or meets the requirements of part (ii) It complies with the special air- 4b, as in effect July 20, 1950, and the re- worthiness requirement set forth in quirements of § 121.173 (a), (b), (d) and §§ 121.213 through 121.287 of this part or (e), except that— in appendix C of this part.

(1) The requirements of sections 4b.0 (e) Commuter category airplanes. Ex- through 4b.19 as in effect May 18, 1954, cept as provided in paragraph (f) of this must be complied with; section, no certificate holder may oper- (2) The birdproof windshield require- ate under this part a nontransport cat- ments of section 4b.352 need not be egory airplane type certificated after complied with; December 31, 1964, and before March 30, (3) The provisions of sections 4b.480 1995, unless it meets the applicable re- through 4b.490 (except sections quirements of § 121.173 (a), (b), (d), and 4b.484(a)(1) and 4b.487(e)), as in effect (e), and was type certificated in the May 16, 1953, must be complied with; commuter category.

and (f) Other nontransport category air- (4) The provisions of paragraph planes. No certificate holder may oper- 4b.484(a)(1), as in effect July 20, 1950, ate under this part a nontransport cat- must be complied with.

egory airplane type certificated after In determining the takeoff path in ac- December 31, 1964, unless it meets the cordance with section 4b.116 and the applicable requirements of § 121.173 (a), one-engine inoperative climb in accord- (b), (d), and (e), was manufactured be- ance with section 4b.120 (a) and (b), the fore March 20, 1997, and meets one of propeller of the inoperative engine may the following: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00109 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.159 (1) Until December 20, 2010: the Administrator in accordance with (i) The airplane was type certificated Appendix P of this part and authorized in the normal category before July 1, in the certificate holder’s operations 1970, and meets special conditions specifications, no certificate holder issued by the Administrator for air- may operate a turbine-engine-powered planes intended for use in operations airplane over a route that contains a under part 135 of this chapter.

point— (ii) The airplane was type certifi- (1) Farther than a flying time from cated in the normal category before an Adequate Airport (at a one-engine- July 19, 1970, and meets the additional inoperative cruise speed under stand- airworthiness standards in SFAR No.

ard conditions in still air) of 60 min- 23, 14 CFR part 23.

utes for a two-engine airplane or 180 (iii) The airplane was type certifi- minutes for a passenger-carrying air- cated in the normal category and plane with more than two engines; meets the additional airworthiness (2) Within the North Polar Area; or standards in appendix A of part 135 of this chapter. (3) Within the South Polar Area.

(iv) The airplane was type certifi- (b) Except as provided in paragraph cated in the normal category and com- (c) of this section, no certificate holder plies with either section 1.(a) or 1.(b) of may operate a land airplane (other SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21.

than a DC–3, C–46, CV–240, CV–340, CV– (2) The airplane was type certificated 440, CV–580, CV–600, CV–640, or Martin in the normal category, meets the ad- 404) in an extended overwater operation ditional requirements described in unless it is certificated or approved as paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of adequate for ditching under the ditch- this section, and meets the perform- ing provisions of part 25 of this chap- ance requirements in appendix K of ter.

this part.

(c) Until December 20, 2010, a certifi- (g) Certain newly manufactured air- cate holder may operate, in an ex- planes. No certificate holder may oper- tended overwater operation, a non- ate an airplane under this part that was type certificated as described in transport category land airplane type paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of certificated after December 31, 1964, this section and that was manufac- that was not certificated or approved tured after March 20, 1997, unless it as adequate for ditching under the meets the performance requirements in ditching provisions of part 25 of this appendix K of this part.

chapter.

(h) Newly type certificated airplanes.

(d) Unless authorized by the Adminis- No person may operate under this part trator based on the character of the an airplane for which the application terrain, the kind of operation, or the for a type certificate is submitted after performance of the airplane to be used, March 29, 1995, unless the airplane is no certificate holder may operate a re- type certificated under part 25 of this ciprocating-engine-powered airplane chapter.

over a route that contains a point far- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as ther than 60 minutes flying time (at a amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec.

one-engine-inoperative cruise speed 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, under standard conditions in still air) 1996] from an Adequate Airport.

(e) Operators of turbine-engine pow- § 121.159 Single-engine airplanes pro- hibited.

ered airplanes with more than two en- gines do not need to meet the require- No certificate holder may operate a ments of paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- single-engine airplane under this part.

tion until February 15, 2008.

[Docket 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] [Docket 7329, 31 FR 13078, Oct. 8, 1966, as § 121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July route.

10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, 2007] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, unless approved by VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.163 trator determines that a satisfactory § 121.162 ETOPS Type Design Ap- proval Basis. level of proficiency has been dem- onstrated to justify the reduction. At Except for a passenger-carrying air- least 10 hours of proving flights must plane with more than two engines man- be flown at night; these tests are irre- ufactured prior to February 17, 2015 and ducible.

except for a two-engine airplane that, (b) Proving tests for kinds of operations.

when used in ETOPS, is only used for Unless otherwise authorized by the Ad- ETOPS of 75 minutes or less, no certifi- ministrator, for each type of airplane, cate holder may conduct ETOPS unless a certificate holder must conduct at the airplane has been type design ap- least 50 hours of proving tests accept- proved for ETOPS and each airplane able to the Administrator for each kind used in ETOPS complies with its CMP of operation it intends to conduct, in- document as follows: cluding a representative number of (a) For a two-engine airplane, that is flights into en route airports.

of the same model airplane-engine (c) Proving tests for materially altered combination that received FAA ap- airplanes. Unless otherwise authorized proval for ETOPS up to 180 minutes by the Administrator, for each type of prior to February 15, 2007, the CMP airplane that is materially altered in document for that model airplane-en- design, a certificate holder must con- gine combination in effect on February duct at least 50 hours of proving tests 14, 2007.

acceptable to the Administrator for (b) For a two-engine airplane, that is each kind of operation it intends to not of the same model airplane-engine conduct with that airplane, including a combination that received FAA ap- representative number of flights into proval for ETOPS up to 180 minutes be- en route airports.

fore February 15, 2007, the CMP docu- (d) Definition of materially altered. For ment for that new model airplane-en- the purposes of paragraph (c) of this gine combination issued in accordance section, a type of airplane is considered with § 25.3(b)(1) of this chapter.

to be materially altered in design if the (c) For a two-engine airplane ap- alteration includes— proved for ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, (1) The installation of powerplants the CMP document for that model air- other than those of a type similar to plane-engine combination issued in ac- those with which it is certificated; or cordance with § 25.3(b)(2) of this chap- (2) Alterations to the aircraft or its ter.

components that materially affect (d) For an airplane with more than 2 flight characteristics.

engines manufactured on or after Feb- (e) No certificate holder may carry ruary 17, 2015, the CMP document for passengers in an aircraft during prov- that model airplane-engine combina- ing tests, except for those needed to tion issued in accordance with § 25.3(c) make the test and those designated by of this chapter.

the Administrator. However, it may carry mail, express, or other cargo, [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1879, Jan. 16, when approved.

2007] [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as § 121.163 Aircraft proving tests.

amended by Amdt. 121–42, 33 FR 10330, July 19, 1968; 34 FR 13468, Aug. 21, 1969; Amdt. 121– (a) Initial airplane proving tests. No 162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, person may operate an airplane not be- 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] fore proven for use in a kind of oper- ation under this part or part 135 of this Subpart I—Airplane Performance chapter unless an airplane of that type Operating Limitations has had, in addition to the airplane certification tests, at least 100 hours of proving tests acceptable to the Admin- S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, istrator, including a representative 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, unless otherwise noted.

number of flights into en route air- ports. The requirement for at least 100 E DITORIAL N OTE : Nomenclature changes to hours of proving tests may be reduced subpart I of part 121 appear at 60 FR 65928, by the Administrator if the Adminis- Dec. 20, 1995.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.171 (b) Except as provided in paragraph § 121.171 Applicability.

(c) of this section, each certificate (a) This subpart prescribes airplane holder operating a turbine-engine-pow- performance operating limitations for ered airplane shall comply with the ap- all certificate holders.

plicable provisions of §§ 121.189 through (b) For purposes of this part, effective 121.197, except that when it operates— length of the runway for landing means (1) A turbo-propeller-powered air- the distance from the point at which plane type certificated after August 29, the obstruction clearance plane associ- 1959, but previously type certificated ated with the approach end of the run- with the same number of reciprocating way intersects the centerline of the engines, the certificate holder may runway to the far end thereof.

comply with §§ 121.175 through 121.187; (c) For the purposes of this subpart, or obstruction clearance plane means a (2) Until December 20, 2010, a turbo- plane sloping upward from the runway propeller-powered airplane described in at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal, and § 121.157(f), the certificate holder may tangent to or clearing all obstructions comply with the applicable perform- within a specified area surrounding the ance requirements of appendix K of runway as shown in a profile view of this part.

that area. In the plan view, the center- (c) Each certificate holder operating line of the specified area coincides with a large nontransport category airplane the centerline of the runway, beginning type certificated before January 1, 1965, shall comply with §§ 121.199 through at the point where the obstruction 121.205 and any determination of com- clearance plane intersects the center- pliance must be based only on approved line of the runway and proceeding to a performance data.

point at least 1,500 feet from the begin- (d) The performance data in the Air- ning point. Thereafter the centerline plane Flight Manual applies in deter- coincides with the takeoff path over mining compliance with §§ 121.175 the ground for the runway (in the case through 121.197. Where conditions are of takeoffs) or with the instrument ap- different from those on which the per- proach counterpart (for landings), or, formance data is based, compliance is where the applicable one of these paths determined by interpolation or by com- has not been established, it proceeds puting the effects of changes in the consistent with turns of at least 4,000 specific variables if the results of the foot radius until a point is reached be- interpolation or computations are sub- yond which the obstruction clearance stantially as accurate as the results of plane clears all obstructions. This area direct tests.

extends laterally 200 feet on each side (e) Except as provided in paragraph of the centerline at the point where the (c) of this section, no person may take obstruction clearance plane intersects off a reciprocating-engine-powered air- the runway and continues at this width plane at a weight that is more than the to the end of the runway; then it in- allowable weight for the runway being creases uniformly to 500 feet on each used (determined under the runway side of the centerline at a point 1,500 takeoff limitations of the operating feet from the intersection of the ob- rules of 14 CFR part 121, subpart I) struction clearance plane with the run- after taking into account the tempera- way; thereafter it extends laterally 500 ture operating correction factors in the feet on each side of the centerline.

applicable Airplane Flight Manual.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as (f) The Administrator may authorize amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec.

in the operations specifications devi- 20, 1976] ations from the requirements in the subpart if special circumstances make § 121.173 General.

a literal observance of a requirement (a) Except as provided in paragraph unnecessary for safety.

(c) of this section, each certificate (g) The ten-mile width specified in holder operating a reciprocating-en- §§ 121.179 through 121.183 may be re- gine-powered airplane shall comply duced to five miles, for not more than with §§ 121.175 through 121.187. 20 miles, when operating VFR or where VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.179 navigation facilities furnish reliable stop distance data, at any time during and accurate identification of high takeoff until reaching critical-engine ground and obstructions located out- failure speed; side of five miles, but within ten miles, (2) If the critical engine fails at any on each side of the intended track.

time after the airplane reaches crit- ical-engine failure speed V , to con- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as 1 amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec.

tinue the takeoff and reach a height of 20, 1995] 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path data, before passing over the end of the § 121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- runway; and gine-powered: Weight limitations.

(3) To clear all obstacles either by at (a) No person may take off a recipro- least 50 feet vertically (as shown by the cating engine powered airplane from an takeoff path data) or 200 feet hori- airport located at an elevation outside zontally within the airport boundaries of the range for which maximum take- and 300 feet horizontally beyond the off weights have been determined for boundaries, without banking before that airplane.

reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown (b) No person may take off a recipro- by the takeoff path data) and there- cating engine powered airplane for an after without banking more than 15 de- airport of intended destination that is grees.

located at an elevation outside of the range for which maximum landing (b) In applying this section, correc- weights have been determined for that tions must be made for the effective airplane.

runway gradient. To allow for wind ef- (c) No person may specify, or have fect, takeoff data based on still air may specified, an alternate airport that is be corrected by taking into account located at an elevation outside of the not more than 50 percent of any re- range for which maximum landing ported headwind component and not weights have been determined for the less than 150 percent of any reported reciprocating engine powered airplane tailwind component.

concerned.

(c) This section does not apply to (d) No person may take off a recipro- large nontransport category airplanes cating engine powered airplane at a operated under § 121.173(c).

weight more than the maximum au- thorized takeoff weight for the ele- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as vation of the airport.

amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41593, June (e) No person may take off a recipro- 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, cating engine powered airplane if its 1995] weight on arrival at the airport of des- § 121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- tination will be more than the max- gine-powered: En route limitations: imum authorized landing weight for All engines operating.

the elevation of that airport, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil (a) No person operating a recipro- en route.

cating engine powered airplane may (f) This section does not apply to take off that airplane at a weight, al- large nontransport category airplanes lowing for normal consumption of fuel operated under § 121.173(c).

and oil, that does not allow a rate of climb (in feet per minute), with all en- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec.

gines operating, of at least 6.90 V So 20, 1995] (that is, the number of feet per minute is obtained by multiplying the number § 121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- of knots by 6.90) at an altitude of at gine-powered: Takeoff limitations.

least 1,000 feet above the highest (a) No person operating a recipro- ground or obstruction within ten miles cating engine powered airplane may of each side of the intended track.

takeoff that airplane unless it is pos- (b) This section does not apply to air- sible— planes certificated under part 4a of the (1) To stop the airplane safely on the Civil Air Regulations.

runway, as shown by the accelerate VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.181 (c) This section does not apply to for airplanes certificated under part 25 large nontransport category airplanes of this chapter and by 0.026 V 2 for air- so operated under § 121.173(c). planes certificated under part 4a of the Civil Air Regulations.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as (2) The all-engines-operating altitude amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec.

20, 1995] shall be sufficient so that in the event the critical engine becomes inoperative § 121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- at any point along the route, the flight gine-powered: En route limitations: will be able to proceed to a predeter- One engine inoperative.

mined alternate airport by use of this (a) Except as provided in paragraph procedure. In determining the takeoff (b) of this section, no person operating weight, the airplane is assumed to pass a reciprocating engine powered air- over the critical obstruction following plane may take off that airplane at a engine failure at a point no closer to weight, allowing for normal consump- the critical obstruction than the near- tion of fuel and oil, that does not allow est approved radio navigational fix, un- a rate of climb (in feet per minute), less the Administrator approves a pro- with one engine inoperative, of at least cedure established on a different basis upon finding that adequate operational (0.079–0.106/N) V 2 so safeguards exist.

(where N is the number of engines in- (3) The airplane must meet the provi- stalled and V is expressed in knots) at So sions of paragraph (a) of this section at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above 1,000 feet above the airport used as an the highest ground or obstruction alternate in this procedure.

within 10 miles of each side of the in- (4) The procedure must include an ap- tended track. However, for the pur- proved method of accounting for winds poses of this paragraph the rate of and temperatures that would otherwise climb for airplanes certificated under adversely affect the flight path.

part 4a of the Civil Air Regulations is (5) In complying with this procedure 0.026 V 2.

so fuel jettisoning is allowed if the certifi- (b) In place of the requirements of cate holder shows that it has an ade- paragraph (a) of this section, a person quate training program, that proper in- may, under an approved procedure, op- structions are given to the flight crew, erate a reciprocating engine powered and all other precautions are taken to airplane, at an all-engines-operating insure a safe procedure.

altitude that allows the airplane to (6) The certificate holder shall speci- continue, after an engine failure, to an fy in the dispatch or flight release an alternate airport where a landing can alternate airport that meets the re- be made in accordance with § 121.187, al- quirements of § 121.625.

lowing for normal consumption of fuel (d) This section does not apply to and oil. After the assumed failure, the large nontransport category airplanes flight path must clear the ground and operated under § 121.173(c).

any obstruction within five miles on each side of the intended track by at [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR least 2,000 feet.

130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– (c) If an approved procedure under 251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] paragraph (b) of this section is used, § 121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four the certificate holder shall comply or more engines: Reciprocating en- with the following: gine powered: En route limitations: (1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in Two engines inoperative.

the Airplane Flight Manual for the ap- propriate weight and altitude) used in (a) No person may operate an air- calculating the airplane’s flight path plane certificated under part 25 and shall be diminished by an amount, in having four or more engines unless— feet per minute, equal to (1) There is no place along the in- tended track that is more than 90 min- (0.079–0.106/N) V 2 so utes (with all engines operating at (when N is the number of engines in- cruising power) from an airport that stalled and V is expressed in knots) meets the requirements of § 121.187; or S o VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.187 (2) It is operated at a weight allowing percent of the effective length of each the airplane, with the two critical en- runway described below from a point 50 gines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 V 2 feet directly above the intersection of so feet per minute (that is, the number of the obstruction clearance plane and feet per minute is obtained by multi- the runway. For the purposes of deter- plying the number of knots squared by mining the allowable landing weight at 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above the destination airport the following is the highest ground or obstruction assumed: within 10 miles on each side of the in- (1) The airplane is landed on the most tended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 favorable runway and in the most fa- feet, whichever is higher.

vorable direction in still air.

(b) For the purposes of paragraph (2) The airplane is landed on the most (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed suitable runway considering the prob- that— able wind velocity and direction (fore- (1) The two engines fail at the point cast for the expected time of arrival), that is most critical with respect to the ground handling characteristics of the takeoff weight: the type of airplane, and other condi- (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is nor- tions such as landing aids and terrain, mal with all engines operating up to and allowing for the effect of the land- the point where the two engines fail ing path and roll of not more than 50 and with two engines operating beyond percent of the headwind component or that point; not less than 150 percent of the tail- (3) Where the engines are assumed to wind component.

fail at an altitude above the prescribed (b) An airplane that would be prohib- minimum altitude, compliance with ited from being taken off because it the prescribed rate of climb at the pre- could not meet the requirements of scribed minimum altitude need not be paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be shown during the descent from the taken off if an alternate airport is cruising altitude to the prescribed min- specified that meets all of the require- imum altitude, if those requirements can be met once the prescribed min- ments of this section except that the imum altitude is reached, and assum- airplane can accomplish a full stop ing descent to be along a net flight landing within 70 percent of the effec- path and the rate of descent to be 0.013 tive length of the runway.

V 2 greater than the rate in the ap- so (c) This section does not apply to proved performance data; and large nontransport category airplanes (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the operated under § 121.173(c).

airplane’s weight at the point where [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR the two engines fail is considered to be 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– not less than that which would include 251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] enough fuel to proceed to an airport meeting the requirements of § 121.187 § 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- and to arrive at an altitude of at least gine-powered: Landing limitations: 1,000 feet directly over that airport.

Alternate airport.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR (a) No person may list an airport as 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– an alternate airport in a dispatch or 251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] flight release unless the airplane (at the weight anticipated at the time of § 121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating en- arrival at the airport), based on the as- gine-powered: Landing limitations: sumptions in § 121.185, can be brought Destination airport.

to a full stop landing, within 70 percent (a) Except as provided in paragraph of the effective length of the runway.

(b) of this section no person operating (b) This section does not apply to a reciprocating engine powered air- large nontransport category airplanes plane may take off that airplane, un- operated under § 121.173(c).

less its weight on arrival, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil in [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR flight, would allow a full stop landing 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– at the intended destination within 60 251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.189 (2) In the case of an airplane certifi- § 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Takeoff limitations. cated after September 30, 1958 (SR 422A, 422B), that allows a net takeoff (a) No person operating a turbine en- flight path that clears all obstacles ei- gine powered airplane may take off ther by a height of at least 35 feet that airplane at a weight greater than vertically, or by at least 200 feet hori- that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- zontally within the airport boundaries ual for the elevation of the airport and and by at least 300 feet horizontally for the ambient temperature existing after passing the boundaries.

at takeoff.

(e) In determining maximum (b) No person operating a turbine en- weights, minimum distances, and flight gine powered airplane certificated after paths under paragraphs (a) through (d) August 26, 1957, but before August 30, of this section, correction must be 1959 (SR422, 422A), may take off that made for the runway to be used, the airplane at a weight greater than that elevation of the airport, the effective listed in the Airplane Flight Manual runway gradient, the ambient tempera- for the minimum distances required for ture and wind component at the time takeoff. In the case of an airplane cer- of takeoff, and, if operating limitations tificated after September 30, 1958 exist for the minimum distances re- (SR422A, 422B), the takeoff distance quired for takeoff from wet runways, may include a clearway distance but the runway surface condition (dry or the clearway distance included may wet). Wet runway distances associated not be greater than ⁄2 of the takeoff with grooved or porous friction course run.

runways, if provided in the Airplane (c) No person operating a turbine en- Flight Manual, may be used only for gine powered airplane certificated after runways that are grooved or treated August 29, 1959 (SR422B), may take off with a porous friction course (PFC) that airplane at a weight greater than overlay, and that the operator deter- that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- mines are designed, constructed, and ual at which compliance with the fol- maintained in a manner acceptable to lowing may be shown: the Administrator.

(1) The accelerate-stop distance must (f) For the purposes of this section, it not exceed the length of the runway is assumed that the airplane is not plus the length of any stopway.

banked before reaching a height of 50 (2) The takeoff distance must not ex- feet, as shown by the takeoff path or ceed the length of the runway plus the net takeoff flight path data (as appro- length of any clearway except that the priate) in the Airplane Flight Manual, length of any clearway included must and thereafter that the maximum bank not be greater than one-half the length is not more than 15 degrees.

of the runway.

(g) For the purposes of this section (3) The takeoff run must not be the terms, takeoff distance, takeoff run, greater than the length of the runway. net takeoff flight path and takeoff path (d) No person operating a turbine en- have the same meanings as set forth in gine powered airplane may take off the rules under which the airplane was that airplane at a weight greater than certificated.

that listed in the Airplane Flight Man- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as ual— amended by Amdt. 121–268, 63 FR 8321, Feb.

(1) In the case of an airplane certifi- 18, 1998] cated after August 26, 1957, but before § 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine October 1, 1958 (SR422), that allows a powered: En route limitations: One takeoff path that clears all obstacles engine inoperative.

either by at least (35 + 0.01D) feet vertically (D is the distance along the (a) No person operating a turbine en- intended flight path from the end of gine powered airplane may take off the runway in feet), or by at least 200 that airplane at a weight, allowing for feet horizontally within the airport normal consumption of fuel and oil, boundaries and by at least 300 feet that is greater than that which (under horizontally after passing the bound- the approved, one engine inoperative, aries; or en route net flight path data in the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.193 Airplane Flight Manual for that air- approved net flight path data in the plane) will allow compliance with para- Airplane Flight Manual.

graph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, based [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR on the ambient temperatures expected 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– en route: 143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] (1) There is a positive slope at an al- titude of at least 1,000 feet above all § 121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: Two terrain and obstructions within five engines inoperative.

statute miles on each side of the in- tended track, and, in addition, if that (a) Airplanes certificated after August airplane was certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 (SR 29, 1959 (SR 422B) there is a positive 422). No person may operate a turbine slope at 1,500 feet above the airport engine powered airplane along an in- where the airplane is assumed to land tended route unless he complies with after an engine fails. either of the following: (2) The net flight path allows the air- (1) There is no place along the in- plane to continue flight from the cruis- tended track that is more than 90 min- ing altitude to an airport where a land- utes (with all engines operating at ing can be made under § 121.197, clear- cruising power) from an airport that ing all terrain and obstructions within meets the requirements of § 121.197.

five statute miles of the intended track (2) Its weight, according to the two- by at least 2,000 feet vertically and engine-inoperative, en route, net flight with a positive slope at 1,000 feet above path data in the Airplane Flight Man- the airport where the airplane lands ual, allows the airplane to fly from the after an engine fails, or, if that air- point where the two engines are as- plane was certificated after September sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- 30, 1958 (SR 422A, 422B), with a positive port that meets the requirements of slope at 1,500 feet above the airport § 121.197, with a net flight path (consid- where the airplane lands after an en- ering the ambient temperature antici- gine fails. pated along the track) having a posi- tive slope at an altitude of at least (b) For the purposes of paragraph 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstruc- (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed tions within five miles on each side of that— the intended track, or at an altitude of (1) The engine fails at the most crit- 5,000 feet, whichever is higher.

ical point en route; (2) The airplane passes over the crit- For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of ical obstruction, after engine failure at this section, it is assumed that the two a point that is no closer to the obstruc- engines fail at the most critical point tion than the nearest approved radio en route, that if fuel jettisoning is pro- navigation fix, unless the Adminis- vided, the airplane’s weight at the trator authorizes a different procedure point where the engines fail includes based on adequate operational safe- enough fuel to continue to the airport guards; and to arrive at an altitude of at least (3) An approved method is used to 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and allow for adverse winds: that the fuel and oil consumption after (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if engine failure is the same as the con- the certificate holder shows that the sumption allowed for in the net flight crew is properly instructed, that the path data in the Airplane Flight Man- training program is adequate, and that ual.

all other precautions are taken to in- (b) Aircraft certificated after September sure a safe procedure; 30, 1958, but before August 30, 1959 (SR (5) The alternate airport is specified 422A). No person may operate a turbine in the dispatch or flight release and engine powered airplane along an in- meets the prescribed weather mini- tended route unless he complies with mums; and either of the following: (6) The consumption of fuel and oil (1) There is no place along the in- after engine failure is the same as the tended track that is more than 90 min- consumption that is allowed for in the utes (with all engines operating at VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.195 cruising power) from an airport that (i) The two engines fail at the most meets the requirements of § 121.197. critical point en route; (2) Its weight, according to the two- (ii) The net flight path has a positive engine-inoperative, en route, net flight slope at 1,500 feet above the airport path data in the Airplane Flight Man- where the landing is assumed to be ual, allows the airplane to fly from the made after the engines fail; point where the two engines are as- (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- if the certificate holder shows that the port that meets the requirements of crew is properly instructed, that the § 121.197, with a net flight path (consid- training program is adequate, and that ering the ambient temperatures antici- all other precautions are taken to en- pated along the track) having a posi- sure a safe procedure; tive slope at an altitude of at least (iv) The airplane’s weight at the 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstruc- point where the two engines are as- tions within 5 miles on each side of the sumed to fail provides enough fuel to intended track, or at an altitude of continue to the airport, to arrive at an 2,000 feet, whichever is higher.

altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly over the airport, and thereafter to fly For the purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of for 15 minutes at cruise power or this section, it is assumed that the two thrust, or both; and engines fail at the most critical point (v) The consumption of fuel and oil en route, that the airplane’s weight at after the engine failure is the same as the point where the engines fail in- the consumption that is allowed for in cludes enough fuel to continue to the the net flight path data in the Airplane airport, to arrive at an altitude of at Flight Manual.

least 1,500 feet directly over the air- port, and thereafter to fly for 15 min- § 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine utes at cruise power or thrust, or both, powered: Landing limitations: Des- and that the consumption of fuel and tination airports.

oil after engine failure is the same as (a) No person operating a turbine en- the consumption allowed for in the net gine powered airplane may take off flight path data in the Airplane Flight that airplane at such a weight that (al- Manual.

lowing for normal consumption of fuel (c) Aircraft certificated after August 29, and oil in flight to the destination or 1959 (SR 422B). No person may operate a turbine engine powered airplane alternate airport) the weight of the air- along an intended route unless he com- plane on arrival would exceed the land- plies with either of the following: ing weight set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the (1) There is no place along the in- destination or alternate airport and tended track that is more than 90 min- the ambient temperature anticipated utes (with all engines operating at at the time of landing.

cruising power) from an airport that meets the requirements of § 121.197. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, no person (2) Its weight, according to the two- operating a turbine engine powered air- engine inoperative, en route, net flight plane may take off that airplane unless path data in the Airplane Flight Man- its weight on arrival, allowing for nor- ual, allows the airplane to fly from the mal consumption of fuel and oil in point where the two engines are as- sumed to fail simultaneously to an air- flight (in accordance with the landing port that meets the requirements of distance set forth in the Airplane § 121.197, with the net flight path (con- Flight Manual for the elevation of the sidering the ambient temperatures an- destination airport and the wind condi- ticipated along the track) clearing tions anticipated there at the time of vertically by at least 2,000 feet all ter- landing), would allow a full stop land- rain and obstructions within five stat- ing at the intended destination airport ute miles (4.34 nautical miles) on each within 60 percent of the effective side of the intended track. For the pur- length of each runway described below poses of this subparagraph, it is as- from a point 50 feet above the intersec- sumed that— tion of the obstruction clearance plane VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.198 and the runway. For the purpose of de- release for a turbine engine powered termining the allowable landing weight airplane unless (based on the assump- at the destination airport the following tions in § 121.195 (b)) that airplane at is assumed: the weight anticipated at the time of (1) The airplane is landed on the most arrival can be brought to a full stop favorable runway and in the most fa- landing within 70 percent of the effec- vorable direction, in still air. tive length of the runway for turbo- (2) The airplane is landed on the most propeller powered airplanes and 60 per- suitable runway considering the prob- cent of the effective length of the run- able wind velocity and direction and way for turbojet powered airplanes, the ground handling characteristics of from a point 50 feet above the intersec- the airplane, and considering other tion of the obstruction clearance plane conditions such as landing aids and ter- and the runway. In the case of an alter- rain. nate airport for departure, as provided (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane in § 121.617, allowance may be made for that would be prohibited from being fuel jettisoning in addition to normal taken off because it could not meet the consumption of fuel and oil when deter- requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this mining the weight anticipated at the section, may be taken off if an alter- time of arrival.

nate airport is specified that meets all [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as the requirements of this section except amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, that the airplane can accomplish a full 1965; Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, 1982] stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway.

§ 121.198 Cargo service airplanes: In- (d) Unless, based on a showing of ac- creased zero fuel and landing weights.

tual operating landing techniques on wet runways, a shorter landing dis- (a) Notwithstanding the applicable tance (but never less than that re- structural provisions of the airworthi- quired by paragraph (b) of this section) ness regulations but subject to para- has been approved for a specific type graphs (b) through (g) of this section, a and model airplane and included in the certificate holder may operate (for Airplane Flight Manual, no person may cargo service only) any of the following takeoff a turbojet powered airplane airplanes (certificated under part 4b of when the appropriate weather reports the Civil Air Regulations effective be- and forecasts, or a combination there- fore March 13, 1956) at increased zero of, indicate that the runways at the fuel and landing weights— destination airport may be wet or slip- (1) DC–6A, DC–6B, DC–7B, and DC–7C; pery at the estimated time of arrival and unless the effective runway length at (2) L1049B, C, D, E, F, G, and H, and the destination airport is at least 115 the L1649A when modified in accord- percent of the runway length required ance with supplemental type certifi- under paragraph (b) of this section.

cate SA 4–1402.

(e) A turbojet powered airplane that (b) The zero fuel weight (maximum would be prohibited from being taken weight of the airplane with no dispos- off because it could not meet the re- able fuel and oil) and the structural quirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this landing weight may be increased be- section may be taken off if an alter- yond the maximum approved in full nate airport is specified that meets all compliance with applicable regulations the requirements of paragraph (b) of only if the Administrator finds that— this section.

(1) The increase is not likely to re- duce seriously the structural strength; [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as (2) The probability of sudden fatigue amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, failure is not noticeably increased; 1965] (3) The flutter, deformation, and vi- § 121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine bration characteristics do not fall powered: Landing limitations: Al- below those required by applicable reg- ternate airports.

ulations; and No person may list an airport as an (4) All other applicable weight limi- alternate airport in a dispatch or flight tations will be met.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.199 (c) No zero fuel weight may be in- tailwind component, may be taken into creased by more than five percent, and account; the increase in the structural landing (3) The average runway gradient (the weight may not exceed the amount, in difference between the elevations of pounds, of the increase in zero fuel the endpoints of the runway divided by the total length) must be considered if weight.

it is more than one-half of 1 percent; (d) Each airplane must be inspected (4) It is assumed that the airplane is in accordance with the approved spe- operating in standard atmosphere; and cial inspection procedures, for oper- (5) The effective length of the runway ations at increased weights, estab- for takeoff means the distance from lished and issued by the manufacturer the end of the runway at which the of the type of airplane.

takeoff is started to a point at which (e) Each airplane operated under this the obstruction clearance plane associ- section must be operated in accordance ated with the other end of the runway with the passenger-carrying perform- intersects the runway centerline.

ance operating limitations prescribed in this part.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec.

(f) The Airplane Flight Manual for 20, 1976] each airplane operated under this sec- tion must be appropriately revised to § 121.201 Nontransport category air- include the operating limitations and planes: En route limitations: One information needed for operation at engine inoperative.

the increased weights.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (g) Except as provided for the car- (b) of this section, no person operating rying of persons under § 121.583 each a nontransport category airplane may airplane operated at an increased take off that airplane at a weight that weight under this section must, before does not allow a rate of climb of at it is used in passenger service, be in- least 50 feet a minute, with the critical spected under the special inspection engine inoperative, at an altitude of at procedures for return to passenger least 1,000 feet above the highest ob- service established and issued by the struction within five miles on each side manufacturer and approved by the Ad- of the intended track, or 5,000 feet, ministrator.

whichever is higher.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of § 121.199 Nontransport category air- this section, if the Administrator finds planes: Takeoff limitations.

that safe operations are not impaired, (a) No person operating a non- a person may operate the airplane at transport category airplane may take an altitude that allows the airplane, in off that airplane at a weight greater case of engine failure, to clear all ob- than the weight that would allow the structions within 5 miles on each side airplane to be brought to a safe stop of the intended track by 1,000 feet. If within the effective length of the run- this procedure is used, the rate of de- way, from any point during the takeoff scent for the appropriate weight and before reaching 105 percent of min- altitude is assumed to be 50 feet a imum control speed (the minimum minute greater than the rate in the ap- speed at which an airplane can be safe- proved performance data. Before ap- ly controlled in flight after an engine proving such a procedure, the Adminis- becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of trator considers the following for the the power off stalling speed in the route, route segment, or area con- takeoff configuration, whichever is cerned: greater.

(1) The reliability of wind and weath- (b) For the purposes of this section— er forecasting.

(1) It may be assumed that takeoff (2) The location and kinds of naviga- power is used on all engines during the tion aids.

acceleration; (3) The prevailing weather condi- (2) Not more than 50 percent of the tions, particularly the frequency and reported headwind component, or not amount of turbulence normally en- less than 150 percent of the reported countered.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.211 (4) Terrain features.

§ 121.205 Nontransport category air- planes: Landing limitations: Alter- (5) Air traffic control problems.

nate airport.

(6) Any other operational factors that affect the operation.

No person may list an airport as an (c) For the purposes of this section, it alternate airport in a dispatch or flight is assumed that— release for a nontransport category air- (1) The critical engine is inoperative; plane unless that airplane (at the weight anticipated at the time of ar- (2) The propeller of the inoperative rival) based on the assumptions con- engine is in the minimum drag posi- tained in § 121.203, can be brought to a tion; full stop landing within 70 percent of (3) The wing flaps and landing gear the effective length of the runway.

are in the most favorable position; (4) The operating engines are oper- § 121.207 Provisionally certificated air- ating at the maximum continuous planes: Operating limitations.

power available; In addition to the limitations in (5) The airplane is operating in stand- § 91.317 of this chapter, the following ard atmosphere; and limitations apply to the operation of (6) The weight of the airplane is pro- provisionally certificated airplanes by gressively reduced by the anticipated certificate holders: consumption of fuel and oil.

(a) In addition to crewmembers, each certificate holder may carry on such an § 121.203 Nontransport category air- planes: Landing limitations: Des- airplane only those persons who are tination airport. listed in § 121.547(c) or who are specifi- cally authorized by both the certificate (a) No person operating a non- holder and the Administrator.

transport category airplane may take (b) Each certificate holder shall keep off that airplane at a weight that— a log of each flight conducted under (1) Allowing for anticipated consump- this section and shall keep accurate tion of fuel and oil, is greater than the and complete records of each inspec- weight that would allow a full stop tion made and all maintenance per- landing within 60 percent of the effec- formed on the airplane. The certificate tive length of the most suitable run- holder shall make the log and records way at the destination airport; and made under this section available to (2) Is greater than the weight allow- the manufacturer and the Adminis- able if the landing is to be made on the trator.

runway— [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (i) With the greatest effective length in still air; and Subpart J—Special Airworthiness (ii) Required by the probable wind, taking into account not more than 50 Requirements percent of the headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the tail- S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, wind component.

1964, unless otherwise noted.

(b) For the purposes of this section, § 121.211 Applicability.

it is assumed that— (1) The airplane passes directly over (a) This subpart prescribes special the intersection of the obstruction airworthiness requirements applicable clearance plane and the runway at a to certificate holders as stated in para- height of 50 feet in a steady gliding ap- graphs (b) through (e) of this section.

proach at a true indicated airspeed of (b) Except as provided in paragraph at least 1.3 V ; S o (d) of this section, each airplane type (2) The landing does not require ex- certificated under Aero Bulletin 7A or ceptional pilot skill; and part 04 of the Civil Air Regulations in (3) The airplane is operating in stand- effect before November 1, 1946 must meet the special airworthiness require- ard atmosphere.

ments in §§ 121.215 through 121.283.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.213 (c) Each certificate holder must com- § 121.219 Ventilation.

ply with the requirements of §§ 121.285 Each passenger or crew compartment through 121.291.

must be suitably ventilated. Carbon (d) If the Administrator determines monoxide concentration may not be that, for a particular model of airplane more than one part in 20,000 parts of used in cargo service, literal compli- air, and fuel fumes may not be present.

ance with any requirement under para- In any case where partitions between graph (b) of this section would be ex- compartments have louvres or other tremely difficult and that compliance means allowing air to flow between would not contribute materially to the compartments, there must be a means objective sought, he may require com- convenient to the crew for closing the pliance only with those requirements flow of air through the partitions, that are necessary to accomplish the when necessary.

basic objectives of this part.

§ 121.221 Fire precautions.

(e) No person may operate under this part a nontransport category airplane (a) Each compartment must be de- type certificated after December 31, signed so that, when used for storing 1964, unless the airplane meets the spe- cargo or baggage, it meets the fol- cial airworthiness requirements in lowing requirements: § 121.293.

(1) No compartment may include con- trols, wiring, lines, equipment, or ac- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] cessories that would upon damage or failure, affect the safe operation of the § 121.213 [Reserved] airplane unless the item is adequately shielded, isolated, or otherwise pro- § 121.215 Cabin interiors.

tected so that it cannot be damaged by (a) Except as provided in § 121.312, movement of cargo in the compart- each compartment used by the crew or ment and so that damage to or failure passengers must meet the require- of the item would not create a fire haz- ments of this section.

ard in the compartment.

(b) Materials must be at least flash (2) Cargo or baggage may not inter- resistant.

fere with the functioning of the fire- (c) The wall and ceiling linings and protective features of the compart- the covering of upholstering, floors, ment.

and furnishings must be flame resist- (3) Materials used in the construction ant.

of the compartments, including tie- (d) Each compartment where smok- down equipment, must be at least ing is to be allowed must be equipped flame resistant.

with self-contained ash trays that are (4) Each compartment must include completely removable and other com- provisions for safeguarding against partments must be placarded against fires according to the classifications smoking.

set forth in paragraphs (b) through (f) (e) Each receptacle for used towels, of this section.

papers, and wastes must be of fire-re- (b) Class A. Cargo and baggage com- sistant material and must have a cover partments are classified in the ‘‘A’’ or other means of containing possible category if— fires started in the receptacles.

(1) A fire therein would be readily discernible to a member of the crew [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as while at his station; and amended by Amdt. 121–84, 37 FR 3974, Feb. 24, (2) All parts of the compartment are 1972] easily accessible in flight.

§ 121.217 Internal doors.

There must be a hand fire extinguisher In any case where internal doors are available for each Class A compart- equipped with louvres or other ven- ment.

tilating means, there must be a means (c) Class B. Cargo and baggage com- convenient to the crew for closing the partments are classified in the ‘‘B’’ flow of air through the door when nec- category if enough access is provided essary. while in flight to enable a member of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.223 the crew to effectively reach all of the compartment occupied by the crew or compartment and its contents with a passengers.

hand fire extinguisher and the com- (2) Ventilation and drafts must be partment is so designed that, when the controlled within each compartment so access provisions are being used, no that any fire likely to occur in the hazardous amount of smoke, flames, or compartment will not progress beyond extinguishing agent enters any com- safe limits.

partment occupied by the crew or pas- (3) It must be completely lined with sengers. Each Class B compartment fire-resistant material.

must comply with the following: (4) Consideration must be given to (1) It must have a separate approved the effect of heat within the compart- smoke or fire detector system to give ment on adjacent critical parts of the warning at the pilot or flight engineer airplane.

station.

(f) Class E. On airplanes used for the (2) There must be a hand fire extin- carriage of cargo only, the cabin area guisher available for the compartment.

may be classified as a Class ‘‘E’’ com- (3) It must be lined with fire-resist- partment. Each Class E compartment ant material, except that additional must comply with the following: service lining of flame-resistant mate- (1) It must be completely lined with rial may be used.

fire-resistant material.

(d) Class C. Cargo and baggage com- (2) It must have a separate system of partments are classified in the ‘‘C’’ cat- an approved type smoke or fire detec- egory if they do not conform with the tor to give warning at the pilot or requirements for the ‘‘A’’, ‘‘B’’, ‘‘D’’, or ‘‘E’’ categories. Each Class C compart- flight engineer station.

ment must comply with the following: (3) It must have a means to shut off (1) It must have a separate approved the ventilating air flow to or within smoke or fire detector system to give the compartment and the controls for warning at the pilot or flight engineer that means must be accessible to the station.

flight crew in the crew compartment.

(2) It must have an approved built-in (4) It must have a means to exclude fire-extinguishing system controlled hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, from the pilot or flight engineer sta- or noxious gases from entering the tion.

flight crew compartment.

(3) It must be designed to exclude (5) Required crew emergency exits hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, must be accessible under all cargo or extinguishing agents from entering loading conditions.

into any compartment occupied by the crew or passengers.

§ 121.223 Proof of compliance with (4) It must have ventilation and draft § 121.221.

controlled so that the extinguishing Compliance with those provisions of agent provided can control any fire § 121.221 that refer to compartment ac- that may start in the compartment.

cessibility, the entry of hazardous (5) It must be lined with fire-resist- quantities of smoke or extinguishing ant material, except that additional agent into compartments occupied by service lining of flame-resistant mate- the crew or passengers, and the dissipa- rial may be used.

tion of the extinguishing agent in Class (e) Class D. Cargo and baggage com- ‘‘C’’ compartments must be shown by partments are classified in the ‘‘D’’ tests in flight. During these tests it category if they are so designed and must be shown that no inadvertent op- constructed that a fire occurring there- eration of smoke or fire detectors in in will be completely confined without other compartments within the air- endangering the safety of the airplane plane would occur as a result of fire or the occupants. Each Class D com- contained in any one compartment, ei- partment must comply with the fol- ther during the time it is being extin- lowing: (1) It must have a means to exclude guished, or thereafter, unless the extin- hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, guishing system floods those compart- or noxious gases from entering any ments simultaneously.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.225 (d) Flexible hose must be of an ac- § 121.225 Propeller deicing fluid.

ceptable type or proven suitable for the If combustible fluid is used for pro- particular application.

peller deicing, the certificate holder must comply with § 121.255.

§ 121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in des- ignated fire zones.

§ 121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrange- Fuel lines and fittings in each des- ments.

ignated fire zone must comply with (a) Pressure cross-feed lines may not § 121.259.

pass through parts of the airplane used for carrying persons or cargo unless— § 121.235 Fuel valves.

(1) There is a means to allow crew- Each fuel valve must— members to shut off the supply of fuel (a) Comply with § 121.257; to these lines; or (b) Have positive stops or suitable (2) The lines are enclosed in a fuel index provisions in the ‘‘on’’ and ‘‘off’’ and fume-proof enclosure that is venti- positions; and lated and drained to the exterior of the (c) Be supported so that loads result- airplane.

ing from its operation or from acceler- However, such an enclosure need not be ated flight conditions are not trans- used if those lines incorporate no fit- mitted to the lines connected to the tings on or within the personnel or valve.

cargo areas and are suitably routed or § 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in des- protected to prevent accidental dam- ignated fire zones.

age.

(b) Lines that can be isolated from Oil line and fittings in each des- the rest of the fuel system by valves at ignated fire zone must comply with each end must incorporate provisions § 121.259.

for relieving excessive pressures that § 121.239 Oil valves.

may result from exposure of the iso- lated line to high temperatures.

(a) Each oil valve must— (1) Comply with § 121.257; § 121.229 Location of fuel tanks.

(2) Have positive stops or suitable index provisions in the ‘‘on’’ and ‘‘off’’ (a) Fuel tanks must be located in ac- positions; and cordance with § 121.255.

(3) Be supported so that loads result- (b) No part of the engine nacelle skin ing from its operation or from acceler- that lies immediately behind a major ated flight conditions are not trans- air outlet from the engine compart- mitted to the lines attached to the ment may be used as the wall of an in- valve.

tegral tank.

(b) The closing of an oil shutoff (c) Fuel tanks must be isolated from means must not prevent feathering the personnel compartments by means of propeller, unless equivalent safety pro- fume- and fuel-proof enclosures.

visions are incorporated.

§ 121.231 Fuel system lines and fit- tings. § 121.241 Oil system drains.

(a) Fuel lines must be installed and Accessible drains incorporating ei- supported so as to prevent excessive vi- ther a manual or automatic means for bration and so as to be adequate to positive locking in the closed position, withstand loads due to fuel pressure must be provided to allow safe drainage and accelerated flight conditions. of the entire oil system.

(b) Lines connected to components of § 121.243 Engine breather lines.

the airplanes between which there may be relative motion must incorporate (a) Engine breather lines must be so provisions for flexibility. arranged that condensed water vapor (c) Flexible connections in lines that that may freeze and obstruct the line may be under pressure and subject to cannot accumulate at any point.

axial loading must use flexible hose as- (b) Engine breathers must discharge semblies rather than hose clamp con- in a location that does not constitute a nections. fire hazard in case foaming occurs and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.257 so that oil emitted from the line does § 121.253 Powerplant fire protection.

not impinge upon the pilots’ wind- (a) Designated fire zones must be pro- shield.

tected from fire by compliance with (c) Engine breathers may not dis- §§ 121.255 through 121.261.

charge into the engine air induction (b) Designated fire zones are— system.

(1) Engine accessory sections; (2) Installations where no isolation is § 121.245 Fire walls.

provided between the engine and acces- Each engine, auxiliary power unit, sory compartment; and fuel-burning heater, or other item of (3) Areas that contain auxiliary combustion equipment that is intended power units, fuel-burning heaters, and for operation in flight must be isolated other combustion equipment.

from the rest of the airplane by means of firewalls or shrouds, or by other § 121.255 Flammable fluids.

equivalent means.

(a) No tanks or reservoirs that are a § 121.247 Fire-wall construction.

part of a system containing flammable fluids or gases may be located in des- Each fire wall and shroud must— ignated fire zones, except where the (a) Be so made that no hazardous fluid contained, the design of the sys- quantity of air, fluids, or flame can tem, the materials used in the tank, pass from the engine compartment to the shutoff means, and the connec- other parts of the airplane; tions, lines, and controls provide equiv- (b) Have all openings in the fire wall alent safety.

or shroud sealed with close-fitting fire- (b) At least one-half inch of clear air- proof grommets, bushings, or firewall space must be provided between any fittings; tank or reservoir and a firewall or (c) Be made of fireproof material; and shroud isolating a designated fire zone.

(d) Be protected against corrosion.

§ 121.257 Shutoff means.

§ 121.249 Cowling.

(a) Each engine must have a means (a) Cowling must be made and sup- for shutting off or otherwise pre- ported so as to resist the vibration in- venting hazardous amounts of fuel, oil, ertia, and air loads to which it may be deicer, and other flammable fluids normally subjected.

from flowing into, within, or through (b) Provisions must be made to allow any designated fire zone. However, rapid and complete drainage of the means need not be provided to shut off cowling in normal ground and flight at- flow in lines that are an integral part titudes. Drains must not discharge in of an engine.

locations constituting a fire hazard.

(b) The shutoff means must allow an Parts of the cowling that are subjected emergency operating sequence that is to high temperatures because they are compatible with the emergency oper- near exhaust system parts or because ation of other equipment, such as of exhaust gas impingement must be feathering the propeller, to facilitate made of fireproof material. Unless oth- rapid and effective control of fires.

erwise specified in these regulations all other parts of the cowling must be (c) Shutoff means must be located made of material that is at least fire outside of designated fire zones, unless resistant. equivalent safety is provided, and it must be shown that no hazardous § 121.251 Engine accessory section dia- amount of flammable fluid will drain phragm.

into any designated fire zone after a shut off.

Unless equivalent protection can be shown by other means, a diaphragm (d) Adequate provisions must be that complies with § 121.247 must be made to guard against inadvertent op- provided on air-cooled engines to iso- eration of the shutoff means and to late the engine power section and all make it possible for the crew to reopen parts of the exhaust system from the the shutoff means after it has been engine accessory compartment. closed.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.259 must be charged with dry agent and § 121.259 Lines and fittings.

sealed by the fire-extinguisher manu- (a) Each line, and its fittings, that is facturer or some other person using located in a designated fire zone, if it satisfactory recharging equipment. If carries flammable fluids or gases under carbon dioxide is used, it must not be pressure, or is attached directly to the possible to discharge enough gas into engine, or is subject to relative motion the personnel compartments to create between components (except lines and a danger of suffocating the occupants.

fittings forming an integral part of the engine), must be flexible and fire-re- § 121.267 Extinguishing agent con- sistant with fire-resistant, factory- tainer pressure relief.

fixed, detachable, or other approved Extinguishing agent containers must fire-resistant ends.

be provided with a pressure relief to (b) Lines and fittings that are not prevent bursting of the container be- subject to pressure or to relative mo- cause of excessive internal pressures.

tion between components must be of The discharge line from the relief con- fire-resistant materials.

nection must terminate outside the airplane in a place convenient for in- § 121.261 Vent and drain lines.

spection on the ground. An indicator All vent and drain lines and their fit- must be provided at the discharge end tings, that are located in a designated of the line to provide a visual indica- fire zone must, if they carry flammable tion when the container has dis- fluids or gases, comply with § 121.259, if charged.

the Administrator finds that the rup- ture or breakage of any vent or drain § 121.269 Extinguishing agent con- tainer compartment temperature.

line may result in a fire hazard.

Precautions must be taken to insure § 121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems.

that the extinguishing agent con- (a) Unless the certificate holder tainers are installed in places where shows that equivalent protection reasonable temperatures can be main- against destruction of the airplane in tained for effective use of the extin- case of fire is provided by the use of guishing system.

fireproof materials in the nacelle and § 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system other components that would be sub- materials.

jected to flame, fire-extinguishing sys- tems must be provided to serve all des- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ignated fire zones.

(b) of this section, each component of a (b) Materials in the fire-extin- fire-extinguishing system that is in a guishing system must not react chemi- designated fire zone must be made of cally with the extinguishing agent so fireproof materials.

as to be a hazard. (b) Connections that are subject to relative motion between components of § 121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents.

the airplane must be made of flexible materials that are at least fire-resist- Only methyl bromide, carbon dioxide, ant and be located so as to minimize or another agent that has been shown the probability of failure.

to provide equivalent extinguishing ac- tion may be used as a fire-extin- § 121.273 Fire-detector systems.

guishing agent. If methyl bromide or Enough quick-acting fire detectors any other toxic extinguishing agent is must be provided in each designated used, provisions must be made to pre- fire zone to assure the detection of any vent harmful concentrations of fluid or fire that may occur in that zone.

fluid vapors from entering any per- sonnel compartment either because of § 121.275 Fire detectors.

leakage during normal operation of the airplane or because of discharging the Fire detectors must be made and in- fire extinguisher on the ground or in stalled in a manner that assures their flight when there is a defect in the ex- ability to resist, without failure, all vi- tinguishing system. If a methyl bro- bration, inertia, and other loads to mide system is used, the containers which they may be normally subjected.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.285 Fire detectors must be unaffected by cate holder may carry cargo in the pas- exposure to fumes, oil, water, or other senger compartment of an airplane.

fluids that may be present.

(b) Cargo may be carried anywhere in the passenger compartment if it is car- § 121.277 Protection of other airplane ried in an approved cargo bin that components against fire.

meets the following requirements: (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) The bin must withstand the load (b) of this section, all airplane surfaces factors and emergency landing condi- aft of the nacelles in the area of one tions applicable to the passenger seats nacelle diameter on both sides of the of the airplane in which the bin is in- nacelle centerline must be made of ma- stalled, multiplied by a factor of 1.15, terial that is at least fire resistant.

using the combined weight of the bin (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does and the maximum weight of cargo that not apply to tail surfaces lying behind may be carried in the bin.

nacelles unless the dimensional con- (2) The maximum weight of cargo figuration of the airplane is such that that the bin is approved to carry and the tail surfaces could be affected read- any instructions necessary to insure ily by heat, flames, or sparks ema- proper weight distribution within the nating from a designated fire zone or bin must be conspicuously marked on from the engine compartment of any the bin.

nacelle.

(3) The bin may not impose any load on the floor or other structure of the § 121.279 Control of engine rotation.

airplane that exceeds the load limita- (a) Except as provided in paragraph tions of that structure.

(b) of this section, each airplane must (4) The bin must be attached to the have a means of individually stopping seat tracks or to the floor structure of and restarting the rotation of any en- the airplane, and its attachment must gine in flight.

withstand the load factors and emer- (b) In the case of turbine engine in- gency landing conditions applicable to stallations, a means of stopping the ro- the passenger seats of the airplane in tation need be provided only if the Ad- which the bin is installed, multiplied ministrator finds that rotation could by either the factor 1.15 or the seat at- jeopardize the safety of the airplane. tachment factor specified for the air- plane, whichever is greater, using the § 121.281 Fuel system independence.

combined weight of the bin and the maximum weight of cargo that may be (a) Each airplane fuel system must be carried in the bin.

arranged so that the failure of any one (5) The bin may not be installed in a component does not result in the irre- position that restricts access to or use coverable loss of power of more than of any required emergency exit, or of one engine.

the aisle in the passenger compart- (b) A separate fuel tank need not be ment.

provided for each engine if the certifi- cate holder shows that the fuel system (6) The bin must be fully enclosed incorporates features that provide and made of material that is at least equivalent safety. flame resistant.

(7) Suitable safeguards must be pro- § 121.283 Induction system ice preven- vided within the bin to prevent the tion.

cargo from shifting under emergency landing conditions.

A means for preventing the malfunc- tioning of each engine due to ice accu- (8) The bin may not be installed in a mulation in the engine air induction position that obscures any passenger’s system must be provided for each air- view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ sign ‘‘no smok- plane. ing’’ sign, or any required exit sign, un- less an auxiliary sign or other approved § 121.285 Carriage of cargo in pas- means for proper notification of the senger compartments.

passenger is provided.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) Cargo may be carried aft of a (b), (c), or (d) or this section, no certifi- bulkhead or divider in any passenger VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.287 compartment provided the cargo is re- iary sign or other approved means for strained to the load factors in proper notification of the passengers is § 25.561(b)(3) and is loaded as follows: provided.

(1) It is properly secured by a safety (5) It is not carried directly above belt or other tiedown having enough seated occupants.

strength to eliminate the possibility of (6) It is stowed in compliance with shifting under all normally anticipated this section for takeoff and landing.

flight and ground conditions.

(7) For cargo-only operations, para- (2) It is packaged or covered in a graph (d)(4) of this section does not manner to avoid possible injury to pas- apply if the cargo is loaded so that at sengers and passenger compartment oc- least one emergency or regular exit is cupants.

available to provide all occupants of (3) It does not impose any load on the airplane a means of unobstructed seats or the floor structure that ex- exit from the airplane if an emergency ceeds the load limitation for those occurs.

components.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as (4) Its location does not restrict ac- amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug.

cess to or use of any required emer- 2, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, gency or regular exit, or of the aisle in 1995] the passenger compartment.

(5) Its location does not obscure any § 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ compartments.

sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign, or required When cargo is carried in cargo com- exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or partments that are designed to require other approved means for proper notifi- the physical entry of a crewmember to cation of the passenger is provided.

extinguish any fire that may occur (d) Cargo, including carry-on bag- during flight, the cargo must be loaded gage, may be carried anywhere in the so as to allow a crewmember to effec- passenger compartment of a non- tively reach all parts of the compart- transport category airplane type cer- ment with the contents of a hand fire tificated after December 31, 1964, if it is extinguisher.

carried in an approved cargo rack, bin, or compartment installed in or on the § 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning airplane, if it is secured by an approved device.

means, or if it is carried in accordance (a) Except for airplanes that comply with each of the following: with the requirements of § 25.729 of this (1) For cargo, it is properly secured chapter on or after January 6, 1992, by a safety belt or other tie-down hav- each airplane must have a landing gear ing enough strength to eliminate the aural warning device that functions possibility of shifting under all nor- continuously under the following con- mally anticipated flight and ground ditions: conditions, or for carry-on baggage, it (1) For airplanes with an established is restrained so as to prevent its move- approach wing-flap position, whenever ment during air turbulence.

the wing flaps are extended beyond the (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid maximum certificated approach climb possible injury to occupants.

configuration position in the Airplane (3) It does not impose any load on Flight Manual and the landing gear is seats or in the floor structure that ex- not fully extended and locked.

ceeds the load limitation for those (2) For airplanes without an estab- components.

lished approach climb wing-flap posi- (4) It is not located in a position that tion, whenever the wing flaps are ex- obstructs the access to, or use of, any tended beyond the position at which required emergency or regular exit, or landing gear extension is normally per- the use of the aisle between the crew formed and the landing gear is not and the passenger compartment, or is fully extended and locked.

located in a position that obscures any (b) The warning system required by passenger’s view of the ‘‘seat belt’’ paragraph (a) of this section— sign, ‘‘no smoking’’ sign or placard, or any required exit sign, unless an auxil- (1) May not have a manual shutoff; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.291 (2) Must be in addition to the throt- (3) Changing the number, location, tle-actuated device installed under the type of emergency exits, or type of type certification airworthiness re- opening mechanism on emergency quirements; and exits available for evacuation.

(3) May utilize any part of the throt- (c) In conducting the partial dem- tle-actuated system including the onstration required by paragraph (b) of aural warning device. this section, each certificate holder must: (c) The flap position sensing unit may be installed at any suitable place (1) Demonstrate the effectiveness of in the airplane. its crewmember emergency training and evacuation procedures by con- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as ducting a demonstration, not requiring amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, passengers and observed by the Admin- 1965; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; istrator, in which the flight attendants Amdt. 121–227, 56 FR 63762, Dec. 5, 1991; Amdt.

121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] for that type and model of airplane, using that operator’s line operating § 121.291 Demonstration of emergency procedures, open 50 percent of the re- evacuation procedures.

quired floor-level emergency exits and 50 percent of the required non-floor- (a) Except as provided in paragraph level emergency exits whose opening (a)(1) of this section, each certificate by a flight attendant is defined as an holder must conduct an actual dem- emergency evacuation duty under onstration of emergency evacuation § 121.397, and deploy 50 percent of the procedures in accordance with para- exit slides. The exits and slides will be graph (a) of appendix D to this part to selected by the administrator and must show that each type and model of air- be ready for use within 15 seconds; plane with a seating capacity of more than 44 passengers to be used in its pas- (2) Apply for and obtain approval senger-carrying operations allows the from the responsible Flight Standards evacuation of the full capacity, includ- office before conducting the dem- ing crewmembers, in 90 seconds or less. onstration; (1) An actual demonstration need not (3) Use flight attendants in this dem- be conducted if that airplane type and onstration who have been selected at model has been shown to be in compli- random by the Administrator, have ance with this paragraph in effect on or completed the certificate holder’s after October 24, 1967, or, if during type FAA-approved training program for the certification, with § 25.803 of this chap- type and model of airplane, and have ter in effect on or after December 1, passed a written or practical examina- 1978.

tion on the emergency equipment and (2) Any actual demonstration con- procedures; and ducted after September 27, 1993, must (4) Apply for and obtain approval be in accordance with paragraph (a) of from the responsible Flight Standards appendix D to this part in effect on or office before commencing operations after that date or with § 25.803 in effect with this type and model airplane.

on or after that date.

(d) Each certificate holder operating (b) Each certificate holder con- or proposing to operate one or more ducting operations with airplanes with landplanes in extended overwater oper- a seating capacity of more than 44 pas- ations, or otherwise required to have sengers must conduct a partial dem- certain equipment under § 121.339, must onstration of emergency evacuation show, by simulated ditching conducted procedures in accordance with para- in accordance with paragraph (b) of ap- graph (c) of this section upon: pendix D to this part, that it has the (1) Initial introduction of a type and ability to efficiently carry out its model of airplane into passenger-car- ditching procedures. For certificate rying operation; holders subject to § 121.2(a)(1), this (2) Changing the number, location, or paragraph applies only when a new emergency evacuation duties or proce- type or model airplane is introduced dures of flight attendants who are re- into the certificate holder’s operations quired by § 121.391; or after January 19, 1996.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.293 (e) For a type and model airplane for § 121.301 Applicability.

which the simulated ditching specified This subpart prescribes instrument in paragraph (d) has been conducted by and equipment requirements for all a part 121 certificate holder, the re- certificate holders.

quirements of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(4), and (b)(5) of appendix D to this part are § 121.303 Airplane instruments and complied with if each life raft is re- equipment.

moved from stowage, one life raft is (a) Unless otherwise specified, the in- launched and inflated (or one slide life strument and equipment requirements raft is inflated) and crewmembers as- of this subpart apply to all operations signed to the inflated life raft display under this part.

and describe the use of each item of re- (b) Instruments and equipment re- quired emergency equipment. The life quired by §§ 121.305 through 121.359 and raft or slide life raft to be inflated will 121.803 must be approved and installed be selected by the Administrator.

in accordance with the airworthiness requirements applicable to them.

[Docket 21269, 46 FR 61453, Dec. 17, 1981, as (c) Each airspeed indicator must be amended by Amdt. 121–233, 58 FR 45230, Aug.

calibrated in knots, and each airspeed 26, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, limitation and item of related informa- 1995; Amdt. 121–307, 69 FR 67499, Nov. 17, 2004; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR tion in the Airplane Flight Manual and 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] pertinent placards must be expressed in knots.

§ 121.293 Special airworthiness re- (d) Except as provided in §§ 121.627(b) quirements for nontransport cat- and 121.628, no person may take off any egory airplanes type certificated airplane unless the following instru- after December 31, 1964.

ments and equipment are in operable No certificate holder may operate a condition: nontransport category airplane manu- (1) Instruments and equipment re- factured after December 20, 1999 unless quired to comply with airworthiness the airplane contains a takeoff warning requirements under which the airplane is type certificated and as required by system that meets the requirements of §§ 121.213 through 121.283 and 121.289.

14 CFR 25.703. However, the takeoff (2) Instruments and equipment speci- warning system does not have to cover fied in §§ 121.305 through 121.321, 121.359, any device for which it has been dem- 121.360, and 121.803 for all operations, onstrated that takeoff with that device and the instruments and equipment in the most adverse position would not specified in §§ 121.323 through 121.351 for create a hazardous condition.

the kind of operation indicated, wher- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] ever these items are not already re- quired by paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- § 121.295 Location for a suspect device.

tion.

After November 28, 2009, all airplanes [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as with a maximum certificated passenger amended by Amdt. 121–44, 33 FR 14406, Sept.

seating capacity of more than 60 per- 25, 1968; Amdt. 121–65, 35 FR 12709, Aug. 11, 1970; Amdt. 121–114, 39 FR 44440, Dec. 24, 1974; sons must have a location where a sus- Amdt. 121–126, 40 FR 55314, Nov. 28, 1975; pected explosive or incendiary device Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 12310, Mar. 22, 1991; found in flight can be placed to mini- Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt.

mize the risk to the airplane.

121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] [Docket FAA–2006–26722, 73 FR 63880, Oct. 28, § 121.305 Flight and navigational 2008] equipment.

No person may operate an airplane Subpart K—Instrument and unless it is equipped with the following Equipment Requirements flight and navigational instruments and equipment: S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, (a) An airspeed indicating system 1964, unless otherwise noted.

with heated pitot tube or equivalent VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.307 means for preventing malfunctioning (2) Continues reliable operation for a due to icing. minimum of 30 minutes after total fail- ure of the electrical generating system; (b) A sensitive altimeter.

(3) Operates independently of any (c) A sweep-second hand clock (or ap- other attitude indicating system; proved equivalent).

(4) Is operative without selection (d) A free-air temperature indicator.

after total failure of the electrical gen- (e) A gyroscopic bank and pitch indi- erating system; cator (artificial horizon).

(5) Is located on the instrument panel (f) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indi- in a position acceptable to the Admin- cator combined with an integral slip- istrator that will make it plainly visi- skid indicator (turn-and-bank indi- ble to and usable by each pilot at his or cator) except that only a slip-skid indi- her station; and cator is required when a third attitude (6) Is appropriately lighted during all instrument system usable through phases of operation.

flight attitudes of 360 ° of pitch and roll [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as is installed in accordance with para- amended by Amdt. 121–57, 35 FR 304, Jan. 8, graph (k) of this section.

1970; Amdt. 121–60, 35 FR 7108, May 6, 1970; (g) A gyroscopic direction indicator Amdt. 121–81, 36 FR 23050, Dec. 3, 1971; Amdt.

(directional gyro or equivalent).

121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121– (h) A magnetic compass. 230, 58 FR 12158, Mar. 3, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR (i) A vertical speed indicator (rate-of- 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] climb indicator).

(j) On the airplane described in this § 121.306 Portable electronic devices.

paragraph, in addition to two gyro- (a) Except as provided in paragraph scopic bank and pitch indicators (arti- (b) of this section, no person may oper- ficial horizons) for use at the pilot sta- ate, nor may any operator or pilot in tions, a third such instrument is in- command of an aircraft allow the oper- stalled in accordance with paragraph ation of, any portable electronic device (k) of this section: on any U.S.-registered civil aircraft op- (1) On each turbojet powered air- erating under this part.

plane.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this section does (2) On each turbopropeller powered not apply to— airplane having a passenger-seat con- (1) Portable voice recorders; figuration of more than 30 seats, ex- (2) Hearing aids; cluding each crewmember seat, or a (3) Heart pacemakers; payload capacity of more than 7,500 (4) Electric shavers; pounds.

(5) Portable oxygen concentrators (3) On each turbopropeller powered that comply with the requirements in airplane having a passenger-seat con- § 121.574; or figuration of 30 seats or fewer, exclud- (6) Any other portable electronic de- ing each crewmember seat, and a pay- vice that the part 119 certificate holder load capacity of 7,500 pounds or less has determined will not cause inter- that is manufactured on or after March ference with the navigation or commu- 20, 1997. nication system of the aircraft on (4) After December 20, 2010, on each which it is to be used.

(c) The determination required by turbopropeller powered airplane having paragraph (b)(6) of this section shall be a passenger seat configuration of 10–30 made by that part 119 certificate holder seats and a payload capacity of 7,500 operating the particular device to be pounds or less that was manufactured used.

before March 20, 1997.

(k) When required by paragraph (j) of [Docket FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, this section, a third gyroscopic bank- 1999, as amended by Docket FAA–2014–0554, and-pitch indicator (artificial horizon) Amdt. 121–374, 81 FR 33118, May 24, 2016] that: § 121.307 Engine instruments.

(1) Is powered from a source inde- pendent of the electrical generating Unless the Administrator allows or system; requires different instrumentation for VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.308 turbine engine powered airplanes to tioning of flight attendants throughout provide equivalent safety, no person the passenger compartment during var- may conduct any operation under this ious phases of flight.

part without the following engine in- (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may oper- struments: ate a passenger-carrying airplane un- (a) A carburetor air temperature in- less each lavatory in the airplane is dicator for each engine.

equipped with a built-in fire extin- (b) A cylinder head temperature indi- guisher for each disposal receptacle for cator for each air-cooled engine.

towels, paper, or waste located within (c) A fuel pressure indicator for each the lavatory. The built-in fire extin- engine.

guisher must be designed to discharge (d) A fuel flowmeter or fuel mixture automatically into each disposal recep- indicator for each engine not equipped tacle upon occurrence of a fire in the with an automatic altitude mixture receptacle.

control.

(c) Until December 22, 1997, a certifi- (e) A means for indicating fuel quan- cate holder described in § 121.2(a) (1) or tity in each fuel tank to be used.

(2) may operate an airplane with a pas- (f) A manifold pressure indicator for senger seat configuration of 30 or fewer each engine.

seats that does not comply with the (g) An oil pressure indicator for each smoke detector system requirements engine.

described in paragraph (a) of this sec- (h) An oil quantity indicator for each tion and the fire extinguisher require- oil tank when a transfer or separate oil ments described in paragraph (b) of reserve supply is used.

this section.

(i) An oil-in temperature indicator (d) After December 22, 1997, no person for each engine.

may operate a nontransport category (j) A tachometer for each engine.

airplane type certificated after Decem- (k) An independent fuel pressure ber 31, 1964, with a passenger seat con- warning device for each engine or a figuration of 10–19 seats unless that master warning device for all engines airplane complies with the smoke de- with a means for isolating the indi- tector system requirements described vidual warning circuits from the mas- in paragraph (a) of this section, except ter warning device.

that the smoke detector system or (l) A device for each reversible pro- equivalent must provide a warning peller, to indicate to the pilot when the light in the cockpit or an audio warn- propeller is in reverse pitch, that com- ing that would be readily detected by plies with the following: the flightcrew.

(1) The device may be actuated at any point in the reversing cycle be- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] tween the normal low pitch stop posi- § 121.309 Emergency equipment.

tion and full reverse pitch, but it may not give an indication at or above the (a) General: No person may operate normal low pitch stop position.

an airplane unless it is equipped with (2) The source of indication must be the emergency equipment listed in this actuated by the propeller blade angle section and in § 121.310.

or be directly responsive to it.

(b) Each item of emergency and flo- tation equipment listed in this section § 121.308 Lavatory fire protection.

and in §§ 121.310, 121.339, and 121.340— (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (1) Must be inspected regularly in ac- (c) and (d) of this section, no person cordance with inspection periods estab- may operate a passenger-carrying air- lished in the operations specifications plane unless each lavatory in the air- to ensure its condition for continued plane is equipped with a smoke detec- serviceability and immediate readiness tor system or equivalent that provides to perform its intended emergency pur- a warning light in the cockpit or pro- poses; vides a warning light or audio warning (2) Must be readily accessible to the in the passenger cabin which would be crew and, with regard to equipment lo- readily detected by a flight attendant, cated in the passenger compartment, taking into consideration the posi- to passengers; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.309 (3) Must be clearly identified and M INIMUM N UMBER OF H AND F IRE clearly marked to indicate its method E XTINGUISHERS of operation; and Passenger seating accommodations: container, must be carried in a com- partment or container marked as to contents and the compartment or con- tainer, or the item itself, must be marked as to date of last inspection.

(c) Hand fire extinguishers for crew, (6) Notwithstanding the requirement passenger, cargo, and galley compart- for uniform distribution of hand fire extinguishers as prescribed in para- ments. Hand fire extinguishers of an ap- graph (c)(5) of this section, for those proved type must be provided for use in cases where a galley is located in a pas- crew, passenger, cargo, and galley com- senger compartment, at least one hand partments in accordance with the fol- fire extinguisher must be conveniently lowing: located and easily accessible for use in (1) The type and quantity of extin- the galley.

guishing agent must be suitable for the kinds of fires likely to occur in the (7) At least two of the required hand compartment where the extinguisher is fire extinguisher installed in pas- intended to be used and, for passenger senger-carrying airplanes must contain compartments, must be designed to Halon 1211 minimize the hazard of toxic gas con- (bromochlorofluoromethane) or equiva- centrations. lent as the extinguishing agent. At least one hand fire extinguisher in the (2) Cargo compartments. At least one passenger compartment must contain hand fire extinguisher must be conven- Halon 1211 or equivalent.

iently located for use in each class E (d) [Reserved] cargo compartment that is accessible (e) Crash ax. Except for nontransport to crewmembers during flight.

category airplanes type certificated (3) Galley compartments. At least one after December 31, 1964, each airplane hand fire extinguisher must be conven- must be equipped with a crash ax.

iently located for use in each galley lo- (f) Megaphones. Each passenger-car- cated in a compartment other than a rying airplane must have a portable passenger, cargo, or crew compart- battery-powered megaphone or mega- ment.

phones readily accessible to the crew- (4) Flightcrew compartment. At least members assigned to direct emergency one hand fire extinguisher must be con- evacuation, installed as follows: veniently located on the flight deck for (1) One megaphone on each airplane use by the flightcrew.

with a seating capacity of more than 60 (5) Passenger compartments. Hand fire and less than 100 passengers, at the extinguishers for use in passenger com- most rearward location in the pas- partments must be conveniently lo- senger cabin where it would be readily cated and, when two or more are re- accessible to a normal flight attendant quired, uniformly distributed through- seat. However, the Administrator may out each compartment. Hand fire ex- grant a deviation from the require- tinguishers shall be provided in pas- ments of this subparagraph if he finds senger compartments as follows: that a different location would be more (i) For airplanes having passenger useful for evacuation of persons during seats accommodating more than 6 but an emergency.

fewer than 31 passengers, at least one.

(2) Two megaphones in the passenger (ii) For airplanes having passenger cabin on each airplane with a seating seats accommodating more than 30 but capacity of more than 99 passengers, fewer than 61 passengers, at least two.

one installed at the forward end and (iii) For airplanes having passenger the other at the most rearward loca- seats accommodating more than 60 pas- tion where it would be readily acces- sengers, there must be at least the fol- sible to a normal flight attendant seat.

lowing number of hand fire extin- guishers: [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.310 E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- at another ceiling location if it is more tations affecting § 121.309, see the List of CFR practical because of low headroom; Sections Affected, which appears in the (ii) Next to each floor level passenger Finding Aids section of the printed volume emergency exit, except that one sign and at www.govinfo.gov.

may serve two such exits if they both can be seen readily from that sign; and § 121.310 Additional emergency equip- ment.

(iii) On each bulkhead or divider that prevents fore and aft vision along the (a) Means for emergency evacuation.

passenger cabin, to indicate emergency Each passenger-carrying landplane exits beyond and obscured by it, except emergency exit (other than over-the- that if this is not possible the sign may wing) that is more than 6 feet from the be placed at another appropriate loca- ground with the airplane on the ground tion.

and the landing gear extended, must (2) Each passenger emergency exit have an approved means to assist the marking and each locating sign must occupants in descending to the ground.

meet the following: The assisting means for a floor-level emergency exit must meet the require- (i) Except as provided in paragraph ments of § 25.809(f)(1) of this chapter in (b)(2)(iii) of this section, for an air- effect on April 30, 1972, except that, for plane for which the application for the any airplane for which the application type certificate was filed prior to May for the type certificate was filed after 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit that date, it must meet the require- marking and each locating sign must ments under which the airplane was be manufactured to meet the require- type certificated. An assisting means ments of § 25.812(b) of this chapter in ef- that deploys automatically must be fect on April 30, 1972. On these air- armed during taxiing, takeoffs, and planes, no sign may continue to be landings. However, if the Adminis- used if its luminescence (brightness) trator finds that the design of the exit decreases to below 100 microlamberts.

makes compliance impractical, he may The colors may be reversed if it in- grant a deviation from the requirement creases the emergency illumination of of automatic deployment if the assist- the passenger compartment. However, ing means automatically erects upon the Administrator may authorize devi- deployment and, with respect to re- ation from the 2-inch background re- quired emergency exits, if an emer- quirements if he finds that special cir- gency evacuation demonstration is cumstances exist that make compli- conducted in accordance with ance impractical and that the proposed § 121.291(a). This paragraph does not deviation provides an equivalent level apply to the rear window emergency of safety.

exit of DC–3 airplanes operated with (ii) For a transport category airplane less than 36 occupants, including crew- for which the application for the type members and less than five exits au- certificate was filed on or after May 1, thorized for passenger use.

1972, each passenger emergency exit (b) Interior emergency exit marking.

marking and each locating sign must The following must be complied with be manufactured to meet the interior for each passenger-carrying airplane: emergency exit marking requirements (1) Each passenger emergency exit, under which the airplane was type cer- its means of access, and its means of tificated. On these airplanes, no sign opening must be conspicuously may continue to be used if its lumines- marked. The identity and location of cence (brightness) decreases to below each passenger emergency exit must be 250 microlamberts.

recognizable from a distance equal to the width of the cabin. The location of (iii) For a nontransport category each passenger emergency exit must be turbopropellerpowered airplane type indicated by a sign visible to occupants certificated after December 31, 1964, approaching along the main passenger each passenger emergency exit mark- aisle. There must be a locating sign— ing and each locating sign must be (i) Above the aisle near each over- manufactured to have white letters 1 the-wing passenger emergency exit, or inch high on a red background 2 inches VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.310 high, be self-illuminated or independ- compartment that is readily accessible ently, internally electrically illumi- to a normal flight attendant seat; nated, and have a minimum brightness (ii) Have a means to prevent inad- of at least 160 microlamberts. The color vertent operation of the manual con- may be reversed if the passenger com- trols; and partment illumination is essentially (iii) When armed or turned on at ei- the same. On these airplanes, no sign ther station, remain lighted or become may continue to be used if its lumines- lighted upon interruption of the air- cence (brightness) decreases to below plane’s normal electric power.

100 microlamberts.

(2) Each light must be armed or (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit turned on during taxiing, takeoff, and markings. Except for nontransport cat- landing. In showing compliance with egory airplanes type certificated after this paragraph a transverse vertical December 31, 1964, each passenger-car- separation of the fuselage need not be rying airplane must have an emergency considered.

lighting system, independent of the (3) Each light must provide the re- main lighting system. However, quired level of illumination for at least sources of general cabin illumination 10 minutes at the critical ambient con- may be common to both the emergency ditions after emergency landing.

and the main lighting systems if the (4) Each light must have a cockpit power supply to the emergency light- control device that has an ‘‘on,’’ ‘‘off,’’ ing system is independent of the power and ‘‘armed’’ position.

supply to the main lighting system.

(e) Emergency exit operating handles.

The emergency lighting system (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane must— for which the application for the type (1) Illuminate each passenger exit certificate was filed prior to May 1, marking and locating sign; 1972, the location of each passenger (2) Provide enough general lighting emergency exit operating handle, and in the passenger cabin so that the aver- instructions for opening the exit, must age illumination when measured at 40- be shown by a marking on or near the inch intervals at seat armrest height, exit that is readable from a distance of on the centerline of the main passenger 30 inches. In addition, for each Type I aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-candles; and and Type II emergency exit with a (3) For airplanes type certificated locking mechanism released by rotary after January 1, 1958, after November motion of the handle, the instructions 26, 1986, include floor proximity emer- for opening must be shown by— gency escape path marking which (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least meets the requirements of § 25.812(e) of three-fourths inch wide and a head this chapter in effect on November 26, twice the width of the shaft, extending 1984. along at least 70 ° of arc at a radius ap- (d) Emergency light operation. Except proximately equal to three-fourths of for lights forming part of emergency the handle length; and lighting subsystems provided in com- (ii) The word ‘‘open’’ in red letters 1 pliance with § 25.812(h) of this chapter inch high placed horizontally near the (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this head of the arrow.

section) that serve no more than one (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane assist means, are independent of the for which the application for the type airplane’s main emergency lighting certificate was filed on or after May 1, systems, and are automatically acti- 1972, the location of each passenger vated when the assist means is de- emergency exit operating handle and ployed, each light required by para- instructions for opening the exit must graphs (c) and (h) of this section must be shown in accordance with the re- comply with the following: quirements under which the airplane (1) Each light must— was type certificated. On these air- (i) Be operable manually both from planes, no operating handle or oper- the flightcrew station and, for air- ating handle cover may continue to be planes on which a flight attendant is used if its luminescence (brightness) required, from a point in the passenger decreases to below 100 microlamberts.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.310 (f) Emergency exit access. Access to ation from the requirements of para- emergency exits must be provided as graph (f)(3)(iii) of this section if it is follows for each passenger-carrying determined that special circumstances transport category airplane: make compliance impractical. Such (1) Each passage way between indi- special circumstances include, but are vidual passenger areas, or leading to a not limited to, the following conditions Type I or Type II emergency exit, must when they preclude achieving compli- be unobstructed and at least 20 inches ance with § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) without wide. a reduction in the total number of pas- (2) For each Type I or Type II emer- senger seats: emergency exits located gency exit equipped with an assist in close proximity to each other; fixed means, there must be enough space installations such as lavatories, gal- next to the exit to allow a crewmember leys, etc.; permanently mounted bulk- to assist in the evacuation of pas- heads; an insufficient number of rows sengers without reducing the unob- ahead of or behind the exit to enable structed width of the passageway below compliance without a reduction in the that required in paragraph (f)(1) of this seat row pitch of more than one inch; section. In addition, all airplanes man- or an insufficient number of such rows ufactured on or after November 26, 2008 to enable compliance without a reduc- must comply with the provisions of tion in the seat row pitch to less than §§ 25.813(b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) in 30 inches. A request for such grant of effect on November 26, 2004. However, a deviation must include credible rea- deviation from this requirement may sons as to why literal compliance with be authorized for an airplane certifi- § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) is impractical and cated under the provisions of part 4b of a description of the steps taken to the Civil Air Regulations in effect be- achieve a level of safety as close to fore December 20, 1951, if the Adminis- that intended by § 25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) trator finds that special circumstances as is practical.

exist that provide an equivalent level (v) The Director of the division of the of safety. Aircraft Certification Service respon- (3) There must be access from the sible for the airworthiness rules may main aisle to each Type III and Type also authorize a compliance date later IV exit. The access from the aisle to than December 3, 1992, if it is deter- these exits must not be obstructed by mined that special circumstances seats, berths, or other protrusions in a make compliance by that date imprac- manner that would reduce the effec- tical. A request for such grant of devi- tiveness of the exit. In addition— ation must outline the airplanes for (i) For an airplane for which the ap- which compliance will be achieved by plication for the type certificate was December 3, 1992, and include a pro- filed prior to May 1, 1972, the access posed schedule for incremental compli- must meet the requirements of ance of the remaining airplanes in the § 25.813(c) of this chapter in effect on operator’s fleet. In addition, the re- April 30, 1972; and quest must include credible reasons (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- why compliance cannot be achieved plication for the type certificate was earlier.

filed on or after May 1, 1972, the access (4) If it is necessary to pass through must meet the emergency exit access a passageway between passenger com- requirements under which the airplane partments to reach any required emer- was type certificated; except that, gency exit from any seat in the pas- (iii) After December 3, 1992, the ac- senger cabin, the passageway must not cess for an airplane type certificated be obstructed. However, curtains may after January 1, 1958, must meet the re- be used if they allow free entry quirements of § 25.813(c) of this chapter, through the passageway.

effective June 3, 1992. (5) No door may be installed in any (iv) Contrary provisions of this sec- partition between passenger compart- tion notwithstanding, the Director of ments.

the division of the Aircraft Certifi- (6) No person may operate an air- cation Service responsible for the air- plane manufactured after November 27, worthiness rules may authorize devi- 2006, that incorporates a door installed VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.310 between any passenger seat occupiable exterior lighting that meets the fol- for takeoff and landing and any pas- lowing requirements: senger emergency exit, such that the (i) For an airplane for which the ap- door crosses any egress path (including plication for the type certificate was aisles, crossaisles and passageways).

filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- (7) If it is necessary to pass through ments of § 25.812 (f) and (g) of this chap- a doorway separating the passenger ter in effect on April 30, 1972.

cabin from other areas to reach re- (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- quired emergency exit from any pas- plication for the type certificate was senger seat, the door must have a filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exte- means to latch it in open position, and rior emergency lighting requirements the door must be latched open during under which the airplane was type cer- each takeoff and landing. The latching tificated.

means must be able to withstand the (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane loads imposed upon it when the door is must be equipped with a slip-resistant subjected to the ultimate inertia escape route that meets the following forces, relative to the surrounding requirements: structure, listed in § 25.561(b) of this (i) For an airplane for which the ap- chapter.

plication for the type certificate was (g) Exterior exit markings. Each pas- filed prior to May 1, 1972, the require- senger emergency exit and the means ments of § 25.803(e) of this chapter in ef- of opening that exit from the outside fect on April 30, 1972.

must be marked on the outside of the (ii) For an airplane for which the ap- airplane. There must be a 2-inch col- plication for the type certificate was ored band outlining each passenger filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-re- emergency exit on the side of the fuse- sistant escape route requirements lage. Each outside marking, including under which the airplane was type cer- the band, must be readily distinguish- tificated.

able from the surrounding fuselage (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level area by contrast in color. The mark- door or exit in the side of the fuselage ings must comply with the following: (other than those leading into a cargo (1) If the reflectance of the darker or baggage compartment that is not color is 15 percent or less, the reflec- accessible from the passenger cabin) tance of the lighter color must be at that is 44 or more inches high and 20 or least 45 percent.

more inches wide, but not wider than (2) If the reflectance of the darker 46 inches, each passenger ventral exit color is greater than 15 percent, at (except the ventral exits on M–404 and least a 30 percent difference between CV–240 airplanes), and each tail cone its reflectance and the reflectance of exit, must meet the requirements of the lighter color must be provided.

this section for floor level emergency (3) Exits that are not in the side of exits. However, the Administrator may the fuselage must have the external grant a deviation from this paragraph means of opening and applicable in- if he finds that circumstances make structions marked conspicuously in red full compliance impractical and that or, if red is inconspicuous against the an acceptable level of safety has been background color, in bright chrome achieved.

yellow and, when the opening means (j) Additional emergency exits. Ap- for such an exit is located on only one proved emergency exits in the pas- side of the fuselage, a conspicuous senger compartments that are in ex- marking to that effect must be pro- cess of the minimum number of re- vided on the other side. Reflectance is quired emergency exits must meet all the ratio of the luminous flux reflected of the applicable provisions of this sec- by a body to the luminous flux it re- tion except paragraphs (f)(1), (2), and ceives.

(3) of this section and must be readily (h) Exterior emergency lighting and es- accessible.

cape route. (1) Except for nontransport category airplanes certificated after (k) On each large passenger-carrying December 31, 1964, each passenger-car- turbojet-powered airplane, each ven- rying airplane must be equipped with tral exit and tailcone exit must be— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.311 (1) Designed and constructed so that safety belt and two persons occupying it cannot be opened during flight; and a multiple lounge or divan seat may (2) Marked with a placard readable share one approved safety belt during from a distance of 30 inches and in- en route flight only.

stalled at a conspicuous location near (b) Except as provided in this para- the means of opening the exit, stating graph, each person on board an air- that the exit has been designed and plane operated under this part shall oc- constructed so that it cannot be opened cupy an approved seat or berth with a during flight.

separate safety belt properly secured (l) Emergency exit features. (1) Each about him or her during movement on transport category airplane manufac- the surface, takeoff, and landing. A tured after November 26, 2007 must com- safety belt provided for the occupant of ply with the provisions of § 25.809(i) and a seat may not be used by more than (2) After November 26, 2007 each one person who has reached his or her transport category airplane must com- second birthday. Notwithstanding the ply with the provisions of preceding requirements, a child may: § 25.813(b)(6)(ii) in effect on November (1) Be held by an adult who is occu- 26, 2007.

pying an approved seat or berth, pro- (m) Except for an airplane used in op- vided the child has not reached his or erations under this part on October 16, her second birthday and the child does 1987, and having an emergency exit not occupy or use any restraining de- configuration installed and authorized vice; or for operation prior to October 16, 1987, (2) Notwithstanding any other re- for an airplane that is required to have quirement of this chapter, occupy an more than one passenger emergency approved child restraint system fur- exit for each side of the fuselage, no nished by the certificate holder or one passenger emergency exit shall be of the persons described in paragraph more than 60 feet from any adjacent (b)(2)(i) of this section, provided: passenger emergency exit on the same (i) The child is accompanied by a par- side of the same deck of the fuselage, ent, guardian, or attendant designated as measured parallel to the airplane’s by the child’s parent or guardian to at- longitudinal axis between the nearest tend to the safety of the child during exit edges.

the flight; (n) Portable lights. No person may op- (ii) Except as provided in paragraph erate a passenger-carrying airplane un- (b)(2)(ii)(D) of this section, the ap- less it is equipped with flashlight stow- proved child restraint system bears one age provisions accessible from each or more labels as follows: flight attendant seat.

(A) Seats manufactured to U.S.

standards between January 1, 1981, and [Docket 2033, 30 FR 3205, Mar. 9, 1965] February 25, 1985, must bear the label: E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- ‘‘This child restraint system conforms tations affecting § 121.310, see the List of CFR to all applicable Federal motor vehicle Sections Affected, which appears in the safety standards.’’ Finding Aids section of the printed volume (B) Seats manufactured to U.S.

and at www.govinfo.gov.

standards on or after February 26, 1985, § 121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoul- must bear two labels: der harnesses.

( 1 ) ‘‘This child restraint system con- (a) No person may operate an air- forms to all applicable Federal motor plane unless there are available during vehicle safety standards’’; and the takeoff, en route flight, and land- ( 2 ) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER- ing— TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI- (1) An approved seat or berth for each CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let- person on board the airplane who has tering; reached his second birthday; and (C) Seats that do not qualify under (2) An approved safety belt for sepa- paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(B) rate use by each person on board the of this section must bear a label or airplane who has reached his second markings showing: birthday, except that two persons occu- ( 1 ) That the seat was approved by a pying a berth may share one approved foreign government; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.311 ( 2 ) That the seat was manufactured quested by the child’s parent, guardian, under the standards of the United Na- or designated attendant, from occu- tions; pying a child restraint system fur- ( 3 ) That the seat or child restraint nished by the child’s parent, guardian, device furnished by the certificate or designated attendant provided— holder was approved by the FAA (i) The child holds a ticket for an ap- through Type Certificate or Supple- proved seat or berth or such seat or mental Type Certificate; or berth is otherwise made available by ( 4 ) That the seat or child restraint the certificate holder for the child’s device furnished by the certificate use; holder, or one of the persons described (ii) The requirements of paragraph in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, (b)(2)(i) of this section are met; was approved by the FAA in accord- (iii) The requirements of paragraph ance with § 21.8(d) of this chapter or (b)(2)(iii) of this section are met; and Technical Standard Order C–100b, or a (iv) The child restraint system has later version. The child restraint de- one or more of the labels described in vice manufactured by AmSafe, Inc. paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) through (CARES, Part No. 4082) and approved (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this section.

by the FAA in accordance with (3) This section does not prohibit the § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter may certificate holder from providing child continue to bear a label or markings restraint systems authorized by this showing FAA approval in accordance section or, consistent with safe oper- with § 21.305(d) (2010 ed.) of this chapter. ating practices, determining the most (D) Except as provided in appropriate passenger seat location for § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)( 3 ) and the child restraint system.

§ 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)( 4 ), booster-type (d) Each sideward facing seat must child restraint systems (as defined in comply with the applicable require- Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard ments of § 25.785(c) of this chapter.

No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har- (e) Except as provided in paragraphs ness-type child restraint systems, and (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section, no lap held child restraints are not ap- certificate holder may take off or land proved for use in aircraft; and an airplane unless each passenger seat (iii) The certificate holder complies back is in the upright position. Each with the following requirements: passenger shall comply with instruc- (A) The restraint system must be tions given by a crewmember in com- properly secured to an approved for- pliance with this paragraph.

ward-facing seat or berth; (1) This paragraph does not apply to (B) The child must be properly se- seat backs placed in other than the up- cured in the restraint system and must right position in compliance with not exceed the specified weight limit § 121.310(f)(3).

for the restraint system; and (2) This paragraph does not apply to (C) The restraint system must bear seats on which cargo or persons who the appropriate label(s). are unable to sit erect for a medical (c) Except as provided in paragraph reason are carried in accordance with (c)(3) of this section, the following pro- procedures in the certificate holder’s hibitions apply to certificate holders: manual if the seat back does not ob- (1) Except as provided in struct any passenger’s access to the § 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)( 3 ) and aisle or to any emergency exit.

§ 121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)( 4 ), no certificate (3) On airplanes with no flight at- holder may permit a child, in an air- tendant, the certificate holder may craft, to occupy a booster-type child take off or land as long as the restraint system, a vest-type child re- flightcrew instructs each passenger to straint system, a harness-type child re- place his or her seat back in the up- straint system, or a lap held child re- right position for takeoff and landing.

straint system during take off, landing, (f) No person may operate a transport and movement on the surface. category airplane that was type certifi- (2) Except as required in paragraph cated after January 1, 1958, or a non- (c)(1) of this section, no certificate transport category airplane manufac- holder may prohibit a child, if re- tured after March 20, 1997, unless it is VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.312 equipped at each flight deck station senger and flight attendant seats on with a combined safety belt and shoul- the airplane meet the requirements of der harness that meets the applicable § 25.562 in effect on or after June 16, requirements specified in § 25.785 of this 1988.

chapter, effective March 6, 1980, except (k) Seat dimension disclosure. (1) Each that— air carrier that conducts operations (1) Shoulder harnesses and combined under this part and that has a Web site safety belt and shoulder harnesses that must make available on its Web site were approved and installed before the width of the narrowest and widest March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; passenger seats in each class of service and for each airplane make, model and se- (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness ries operated by that air carrier in pas- restraint systems may be designed to senger-carrying operations.

the inertia load factors established (2) For purposes of paragraph (k)(1) of under the certification basis of the air- this section, the width of a passenger plane.

seat means the distance between the (g) Each flight attendant must have a inside of the armrests for that seat.

seat for takeoff and landing in the pas- senger compartment that meets the re- [Docket 7522, 32 FR 13267, Sept. 20, 1967] quirements of § 25.785 of this chapter, E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- effective March 6, 1980, except that— tations affecting § 121.311, see the List of CFR (1) Combined safety belt and shoulder Sections Affected, which appears in the harnesses that were approved and in- Finding Aids section of the printed volume stalled before March, 6, 1980, may con- and at www.govinfo.gov.

tinue to be used; and (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness § 121.312 Materials for compartment interiors.

restraint systems may be designed to the inertia load factors established (a) All interior materials; transport cat- under the certification basis of the air- egory airplanes and nontransport cat- plane.

egory airplanes type certificated before (3) The requirements of § 25.785(h) do January 1, 1965. Except for the mate- not apply to passenger seats occupied rials covered by paragraph (b) of this by flight attendants not required by section, all materials in each compart- § 121.391.

ment of a transport category airplane, (h) Each occupant of a seat equipped or a nontransport category airplane with a shoulder harness or with a com- type certificated before January 1, 1965, bined safety belt and shoulder harness used by the crewmembers and pas- must have the shoulder harness or sengers, must meet the requirements of combined safety belt and shoulder har- § 25.853 of this chapter in effect as fol- ness properly secured about that occu- lows, or later amendment thereto: pant during takeoff and landing, except (1) Airplane with passenger seating ca- that a shoulder harness that is not pacity of 20 or more —(i) Manufactured combined with a safety belt may be un- after August 19, 1988, but prior to August fastened if the occupant cannot per- 20, 1990. Except as provided in para- form the required duties with the graph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each air- shoulder harness fastened.

plane with a passenger capacity of 20 or (i) At each unoccupied seat, the safe- more and manufactured after August ty belt and shoulder harness, if in- 19, 1988, but prior to August 20, 1990, stalled, must be secured so as not to must comply with the heat release rate interfere with crewmembers in the per- testing provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect formance of their duties or with the March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in rapid egress of occupants in an emer- effect on August 20, 1986) (see App. L of gency.

this part), except that the total heat (j) After October 27, 2009, no person release over the first 2 minutes of sam- may operate a transport category air- plane type certificated after January 1, ple exposure must not exceed 100 kilo- 1958 and manufactured on or after Oc- watt minutes per square meter and the tober 27, 2009 in passenger-carrying op- peak heat release rate must not exceed erations under this part unless all pas- 100 kilowatts per square meter.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.312 (ii) Manufactured after August 19, 1990. (ii) Substantially complete replacement Each airplane with a passenger capac- of the cabin interior on or after August 20, ity of 20 or more and manufactured 1990. Each airplane that was type cer- after August 19, 1990, must comply with tificated after January 1, 1958, and has the heat release rate and smoke testing a passenger capacity of 20 or more, provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect March must comply with the heat release rate 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1)(see app. L and smoke testing provisions of of this part) in effect on September 26, § 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (for- 1988).

merly § 25.853(a–1) in effect on Sep- (2) Substantially complete replacement tember 26, 1988)(see app. L of this part), of the cabin interior on or after May 1, if there is a substantially complete re- 1972 —(i) Airplane for which the applica- placement of the cabin interior compo- tion for type certificate was filed prior to nents identified in § 25.853(d), on or May 1, 1972. Except as provided in para- after August 20, 1990.

graph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this sec- (4) Contrary provisions of this sec- tion, each airplane for which the appli- tion notwithstanding, the Director of cation for type certificate was filed the division of the Aircraft Certifi- prior to May 1, 1972, must comply with cation Service responsible for the air- the provisions of § 25.853 in effect on worthiness rules may authorize devi- April 30, 1972, regardless of passenger ation from the requirements of para- capacity, if there is a substantially graph (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or complete replacement of the cabin in- (a)(3)(ii) of this section for specific terior after April 30, 1972.

components of the cabin interior that (ii) Airplane for which the application do not meet applicable flammability for type certificate was filed on or after and smoke emission requirements, if May 1, 1972. Except as provided in para- the determination is made that special graph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this sec- circumstances exist that make compli- tion, each airplane for which the appli- ance impractical. Such grants of devi- cation for type certificate was filed on ation will be limited to those airplanes or after May 1, 1972, must comply with manufactured within 1 year after the the material requirements under which applicable date specified in this section the airplane was type certificated, re- and those airplanes in which the inte- gardless of passenger capacity, if there rior is replaced within 1 year of that is a substantially complete replace- date. A request for such grant of devi- ment of the cabin interior on or after ation must include a thorough and ac- that date.

curate analysis of each component sub- (3) Airplane type certificated after Jan- ject to § 25.853(a–1), the steps being uary 1, 1958, with passenger capacity of 20 taken to achieve compliance, and, for or more —(i) Substantially complete re- the few components for which timely placement of the cabin interior on or after compliance will not be achieved, cred- March 6, 1995. Except as provided in ible reasons for such noncompliance.

paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each (5) Contrary provisions of this sec- airplane that was type certificated tion notwithstanding, galley carts and after January 1, 1958, and has a pas- galley standard containers that do not senger capacity of 20 or more, must meet the flammability and smoke comply with the heat release rate test- emission requirements of § 25.853(d) in ing provisions of § 25.853(d) in effect effect March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a– March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a–1) in 1)) (see app. L of this part) may be used effect on August 20, 1986)(see app. L of in airplanes that must meet the re- this part), if there is a substantially quirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), complete replacement of the cabin in- (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(ii) of this terior components identified in section, provided the galley carts or § 25.853(d), on or after that date, except standard containers were manufac- that the total heat release over the tured prior to March 6, 1995.

first 2 minutes of sample exposure shall not exceed 100 kilowatt-minutes per (b) Seat cushions. Seat cushions, ex- square meter and the peak heat release cept those on flight crewmember seats, rate must not exceed 100 kilowatts per in each compartment occupied by crew square meter. or passengers, must comply with the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.313 requirements pertaining to seat cush- the lower half of the fuselage must ions in § 25.853(c) effective on November meet the flame penetration resistance 26, 1984, on each airplane as follows: requirements of § 25.856 of this chapter, (1) Each transport category airplane effective September 2, 2003.

type certificated after January 1, 1958; [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65930, Dec. 20, 1995, as and amended by Amdt. 121–301, 68 FR 45083, July (2) On or after December 20, 2010, 31, 2003; Amdt. 121–320, 70 FR 77752, Dec. 30, each nontransport category airplane 2005; Amdt. 121–330, 72 FR 1442, Jan. 12, 2007; type certificated after December 31, Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] 1964.

(c) All interior materials; airplanes type § 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment.

certificated in accordance with SFAR No.

41 of 14 CFR part 21. No person may op- No person may conduct any oper- erate an airplane that conforms to an ation unless the following equipment is amended or supplemental type certifi- installed in the airplane: cate issued in accordance with SFAR (a) If protective fuses are installed on No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21 for a maximum an airplane, the number of spare fuses certificated takeoff weight in excess of approved for that airplane and appro- 12,500 pounds unless the airplane meets priately described in the certificate the compartment interior require- holder’s manual.

ments set forth in § 25.853(a) in effect (b) A windshield wiper or equivalent March 6, 1995 (formerly § 25.853(a), (b), for each pilot station.

(b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) of this chapter in (c) A power supply and distribution effect on September 26, 1978)(see app. L system that meets the requirements of of this part). §§ 25.1309, 25.1331, 25.1351(a) and (b)(1) (d) All interior materials; other air- through (4), 25.1353, 25.1355, and planes. For each material or seat cush- 25.1431(b) or that is able to produce and ion to which a requirement in para- distribute the load for the required in- graphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section struments and equipment, with use of does not apply, the material and seat an external power supply if any one cushion in each compartment used by power source or component of the the crewmembers and passengers must power distribution system fails. The meet the applicable requirement under use of common elements in the system which the airplane was type certifi- may be approved if the Administrator cated. finds that they are designed to be rea- (e) Thermal/acoustic insulation ma- sonably protected against malfunc- terials. For transport category air- tioning. Engine-driven sources of en- planes type certificated after January ergy, when used, must be on separate 1, 1958: engines.

(1) For airplanes manufactured before (d) A means for indicating the ade- September 2, 2005, when thermal/acous- quacy of the power being supplied to tic insulation is installed in the fuse- required flight instruments.

lage as replacements after September (e) Two independent static pressure 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the systems, vented to the outside atmos- flame propagation requirements of pheric pressure so that they will be § 25.856 of this chapter, effective Sep- least affected by air flow variation or tember 2, 2003, if it is: moisture or other foreign matter, and (i) Of a blanket construction or installed so as to be airtight except for (ii) Installed around air ducting. the vent. When a means is provided for (2) For airplanes manufactured after transferring an instrument from its September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic in- primary operating system to an alter- sulation materials installed in the fu- nate system, the means must include a selage must meet the flame propaga- positive positioning control and must tion requirements of § 25.856 of this be marked to indicate clearly which chapter, effective September 2, 2003. system is being used.

(3) For airplanes with a passenger ca- (f) A door between the passenger and pacity of 20 or greater, manufactured pilot compartments ( i.e. , flightdeck after September 2, 2009, thermal/acous- door), with a locking means to prevent tic insulation materials installed in passengers from opening it without the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.314 pilot’s permission, except that non- event that a flightcrew member be- transport category airplanes certifi- comes incapacitated. Any associated cated after December 31, 1964, are not signal or confirmation system must be required to comply with this para- operable by each flightcrew member graph. For airplanes equipped with a from that flightcrew member’s duty station.

crew rest area having separate entries (2) After October 1, 2003, for transport from the flightdeck and the passenger category, all-cargo airplanes that had a compartment, a door with such a lock- door installed between the pilot com- ing means must be provided between partment and any other occupied com- the crew rest area and the passenger partment on or after January 15, 2002, compartment.

each such door must meet the require- (g) A key for each door that sepa- ments of § 25.795(a)(1) and (2) in effect rates a passenger compartment from on January 15, 2002; or the operator another compartment that has emer- must implement a security program gency exit provisions. Except for approved by the Transportation Secu- flightdeck doors, a key must be readily rity Administration (TSA) for the oper- available for each crewmember. Except ation of all airplanes in that operator’s as provided below, no person other fleet.

than a person who is assigned to per- (k) Except for all-cargo operations as form duty on the flightdeck may have defined in § 110.2 of this chapter, for all a key to the flightdeck door. Before passenger-carrying airplanes that re- April 22, 2003, any crewmember may quire a lockable flightdeck door in ac- have a key to the flightdeck door but cordance with paragraph (f) of this sec- only if the flightdeck door has an in- tion, a means to monitor from the ternal flightdeck locking device in- flightdeck side of the door the area stalled, operative, and in use. Such outside the flightdeck door to identify ‘‘internal flightdeck locking device’’ persons requesting entry and to detect has to be designed so that it can only suspicious behavior and potential be unlocked from inside the flightdeck.

threats.

(h) A placard on each door that is the (l) For airplanes required by para- means of access to a required passenger graph (f) of this section to have a door emergency exit, to indicate that it between the passenger and pilot or must be open during takeoff and land- crew rest compartments, and for pas- ing.

senger-carrying transport category air- (i) A means for the crew, in an emer- planes that have a door installed be- gency to unlock each door that leads to tween the pilot compartment and any a compartment that is normally acces- other occupied compartment, that were sible to passengers and that can be manufactured after August 25, 2025, an locked by passengers.

installed physical secondary barrier (j) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes (IPSB) that meets the requirements of required by paragraph (f) of this sec- § 25.795(a)(4) of this chapter in effect on tion to have a door between the pas- August 25, 2023.

senger and pilot or crew rest compart- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as ments, and for transport category, all- amended by Amdt. 121–5, 30 FR 6113, Apr. 30, cargo airplanes that have a door in- 1965; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; stalled between the pilot compartment Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2127, Jan. 15, 2002; Amdt.

and any other occupied compartment 121–299, 68 FR 42881, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 121– on January 15, 2002; 334, 72 FR 45635, Aug. 15, 2007; Amdt. 121–353, (1) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes 76 FR 7488, Feb. 10, 2011; Amdt. 121–389, 88 FR required by paragraph (f) of this sec- 41308, June 26, 2023] tion to have a door between the pas- § 121.314 Cargo and baggage compart- senger and pilot or crew rest compart- ments.

ments, (i) Each such door must meet the re- For each transport category airplane quirements of § 25.795(a)(1) and (2) in ef- type certificated after January 1, 1958: fect on January 15, 2002; and (a) Each Class C or Class D compart- (ii) Each operator must establish ment, as defined in § 25.857 of this Chap- methods to enable a flight attendant to ter in effect on June 16, 1986 (see Ap- enter the pilot compartment in the pendix L to this part), that is greater VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.315 than 200 cubic feet in volume must ards office by July 1, 1998, and at each have ceiling and sidewall liner panels three-month interval thereafter.

which are constructed of: [Docket 28937, 63 FR 8049, Feb. 17, 1998, as (1) Glass fiber reinforced resin; amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

(2) Materials which meet the test re- 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] quirements of part 25, appendix F, part § 121.315 Cockpit check procedure.

III of this chapter; or (3) In the case of liner installations (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- approved prior to March 20, 1989, alu- vide an approved cockpit check proce- minum.

dure for each type of aircraft.

(b) For compliance with paragraph (b) The approved procedures must in- (a) of this section, the term ‘‘liner’’ in- clude each item necessary for flight cludes any design feature, such as a crewmembers to check for safety be- joint or fastener, which would affect fore starting engines, taking off, or the capability of the liner to safely landing, and in engine and systems contain a fire.

emergencies. The procedures must be (c) After March 19, 2001, each Class D designed so that a flight crewmember compartment, regardless of volume, will not need to rely upon his memory must meet the standards of §§ 25.857(c) for items to be checked.

and 25.858 of this Chapter for a Class C (c) The approved procedures must be compartment unless the operation is readily usable in the cockpit of each an all-cargo operation in which case aircraft and the flight crew shall follow each Class D compartment may meet them when operating the aircraft.

the standards in § 25.857(e) for a Class E § 121.316 Fuel tanks.

compartment.

(d) Reports of conversions and retrofits.

Each turbine powered transport cat- (1) Until such time as all Class D com- egory airplane operated after October partments in aircraft operated under 30, 1991, must meet the requirements of this part by the certificate have been § 25.963(e) of this chapter in effect on converted or retrofitted with appro- October 30, 1989.

priate detection and suppression sys- [Docket 25614, 54 FR 40354, Sept. 29, 1989] tems, each certificate holder must sub- mit written progress reports to the § 121.317 Passenger information re- FAA that contain the information quirements, smoking prohibitions, specified below. and additional seat belt require- ments.

(i) The serial number of each airplane listed in the operations specifications (a) Except as provided in paragraph issued to the certificate holder for op- (l) of this section, no person may oper- eration under this part in which all ate an airplane unless it is equipped Class D compartments have been con- with passenger information signs that verted to Class C or Class E compart- meet the requirements of § 25.791 of this ments; chapter.

(ii) The serial number of each air- (b) Except as provided in paragraph plane listed in the operations specifica- (l) of this section, the ‘‘Fasten Seat tion issued to the certificate holder for Belt’’ sign shall be turned on during operation under this part, in which all any movement on the surface, for each Class D compartments have been retro- takeoff, for each landing, and at any fitted to meet the fire detection and other time considered necessary by the suppression requirements for Class C or pilot in command.

the fire detection requirements for (c) No person may operate an air- Class E; and plane on a flight on which smoking is (iii) The serial number of each air- prohibited by part 252 of this title un- plane listed in the operations specifica- less either the ‘‘No Smoking’’ pas- tions issued to the certificate holder senger information signs are lighted for operation under this part that has during the entire flight, or one or more at least one Class D compartment that ‘‘No Smoking’’ placards meeting the has not been converted or retrofitted. requirements of § 25.1541 of this chapter (2) The written report must be sub- are posted during the entire flight seg- mitted to the responsible Flight Stand- ment. If both the lighted signs and the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.318 placards are used, the signs must re- waii to another place in Hawaii main lighted during the entire flight through the airspace over a place out- segment. side of Hawaii is not entirely within (d) No person may operate a pas- the same State); and senger-carrying airplane under this (iii) The airplane is either not tur- part unless at least one legible sign or bojet-powered or the airplane is not ca- placard that reads ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt pable of carrying at least 30 passengers.

While Seated’’ is visible from each pas- (h) No person may smoke in any air- senger seat. These signs or placards plane lavatory.

need not meet the requirements of (i) No person may tamper with, dis- paragraph (a) of this section.

able, or destroy any smoke detector in- (e) No person may operate an air- stalled in any airplane lavatory.

plane unless there is installed in each (j) On flight segments other than lavatory a sign or placard that reads: those described in paragraph (c) of this ‘‘Federal law provides for a penalty of section, the ‘‘No Smoking’’ sign must up to $2,000 for tampering with the be turned on during any movement on smoke detector installed in this lava- the surface, for each takeoff, for each tory.’’ These signs or placards need not landing, and at any other time consid- meet the requirements of paragraph (a) ered necessary by the pilot in com- of this section.

mand.

(f) Each passenger required by (k) Each passenger shall comply with § 121.311(b) to occupy a seat or berth instructions given him or her by a shall fasten his or her safety belt about crewmember regarding compliance him or her and keep it fastened while with paragraphs (f), (g), (h), and (l) of the ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt’’ sign is lighted.

this section.

(g) No person may smoke while a ‘‘No (l) A certificate holder may operate a Smoking’’ sign is lighted or while ‘‘No nontransport category airplane type Smoking’’ placards are posted, except certificated after December 31, 1964, as follows: that is manufactured before December (1) Supplemental operations. The pilot 20, 1997, if it is equipped with at least in command of an airplane engaged in one placard that is legible to each per- a supplemental operation may author- son seated in the cabin that states ize smoking on the flight deck (if it is ‘‘Fasten Seat Belt,’’ and if, during any physically separated from any pas- movement on the surface, for each senger compartment), but not in any of takeoff, for each landing, and at any the following situations: other time considered necessary by the (i) During airplane movement on the pilot in command, a crewmember oral- surface or during takeoff or landing; ly instructs the passengers to fasten (ii) During scheduled passenger-car- their seat belts.

rying public charter operations con- [Docket 25590, 53 FR 12361, Apr. 13, 1988, as ducted under part 380 of this title; or amended by Amdt. 121–196, 53 FR 44182, Nov.

(iii) During any operation where 2, 1988; Amdt. 121–213, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990; smoking is prohibited by part 252 of Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42673, Sept. 15, 1992; this title or by international agree- Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; ment.

Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996; (2) Certain intrastate domestic oper- Amdt. 121–277, 65 FR 36779, June 9, 2000; Docket FAA–2024–2052, Amdt. 121–393, 89 FR ations. Except during airplane move- 68100, Aug. 23, 2024] ment on the surface or during takeoff or landing, a pilot in command of an § 121.318 Public address system.

airplane engaged in a domestic oper- ation may authorize smoking on the No person may operate an airplane flight deck (if it is physically separated with a seating capacity of more than 19 from the passenger compartment) if— passengers unless it is equipped with a (i) Smoking on the flight deck is not public address system which— otherwise prohibited by part 252 of this (a) Is capable of operation inde- title; pendent of the crewmember interphone (ii) The flight is conducted entirely system required by § 121.319, except for within the same State of the United handsets, headsets, microphones, selec- States (a flight from one place in Ha- tor switches, and signaling devices; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.319 (b) Is approved in accordance with (3) It must be accessible for use from § 21.305 of this chapter; at least one normal flight attendant (c) Is accessible for immediate use station in each passenger compart- from each of two flight crewmember ment; stations in the pilot compartment; (4) It must be capable of operation (d) For each required floor-level pas- within 10 seconds by a flight attendant senger emergency exit which has an ad- at those stations in each passenger jacent flight attendant seat, has a compartment from which its use is ac- microphone which is readily accessible cessible; and to the seated flight attendant, except (5) For large turbojet-powered air- that one microphone may serve more planes: than one exit, provided the proximity (i) It must be accessible for use at of the exits allows unassisted verbal enough flight attendant stations so communication between seated flight that all floor-level emergency exits (or attendants; entryways to those exits in the case of (e) Is capable of operation within 10 exits located within galleys) in each seconds by a flight attendant at each of passenger compartment are observable those stations in the passenger com- from one or more of those stations so partment from which its use is acces- equipped; sible; (ii) It must have an alerting system (f) Is audible at all passenger seats, incorporating aural or visual signals lavatories, and flight attendant seats for use by flight crewmembers to alert and work stations; and flight attendants and for use by flight (g) For transport category airplanes attendants to alert flight crew- manufactured on or after November 27, members; 1990, meets the requirements of § 25.1423 (iii) The alerting system required by of this chapter.

paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section must [Docket 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989] have a means for the recipient of a call to determine whether it is a normal § 121.319 Crewmember interphone sys- call or an emergency call; and tem.

(iv) When the airplane is on the (a) No person may operate an air- ground, it must provide a means of plane with a seating capacity of more two-way communication between than 19 passengers unless the airplane ground personnel and either of at least is equipped with a crewmember inter- two flight crewmembers in the pilot phone system that: compartment. The interphone system (1) [Reserved] station for use by ground personnel (2) Is capable of operation inde- must be so located that personnel pendent of the public address system using the system may avoid visible de- required by § 121.318(a) except for tection from within the airplane.

handsets, headsets, microphones, selec- tor switches, and signaling devices; and [Docket 10865, 38 FR 21494, Aug. 9, 1973, as amended by Amdt. 121–121, 40 FR 42186, Sept.

(3) Meets the requirements of para- 11, 1975; Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, graph (b) of this section.

1978; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; (b) The crewmember interphone sys- Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] tem required by paragraph (a) of this section must be approved in accordance § 121.321 Operations in icing.

with § 21.305 of this chapter and meet After October 21, 2013, no person may the following requirements: operate an airplane with a certificated (1) It must provide a means of two- maximum takeoff weight less than way communication between the pilot 60,000 pounds in conditions conducive compartment and— (i) Each passenger compartment; and to airframe icing unless it complies (ii) Each galley located on other than with this section. As used in this sec- the main passenger deck level. tion, the phrase ‘‘conditions conducive (2) It must be accessible for imme- to airframe icing’’ means visible mois- diate use from each of two flight crew- ture at or below a static air tempera- member stations in the pilot compart- ture of 5 ° C or a total air temperature ment; of 10 ° C, unless the approved Airplane VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.323 Flight Manual provides another defini- be used or provides other operational tion. instructions.

(a) When operating in conditions con- (iii) Any additional procedures for ducive to airframe icing, compliance operation in conditions conducive to must be shown with paragraph (a)(1), icing specified in the Airplane Flight or (2), or (3) of this section. Manual or in the manual required by (1) The airplane must be equipped § 121.133 must be initiated.

(b) If the procedures specified in with a certificated primary airframe paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section are ice detection system.

specifically prohibited in the Airplane (i) The airframe ice protection sys- Flight Manual, compliance must be tem must be activated automatically, shown with the requirements of para- or manually by the flightcrew, when graph (a)(1) or (2) of this section.

the primary ice detection system indi- (c) Procedures necessary for safe op- cates activation is necessary.

eration of the airframe ice protection (ii) When the airframe ice protection system must be established and docu- system is activated, any other proce- mented in: dures in the Airplane Flight Manual (1) The Airplane Flight Manual for for operating in icing conditions must airplanes that comply with paragraph be initiated.

(a)(1) or (2) of this section, or (2) Visual cues of the first sign of ice (2) The Airplane Flight Manual or in formation anywhere on the airplane the manual required by § 121.133 for air- and a certificated advisory airframe ice planes that comply with paragraph detection system must be provided.

(a)(3) of this section.

(i) The airframe ice protection sys- (d) Procedures for operation of the tem must be activated when any of the airframe ice protection system must visual cues are observed or when the include initial activation, operation advisory airframe ice detection system after initial activation, and deactiva- indicates activation is necessary, tion. Procedures for operation after whichever occurs first.

initial activation of the ice protection (ii) When the airframe ice protection system must address— system is activated, any other proce- (1) Continuous operation, dures in the Airplane Flight Manual (2) Automatic cycling, for operating in icing conditions must (3) Manual cycling if the airplane is be initiated.

equipped with an ice detection system (3) If the airplane is not equipped to that alerts the flightcrew each time comply with the provisions of para- the ice protection system must be cy- graph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, then cled, or the following apply: (4) Manual cycling based on a time (i) When operating in conditions con- interval if the airplane type is not ducive to airframe icing, the airframe equipped with features necessary to ice protection system must be acti- implement (d)(1)–(3) of this section.

vated prior to, and operated during, the (e) System installations used to com- following phases of flight: ply with paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of (A) Takeoff climb after second seg- this section must be approved through ment, an amended or supplemental type cer- (B) En route climb, tificate in accordance with part 21 of (C) Go-around climb, this chapter.

(D) Holding, (E) Maneuvering for approach and [Docket FAA–2009–0675, 78 FR 15876, Mar. 13, landing, and 2013] (F) Any other operation at approach § 121.323 Instruments and equipment or holding airspeeds.

for operations at night.

(ii) During any other phase of flight, the airframe ice protection system No person may operate an airplane at must be activated and operated at the night under this part unless it is first sign of ice formation anywhere on equipped with the following instru- the airplane, unless the Airplane ments and equipment in addition to Flight Manual specifies that the air- those required by §§ 121.305 through frame ice protection system should not 121.321 and 121.803: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.325 (a) Position lights.

§ 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Recip- rocating engine powered airplanes.

(b) An anti-collision light.

(c) Two landing lights, except that (a) General. Except where supple- only one landing light is required for mental oxygen is provided in accord- nontransport category airplanes type ance with § 121.331, no person may oper- certificated after December 31, 1964.

ate an airplane unless supplemental ox- (d) Instrument lights providing ygen is furnished and used as set forth enough light to make each required in- in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- strument, switch, or similar instru- tion. The amount of supplemental oxy- ment, easily readable and installed so gen required for a particular operation that the direct rays are shielded from is determined on the basis of flight al- titudes and flight duration, consistent the flight crewmembers’ eyes and that with the operation procedures estab- no objectionable reflections are visible lished for each operation and route.

to them. There must be a means of con- (b) Crewmembers. (1) At cabin pressure trolling the intensity of illumination altitudes above 10,000 feet up to and in- unless it is shown that nondimming in- cluding 12,000 feet, oxygen must be pro- strument lights are satisfactory.

vided for, and used by, each member of (e) An airspeed-indicating system the flight crew on flight deck duty, and with heated pitot tube or equivalent must be provided for other crew- means for preventing malfunctioning members, for that part of the flight at due to icing.

those altitudes that is of more than 30 (f) A sensitive altimeter.

minutes duration.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec.

12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, for, and used by, each member of the 2001] flight crew on flight deck duty, and must be provided for other crew- § 121.325 Instruments and equipment members, during the entire flight time for operations under IFR or over- at those altitudes.

the-top.

(3) When a flight crewmember is re- No person may operate an airplane quired to use oxygen, he must use it under IFR or over-the-top conditions continuously, except when necessary to under this part unless it is equipped remove the oxygen mask or other dis- with the following instruments and penser in connection with his regular equipment, in addition to those re- duties. Standby crewmembers who are on call or are definitely going to have quired by §§ 121.305 through 121.321 and flight deck duty before completing the 121.803: flight must be provided with an (a) An airspeed indicating system amount of supplemental oxygen equal with heated pitot tube or equivalent to that provided for crewmembers on means for preventing malfunctioning duty other than on flight deck duty. If due to icing.

a standby crewmember is not on call (b) A sensitive altimeter.

and will not be on flight deck duty dur- (c) Instrument lights providing ing the remainder of the flight, he is enough light to make each required in- considered to be a passenger for the strument, switch, or similar instru- purposes of supplemental oxygen re- ment, easily readable and so installed quirements.

that the direct rays are shielded from (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder the flight crewmembers’ eyes and that shall provide a supply of oxygen, ap- no objectionable reflections are visible proved for passenger safety, in accord- to them, and a means of controlling ance with the following: the intensity of illumination unless it (1) For flights of more than 30 min- is shown that nondimming instrument utes duration at cabin pressure alti- lights are satisfactory.

tudes above 8,000 feet up to and includ- ing 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as minutes for 10 percent of the pas- amended by Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr.

12, 2001] sengers.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.329 (2) For flights at cabin pressure alti- cabin or pressurization equipment will tudes above 14,000 feet up to and in- result in a cabin pressure altitude cluding 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for equal to the flight altitude. Under that part of the flight at those alti- those circumstances, the maximum tudes for 30 percent of the passengers.

cabin pressure altitude attained may (3) For flights at cabin pressure alti- be used as a basis for certification or tudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen determination of oxygen supply, or for each passenger carried during the both.

entire flight at those altitudes.

(b) Crewmembers. Each certificate (d) For the purposes of this subpart holder shall provide a supply of oxygen cabin pressure altitude means the pres- for crewmembers in accordance with sure altitude corresponding with the the following: pressure in the cabin of the airplane, (1) At cabin pressure altitudes above and flight altitude means the altitude 10,000 feet, up to and including 12,000 above sea level at which the airplane is feet, oxygen must be provided for and operated. For airplanes without pres- used by each member of the flight crew surized cabins, ‘‘cabin pressure alti- on flight deck duty and must be pro- tude’’ and ‘‘flight altitude’’ mean the vided for other crewmembers for that same thing.

part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes dura- § 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for sus- tenance: Turbine engine powered tion.

airplanes.

(2) At cabin pressure altitudes above 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided (a) General. When operating a turbine for, and used by, each member of the engine powered airplane, each certifi- cate holder shall equip the airplane flight crew on flight deck duty, and with sustaining oxygen and dispensing must be provided for other crew- equipment for use as set forth in this members during the entire flight at section: those altitudes.

(1) The amount of oxygen provided (3) When a flight crewmember is re- must be at least the quantity nec- quired to use oxygen, he must use it essary to comply with paragraphs (b) continuously except when necessary to and (c) of this section.

remove the oxygen mask or other dis- (2) The amount of sustaining and penser in connection with his regular first-aid oxygen required for a par- duties. Standby crewmembers who are ticular operation to comply with the on call or are definitely going to have rules in this part is determined on the flight deck duty before completing the basis of cabin pressure altitudes and flight must be provided with an flight duration, consistent with the op- amount of supplemental oxygen equal erating procedures established for each to that provided for crewmembers on operation and route.

duty other than on flight duty. If a (3) The requirements for airplanes standby crewmember is not on call and with pressurized cabins are determined will not be on flight deck duty during on the basis of cabin pressure altitude the remainder of the flight, he is con- and the assumption that a cabin pres- sidered to be a passenger for the pur- surization failure will occur at the alti- poses of supplemental oxygen require- tude or point of flight that is most ments.

critical from the standpoint of oxygen (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder need, and that after the failure the air- shall provide a supply of oxygen for plane will descend in accordance with passengers in accordance with the fol- the emergency procedures specified in lowing: the Airplane Flight Manual, without (1) For flights at cabin pressure alti- exceeding its operating limitations, to tudes above 10,000 feet, up to and in- a flight altitude that will allow suc- cluding 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for cessful termination of the flight.

that part of the flight at those alti- (4) Following the failure, the cabin pressure altitude is considered to be tudes that is of more than 30 minutes the same as the flight altitude unless it duration, for 10 percent of the pas- is shown that no probable failure of the sengers.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.331 (2) For flights at cabin pressure alti- flight altitudes above 15,000 feet, the tudes above 14,000 feet, up to and in- supply required by § 121.327(c)(3).

cluding 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for (ii) For that part of the flight at that part of the flight at those alti- flight altitudes above 14,000 feet, up to tudes for 30 percent of the passengers.

and including 15,000 feet, the supply re- (3) For flights at cabin pressure alti- quired by § 121.327(c)(2).

tudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen (iii) For flight at flight altitudes for each passenger carried during the above 8,000 feet up to and including entire flight at those altitudes. 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 min- utes for 10 percent of the passengers.

§ 121.331 Supplemental oxygen re- (3) When an airplane is flown at a quirements for pressurized cabin flight altitude above flight level 250, airplanes: Reciprocating engine enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 powered airplanes.

percent of the passengers for the entire (a) When operating a reciprocating flight (including emergency descent) engine powered airplane pressurized above 8,000 feet, up to and including cabin, each certificate holder shall 14,000 feet, and to comply with equip the airplane to comply with § 121.327(c) (2) and (3) for flight above paragraphs (b) through (d) of this sec- 14,000 feet.

tion in the event of cabin pressuriza- (d) For the purposes of this section it tion failure.

is assumed that the cabin pressuriza- (b) For crewmembers. When operating tion failure occurs at a time during at flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the flight that is critical from the stand- certificate holder shall provide enough point of oxygen need and that after the oxygen for each crewmember for the failure the airplane will descend, with- entire flight at those altitudes and not out exceeding its normal operating less than a two-hour supply for each limitations, to flight altitudes allow- flight crewmember on flight deck duty.

ing safe flight with respect to terrain The required two hours supply is that clearance.

quantity of oxygen necessary for a con- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as stant rate of descent from the air- amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec.

plane’s maximum certificated oper- 20, 1976] ating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten min- utes and followed by 110 minutes at § 121.333 Supplemental oxygen for 10,000 feet. The oxygen required by emergency descent and for first aid; § 121.337 may be considered in deter- turbine engine powered airplanes mining the supplemental breathing with pressurized cabins.

supply required for flight crewmembers (a) General. When operating a turbine on flight deck duty in the event of engine powered airplane with a pres- cabin pressurization failure.

surized cabin, the certificate holder (c) For passengers. When operating at shall furnish oxygen and dispensing flight altitudes above 8,000 feet, the equipment to comply with paragraphs certificate holder shall provide oxygen (b) through (e) of this section in the as follows: event of cabin pressurization failure.

(1) When an airplane is not flown at (b) Crewmembers. When operating at a flight altitude above flight level 250, flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 certificate holder shall supply enough percent of the passengers, if at any oxygen to comply with § 121.329, but not point along the route to be flown the less than a two-hour supply for each airplane can safely descend to a flight flight crewmember on flight deck duty.

altitude of 14,000 feet or less within The required two hours supply is that four minutes.

quantity of oxygen necessary for a con- (2) If the airplane cannot descend to stant rate of descent from the air- a flight altitude of 14,000 feet or less plane’s maximum certificated oper- within four minutes, the following sup- ating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten min- ply of oxygen must be provided: utes and followed by 110 minutes at (i) For that part of the flight that is 10,000 feet. The oxygen required in the more than four minutes duration at event of cabin pressurization failure by VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.333 § 121.337 may be included in deter- member from proceeding with his as- mining the supply required for flight signed emergency duties. The oxygen crewmembers on flight deck duty. mask after being put on must not pre- (c) Use of oxygen masks by flight crew- vent immediate communication be- members. (1) When operating at flight tween the flight crewmember and other altitudes above flight level 250, each crewmembers over the airplane inter- flight crewmember on flight deck duty communication system.

must be provided with an oxygen mask (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) so designed that it can be rapidly of this section, if for any reason at any placed on his face from its ready posi- time it is necessary for one pilot to tion, properly secured, sealed, and sup- leave his station at the controls of the plying oxygen upon demand; and so de- airplane when operating at flight alti- signed that after being placed on the tudes above flight level 410, the re- face it does not prevent immediate maining pilot at the controls shall put communication between the flight on and use his oxygen mask until the crewmember and other crewmembers other pilot has returned to his duty over the airplane intercommunication station.

system. When it is not being used at (4) Before the takeoff of a flight, each flight altitudes above flight level 250, flight crewmember shall personally the oxygen mask must be kept in con- preflight his oxygen equipment to in- dition for ready use and located so as sure that the oxygen mask is func- to be within the immediate reach of tioning, fitted properly, and connected the flight crewmember while at his to appropriate supply terminals, and duty station. that the oxygen supply and pressure (2) When operating at flight altitudes are adequate for use.

above flight level 250, one pilot at the (d) Use of portable oxygen equipment by controls of the airplane shall at all cabin attendants. After November 28, times wear and use an oxygen mask se- 2005 each mask used for portable oxy- cured, sealed, and supplying oxygen, in gen equipment must be connected to accordance with the following: its oxygen supply. Above flight level (i) The one pilot need not wear and 250, one of the following is required: use an oxygen mask at or below the (1) Each attendant shall carry port- following flight levels if each flight able oxygen equipment with a 15 crewmember on flight deck duty has a minute supply of oxygen; or quick-donning type of oxygen mask (2) There must be sufficient portable that the certificate holder has shown oxygen equipment (including masks can be placed on the face from its and spare outlets) distributed through- ready position, properly secured, out the cabin so that such equipment is sealed, and supplying oxygen upon de- immediately available to each attend- mand, with one hand and within five ant, regardless of their location in the seconds: cabin; or (A) For airplanes having a passenger (3) There are sufficient spare outlets seat configuration of more than 30 and masks distributed throughout the seats, excluding any required crew- cabin to ensure immediate availability member seat, or a payload capacity of of oxygen to each cabin attendant, re- more than 7,500 pounds, at or below gardless of their location in the cabin.

flight level 410. (e) Passenger cabin occupants. When (B) For airplanes having a passenger the airplane is operating at flight alti- seat configuration of less than 31 seats, tudes above 10,000 feet, the following excluding any required crewmember supply of oxygen must be provided for seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 the use of passenger cabin occupants: pounds or less, at or below flight level (1) When an airplane certificated to 350. operate at flight altitudes up to and in- (ii) Whenever a quick-donning type of cluding flight level 250, can at any oxygen mask is to be used under this point along the route to be flown, de- section, the certificate holder shall scend safely to a flight altitude of also show that the mask can be put on 14,000 feet or less within four minutes, without disturbing eye glasses and oxygen must be available at the rate without delaying the flight crew- prescribed by this part for a 30-minute VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.335 period for at least 10 percent of the pas- 1950, except that if the certificate hold- senger cabin occupants. er shows full compliance with those (2) When an airplane is operated at standards to be impracticable, the Ad- flight altitudes up to and including ministrator may authorize any change flight level 250 and cannot descend in those standards that he finds will safely to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet provide an equivalent level of safety.

within four minutes, or when an air- (b) Turbine engine powered airplanes.

plane is operated at flight altitudes The oxygen apparatus, the minimum above flight level 250, oxygen must be rate of oxygen flow, and the supply of available at the rate prescribed by this oxygen necessary to comply with part for not less than 10 percent of the §§ 121.329 and 121.333 must meet the passenger cabin occupants for the en- standards established in section 4b.651 tire flight after cabin depressurization, of the Civil Air Regulations as in effect at cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 on September 1, 1958, except that if the feet up to and including 14,000 feet and, certificate holder shows full compli- as applicable, to allow compliance with ance with those standards to be im- § 121.329(c) (2) and (3), except that there practicable, the Administrator may au- must be not less than a 10-minute sup- thorize any changes in those standards ply for the passenger cabin occupants. that he finds will provide an equivalent (3) For first-aid treatment of occu- level of safety.

pants who for physiological reasons § 121.337 Protective breathing equip- might require undiluted oxygen fol- ment.

lowing descent from cabin pressure al- titudes above flight level 250, a supply (a) The certificate holder shall fur- of oxygen in accordance with the re- nish approved protective breathing quirements of § 25.1443(d) must be pro- equipment (PBE) meeting the equip- vided for two percent of the occupants ment, breathing gas, and communica- for the entire flight after cabin depres- tion requirements contained in para- surization at cabin pressure altitudes graph (b) of this section.

above 8,000 feet, but in no case to less (b) Pressurized and nonpressurized than one person. An appropriate num- cabin airplanes. Except as provided in ber of acceptable dispensing units, but paragraph (f) of this section, no person in no case less than two, must be pro- may operate an airplane unless protec- vided, with a means for the cabin at- tive breathing equipment meeting the tendants to use this supply. requirements of this section is provided as follows: (f) Passenger briefing. Before flight is (1) General. The equipment must pro- conducted above flight level 250, a tect the flightcrew from the effects of crewmember shall instruct the pas- smoke, carbon dioxide or other harmful sengers on the necessity of using oxy- gases or an oxygen deficient environ- gen in the event of cabin depressuriza- ment caused by other than an airplane tion and shall point out to them the lo- depressurization while on flight deck cation and demonstrate the use of the duty and must protect crewmembers oxygen-dispensing equipment.

from the above effects while combat- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as ting fires on board the airplane.

amended by Amdt. 121–11, 30 FR 12466, Sept.

(2) The equipment must be inspected 30, 1965; Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, regularly in accordance with inspec- 1976; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; tion guidelines and the inspection peri- 62 FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997; Amdt. 121–306, 69 FR 62789, Oct. 27, 2004; Amdt. 121–383, 85 FR 16900, ods established by the equipment man- Mar. 25, 2020] ufacturer to ensure its condition for continued serviceability and imme- § 121.335 Equipment standards.

diate readiness to perform its intended (a) Reciprocating engine powered air- emergency purposes. The inspection pe- planes. The oxygen apparatus, the min- riods may be changed upon a showing imum rates of oxygen flow, and the by the certificate holder that the supply of oxygen necessary to comply changes would provide an equivalent with § 121.327 must meet the standards level of safety.

established in section 4b.651 of the Civil (3) That part of the equipment pro- Air Regulations as in effect on July 20, tecting the eyes must not impair the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.337 wearer’s vision to the extent that a must be conveniently located on the crewmember’s duties cannot be accom- flight deck and be easily accessible for plished and must allow corrective immediate use by each required flight glasses to be worn without impairment crewmember at his or her assigned of vision or loss of the protection re- duty station.

quired by paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- (9) Fire combatting. Except for non- tion.

transport category airplanes type cer- (4) The equipment, while in use, must tificated after December 31, 1964, pro- allow the flightcrew to communicate tective breathing equipment with a using the airplane radio equipment and portable breathing gas supply meeting to communicate by interphone with the requirements of this section must each other while at their assigned duty be easily accessible and conveniently stations. The equipment, while in use, located for immediate use by crew- must also allow crewmember inter- members in combatting fires as fol- phone communications between each of lows: two flight crewmember stations in the (i) One PBE is required for each hand pilot compartment and at least one fire extinguisher located for use in a normal flight attendant station in each galley other than a galley located in a passenger compartment.

passenger, cargo, or crew compart- (5) The equipment, while in use, must ment.

allow any crewmember to use the air- (ii) One on the flight deck, except plane interphone system at any of the that the Administrator may authorize flight attendant stations referred to in another location for this PBE if special paragraph (b)(4) of this section.

circumstances exist that make compli- (6) The equipment may also be used ance impractical and the proposed de- to meet the supplemental oxygen re- viation would provide an equivalent quirements of this part provided it level of safety.

meets the oxygen equipment standards (iii) In each passenger compartment, of § 121.335 of this part.

one for each hand fire extinguisher re- (7) Protective breathing gas duration quired by § 121.309 of this part, to be lo- and supply system equipment require- cated within 3 feet of each required ments are as follows: hand fire extinguisher, except that the (i) The equipment must supply Administrator may authorize a devi- breathing gas for 15 minutes at a pres- ation allowing locations of PBE more sure altitude of 8,000 feet for the fol- than 3 feet from required hand fire ex- lowing: tinguisher locations if special cir- (A) Flight crewmembers while per- cumstances exist that make compli- forming flight deck duties; and ance impractical and if the proposed (B) Crewmembers while combatting deviation provides an equivalent level an in-flight fire.

of safety.

(ii) The breathing gas system must (c) Equipment preflight. (1) Before be free from hazards in itself, in its each flight, each item of PBE at flight method of operation, and in its effect crewmember duty stations must be upon other components.

checked by the flight crewmember who (iii) For breathing gas systems other will use the equipment to ensure that than chemical oxygen generators, the equipment— there must be a means to allow the (i) For other than chemical oxygen crew to readily determine, during the generator systems, is functioning, is equipment preflight described in para- serviceable, fits properly (unless a uni- graph (c) of this section, that the gas versal-fit type), and is connected to supply is fully charged.

supply terminals and that the breath- (iv) For each chemical oxygen gener- ing gas supply and pressure are ade- ator, the supply system equipment quate for use; and must meet the requirements of § 25.1450 (ii) For chemical oxygen generator (b) and (c) of this chapter.

systems, is serviceable and fits prop- (8) Smoke and fume protection. Protec- erly (unless a universal-fit type).

tive breathing equipment with a fixed or portable breathing gas supply meet- (2) Each item of PBE located at other ing the requirements of this section than a flight crewmember duty station VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.339 must be checked by a designated crew- has expired, as established by the member to ensure that each is properly transmitter manufacturer under its ap- stowed and serviceable, and, for other proval. The new expiration date for re- than chemical oxygen generator sys- placing (or recharging) the battery tems, the breathing gas supply is fully must be legibly marked on the outside charged. Each certificate holder, in its of the transmitter. The battery useful operations manual, must designate at life (or useful life of charge) require- least one crewmember to perform those ments of this paragraph do not apply checks before he or she takes off in to batteries (such as water-activated that airplane for his or her first flight batteries) that are essentially unaf- of the day.

fected during probable storage inter- [Docket 24792, 52 FR 20957, June 3, 1987, as vals.

amended by Amdt. 121–204, 54 FR 22271, May (b) The required life rafts, life pre- 22, 1989; Amdt. 121–212, 55 FR 5551, Feb. 15, servers, and survival type emergency 1990; Amdt. 121–218, 55 FR 31565, Aug. 2, 1990; locator transmitter must be easily ac- Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992; cessible in the event of a ditching with- Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–261, 61 FR 43921, Aug. 26, 1996] out appreciable time for preparatory procedures. This equipment must be in- § 121.339 Emergency equipment for ex- stalled in conspicuously marked, ap- tended over-water operations.

proved locations.

(a) Except where the Administrator, (c) A survival kit, appropriately by amending the operations specifica- equipped for the route to be flown, tions of the certificate holder, requires must be attached to each required life the carriage of all or any specific items raft.

of the equipment listed below for any [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as overwater operation, or upon applica- amended by Amdt. 121–53, 34 FR 15244, Sept.

tion of the certificate holder, the Ad- 30, 1969; Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept. 21, ministrator allows deviation for a par- 1971; Amdt. 121–93, 37 FR 14294, June 19, 1972 ticular extended overwater operation, Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973; no person may operate an airplane in Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50603, Oct. 30, 1978; extended overwater operations without Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; having on the airplane the following Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994] equipment: (1) A life preserver equipped with an § 121.340 Emergency flotation means.

approved survivor locator light, for (a) Except as provided in paragraph each occupant of the airplane.

(b) of this section, no person may oper- (2) Enough life rafts (each equipped ate an airplane in any overwater oper- with an approved survivor locator ation unless it is equipped with life light) of a rated capacity and buoyancy preservers in accordance with to accommodate the occupants of the § 121.339(a)(1) or with an approved flota- airplane. Unless excess rafts of enough tion means for each occupant. This capacity are provided, the buoyancy means must be within easy reach of and seating capacity beyond the rated each seated occupant and must be read- capacity of the rafts must accommo- ily removable from the airplane.

date all occupants of the airplane in the event of a loss of one raft of the (b) Upon application by the air car- largest rated capacity. rier or commercial operator, the Ad- (3) At least one pyrotechnic signaling ministrator may approve the operation device for each life raft.

of an airplane over water without the (4) An approved survival type emer- life preservers or flotation means re- gency locator transmitter. Batteries quired by paragraph (a) of this section, used in this transmitter must be re- if the air carrier or commercial oper- placed (or recharged, if the battery is ator shows that the water over which rechargeable) when the transmitter has the airplane is to be operated is not of been in use for more than 1 cumulative such size and depth that life preservers hour, or when 50 percent of their useful or flotation means would be required life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 for the survival of its occupants in the percent of their useful life of charge) VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.343 event the flight terminates in that pilot in command indicate that the water. forecast icing condition that would otherwise prohibit the flight will not [Docket 6713, 31 FR 1147, Jan. 28, 1966, as be encountered during the flight be- amended by Amdt. 121–25, 32 FR 3223, Feb. 24, cause of changed weather conditions 1967; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] since the forecast, the restrictions in § 121.341 Equipment for operations in paragraph (c) of this section based on icing conditions.

forecast conditions do not apply.

(a) Except as permitted in paragraph [Docket 6258, 29 FR 18205, Dec. 31, 1964, as (c)(2) of this section, unless an airplane amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec.

is type certificated under the transport 20, 1995] category airworthiness requirements § 121.342 Pitot heat indication systems.

relating to ice protection, or unless an airplane is a non-transport category No person may operate a transport airplane type certificated after Decem- category airplane or, after December ber 31, 1964, that has the ice protection 20, 1999, a nontransport category air- provisions that meet section 34 of ap- plane type certificated after December pendix A of part 135 of this chapter, no 31, 1964, that is equipped with a flight person may operate an airplane in instrument pitot heating system unless icing conditions unless it is equipped the airplane is also equipped with an with means for the prevention or re- operable pitot heat indication system moval of ice on windshields, wings, em- that complies § 25.1326 of this chapter pennage, propellers, and other parts of in effect on April 12, 1978.

the airplane where ice formation will [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] adversely affect the safety of the air- plane.

§ 121.343 Flight data recorders.

(b) No person may operate an air- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs plane in icing conditions at night un- (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, less means are provided for illu- no person may operate a large airplane minating or otherwise determining the that is certificated for operations formation of ice on the parts of the above 25,000 feet altitude or is turbine- wings that are critical from the stand- engine powered unless it is equipped point of ice accumulation. Any illu- with one or more approved flight re- minating that is used must be of a type corders that record data from which that will not cause glare or reflection the following may be determined with- that would handicap crewmembers in in the ranges, accuracies, and record- the performance of their duties.

ing intervals specified in appendix B of (c) Non-transport category airplanes this part: type certificated after December 31, 1964.

(1) Time; Except for an airplane that has ice pro- (2) Altitude; tection provisions that meet section 34 (3) Airspeed; of appendix A of part 135 of this chap- (4) Vertical acceleration; ter, or those for transport category air- (5) Heading; and plane type certification, no person may (6) Time of each radio transmission operate— either to or from air traffic control.

(1) Under IFR into known or forecast (b) No person may operate a large light or moderate icing conditions; (2) Under VFR into known light or airplane type certificated up to and in- moderate icing conditions; unless the cluding September 30, 1969, for oper- airplane has functioning deicing anti- ations above 25,000 feet altitude, or a icing equipment protecting each pro- turbine-engine powered airplane cer- peller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or tificated before the same date, unless control surface, and each airspeed, al- it is equipped before May 26, 1989 with timeter, rate of climb, or flight atti- one or more approved flight recorders tude instrument system; or that utilize a digital method of record- (3) Into known or forecast severe ing and storing data and a method of icing conditions. readily retrieving that data from the (d) If current weather reports and storage medium. The following infor- briefing information relied upon by the mation must be able to be determined VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.343 within the ranges, accuracies, and re- (6) Time of each radio transmission cording intervals specified in appendix either to or from air traffic control; B of this part: (7) Pitch attitude; (8) Roll attitude; (1) Time; (9) Longitudinal acceleration; (2) Altitude; (10) Pitch trim position; (3) Airspeed; (11) Control column or pitch control (4) Vertical acceleration; surface position; (5) Heading; and (12) Control wheel or lateral control (6) Time of each radio transmission surface position; either to or from air traffic control.

(13) Rudder pedal or yaw control sur- (c) Except as provided in paragraph face position; (l) of this section, no person may oper- (14) Thrust of each engine; ate an airplane specified in paragraph (15) Position of each thrust reverser; (b) of this section unless it is equipped, (16) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap before May 26, 1995, with one or more control position; and approved flight recorders that utilize a (17) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap digital method of recording and storing control position.

data and a method of readily retrieving For the purpose of this section, manu- that data from the storage medium.

factured means the point in time at The following information must be which the airplane inspection accept- able to be determined within the ance records reflect that the airplane is ranges, accuracies and recording inter- complete and meets the FAA-approved vals specified in appendix B of this type design data.

part: (e) After October 11, 1991, no person (1) Time; may operate a large airplane equipped (2) Altitude; with a digital data bus and ARINC 717 (3) Airspeed; digital flight data acquisition unit (4) Vertical acceleration; (DFDAU) or equivalent unless it is (5) Heading; equipped with one or more approved (6) Time of each radio transmission flight recorders that utilize a digital either to or from air traffic control; method of recording and storing data (7) Pitch attitude; and a method of readily retrieving that (8) Roll attitude; data from the storage medium. Any pa- (9) Longitudinal acceleration; rameters specified in appendix B of this (10) Control column or pitch control part that are available on the digital surface position; and data bus must be recorded within the (11) Thrust of each engine.

ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and (d) No person may operate an air- sampling intervals specified.

plane specified in paragraph (b) of this (f) After October 11, 1991, no person section that is manufactured after May may operate an airplane specified in 26, 1989, as well as airplanes specified in paragraph (b) of this section that is paragraph (a) of this section that have manufactured after October 11, 1991, been type certificated after September nor an airplane specified in paragraph 30, 1969, unless it is equipped with one (a) of this section that has been type or more approved flight recorders that certificated after September 30, 1969, utlitize a digital method of recording and manufactured after October 11, and storing data and a method of read- 1991, unless it is equipped with one or ily retrieving that data from the stor- more flight recorders that utilize a dig- age medium. The following informa- ital method of recording and storing tion must be able to be determined data and a method of readily retrieving within the ranges, accuracies, and re- that data from the storage medium.

cording intervals specified in appendix The parameters specified in appendix B B of this part: of this part must be recorded within (1) Time; the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and (2) Altitude; sampling intervals specified.

(3) Airspeed; (g) Whenever a flight recorder re- (4) Vertical acceleration; quired by this section is installed, it (5) Heading; must be operated continuously from VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344 the instant the airplane begins the ified in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of takeoff roll until it has completed the this section, as appropriate, must have landing roll at an airport. an approved device to assist in locating (h) Except as provided in paragraph that recorder under water.

(i) of this section, and except for re- (l) No person may operate an airplane corded data erased as authorized in specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- this paragraph, each certificate holder tion that meets the Stage 2 noise levels shall keep the recorded data prescribed of part 36 of this chapter and is subject in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this to § 91.801(c) of this chapter unless it is section, as appropriate, until the air- equipped with one or more approved plane has been operated for at least 25 flight data recorders that utilize a dig- hours of the operating time specified in ital method of recording and storing § 121.359(a). A total of 1 hour of recorded data and a method of readily retrieving data may be erased for the purpose of that data from the storage medium.

testing the flight recorder or the flight The information specified in para- recorder system. Any erasure made in graphs (c)(1) through (c)(11) of this sec- accordance with this paragraph must tion must be able to be determined be of the oldest recorded data accumu- within the ranges, accuracies and re- lated at the time of testing. Except as cording intervals specified in appendix provided in paragraph (i) of this sec- B of this part. In addition— tion, no record need be kept more than (1) This flight data recorder must be 60 days. installed at the next heavy mainte- (i) In the event of an accident or oc- nance check after May 26, 1994, but no currence that requires immediate noti- later than May 26, 1995. A heavy main- fication of the National Transportation tenance check is considered to be any Safety Board under part 830 of its regu- time an aircraft is scheduled to be out lations and that results in termination of service for 4 or more days.

(2) By June 23, 1994, each carrier must of the flight, the certificate holder submit to the FAA Flight Standards shall remove the recording media from Service, Air Transportation Division the airplane and keep the recorded (AFS–200), documentation listing those data required by paragraph (a), (b), (c), airplanes covered under this paragraph or (d) of this section, as appropriate, and evidence that it has ordered a suf- for at least 60 days or for a longer pe- ficient number of flight data recorders riod upon the request of the Board or to meet the May 26, 1995, compliance the Administrator.

date for all aircraft on that list.

(j) Each flight recorder required by (3) After May 26, 1994, any aircraft this section must be installed in ac- that is modified to meet Stage 3 noise cordance with the requirements of levels must have the flight data re- § 25.1459 of this chapter in effect on Au- corder described in paragraph (c) of gust 31, 1977. The correlation required this section installed before operating by § 25.1459(c) of this chapter need be under this part.

established only on one airplane of any (m) After August 20, 2001, this section group of airplanes— applies only to the airplane models (1) That are of the same type; listed in § 121.344(l)(2). All other air- (2) On which the model flight re- planes must comply with the require- corder and its installation are the ments of § 121.344, as applicable.

same; and (3) On which there is no difference in [Docket 24418, 52 FR 9636, Mar. 25, 1987, as the type design with respect to the in- amended by Amdt. 121–197, 53 FR 26147, July stallation of those first pilot’s instru- 11, 1988; Amdt. 121–238, 59 FR 26900, May 24, ments associated with the flight re- 1994; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12565, Mar. 7, 2008] corder. The most recent instrument § 121.344 Digital flight data recorders calibration, including the recording for transport category airplanes.

medium from which this calibration is derived, and the recorder correlation (a) Except as provided in paragraph must be retained by the certificate (l) of this section, no person may oper- holder. ate under this part a turbine-engine- (k) Each flight recorder required by powered transport category airplane this section that records the data spec- unless it is equipped with one or more VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.344 approved flight recorders that use a (26) Radio altitude (when an informa- digital method of recording and storing tion source is installed); data and a method of readily retrieving (27) Localizer deviation, MLS Azi- that data from the storage medium. muth; (28) Glideslope deviation, MLS Ele- The operational parameters required to vation; be recorded by digital flight data re- (29) Marker beacon passage; corders required by this section are as (30) Master warning; follows: The phrase ‘‘when an informa- (31) Air/ground sensor (primary air- tion source is installed’’ following a pa- plane system reference nose or main rameter indicates that recording of gear); that parameter is not intended to re- (32) Angle of attack (when informa- quire a change in installed equipment: tion source is installed); (1) Time; (33) Hydraulic pressure low (each sys- (2) Pressure altitude; tem); (3) Indicated airspeed; (34) Ground speed (when an informa- (4) Heading—primary flight crew ref- tion source is installed); erence (if selectable, record discrete, (35) Ground proximity warning sys- true or magnetic); tem; (5) Normal acceleration (Vertical); (36) Landing gear position or landing (6) Pitch attitude; gear cockpit control selection; (7) Roll attitude; (37) Drift angle (when an information (8) Manual radio transmitter keying, source is installed); or CVR/DFDR synchronization ref- (38) Wind speed and direction (when erence; an information source is installed); (9) Thrust/power of each engine—pri- (39) Latitude and longitude (when an mary flight crew reference; information source is installed); (10) Autopilot engagement status; (40) Stick shaker/pusher (when an in- (11) Longitudinal acceleration; formation source is installed); (12) Pitch control input; (41) Windshear (when an information (13) Lateral control input; source is installed); (14) Rudder pedal input; (42) Throttle/power lever position; (15) Primary pitch control surface po- (43) Additional engine parameters (as sition; designated in Appendix M of this part); (16) Primary lateral control surface (44) Traffic alert and collision avoid- position; ance system; (17) Primary yaw control surface po- (45) DME 1 and 2 distances; sition; (46) Nav 1 and 2 selected frequency; (18) Lateral acceleration; (47) Selected barometric setting (19) Pitch trim surface position or pa- (when an information source is in- rameters of paragraph (a)(82) of this stalled); section if currently recorded; (48) Selected altitude (when an infor- (20) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap mation source is installed); control selection (except when param- (49) Selected speed (when an informa- eters of paragraph (a)(85) of this sec- tion source is installed); tion apply); (50) Selected mach (when an informa- (21) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap tion source is installed); control selection (except when param- (51) Selected vertical speed (when an eters of paragraph (a)(86) of this sec- information source is installed); tion apply); (52) Selected heading (when an infor- (22) Each Thrust reverser position (or mation source is installed); equivalent for propeller airplane); (53) Selected flight path (when an in- (23) Ground spoiler position or speed formation source is installed); brake selection (except when param- (54) Selected decision height (when eters of paragraph (a)(87) of this sec- an information source is installed); tion apply); (55) EFIS display format; (24) Outside or total air temperature; (56) Multi-function/engine/alerts dis- (25) Automatic Flight Control Sys- play format; tem (AFCS) modes and engagement (57) Thrust command (when an infor- status, including autothrottle; mation source is installed); VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344 (58) Thrust target (when an informa- (87) Ground spoiler position and speed tion source is installed); brake selection; (59) Fuel quantity in CG trim tank (88) All cockpit flight control input (when an information source is in- forces (control wheel, control column, stalled); rudder pedal); (60) Primary Navigation System Ref- (89) Yaw damper status; erence; (90) Yaw damper command; and (61) Icing (when an information (91) Standby rudder valve status.

source is installed); (b) For all turbine-engine powered (62) Engine warning each engine vi- transport category airplanes manufac- bration (when an information source is tured on or before October 11, 1991, by installed); August 20, 2001.

(63) Engine warning each engine over (1) For airplanes not equipped as of temp. (when an information source is July 16, 1996, with a flight data acquisi- installed); tion unit (FDAU), the parameters list- (64) Engine warning each engine oil ed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(18) pressure low (when an information of this section must be recorded within source is installed); the ranges and accuracies specified in (65) Engine warning each engine over Appendix B of this part, and— speed (when an information source is (i) For airplanes with more than two installed); engines, the parameter described in (66) Yaw trim surface position; paragraph (a)(18) is not required unless (67) Roll trim surface position; sufficient capacity is available on the (68) Brake pressure (selected system); existing recorder to record that param- (69) Brake pedal application (left and eter; right); (ii) Parameters listed in paragraphs (70) Yaw or sideslip angle (when an (a)(12) through (a)(17) each may be re- information source is installed); corded from a single source.

(71) Engine bleed valve position (2) For airplanes that were equipped (when an information source is in- as of July 16, 1996, with a flight data stalled); acquisition unit (FDAU), the param- (72) De-icing or anti-icing system se- eters listed in paragraphs (a)(1) lection (when an information source is through (a)(22) of this section must be installed); recorded within the ranges, accuracies, (73) Computed center of gravity and recording intervals specified in Ap- (when an information source is in- pendix M of this part. Parameters list- stalled); ed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(17) (74) AC electrical bus status; each may be recorded from a single (75) DC electrical bus status; source.

(76) APU bleed valve position (when (3) The approved flight recorder re- an information source is installed); quired by this section must be installed (77) Hydraulic pressure (each sys- at the earliest time practicable, but no tem); later than the next heavy maintenance (78) Loss of cabin pressure; check after August 18, 1999 and no later (79) Computer failure; than August 20, 2001. A heavy mainte- (80) Heads-up display (when an infor- nance check is considered to be any mation source is installed); time an airplane is scheduled to be out (81) Para-visual display (when an in- of service for 4 or more days and is formation source is installed); scheduled to include access to major (82) Cockpit trim control input posi- structural components.

tion—pitch; (c) For all turbine-engine powered (83) Cockpit trim control input posi- transport category airplanes manufac- tion—roll; tured on or before October 11, 1991— (84) Cockpit trim control input posi- (1) That were equipped as of July 16, tion—yaw; 1996, with one or more digital data (85) Trailing edge flap and cockpit bus(es) and an ARINC 717 digital flight flap control position; data acquisition unit (DFDAU) or (86) Leading edge flap and cockpit equivalent, the parameters specified in flap control position; paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(22) of this VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.344 section must be recorded within the tervals specified in Appendix M of this ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and part.

sampling intervals specified in Appen- (3) In addition to the requirements of dix M of this part by August 20, 2001. paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this sec- Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) tion, all Boeing 737 model airplanes through (a)(14) each may be recorded must also comply with the require- from a single source. ments of paragraph (n) of this section, (2) Commensurate with the capacity as applicable.

of the recording system (DFDAU or (f) For all turbine-engine-powered equivalent and the DFDR), all addi- transport category airplanes manufac- tional parameters for which informa- tured after August 19, 2002— tion sources are installed and which (1) The parameters listed in para- are connected to the recording system graphs (a)(1) through (a)(88) of this sec- must be recorded within the ranges, ac- tion must be recorded within the curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- tervals specified in Appendix M of this cording intervals specified in appendix part by August 20, 2001. M to this part.

(3) That were subject to § 121.343(e) of (2) In addition to the requirements of this part, all conditions of § 121.343(e) paragraphs (f)(1) of this section, all must continue to be met until compli- Boeing 737 model airplanes must also ance with paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- comply with the requirements of para- tion is accomplished. graph (n) of this section.

(d) For all turbine-engine-powered (g) Whenever a flight data recorder transport category airplanes that were required by this section is installed, it manufactured after October 11, 1991— must be operated continuously from (1) The parameters listed in para- the instant the airplane begins its graph (a)(1) through (a)(34) of this sec- takeoff roll until it has completed its tion must be recorded within the landing roll.

ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- (h) Except as provided in paragraph cording intervals specified in Appendix (i) of this section, and except for re- M of this part by August 20, 2001. Pa- corded data erased as authorized in rameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) this paragraph, each certificate holder through (a)(14) each may be recorded shall keep the recorded data prescribed from a single source. by this section, as appropriate, until (2) Commensurate with the capacity the airplane has been operated for at of the recording system, all additional least 25 hours of the operating time parameters for which information specified in § 121.359(a) of this part. A sources are installed and which are total of 1 hour of recorded data may be connected to the recording system erased for the purpose of testing the must be recorded within the ranges, ac- flight recorder or the flight recorder curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- system. Any erasure made in accord- tervals specified in Appendix M of this ance with this paragraph must be of part by August 20, 2001. the oldest recorded data accumulated (e) For all turbine-engine-powered at the time of testing. Except as pro- transport category airplanes that are vided in paragraph (i) of this section, manufactured after August 18, 2000— no record need be kept more than 60 (1) The parameters listed in para- days.

graph (a)(1) through (57) of this section (i) In the event of an accident or oc- must be recorded within the ranges, ac- currence that requires immediate noti- curacies, resolutions, and recording in- fication of the National Transportation tervals specified in Appendix M of this Safety Board under 49 CFR 830 of its part. regulations and that results in termi- (2) Commensurate with the capacity nation of the flight, the certificate of the recording system, all additional holder shall remove the recorder from parameters for which information the airplane and keep the recorder data sources are installed and which are prescribed by this section, as appro- connected to the recording system, priate, for at least 60 days or for a must be recorded within the ranges, ac- longer period upon the request of the curacies, resolutions, and sampling in- Board or the Administrator.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.344a (j) Each flight data recorder system F–28 Mark 1000 and Mark 4000, Gulf- required by this section must be in- stream Aerospace G–159, Jetstream 4100 stalled in accordance with the require- Series, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation ments of § 25.1459(a) (except paragraphs Electra 10–A, Lockheed Aircraft Cor- (a)(3)(ii) and (a)(7)), (b), (d) and (e) of poration Electra 10–B, Lockheed Air- this chapter. A correlation must be es- craft Corporation Electra 10–E, Lock- tablished between the values recorded heed Aircraft Corporation Electra L– by the flight data recorder and the cor- 188, Lockheed Martin Model 382 (L–100) responding values being measured. The Hercules, Maryland Air Industries, Inc.

correlation must contain a sufficient F27, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.

number of correlation points to accu- YS–11, Short Bros. Limited SD3–30, rately establish the conversion from Short Bros. Limited SD3–60.

the recorded values to engineering (m) All aircraft subject to the re- units or discrete state over the full op- quirements of this section that are erating range of the parameter. Except manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, for airplanes having separate altitude must have a digital flight data recorder and airspeed sensors that are an inte- installed that also— gral part of the flight data recorder (1) Meets the requirements of system, a single correlation may be es- § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8) of this tablished for any group of airplanes— chapter; and (1) That are of the same type; (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded (2) On which the flight recorder sys- information required in paragraph (h) tem and its installation are the same; of this section using a recorder that and meets the standards of TSO–C124a, or (3) On which there is no difference in later revision.

the type design with respect to the in- (n) In addition to all other applicable stallation of those sensors associated requirements of this section, all Boeing with the flight data recorder system.

737 model airplanes manufactured after Documentation sufficient to convert August 18, 2000 must record the param- recorded data into the engineering eters listed in paragraphs (a)(88) units and discrete values specified in through (a)(91) of this section within the applicable appendix must be main- the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and tained by the certificate holder.

recording intervals specified in Appen- (k) Each flight data recorder required dix M to this part. Compliance with by this section must have an approved this paragraph is required no later device to assist in locating that re- than February 2, 2011.

corder under water.

[Docket 28109, 62 FR 38378, July 17, 1997; 62 (l) The following airplanes that were FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended by Amdt.

manufactured before August 18, 1997 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, need not comply with this section, but Aug. 20, 2003; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12565, Mar.

must continue to comply with applica- 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–342, 73 FR 73178, Dec. 2, ble paragraphs of § 121.343 of this chap- 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 74 FR 32800, July 9, 2009] ter, as appropriate: § 121.344a Digital flight data recorders (1) Airplanes that meet the State 2 for 10–19 seat airplanes.

noise levels of part 36 of this chapter and are subject to § 91.801(c) of this (a) Except as provided in paragraph chapter, until January 1, 2000. On and (f) of this section, no person may oper- after January 1, 2000, any Stage 2 air- ate under this part a turbine-engine- plane otherwise allowed to be operated powered airplane having a passenger under Part 91 of this chapter must seating configuration, excluding any comply with the applicable flight data required crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 recorder requirements of this section seats, that was brought onto the U.S.

for that airplane. register after, or was registered outside (2) British Aerospace 1–11, General the United States and added to the op- Dynamics Convair 580, General Dynam- erator’s U.S. operations specifications ics Convair 600, General Dynamics after, October 11, 1991, unless it is Convair 640, deHavilland Aircraft Com- equipped with one or more approved pany Ltd. DHC–7, Fairchild Industries flight recorders that use a digital FH 227, Fokker F–27 (except Mark 50), method of recording and storing data VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.344a and a method of readily retrieving that figuration, excluding any required data from the storage medium. On or crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that before August 20, 2001, airplanes are manufactured after August 18, 2000.

brought onto the U.S. register after Oc- (1) The parameters listed in tober 11, 1991, must comply with either §§ 121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(57) of the requirements in this section or the this part, must be recorded within the applicable paragraphs in § 135.152 of this ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- chapter. In addition, by August 20, 2001.

cording intervals specified in Appendix (1) The parameters listed in M of this part.

§§ 121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(18) of (2) Commensurate with the capacity this part must be recorded with the of the recording system, all additional ranges, accuracies, and resolutions parameters listed in § 121.344(a) of this specified in Appendix B of part 135 of part for which information sources are this chapter, except that— installed and which are connected to (i) Either the parameter listed in the recording system, must be recorded § 121.344 (a)(12) or (a)(15) of this part within the ranges, accuracies, resolu- must be recorded; either the param- tions, and sampling intervals specified eters listed in § 121.344(a)(13) or (a)(16) in Appendix M of this part by August of this part must be recorded; and ei- 20, 2001.

ther the parameter listed in (c) For all turbine-engine-powered § 121.344(a)(14) or (a)(17) of this part airplanes having a passenger seating must be recorded.

configuration, excluding any required (ii) For airplanes with more than two crewmember seats, of 10 to 19 seats, engines, the parameter described in that are manufactured after August 19, § 121.344(a)(18) of this part must also be recorded if sufficient capacity is avail- 2002, the parameters listed in able on the existing recorder to record § 121.344(a)(1) through (a)(88) of this that parameter; part must be recorded within the (iii) Parameters listed in ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and re- §§ 121.344(a)(12) through 121.344(a)(17) of cording intervals specified in Appendix this part each may be recorded from a M of this part.

single source; (d) Each flight data recorder system (iv) Any parameter for which no required by this section must be in- value is contained in Appendix B of stalled in accordance with the require- part 135 of this chapter must be re- ments of § 23.1459(a) (except paragraphs corded within the ranges, accuracies, (a)(3)(ii) and (6)), (b), (d) and (e) of this and resolutions specified in Appendix chapter. A correlation must be estab- M of this part.

lished between the values recorded by (2) Commensurate with the capacity the flight data recorder and the cor- of the recording system (FDAU or responding values being measured. The equivalent and the DFDR), the param- correlation must contain a sufficient eters listed in §§ 121.344(a)(19) through number of correlation points to accu- 121.344(a)(22) of this part also must be rately establish the conversion from recorded within the ranges, accuracies, the recorded values to engineering resolutions, and recording intervals units or discrete state over the full op- specified in Appendix B of part 135 of erating range of the parameter. A sin- this chapter.

gle correlation may be established for (3) The approved flight recorder re- any group of airplanes— quired by this section must be installed (1) That are of the same type; as soon as practicable, but no later (2) On which the flight recorder sys- than the next heavy maintenance tem and its installation are the same; check or equivalent after August 18, and 1999. A heavy maintenance check is (3) On which there is no difference in considered to be any time an airplane the type design with respect to the in- is scheduled to be out of service for 4 stallation of those sensors associated more days and is scheduled to include access to major structural components. with the flight data recorder system.

(b) For a turbine-engine-powered air- Correlation documentation must be planes having a passenger seating con- maintained by the certificate holder.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.346 (e) All airplanes subject to this sec- (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any tion are also subject to the require- class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO- ments and exceptions stated in C74c as appropriate, provided that the § 121.344(g) through (k) and § 121.346. equipment was manufactured before January 1, 1990; or (f) For airplanes that were manufac- (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 tured before August 18, 1997, the fol- (Mode S).

lowing airplane types need not comply (2) After January 1, 1992: The appro- with this section, but must continue to priate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For comply with applicable paragraphs of purposes of paragraph (c) (2) of this sec- § 135.152 of this chapter, as appropriate: tion, ‘‘installation’’ does not include— Beech Aircraft–99 Series, Beech Air- (i) Temporary installation of TSO- craft 1300, Beech Aircraft 1900C, C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equip- Construcciones Aeronauticas, S.A.

ment, as appropriate, during mainte- (CASA) C–212, deHavilland DHC–6, nance of the permanent equipment; Dornier 228, HS–748, Embraer EMB 110, (ii) Reinstallation of equipment after Jetstream 3101, Jetstream 3201, Fair- temporary removal for maintenance; or child Aircraft SA–226, Fairchild Metro (iii) For fleet operations, installation SA–227.

of equipment in a fleet aircraft after (g) All airplanes subject to the re- removal of the equipment for mainte- quirements of this section that are nance from another aircraft in the manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, same operator’s fleet.

must have a digital flight data recorder [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as installed that also— amended by Amdt. 121–101, 37 FR 28499, Dec.

(1) Meets the requirements in 27, 1972; Amdt. 121–190, 52 FR 3391, Feb. 3, § 23.1459(a)(3), (a)(6), and (a)(7) or 1987] § 25.1459(a)(3), (a)(7), and (a)(8) of this chapter, as applicable; and § 121.346 Flight data recorders: fil- (2) Retains the 25 hours of recorded tered data.

information required in § 121.344(g) (a) A flight data signal is filtered using a recorder that meets the stand- when an original sensor signal has been ards of TSO–C124a, or later revision.

changed in any way, other than changes necessary to: [Docket 28109, 62 FR 38380, July 17, 1997; 62 (1) Accomplish analog to digital con- FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; 62 FR 65202, Dec. 11, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR version of the signal; 42936, July 18, 2003; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR (2) Format a digital signal to be 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 74 FR 32801, DFDR compatible; or July 9, 2009; Amdt. 121–347, 75 FR 7356, Feb.

(3) Eliminate a high frequency com- 19, 2010] ponent of a signal that is outside the operational bandwidth of the sensor.

§ 121.345 Radio equipment.

(b) An original sensor signal for any (a) No person may operate an air- flight recorder parameter required to plane unless it is equipped with radio be recorded under § 121.344 may be fil- equipment required for the kind of op- tered only if the recorded signal value eration being conducted.

continues to meet the requirements of (b) Where two independent (separate Appendix B or M of this part, as appli- and complete) radio systems are re- cable.

quired by §§ 121.347 and 121.349, each (c) For a parameter described in system must have an independent an- § 121.344(a) (12) through (17), (42), or (88), tenna installation except that, where or the corresponding parameter in Ap- rigidly supported nonwire antennas or pendix B of this part, if the recorded other antenna installations of equiva- signal value is filtered and does not lent reliability are used, only one an- meet the requirements of Appendix B tenna is required.

or M of this part, as applicable, the cer- (c) ATC transponder equipment in- tificate holder must: stalled within the time periods indi- (1) Remove the filtering and ensure cated below must meet the perform- that the recorded signal value meets ance and environmental requirements the requirements of Appendix B or M of of the following TSO’s: this part, as applicable; or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.347 (2) Demonstrate by test and analysis documentation required by that the original sensor signal value § 121.344(j)(3) of this part.

can be reconstructed from the recorded [Docket FAA–2006–26135, 75 FR 7356, Feb. 19, data. This demonstration requires 2010] that: (i) The FAA determine that the pro- § 121.347 Communication and naviga- cedure and the test results submitted tion equipment for operations under VFR over routes navigated by the certificate holder as its compli- by pilotage.

ance with paragraph (c)(2) of this sec- tion are repeatable; and (a) No person may operate an air- (ii) The certificate holder maintains plane under VFR over routes that can documentation of the procedure re- be navigated by pilotage unless the air- plane is equipped with the radio com- quired to reconstruct the original sen- munication equipment necessary under sor signal value. This documentation is normal operating conditions to fulfill also subject to the requirements of the following: § 121.344(i).

(1) Communicate with at least one (d) Compliance. Compliance is re- appropriate station from any point on quired as follows: the route; (1) No later than October 20, 2011, (2) Communicate with appropriate air each operator must determine, for each traffic control facilities from any point airplane on its operations specifica- within Class B, Class C, or Class D air- tions, whether the airplane’s DFDR space, or within a Class E surface area system is filtering any of the param- designated for an airport in which eters listed in paragraph (c) of this sec- flights are intended; and tion. The operator must create a record (3) Receive meteorological informa- of this determination for each airplane tion from any point en route by either it operates, and maintain it as part of of two independent systems. One of the the correlation documentation re- means provided to comply with this quired by § 121.344(j)(3) of this part.

subparagraph may be used to comply (2) For airplanes that are not fil- with paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this tering any listed parameter, no further section.

action is required unless the airplane’s (b) No person may operate an air- DFDR system is modified in a manner plane at night under VFR over routes that would cause it to meet the defini- that can be navigated by pilotage un- tion of filtering on any listed param- less that airplane is equipped with— eter.

(1) Radio communication equipment (3) For airplanes found to be filtering necessary under normal operating con- a parameter listed in paragraph (c) of ditions to fulfill the functions specified this section, the operator must either: in paragraph (a) of this section; and (i) No later than April 21, 2014, re- (2) Navigation equipment suitable for move the filtering; or the route to be flown.

(ii) No later than April 22, 2013, sub- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as mit the necessary procedure and test amended by Amdt. 121–226, 56 FR 65663, Dec.

results required by paragraph (c)(2) of 17, 1991; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31681, June 7, this section.

2007] (4) After April 21, 2014, no aircraft flight data recording system may filter § 121.349 Communication and naviga- any parameter listed in paragraph (c) tion equipment for operations of this section that does not meet the under VFR over routes not navi- gated by pilotage or for operations requirements of Appendix B or M of under IFR or over the top.

this part, unless the certificate holder possesses test and analysis procedures (a) Navigation equipment require- and the test results that have been ap- ments—General. No person may conduct proved by the FAA. All records of operations under VFR over routes that tests, analysis and procedures used to cannot be navigated by pilotage, or op- comply with this section must be erations conducted under IFR or over maintained as part of the correlation the top, unless— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.351 (1) The en route navigation aids nec- by this paragraph at any point along essary for navigating the airplane the route, for proceeding safely to a along the route (e.g., ATS routes, ar- suitable airport and completing an in- rival and departure routes, and instru- strument approach; and ment approach procedures, including (2) The airplane has sufficient fuel so missed approach procedures if a missed that the flight may proceed safely to a approach routing is specified in the suitable airport by use of the remain- procedure) are available and suitable ing navigation system, and complete for use by the aircraft navigation sys- an instrument approach and land.

tems required by this section; (d) Use of VOR navigation equipment.

(2) The airplane used in those oper- If VOR navigation equipment is used to ations is equipped with at least— comply with paragraph (a) or (c) of this (i) Except as provided in paragraph section, no person may operate an air- (c) of this section, two approved inde- plane unless it is equipped with at least pendent navigation systems suitable one approved DME or suitable RNAV for navigating the airplane along the system.

route to be flown within the degree of (e) Additional communication system accuracy required for ATC; equipment requirements for operators sub- (ii) One marker beacon receiver pro- ject to § 121.2. In addition to the require- viding visual and aural signals; and ments in paragraph (b) of this section, (iii) One ILS receiver; and no person may operate an airplane hav- (3) Any RNAV system used to meet ing a passenger seat configuration of 10 the navigation equipment require- to 30 seats, excluding each crewmember ments of this section is authorized in seat, and a maximum payload capacity the certificate holder’s operations of 7,500 pounds or less, under IFR, over specifications. the top, or in extended over-water op- (b) Communication equipment require- erations unless it is equipped with at ments. No person may operate an air- least— plane under VFR over routes that can- (1) Two microphones; and (2) Two headsets, or one headset and not be navigated by pilotage, and no one speaker.

person may operate an airplane under IFR or over the top, unless the airplane [Docket FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31681, June 7, is equipped with— 2007] (1) At least two independent commu- nication systems necessary under nor- § 121.351 Communication and naviga- tion equipment for extended over- mal operating conditions to fulfill the water operations and for certain functions specified in § 121.347 (a); and other operations.

(2) At least one of the communica- tion systems required by paragraph (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must have two- (c) of this section, no person may con- way voice communication capability. duct an extended over-water operation (c) Use of a single independent naviga- unless the airplane is equipped with at tion system for operations under VFR over least two independent long-range navi- routes that cannot be navigated by pilot- gation systems and at least two inde- age, or operations conducted under IFR pendent long-range communication or over the top. Notwithstanding the re- systems necessary under normal oper- quirements of paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this ating conditions to fulfill the following section, the airplane may be equipped functions— with a single independent navigation (1) Communicate with at least one system suitable for navigating the air- appropriate station from any point on plane along the route to be flown with- the route; in the degree of accuracy required for (2) Receive meteorological informa- ATC if: tion from any point on the route by ei- (1) It can be shown that the airplane ther of two independent communica- is equipped with at least one other tion systems. One of the communica- independent navigation system suit- tion systems used to comply with this able, in the event of loss of the naviga- paragraph may be used to comply with tion capability of the single inde- paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(3) of this sec- pendent navigation system permitted tion; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.353 (3) At least one of the communica- hour, or when 50 percent of their useful tion systems must have two-way voice life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 communication capability. percent of their useful life of charge) (b) No certificate holder conducting a has expired, as established by the flag or supplemental operation or a do- transmitter manufacturer under its ap- mestic operation within the State of proval. The new expiration date for re- Alaska may conduct an operation with- placing (or recharging) the battery out the equipment specified in para- must be legibly marked on the outside graph (a) of this section, if the Admin- of the transmitter. The battery useful istrator finds that equipment to be life (or useful life of charge) require- necessary for search and rescue oper- ments of this paragraph do not apply ations because of the nature of the ter- to batteries (such as water-activated rain to be flown over. batteries) that are essentially unaf- (c) Notwithstanding the require- fected during probable storage inter- ments of paragraph (a) of this section, vals.

installation and use of a single LRNS (c) Enough survival kits, appro- and a single LRCS may be authorized priately equipped for the route to be by the Administrator and approved in flown for the number of occupants of the certificate holder’s operations the airplane.

specifications for operations and routes [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as in certain geographic areas. The fol- amended by Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept.

lowing are among the operational fac- 21, 1971; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378 Aug. 20, tors the Administrator may consider in 1973; Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; granting an authorization: Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994; (1) The ability of the flightcrew to Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] navigate the airplane along the route § 121.354 Terrain awareness and warn- within the degree of accuracy required ing system.

for ATC, (2) The length of the route being (a) Airplanes manufactured after March flown, and 29, 2002. No person may operate a tur- bine-powered airplane unless that air- (3) The duration of the very high fre- plane is equipped with an approved ter- quency communications gap.

rain awareness and warning system [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as that meets the requirements for Class amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan.

A equipment in Technical Standard 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–254, 61 FR 7191, Feb. 26, Order (TSO)–C151. The airplane must 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007] also include an approved terrain situa- § 121.353 Emergency equipment for op- tional awareness display.

erations over uninhabited terrain (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before areas: Flag, supplemental, and cer- March 29, 2002. No person may operate tain domestic operations.

a turbine-powered airplane after March Unless the airplane has the following 29, 2005, unless that airplane is equipment, no person may conduct a equipped with an approved terrain flag or supplemental operation or a do- awareness and warning system that mestic operation within the States of meets the requirements for Class A Alaska or Hawaii over an uninhabited equipment in Technical Standard Order area or any other area that (in its oper- (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also in- ations specifications) the Adminis- clude an approved terrain situational trator specifies required equipment for awareness display.

search and rescue in case of an emer- (Approved by the Office of Management and gency: Budget under control number 2120–0631) (a) Suitable pyrotechnic signaling de- (c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Air- vices.

plane Flight Manual shall contain ap- (b) An approved survival type emer- propriate procedures for— gency locator transmitter. Batteries used in this transmitter must be re- (1) The use of the terrain awareness placed (or recharged, if the battery is and warning system; and rechargeable) when the transmitter has (2) Proper flight crew reaction in re- been in use for more than 1 cumulative sponse to the terrain awareness and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.357 warning system audio and visual warn- C OLLISION A VOIDANCE S YSTEMS —Continued ings.

Then you must operate that airplane If you operate any— with— [Docket 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] (ii) TCAS II that meets TSO C–119a § 121.355 Equipment for operations on (version 6.04A Enhanced) that was which specialized means of naviga- installed in that airplane before May 1, 2003. If that TCAS II version tion are used.

6.04A Enhanced no longer can be repaired to TSO C–119a standards, (a) No certificate holder may conduct it must be replaced with a TCAS II an operation— that meets TSO C–119b (version (1) Using Doppler Radar or an Iner- 7.0), or a later version.

(iii) A collision avoidance system equiv- tial Navigation System outside the 48 alent to TSO C–119b (version 7.0), contiguous States and the District of or a later version, capable of coordi- Columbia, unless such systems have nating with units that meet TSO C– 119a (version 6.04A Enhanced), or a been approved in accordance with ap- later version.

pendix G to this part; or (b) Passenger or (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C–118, or (2) Using Doppler Radar or an Iner- combination a later version, or cargo/passenger (2) A collision avoidance system equiv- tial Navigation System within the 48 (combi) airplane alent to has a TSO C–118, or a later contiguous States and the District of that has a pas- version, or Columbia, or any other specialized senger seat con- (3) A collision avoidance system and figuration of 10– Mode S transponder that meet para- means of navigation, unless it shows 30 seats. graph (a)(1) of this section.

that an adequate airborne system is (c) Piston-powered (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C–118, or provided for the specialized navigation airplane of more a later version, or authorized for the particular operation. than 33,000 (2) A collision avoidance system equiv- pounds maximum alent to maximum TSO C–118, or a (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of certificated take- later version, or this section, Doppler Radar and Iner- off weight. (3) A collision avoidance system and Mode S transponder that meet para- tial Navigation Systems, and the train- graph (a)(1) of this section.

ing programs, maintenance programs, relevant operations manual material, [Docket FAA–2001–10910, 68 FR 15902, Apr. 1, and minimum equipment lists prepared 2003] in accordance therewith, approved be- fore April 29, 1972, are not required to § 121.357 Airborne weather radar be approved in accordance with that equipment requirements.

paragraph.

(a) No person may operate any trans- [Docket 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972] port category airplane (except C–46 type airplanes) or a nontransport cat- § 121.356 Collision avoidance system.

egory airplane certificated after De- Effective January 1, 2005, any air- cember 31, 1964, unless approved air- plane you operate under this part must borne weather radar equipment has be equipped and operated according to been installed in the airplane.

the following table: (b) [Reserved] (c) Each person operating an airplane C OLLISION A VOIDANCE S YSTEMS required to have approved airborne weather radar equipment installed Then you must operate that airplane If you operate any— with— shall, when using it under this part, op- erate it in accordance with the fol- (a) Turbine-powered (1) An appropriate class of Mode S airplane of more transponder that meets Technical lowing: than 33,000 Standard Order (TSO) C–112, or a (1) Dispatch. No person may dispatch pounds maximum later version, and one of the fol- an airplane (or begin the flight of an certificated take- lowing approved units: off weight. (i) TCAS II that meets TSO C–119b airplane in the case of a certificate (version 7.0), or takeoff weight a holder, that does not use a dispatch later version.

system) under IFR or night VFR condi- tions when current weather reports in- dicate that thunderstorms, or other po- tentially hazardous weather conditions that can be detected with airborne VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.358 weather radar, may reasonably be ex- (v) B–747–400; pected along the route to be flown, un- (vi) B–757—all series; less the airborne weather radar equip- (vii) B–767—all series; ment is in satisfactory operating con- (viii) F–100—all series; dition.

(ix) MD–11—all series; and (2) If the airborne weather radar be- (x) MD–80 series equipped with an comes inoperative en route, the air- EFIS and Honeywell-970 digital flight plane must be operated in accordance guidance computer.

with the approved instructions and (2) All other turbine-powered air- procedures specified in the operations planes not listed above must be manual for such an event.

equipped with as a minimum require- (d) This section does not apply to air- ment, an approved airborne windshear planes used solely within the State of warning system. These airplanes may Hawaii or within the State of Alaska be equipped with an approved airborne and that part of Canada west of lon- windshear detection and avoidance sys- gitude 130 degrees W, between latitude tem, or an approved combination of 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, or during any training, test, or ferry these systems.

flight.

(c) Extension of the compliance date. A (e) Notwithstanding any other provi- certificate holder may obtain an exten- sion of this chapter, an alternate elec- sion of the compliance date in para- trical power supply is not required for graph (b) of this section if it obtains airborne weather radar equipment.

FAA approval of a retrofit schedule. To obtain approval of a retrofit schedule [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–18, 31 FR 5825, Apr. 15, and show continued compliance with 1966; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; that schedule, a certificate holder must Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] do the following: (1) Submit a request for approval of a § 121.358 Low-altitude windshear sys- retrofit schedule by June 1, 1990, to the tem equipment requirements.

appropriate Flight Standards division (a) Airplanes manufactured after Janu- manager in the responsible Flight ary 2, 1991. No person may operate a Standards office.

turbine-powered airplane manufac- (2) Show that all of the certificate tured after January 2, 1991, unless it is holder’s airplanes required to be equipped with either an approved air- equipped in accordance with this sec- borne windshear warning and flight tion will be equipped by the final com- guidance system, an approved airborne detection and avoidance system, or an pliance date established for TCAS II approved combination of these sys- retrofit.

tems.

(3) Comply with its retrofit schedule (b) Airplanes manufactured before Jan- and submit status reports containing uary 3, 1991. Except as provided in para- information acceptable to the Adminis- graph (c) of this section, after January trator. The initial report must be sub- 2, 1991, no person may operate a tur- mitted by January 2, 1991, and subse- bine-powered airplane manufactured quent reports must be submitted every before January 3, 1991 unless it meets six months thereafter until completion one of the following requirements as of the schedule. The reports must be applicable.

submitted to the certificate holder’s (1) The makes/models/series listed assigned Principal Avionics Inspector.

below must be equipped with either an (d) Definitions. For the purposes of approved airborne windshear warning this section the following definitions and flight guidance system, an ap- apply— proved airborne detection and avoid- (1) Turbine-powered airplane includes, ance system, or an approved combina- e.g., turbofan-, turbojet-, propfan-, and tion of these systems: ultra-high bypass fan-powered air- (i) A–300–600; planes. The definition specifically ex- (ii) A–310—all series; cludes turbopropeller-powered air- (iii) A–320—all series; (iv) B–737–300, 400, and 500 series; planes.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.359 (2) An airplane is considered manu- completion of the final checklist at the factured on the date the inspection ac- end of the flight.

ceptance records reflect that the air- (e) No person may operate a multien- plane is complete and meets the FAA gine, turbine-powered airplane having Approved Type Design data.

a passenger seat configuration of 20 to 30 seats unless it is equipped with an [Docket 25954, 55 FR 13242, Apr. 9, 1990, as approved cockpit voice recorder that— amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

(1) Is installed in accordance with the 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] requirements of § 23.1457 (except para- § 121.359 Cockpit voice recorders.

graphs (a)(6), (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) or § 25.1457 (except paragraphs (a)(6), (a) No certificate holder may operate (d)(1)(ii), (4), and (5)) of this chapter, as a large turbine engine powered airplane applicable; and or a large pressurized airplane with (2) Is operated continuously from the four reciprocating engines unless an approved cockpit voice recorder is in- use of the checklist before the flight to stalled in that airplane and is operated completion of the final checklist at the continuously from the start of the use end of the flight.

of the checklist (before starting en- (f) In complying with this section, an gines for the purpose of flight), to com- approved cockpit voice recorder having pletion of the final checklist at the ter- an erasure feature may be used, so that mination of the flight.

at any time during the operation of the (b) [Reserved] recorder, information recorded more (c) The cockpit voice recorder re- than 30 minutes earlier may be erased quired by paragraph (a) of this section or otherwise obliterated.

must meet the following application (g) For those aircraft equipped to standards: record the uninterrupted audio signals (1) The requirements of part 25 of this received by a boom or a mask micro- chapter in affect on August 31, 1977. phone, the flight crewmembers are re- (2) After September 1, 1980, each re- quired to use the boom microphone corder container must— below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No (i) Be either bright orange or bright person may operate a large turbine en- yellow; gine powered airplane or a large pres- (ii) Have reflective tape affixed to the surized airplane with four recipro- external surface to facilitate its loca- cating engines manufactured after Oc- tion under water; and tober 11, 1991, or on which a cockpit voice recorder has been installed after (iii) Have an approved underwater lo- October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped to cating device on or adjacent to the con- record the uninterrupted audio signal tainer which is secured in such a man- received by a boom or mask micro- ner that they are not likely to be sepa- phone in accordance with § 25.1457(c)(5) rated during crash impact, unless the cockpit voice recorder, and the flight of this chapter.

recorder required by § 121.343, are in- (h) In the event of an accident or oc- stalled adjacent to each other in such a currence requiring immediate notifica- manner that they are not likely to be tion of the National Transportation separated during crash impact.

Safety Board under 49 CFR part 830 of (d) No person may operate a multien- its regulations, which results in the gine, turbine-powered airplane having termination of the flight, the certifi- a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 cate holder shall keep the recorded in- seats unless it is equipped with an ap- formation for at least 60 days or, if re- proved cockpit voice recorder that: quested by the Administrator or the (1) Is installed in compliance with Board, for a longer period. Information § 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), obtained from the record is used to as- (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); or sist in determining the cause of acci- § 25.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), dents or occurrences in connection (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chap- with investigations under 49 CFR part ter, as applicable; and 830. The Administrator does not use the (2) Is operated continuously from the record in any civil penalty or certifi- use of the checklist before the flight to cate action.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.360 (i) By April 7, 2012, all turbine en- § 121.360 [Reserved] gine-powered airplanes subject to this section that are manufactured before Subpart L—Maintenance, Preven- April 7, 2010, must have a cockpit voice tive Maintenance, and Alter- recorder installed that also— ations (1) Meets the requirements of § 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, chapter, as applicable; 1964, unless otherwise noted.

(2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of recorded information using a recorder § 121.361 Applicability.

that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, (a) Except as provided by paragraph or later revision; and (b) of this section, this subpart pre- (3) Is operated continuously from the scribes requirements for maintenance, use of the checklist before the flight to preventive maintenance, and alter- completion of the final checklist at the ations for all certificate holders.

end of the flight.

(b) The Administrator may amend a (4) If transport category, meets the certificate holder’s operations speci- requirements in § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), fications to permit deviation from and (a)(5) of this chapter.

those provisions of this subpart that (j) All turbine engine-powered air- would prevent the return to service and planes subject to this section that are use of airframe components, power- manufactured on or after April 7, 2010, plants, appliances, and spare parts must have a cockpit voice recorder in- thereof because those items have been stalled that also— maintained, altered, or inspected by (1) Is installed in accordance with the persons employed outside the United requirements of § 23.1457 (except for States who do not hold U.S. airman paragraph (a)(6) or § 25.1457 (except for certificates. Each certificate holder paragraph (a)(6)) of this chapter, as ap- who uses parts under this deviation plicable; must provide for surveillance of facili- (2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of ties and practices to assure that all recorded information using a recorder work performed on these parts is ac- that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, complished in accordance with the cer- or later revision; and tificate holder’s manual.

(3) Is operated continuously from the [Docket 8754, 33 FR 14406, Sept. 25, 1968] use of the checklist before the flight to completion of the final checklist at the § 121.363 Responsibility for airworthi- end of the flight.

ness.

(4) For all airplanes manufactured on (a) Each certificate holder is pri- or after December 6, 2010, also meets marily responsible for— the requirements of § 23.1457(a)(6) or (1) The airworthiness of its aircraft, § 25.1457(a)(6) of this chapter, as appli- including airframes, aircraft engines, cable.

propellers, appliances, and parts there- (k) All airplanes required by this part of; and to have a cockpit voice recorder and a (2) The performance of the mainte- flight data recorder, that install nance, preventive maintenance, and al- datalink communication equipment on teration of its aircraft, including air- or after December 6, 2010, must record frames, aircraft engines, propellers, ap- all datalink messages as required by pliances, emergency equipment, and the certification rule applicable to the parts thereof, in accordance with its airplane.

manual and the regulations of this [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964] chapter.

(b) A certificate holder may make ar- E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- rangements with another person for tations affecting § 121.359, see the List of CFR the performance of any maintenance, Sections Affected, which appears in the preventive maintenance, or alter- Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov. ations. However, this does not relieve VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.368 the certificate holder of the responsi- (b) Competent personnel and ade- bility specified in paragraph (a) of this quate facilities and equipment are pro- section. vided for the proper performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as and alterations; and amended by Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug.

(c) Each aircraft released to service 20, 1973] is airworthy and has been properly maintained for operation under this § 121.365 Maintenance, preventive part.

maintenance, and alteration organi- zation.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as (a) Each certificate holder that per- amended by Amdt. 121–100, 37 FR 28053, Dec.

forms any of its maintenance (other 20, 1972] than required inspections), preventive § 121.368 Contract maintenance.

maintenance, or alterations, and each person with whom it arranges for the (a) A certificate holder may arrange performance of that work must have an with another person for the perform- organization adequate to perform the ance of maintenance, preventive main- work.

tenance, and alterations as authorized (b) Each certificate holder that per- in § 121.379(a) only if the certificate forms any inspections required by its holder has met all the requirements in manual in accordance with this section. For purposes of this sec- § 121.369(b)(2) or (3) (in this subpart re- tion— ferred to as required inspections ) and (1) A maintenance provider is any per- each person with whom it arranges for son who performs maintenance, preven- the performance of that work must tive maintenance, or an alteration for have an organization adequate to per- a certificate holder other than a person form that work.

who is trained by and employed di- (c) Each person performing required rectly by that certificate holder.

inspections in addition to other main- (2) Covered work means any of the fol- tenance, preventive maintenance, or lowing: alterations, shall organize the perform- (i) Essential maintenance that could ance of those functions so as to sepa- result in a failure, malfunction, or de- rate the required inspection functions fect endangering the safe operation of from the other maintenance, preven- an aircraft if not performed properly or tive maintenance, and alteration func- if improper parts or materials are used; tions. The separation shall be below (ii) Regularly scheduled mainte- the level of administrative control at nance; or which overall responsibility for the re- (iii) A required inspection item on an quired inspection functions and other aircraft.

maintenance, preventive maintenance, (3) Directly in charge means having re- and alteration functions are exercised.

sponsibility for covered work per- formed by a maintenance provider. A [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as representative of the certificate holder amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965] directly in charge of covered work does not need to physically observe and di- § 121.367 Maintenance, preventive rect each maintenance provider con- maintenance, and alterations pro- stantly, but must be available for con- grams.

sultation on matters requiring instruc- Each certificate holder shall have an tion or decision.

inspection program and a program cov- (b) Each certificate holder must be ering other maintenance, preventive directly in charge of all covered work maintenance, and alterations that en- done for it by a maintenance provider.

sures that— (c) Each maintenance provider must (a) Maintenance, preventive mainte- perform all covered work in accordance nance, and alterations performed by it, with the certificate holder’s mainte- or by other persons, are performed in nance manual.

accordance with the certificate hold- (d) No maintenance provider may er’s manual; perform covered work unless that work VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.369 is carried out under the supervision § 121.369 Manual requirements.

and control of the certificate holder.

(a) The certificate holder shall put in (e) Each certificate holder who con- its manual a chart or description of the tracts for maintenance, preventive certificate holder’s organization re- maintenance, or alterations must de- quired by § 121.365 and a list of persons velop and implement policies, proce- with whom it has arranged for the per- dures, methods, and instructions for formance of any of its required inspec- the accomplishment of all contracted tions, other maintenance, preventive maintenance, preventive maintenance, maintenance, or alterations, including and alterations. These policies, proce- a general description of that work.

dures, methods, and instructions must (b) The certificate holder’s manual provide for the maintenance, preven- must contain the programs required by tive maintenance, and alterations to be § 121.367 that must be followed in per- forming maintenance, preventive performed in accordance with the cer- maintenance, and alterations of that tificate holder’s maintenance program certificate holder’s airplanes, including and maintenance manual.

airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, (f) Each certificate holder who con- appliances, emergency equipment, and tracts for maintenance, preventive parts thereof, and must include at least maintenance, or alterations must en- the following: sure that its system for the continuing (1) The method of performing routine analysis and surveillance of the main- and nonroutine maintenance (other tenance, preventive maintenance, and than required inspections), preventive alterations carried out by the mainte- maintenance, and alterations.

nance provider, as required by (2) A designation of the items of § 121.373(a), contains procedures for maintenance and alteration that must oversight of all contracted covered be inspected (required inspections), in- work.

cluding at least those that could result (g) The policies, procedures, methods, in a failure, malfunction, or defect en- and instructions required by para- dangering the safe operation of the air- graphs (e) and (f) of this section must craft, if not performed properly or if be acceptable to the FAA and included improper parts or materials are used.

in the certificate holder’s maintenance (3) The method of performing re- manual as required by§ 121.369(b)(10).

quired inspections and a designation by (h) Each certificate holder who con- occupational title of personnel author- tracts for maintenance, preventive ized to perform each required inspec- tion.

maintenance, or alterations must pro- vide to its responsible Flight Standards (4) Procedures for the reinspection of office, in a format acceptable to the work performed pursuant to previous required inspection findings ( buy-back FAA, a list that includes the name and procedures ).

physical (street) address, or addresses, (5) Procedures, standards, and limits where the work is carried out for each necessary for required inspections and maintenance provider that performs acceptance or rejection of the items re- work for the certificate holder, and a quired to be inspected and for periodic description of the type of maintenance, inspection and calibration of precision preventive maintenance, or alteration tools, measuring devices, and test that is to be performed at each loca- equipment.

tion. The list must be updated with (6) Procedures to ensure that all re- any changes, including additions or de- quired inspections are performed.

letions, and the updated list provided (7) Instructions to prevent any per- to the FAA in a format acceptable to son who performs any item of work the FAA by the last day of each cal- from performing any required inspec- endar month.

tion of that work.

[Docket FAA–2011–1136, Amdt. 121–371, 80 FR (8) Instructions and procedures to 11546, Mar. 4, 2015, as amended by Docket prevent any decision of an inspector, FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, regarding any required inspection from Mar. 5, 2018] being countermanded by persons other VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.373 than supervisory personnel of the in- propriately certificated, properly spection unit, or a person at that level trained, qualified, and authorized to do of administrative control that has so.

overall responsibility for the manage- (b) No person may allow any person ment of both the required inspection to perform a required inspection un- functions and the other maintenance, less, at that time, the person per- preventive maintenance, and alter- forming that inspection is under the ations functions. supervision and control of an inspec- (9) Procedures to ensure that re- tion unit.

quired inspections, other maintenance, (c) No person may perform a required preventive maintenance, and alter- inspection if he performed the item of ations that are not completed as a re- work required to be inspected.

sult of shift changes or similar work (d) Each certificate holder shall interruptions are properly completed maintain, or shall determine that each before the aircraft is released to serv- person with whom it arranges to per- ice. form its required inspections main- (10) Policies, procedures, methods, tains, a current listing of persons who and instructions for the accomplish- have been trained, qualified, and au- ment of all maintenance, preventive thorized to conduct required inspec- maintenance, and alterations carried tions. The persons must be identified out by a maintenance provider. These by name, occupational title, and the policies, procedures, methods, and in- inspections that they are authorized to structions must be acceptable to the perform. The certificate holder (or per- FAA and provide for the maintenance, son with whom it arranges to perform preventive maintenance, and alter- its required inspections) shall give ations to be performed in accordance written information to each person so with the certificate holder’s mainte- authorized describing the extent of his nance program and maintenance man- responsibilities, authorities, and ual. inspectional limitations. The list shall be made available for inspection by the (c) The certificate holder must set Administrator upon request.

forth in its manual a suitable system (which may include a coded system) § 121.373 Continuing analysis and sur- that provides for preservation and re- veillance.

trieval of information in a manner ac- (a) Each certificate holder shall es- ceptable to the Administrator and that tablish and maintain a system for the provides— continuing analysis and surveillance of (1) A description (or reference to data the performance and effectiveness of acceptable to the Administrator) of the its inspection program and the pro- work performed; gram covering other maintenance, pre- (2) The name of the person per- ventive maintenance, and alterations forming the work if the work is per- and for the correction of any deficiency formed by a person outside the organi- in those programs, regardless of wheth- zation of the certificate holder; and er those programs are carried out by (3) The name or other positive identi- the certificate holder or by another fication of the individual approving the person.

work.

(b) Whenever the Administrator finds [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as that either or both of the programs de- amended by Amdt. 121–94, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, scribed in paragraph (a) of this section 1972; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973; does not contain adequate procedures Docket FAA–2011–1136, Amdt. 121–371, 80 FR and standards to meet the require- 11546, Mar. 4, 2015] ments of this part, the certificate hold- §§ 121.370–121.370a [Reserved] er shall, after notification by the Ad- ministrator, make any changes in § 121.371 Required inspection per- those programs that are necessary to sonnel.

meet those requirements.

(a) No person may use any person to (c) A certificate holder may petition perform required inspections unless the the Administrator to reconsider the person performing the inspection is ap- notice to make a change in a program.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.374 The petition must be filed with the re- (1) The certificate holder must com- sponsible Flight Standards office plete a pre-departure service check im- mediately before each ETOPS flight.

charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder’s operations (2) At a minimum, this check must— within 30 days after the certificate (i) Verify the condition of all ETOPS holder receives the notice. Except in Significant Systems; the case of an emergency requiring im- (ii) Verify the overall status of the mediate action in the interest of safe- airplane by reviewing applicable main- ty, the filing of the petition stays the tenance records; and notice pending a decision by the Ad- (iii) Include an interior and exterior ministrator. inspection to include a determination of engine and APU oil levels and con- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as sumption rates.

amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept.

(3) An appropriately trained mainte- 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, nance person, who is ETOPS qualified, 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 must accomplish and certify by signa- FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] ture ETOPS specific tasks. Before an ETOPS flight may commence, an § 121.374 Continuous airworthiness maintenance program (CAMP) for ETOPS pre-departure service check two-engine ETOPS.

(PDSC) Signatory Person, who has been authorized by the certificate hold- In order to conduct an ETOPS flight er, must certify by signature, that the using a two-engine airplane, each cer- ETOPS PDSC has been completed.

tificate holder must develop and com- (4) For the purposes of this paragraph ply with the ETOPS continuous air- (b) only, the following definitions worthiness maintenance program, as apply: authorized in the certificate holder’s (i) ETOPS qualified person: A person operations specifications, for each air- is ETOPS qualified when that person plane-engine combination used in satisfactorily completes the operator’s ETOPS. The certificate holder must ETOPS training program and is au- develop this ETOPS CAMP by thorized by the certificate holder.

supplementing the manufacturer’s (ii) ETOPS PDSC Signatory Person: maintenance program or the CAMP A person is an ETOPS PDSC Signatory currently approved for the certificate Person when that person is ETOPS holder. This ETOPS CAMP must in- qualified and that person: clude the following elements: (A) When certifying the completion (a) ETOPS maintenance document. The of the ETOPS PDSC in the United certificate holder must have an ETOPS States: maintenance document for use by each ( 1 ) Works for an operator authorized person involved in ETOPS.

to engage in part 121 operation or (1) The document must— works for a part 145 repair station; and (i) List each ETOPS significant sys- ( 2 ) Holds a U.S. Mechanic’s Certifi- tem, cate with airframe and powerplant rat- (ii) Refer to or include all of the ings.

ETOPS maintenance elements in this (B) When certifying the completion section, of the ETOPS PDSC outside of the U.S.

(iii) Refer to or include all supportive holds a certificate in accordance with programs and procedures, § 43.17(c)(1) of this chapter; or (iv) Refer to or include all duties and (C) When certifying the completion responsibilities, and of the ETOPS PDSC outside the U.S.

(v) Clearly state where referenced holds the certificates needed or has the material is located in the certificate requisite experience or training to re- holder’s document system.

turn aircraft to service on behalf of an (b) ETOPS pre-departure service check. ETOPS maintenance entity.

Except as provided in Appendix P of (iii) ETOPS maintenance entity: An this part, the certificate holder must entity authorized to perform ETOPS develop a pre-departure check tailored maintenance and complete ETOPS to their specific operation. PDSC and that entity is: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00174 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.374 (A) Certificated to engage in part 121 (e) Task identification. The certificate operations; holder must identify all ETOPS-spe- cific tasks. An appropriately trained (B) Repair station certificated under mechanic who is ETOPS qualified must part 145 of this chapter; or accomplish and certify by signature (C) Entity authorized pursuant to that the ETOPS-specific task has been § 43.17(c)(2) of this chapter.

completed.

(c) Limitations on dual maintenance.

(f) Centralized maintenance control pro- (1) Except as specified in paragraph cedures. The certificate holder must de- (c)(2), the certificate holder may not velop and maintain procedures for cen- perform scheduled or unscheduled dual tralized maintenance control for maintenance during the same mainte- ETOPS.

nance visit on the same or a substan- (g) Parts control program. The certifi- tially similar ETOPS Significant Sys- cate holder must develop an ETOPS tem listed in the ETOPS maintenance parts control program to ensure the document, if the improper mainte- proper identification of parts used to nance could result in the failure of an maintain the configuration of airplanes ETOPS Significant System.

used in ETOPS.

(2) In the event dual maintenance as (h) Reliability program. The certificate defined in paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- holder must have an ETOPS reliability tion cannot be avoided, the certificate program. This program must be the holder may perform maintenance pro- certificate holder’s existing reliability vided: program or its Continuing Analysis (i) The maintenance action on each and Surveillance System (CASS) sup- affected ETOPS Significant System is plemented for ETOPS. This program performed by a different technician, or must be event-oriented and include (ii) The maintenance action on each procedures to report the events listed affected ETOPS Significant System is below, as follows: performed by the same technician (1) The certificate holder must report under the direct supervision of a sec- the following events within 96 hours of ond qualified individual; and the occurrence to its responsible Flight (iii) For either paragraph (c)(2)(i) or Standards office: (ii) of this section, a qualified indi- (i) IFSDs, except planned IFSDs per- vidual conducts a ground verification formed for flight training.

test and any in-flight verification test (ii) Diversions and turnbacks for fail- required under the program developed ures, malfunctions, or defects associ- pursuant to paragraph (d) of this sec- ated with any airplane or engine sys- tion.

tem.

(d) Verification program. The certifi- (iii) Uncommanded power or thrust cate holder must develop and maintain changes or surges.

a program for the resolution of discrep- (iv) Inability to control the engine or ancies that will ensure the effective- obtain desired power or thrust.

ness of maintenance actions taken on (v) Inadvertent fuel loss or unavail- ETOPS Significant Systems. The ability, or uncorrectable fuel imbal- verification program must identify po- ance in flight.

tential problems and verify satisfac- (vi) Failures, malfunctions or defects tory corrective action. The verification associated with ETOPS Significant program must include ground Systems.

verification and in-flight verification (vii) Any event that would jeopardize policy and procedures. The certificate the safe flight and landing of the air- holder must establish procedures to in- plane on an ETOPS flight.

dicate clearly who is going to initiate (2) The certificate holder must inves- the verification action and what action tigate the cause of each event listed in is necessary. The verification action paragraph (h)(1) of this section and may be performed on an ETOPS rev- submit findings and a description of enue flight provided the verification corrective action to its responsible action is documented as satisfactorily Flight Standards office. The report completed upon reaching the ETOPS must include the information specified Entry Point. in § 121.703(e). The corrective action VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00175 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.375 must be acceptable to its responsible APU is required for ETOPS. The opera- Flight Standards office. tor’s oil consumption limit may not ex- (i) Propulsion system monitoring. (1) If ceed the manufacturer’s recommenda- the IFSD rate (computed on a 12-month tion. Monitoring must be continuous rolling average) for an engine installed and include oil added at each ETOPS as part of an airplane-engine combina- departure point. The program must tion exceeds the following values, the compare the amount of oil added at certificate holder must do a com- each ETOPS departure point with the prehensive review of its operations to running average consumption to iden- identify any common cause effects and tify sudden increases.

systemic errors. The IFSD rate must (l) APU in-flight start program. If the be computed using all engines of that airplane type certificate requires an type in the certificate holder’s entire APU but does not require the APU to fleet of airplanes approved for ETOPS. run during the ETOPS portion of the (i) A rate of 0.05 per 1,000 engine flight, the certificate holder must de- hours for ETOPS up to and including velop and maintain a program accept- 120 minutes. able to the FAA for cold soak in-flight (ii) A rate of 0.03 per 1,000 engine start-and-run reliability.

hours for ETOPS beyond 120-minutes (m) Maintenance training. For each up to and including 207 minutes in the airplane-engine combination, the cer- North Pacific Area of Operation and up tificate holder must develop a mainte- to and including 180 minutes elsewhere. nance training program that provides (iii) A rate of 0.02 per 1,000 engine training adequate to support ETOPS.

hours for ETOPS beyond 207 minutes in It must include ETOPS specific train- the North Pacific Area of Operation ing for all persons involved in ETOPS and beyond 180 minutes elsewhere. maintenance that focuses on the spe- (2) Within 30 days of exceeding the cial nature of ETOPS. This training rates above, the certificate holder must must be in addition to the operator’s submit a report of investigation and maintenance training program used to any necessary corrective action taken qualify individuals to perform work on to its responsible Flight Standards of- specific airplanes and engines.

fice.

(n) Configuration, maintenance, and (j) Engine condition monitoring. (1) The procedures (CMP) document. If an air- certificate holder must have an engine plane-engine combination has a CMP condition monitoring program to de- document, the certificate holder must tect deterioration at an early stage and use a system that ensures compliance to allow for corrective action before with the applicable FAA-approved doc- safe operation is affected.

ument.

(2) This program must describe the (o) Procedural changes. Each substan- parameters to be monitored, the meth- tial change to the maintenance or od of data collection, the method of training procedures that were used to analyzing data, and the process for qualify the certificate holder for taking corrective action.

ETOPS, must be submitted to the (3) The program must ensure that en- CHDO for review. The certificate hold- gine-limit margins are maintained so er cannot implement a change until its that a prolonged engine-inoperative di- responsible Flight Standards office no- version may be conducted at approved tifies the certificate holder that the re- power levels and in all expected envi- view is complete.

ronmental conditions without exceed- [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1880, Jan. 16, ing approved engine limits. This in- 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR cludes approved limits for items such 7348, Feb. 15, 2007; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 26541, as rotor speeds and exhaust gas tem- May 10, 2007; Amdt. 121–339, 73 FR 33881, June peratures.

16, 2008; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121– (k) Oil-consumption monitoring. The 380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] certificate holder must have an engine § 121.375 Maintenance and preventive oil consumption monitoring program maintenance training program.

to ensure that there is enough oil to complete each ETOPS flight. APU oil Each certificate holder or person per- consumption must be included if an forming maintenance or preventive VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00176 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.380 maintenance functions for it shall have preventive maintenance, and alter- a training program to ensure that each ations as provided in its continuous person (including inspection personnel) airworthiness maintenance program who determines the adequacy of work and its maintenance manual. In addi- done is fully informed about procedures tion, a certificate holder may perform and techniques and new equipment in these functions for another certificate use and is competent to perform his du- holder as provided in the continuous ties. airworthiness maintenance program and maintenance manual of the other § 121.377 Maintenance and preventive certificate holder.

maintenance personnel duty time (b) A certificate holder may approve limitations.

any aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, Within the United States, each cer- propeller, or appliance for return to tificate holder (or person performing service after maintenance, preventive maintenance or preventive mainte- maintenance, or alterations that are nance functions for it) shall relieve performed under paragraph (a) of this each person performing maintenance section. However, in the case of a or preventive maintenance from duty major repair or major alteration, the for a period of at least 24 consecutive work must have been done in accord- hours during any seven consecutive ance with technical data approved by days, or the equivalent thereof within the Administrator.

any one calendar month.

[Docket 10289, 35 FR 16793, Oct. 30, 1970] § 121.378 Certificate requirements.

§ 121.380 Maintenance recording re- (a) Except for maintenance, preven- quirements.

tive maintenance, alterations, and re- (a) Each certificate holder shall keep quired inspections performed by a cer- (using the system specified in the man- tificated repair station that is located ual required in § 121.369) the following outside the United States, each person records for the periods specified in who is directly in charge of mainte- paragraph (c) of this section: nance, preventive maintenance, or al- (1) All the records necessary to show terations, and each person performing that all requirements for the issuance required inspections must hold an ap- of an airworthiness release under propriate airman certificate.

§ 121.709 have been met.

(b) For the purposes of this section, a (2) Records containing the following person directly in charge is each person information: assigned to a position in which he is re- (i) The total time in service of the sponsible for the work of a shop or sta- airframe.

tion that performs maintenance, pre- (ii) Except as provided in paragraph ventive maintenance, alterations, or (b) of this section, the total time in other functions affecting aircraft air- service of each engine and propeller.

worthiness. A person who is directly in charge need not physically observe and (iii) The current status of life-limited direct each worker constantly but parts of each airframe, engine, pro- must be available for consultation and peller, and appliance.

decision on matters requiring instruc- (iv) The time since last overhaul of tion or decision from higher authority all items installed on the aircraft than that of the persons performing which are required to be overhauled on the work. a specified time basis.

(v) The identification of the current [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as inspection status of the aircraft, in- amended by Amdt. 121–21, 31 FR 10618, Aug. 9, cluding the times since the last inspec- 1966; Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001] tions required by the inspection pro- § 121.379 Authority to perform and ap- gram under which the aircraft and its prove maintenance, preventive appliances are maintained.

maintenance, and alterations.

(vi) The current status of applicable (a) A certificate holder may perform, airworthiness directives, including the or it may make arrangements with date and methods of compliance, and, other persons to perform, maintenance, if the airworthiness directive involves VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00177 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.380a recurring action, the time and date tion and retrieval of information in a when the next action is required. manner acceptable to the Adminis- (vii) A list of current major alter- trator: ations to each airframe, engine, pro- (a) The record specified in peller, and appliance.

§ 121.380(a)(2).

(b) A certificate holder need not (b) The records specified in record the total time in service of an § 121.380(a)(1) which are not included in engine or propeller on a transport cat- the records covered by paragraph (a) of egory cargo airplane, a transport cat- this section, except that the purchaser egory airplane that has a passenger may permit the seller to keep physical seat configuration of more than 30 custody of such records. However, cus- seats, or a nontransport category air- tody of records in the seller does not plane type certificated before January relieve the purchaser of his responsi- 1, 1958, until the following, whichever bility under § 121.380(c) to make the occurs first: records available for inspection by the (1) March 20, 1997; or Administrator or any authorized rep- (2) The date of the first overhaul of resentative of the National Transpor- the engine or propeller, as applicable, tation Safety Board (NTSB).

after January 19, 1996.

(c) Each certificate holder shall re- [Docket 10658, 37 FR 15984, Aug. 9, 1972] tain the records required to be kept by this section for the following periods: Subpart M—Airman and (1) Except for the records of the last Crewmember Requirements complete overhaul of each airframe, engine, propeller, and appliance, the S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, records specified in paragraph (a)(1) of 1964, unless otherwise noted.

this section shall be retained until the work is repeated or superseded by § 121.381 Applicability.

other work or for one year after the work is performed.

This subpart prescribes airman and (2) The records of the last complete crewmember requirements for all cer- overhaul of each airframe, engine, pro- tificate holders.

peller, and appliance shall be retained until the work is superseded by work of § 121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of services.

equivalent scope and detail.

(3) The records specified in paragraph (a) No certificate holder may use any (a)(2) of this section shall be retained person as an airman nor may any per- and transferred with the aircraft at the son serve as an airman unless that per- time the aircraft is sold.

son— (d) The certificate holder shall make (1) Holds an appropriate current air- all maintenance records required to be man certificate issued by the FAA; kept by this section available for in- (2) Has in his or her possession while spection by the Administrator or any engaged in operations under this part— authorized representative of the Na- (i) Any required appropriate current tional Transportation Safety Board airman and medical certificates; or (NTSB).

(ii) A temporary document issued in [Docket 10658, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, 1972, as accordance with paragraph (c) of this amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65933, Dec.

section; and 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–321, 71 FR 536, Jan. 4, 2006] (3) Is otherwise qualified for the oper- § 121.380a Transfer of maintenance ation for which he is to be used.

records.

(b) Each airman covered by para- graph (a)(2) of this section shall Each certificate holder who sells a present his or her certificates or tem- U.S. registered aircraft shall transfer porary document for inspection upon to the purchaser, at the time of sale, request of the Administrator.

the following records of that aircraft, in plain language form or in coded form (c) A certificate holder may obtain at the election of the purchaser, if the approval to provide a temporary docu- coded form provides for the preserva- ment verifying a flightcrew member’s VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00178 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.389 airman certificate and medical certifi- the flight engineer’s functions in such cate privileges under an approved cer- a situation.

tificate verification plan set forth in [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as the certificate holder’s operations amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar.

specifications. A document provided by 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996] the certificate holder may be carried as an airman certificate or medical cer- § 121.387 Flight engineer.

tificate on flights within the United No certificate holder may operate an States for up to 72 hours.

airplane for which a type certificate (d) No certificate holder may use the was issued before January 2, 1964, hav- services of any person as a pilot on an ing a maximum certificated takeoff airplane engaged in operations under weight of more than 80,000 pounds with- this part if that person has reached his out a flight crewmember holding a cur- or her 65th birthday.

rent flight engineer certificate. For (e) No pilot may serve as a pilot in each airplane type certificated after operations under this part if that per- January 1, 1964, the requirement for a son has reached his or her 65th birth- flight engineer is determined under the day.

type certification requirements of § 25.1523.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May [Docket 5025, 30 FR 6067, Apr. 29, 1965] 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–344, 74 FR 34234, July 15, § 121.389 Flight navigator and special- 2009; Amdt. 121–372, 80 FR 33401, June 12, 2015; ized navigation equipment.

Amdt. 121–381, 83 FR 30282, June 27, 2018] (a) No certificate holder may operate § 121.385 Composition of flight crew.

an airplane outside the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, (a) No certificate holder may operate when its position cannot be reliably an airplane with less than the min- fixed for a period of more than 1 hour, imum flight crew in the airworthiness without— certificate or the airplane Flight Man- (1) A flight crewmember who holds a ual approved for that type airplane and current flight navigator certificate; or required by this part for the kind of op- (2) Specialized means of navigation eration being conducted.

approved in accordance with § 121.355 (b) In any case in which this part re- which enables a reliable determination quires the performance of two or more to be made of the position of the air- functions for which an airman certifi- plane by each pilot seated at his duty cate is necessary, that requirement is station.

not satisfied by the performance of (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of multiple functions at the same time by this section, the Administrator may one airman.

also require a flight navigator or spe- (c) The minimum pilot crew is two cial navigation equipment, or both, pilots and the certificate holder shall when specialized means of navigation designate one pilot as pilot in com- are necessary for 1 hour or less. In mand and the other second in com- making this determination, the Admin- istrator considers— mand.

(1) The speed of the airplane; (d) On each flight requiring a flight (2) Normal weather conditions en engineer at least one flight crew- route; member, other than the flight engi- (3) Extent of air traffic control; neer, must be qualified to provide (4) Traffic congestion; emergency performance of the flight (5) Area of navigational radio cov- engineer’s functions for the safe com- erage at destination; pletion of the flight if the flight engi- (6) Fuel requirements; neer becomes ill or is otherwise inca- (7) Fuel available for return to point pacitated. A pilot need not hold a of departure or alternates; flight engineer’s certificate to perform (8) Predication of flight upon oper- ation beyond the point of no return; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00179 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.391 (9) Any other factors he determines excess of those required under para- are relevant in the interest of safety. graph (a) of this section.

(c) Operations where a flight navi- (c) The number of flight attendants gator or special navigation equipment, approved under paragraphs (a) and (b) or both, are required are specified in of this section are set forth in the cer- the operations specifications of the air tificate holder’s operations specifica- carrier or commercial operator. tions.

(d) During takeoff and landing, flight [Docket 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972, as attendants required by this section amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar.

shall be located as near as practicable 29, 1982] to required floor level exits and shall § 121.391 Flight attendants. be uniformly distributed throughout the airplane in order to provide the (a) Except as specified in § 121.393 and most effective egress of passengers in § 121.394, each certificate holder must event of an emergency evacuation.

provide at least the following flight at- During taxi, flight attendants required tendants on board each passenger-car- by this section must remain at their rying airplane when passengers are on duty stations with safety belts and board: shoulder harnesses fastened except to (1) For airplanes having a maximum perform duties related to the safety of payload capacity of more than 7,500 the airplane and its occupants.

pounds and having a seating capacity of more than 9 but less than 51 pas- [Docket 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965] sengers—one flight attendant.

E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- (2) For airplanes having a maximum tations affecting § 121.391, see the List of CFR payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less Sections Affected, which appears in the and having a seating capacity of more Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.

than 19 but less than 51 passengers— one flight attendant.

§ 121.392 Personnel identified as flight (3) For airplanes having a seating ca- attendants.

pacity of more than 50 but less than 101 (a) Any person identified by the cer- passengers—two flight attendants.

tificate holder as a flight attendant on (4) For airplanes having a seating ca- an aircraft in operations under this pacity of more than 100 passengers— part must be trained and qualified in two flight attendants plus one addi- accordance with subparts N and O of tional flight attendant for each unit this part. This includes: (or part of a unit) of 50 passenger seats (1) Flight attendants provided by the above a seating capacity of 100 pas- certificate holder in excess of the num- sengers.

ber required by § 121.391(a); and (b) If, in conducting the emergency (2) Flight attendants provided by the evacuation demonstration required certificate holder when flight attend- under § 121.291 (a) or (b), the certificate ants are not required by § 121.391(a).

holder used more flight attendants (b) A qualifying flight attendant who than is required under paragraph (a) of is receiving operating experience on an this section for the maximum seating aircraft in operations under subpart O capacity of the airplane used in the of this part must be identified to pas- demonstration, he may not, thereafter, sengers as a qualifying flight attend- take off that airplane— ant.

(1) In its maximum seating capacity configuration with fewer flight attend- [Docket FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, ants than the number used during the 2013] emergency evacuation demonstration; § 121.393 Crewmember requirements or at stops where passengers remain (2) In any reduced seating capacity on board.

configuration with fewer flight attend- ants than the number required by para- At stops where passengers remain on graph (a) of this section for that seat- board, the certificate holder must meet ing capacity plus the number of flight the following requirements: attendants used during the emergency (a) On each airplane for which a evacuation demonstration that were in flight attendant is not required by VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00180 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.394 § 121.391(a), the certificate holder must § 121.394 Flight attendant require- ensure that a person who is qualified in ments during passenger boarding and deplaning.

the emergency evacuation procedures for the airplane, as required in § 121.417, (a) During passenger boarding, on and who is identified to the passengers, each airplane for which more than one remains: flight attendant is required by § 121.391, the certificate holder may: (1) On board the airplane; or (1) Reduce the number of required (2) Nearby the airplane, in a position flight attendants by one, provided that: to adequately monitor passenger safe- (i) The flight attendant that leaves ty, and: the aircraft remains within the imme- (i) The airplane engines are shut diate vicinity of the door through down; and which passengers are boarding; (ii) At least one floor level exit re- (ii) The flight attendant that leaves mains open to provide for the the aircraft only conducts safety duties deplaning of passengers.

related to the flight being boarded; (b) On each airplane for which flight (iii) The airplane engines are shut attendants are required by § 121.391(a), down; and but the number of flight attendants re- (iv) At least one floor level exit re- maining on board is fewer than re- mains open to provide for passenger quired by § 121.391(a), the certificate egress; or holder must meet the following re- (2) Substitute a pilot or flight engi- quirements: neer employed by the certificate holder and trained and qualified on that type (1) The certificate holder shall ensure airplane for one flight attendant, pro- that: vided the certificate holder— (i) The airplane engines are shut (i) Describes in the manual required down; by § 121.133: (ii) At least one floor level exit re- (A) The necessary functions to be mains open to provide for the performed by the substitute pilot or deplaning of passengers; and flight engineer in an emergency, to in- (iii) the number of flight attendants clude a situation requiring an emer- on board is at least half the number re- gency evacuation. The certificate hold- quired by § 121.391(a), rounded down to er must show those functions are real- the next lower number in the case of istic, can be practically accomplished, fractions, but never fewer than one.

and will meet any reasonably antici- (2) The certificate holder may sub- pated emergency; and stitute for the required flight attend- (B) How other regulatory functions ants other persons qualified in the performed by a flight attendant will be accomplished by the substitute pilot or emergency evacuation procedures for flight engineer on the airplane.

that aircraft as required in § 121.417, if (ii) Ensures that the following re- these persons are identified to the pas- quirements are met: sengers.

(A) The substitute pilot or flight en- (3) If only one flight attendant or gineer is not assigned to operate the other qualified person is on board dur- flight for which that person is sub- ing a stop, that flight attendant or stituting for a required flight attend- other qualified person shall be located ant.

in accordance with the certificate hold- (B) The substitute pilot or flight en- er’s FAA-approved operating proce- gineer is trained in all assigned flight dures. If more than one flight attend- attendant duties regarding passenger ant or other qualified person is on handling.

board, the flight attendants or other (C) The substitute pilot or flight en- qualified persons shall be spaced gineer meets the emergency training throughout the cabin to provide the requirements for flight attendants in most effective assistance for the evacu- evacuation management and evacu- ation in case of an emergency.

ation commands, as appropriate, and frequency of performance drills regard- [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65934, Dec. 20, 1995] ing operation of exits in the normal VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00181 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.395 and emergency modes on that type air- vide enough qualified aircraft dis- craft. patchers at each dispatch center to en- (D) The substitute pilot or flight en- sure proper operational control of each gineer is in possession of all items re- flight.

quired for duty.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (E) The substitute pilot or flight en- gineer is located in the passenger § 121.397 Emergency and emergency cabin.

evacuation duties.

(F) The substitute pilot or flight en- (a) Each certificate holder shall, for gineer is identified to the passengers.

each type and model of airplane, as- (G) The substitution of a pilot or signed to each category of required flight engineer for a required flight at- crewmember, as appropriate, the nec- tendant does not interfere with the essary functions to be performed in an safe operation of the flight.

emergency or a situation requiring (H) The airplane engines are shut emergency evacuation. The certificate down.

holder shall show those functions are (I) At least one floor-level exit re- realistic, can be practically accom- mains open to provide for passenger plished, and will meet any reasonably egress.

anticipated emergency including the (b) During passenger deplaning, on possible incapacitation of individual each airplane for which more than one crewmembers or their inability to flight attendant is required by § 121.391, reach the passenger cabin because of the certificate holder may reduce the shifting cargo in combination cargo- number of flight attendants required passenger airplanes.

by that paragraph provided: (b) The certificate holder shall de- (1) The airplane engines are shut scribe in its manual the functions of down; each category of required crew- (2) At least one floor level exit re- members under paragraph (a) of this mains open to provide for passenger section.

egress; and (3) The number of flight attendants [Docket 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as on board is at least half the number re- amended by Amdt. 121–7, 30 FR 6727, May 18, 1965] quired by § 121.391, rounded down to the next lower number in the case of frac- tions, but never fewer than one. Subpart N—Training Program (c) If only one flight attendant is on the airplane during passenger boarding S OURCE : Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, or deplaning, that flight attendant unless otherwise noted.

must be located in accordance with the § 121.400 Applicability and terms used.

certificate holder’s FAA-approved op- erating procedures. If more than one (a) This subpart prescribes the re- flight attendant is on the airplane dur- quirements applicable to each certifi- ing passenger boarding or deplaning, cate holder for establishing and main- the flight attendants must be evenly taining a training program for crew- distributed throughout the airplane members, aircraft dispatchers, and cabin, in the vicinity of the floor-level other operations personnel, and for the exits, to provide the most effective as- approval and use of flight simulation sistance in the event of an emergency.

training devices and training equip- (d) The time spent by any crew- ment in the conduct of the program.

member conducting passenger boarding (b) For the purpose of this subpart, or deplaning duties is considered duty airplane groups are as follows: time.

(1) Group I. Propeller driven, includ- ing— [Docket FAA–2009–0022, 75 FR 68198, Nov. 5, 2010] (i) Reciprocating powered; and (ii) Turbopropeller powered.

§ 121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic (2) Group II. Turbojet powered.

and flag operations.

(c) For the purpose of this subpart, Each certificate holder conducting the following terms and definitions domestic or flag operations shall pro- apply: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00182 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.401 (1) Initial training. The training re- commonality to the extent that credit quired for crewmembers and dis- between those aircraft may be applied patchers who have not qualified and for flightcrew member training, check- served in the same capacity on another ing, recent experience, operating expe- airplane of the same group. rience, operating cycles, and line oper- (2) Transition training. The training ating flight time for consolidation of required for crewmembers and dis- knowledge and skills.

patchers who have qualified and served (11) Related aircraft differences train- in the same capacity on another air- ing. The flightcrew member training plane of the same group. required for aircraft with different type (3) Upgrade training. The training re- certificates that have been designated quired for flightcrew members who as related by the Administrator.

have qualified and served as second in (12) Base aircraft. An aircraft identi- command on a particular airplane fied by a certificate holder for use as a type, before they serve as pilot in com- reference to compare differences with mand on that airplane. another aircraft.

(4) Conversion training. The training [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970; 35 FR required for flightcrew members who 2819, Feb. 11, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121– have qualified and served as flight en- 104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–259, gineer on a particular airplane type, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR before they serve as second in com- 67836, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020] mand on that airplane.

(5) Differences training. The training § 121.401 Training program: General.

required for crewmembers and dis- patchers who have qualified and served (a) Each certificate holder shall: on a particular type airplane, when the (1) Establish and implement a train- Administrator finds differences train- ing program that satisfies the require- ing is necessary before a crewmember ments of this subpart and appendices E serves in the same capacity on a par- and F of this part and that ensures ticular variation of that airplane. that each crewmember, aircraft dis- (6) Programmed hours. The hours of patcher, flight instructor, check pilot, training prescribed in this subpart and check flight engineer is adequately which may be reduced by the Adminis- trained to perform his or her assigned trator upon a showing by the certifi- duties. Prior to implementation, the cate holder that circumstances justify certificate holder must obtain initial a lesser amount. and final FAA approval of the training (7) Inflight. Refers to maneuvers, pro- program.

cedures, or functions that must be con- (2) Provide adequate ground and ducted in the airplane. flight training facilities and properly (8) Training center. An organization qualified ground instructors for the governed by the applicable require- training required by this subpart; ments of part 142 of this chapter that (3) Provide and keep current with re- provides training, testing, and check- spect to each airplane type and, if ap- ing under contract or other arrange- plicable, the particular variations ment to certificate holders subject to within that airplane type, appropriate the requirements of this part. training material, examinations, (9) Requalification training. The train- forms, instructions, and procedures for ing required for crewmembers pre- use in conducting the training and viously trained and qualified, but who checks required by this part; and have become unqualified due to not (4) Provide enough flight instructors having met within the required period and approved check pilots and check the recurrent training requirements of flight engineers to conduct the flight § 121.427 or the proficiency check re- training and checks required under this quirements of § 121.441. part.

(10) Related aircraft. Any two or more (b) Whenever a crewmember or air- aircraft of the same make with either craft dispatcher who is required to the same or different type certificates take recurrent training, a flight check, that have been demonstrated and de- or a competence check, takes the termined by the Administrator to have check or completes the training in the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00183 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.402 calendar month before or after the cal- that the effectiveness of the flight endar month in which that training or training there has improved.

check is required, he is considered to [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- have taken or completed it in the cal- ed by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; endar month in which it was required. Amdt. 121–108, 38 FR 35446, Dec. 28, 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; (c) Each instructor, supervisor, check Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005; Amdt.

pilot, or check flight engineer who is 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket responsible for a particular ground FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51425, training subject, segment of flight June 18, 2024] training, course of training, flight check, or competence check under this § 121.402 Training program: Special rules.

part shall certify as to the proficiency and knowledge of the crewmember, air- (a) Other than the certificate holder, craft dispatcher, flight instructor, only another certificate holder certifi- check pilot, or check flight engineer cated under this part or a flight train- concerned upon completion of that ing center certificated under part 142 of training or check. That certification this chapter is eligible under this sub- shall be made a part of the crew- part to provide flight training, testing, and checking under contract or other member’s or dispatcher’s record. When arrangement to those persons subject the certification required by this para- to the requirements of this subpart.

graph is made by an entry in a comput- (b) A certificate holder may contract erized recordkeeping system, the certi- with, or otherwise arrange to use the fying instructor, supervisor, check services of, a training center certifi- pilot, or check flight engineer must be cated under part 142 of this chapter to identified with that entry. However, provide training, testing, and checking the signature of the certifying instruc- required by this part only if the train- tor, supervisor, check pilot, or check ing center— flight engineer is not required for com- (1) Holds applicable training speci- puterized entries.

fications issued under part 142 of this (d) Training subjects that are appli- chapter; cable to more than one airplane or (2) Has facilities, training equipment, crewmember position and that have and courseware meeting the applicable been satisfactorily completed in con- requirements of part 142 of this chap- nection with prior training for another ter; airplane or another crewmember posi- (3) Has approved curriculums, cur- tion, need not be repeated during sub- riculum segments, and portions of cur- sequent training other than recurrent riculum segments applicable for use in training. training courses required by this sub- (e) A person who progresses success- part; and fully through flight training; is rec- (4) Has sufficient instructors, check ommended by his instructor, check pilots, and check flight engineers qualified under the applicable require- pilot, or check flight engineer; and suc- ments of §§ 121.411 or 121.412 to provide cessfully completes the appropriate training, testing, and checking to per- flight check for a check pilot, check sons subject to the requirements of flight engineer, or the Administrator this subpart.

need not complete the programmed hours of flight training for the par- [Docket 26933, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996, as ticular airplane. However, whenever amended by Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar.

21, 1997; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121– the Administrator finds that 20 percent 392, 89 FR 51425, June 18, 2024] of the flight checks given at a par- ticular training base during the pre- § 121.403 Training program: Cur- vious 6 months under this paragraph riculum.

are unsuccessful, this paragraph may (a) Each certificate holder must pre- not be used by the certificate holder at pare and keep current a written train- that base until the Administrator finds ing program curriculum for each type of airplane with respect to dispatchers VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00184 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.405 and each crewmember required for that each certificate holder must submit to type airplane. The curriculum must in- the Administrator— clude ground and flight training re- (1) An outline of the proposed pro- quired by this subpart. gram or revision, including an outline (b) Each training program cur- of the proposed or revised curriculum, riculum must include: that provides enough information for a (1) A list of principal ground training preliminary evaluation of the proposed subjects, including emergency training training program or revised training subjects, that are provided. program; and (2) A list of all the training equip- (2) Additional relevant information ment approved under § 121.408 as well as as may be requested by the Adminis- other training aids that the certificate trator.

holder will use. (b) If the proposed training program or revision complies with this subpart (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial the Administrator grants initial ap- displays of the approved normal, abnor- proval in writing after which the cer- mal, and emergency maneuvers, proce- tificate holder may conduct the train- dures and functions that will be per- ing in accordance with that program.

formed during each flight training The Administrator then evaluates the phase or flight check, indicating those effectiveness of the training program maneuvers, procedures and functions and advises the certificate holder of de- that are to be performed during the ficiencies, if any, that must be cor- inflight portions of flight training and rected.

flight checks.

(c) The Administrator grants final (4) A list of FSTDs approved under approval of the training program or re- § 121.407, including approvals for par- vision if the certificate holder shows ticular maneuvers, procedures, or func- that the training conducted under the tions.

initial approval set forth in paragraph (5) The programmed hours of training (b) of this section ensures that each that will be applied to each phase of person that successfully completes the training.

training is adequately trained to per- (6) A copy of each statement issued form his assigned duties.

by the Administrator under § 121.405(d) (d) In granting initial and final ap- for reduction of programmed hours of proval of training programs or revi- training.

sions, including reductions in pro- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- grammed hours specified in this sub- ed by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, part, the Administrator considers the 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020; training aids, devices, methods, and Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR procedures listed in the certificate 51425, June 18, 2024] holder’s curriculum as set forth in § 121.404 Crew and dispatcher re- § 121.403 that increase the quality and source management training.

effectiveness of the teaching-learning process.

No certificate holder may use a per- son as a flightcrew member, flight at- If approval of reduced programmed tendant, or aircraft dispatcher unless hours of training is granted, the Ad- that person has completed approved ministrator provides the certificate crew resource management (CRM) or holder with a statement of the basis for dispatcher resource management the approval.

(DRM) initial training, as applicable, (e) Whenever the Administrator finds with that certificate holder or with an- that revisions are necessary for the other certificate holder.

continued adequacy of a training pro- gram that has been granted final ap- [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51425, June 18, 2024] proval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the Adminis- § 121.405 Training program and revi- trator, make any changes in the pro- sion: Initial and final approval.

gram that are found necessary by the (a) To obtain initial and final ap- Administrator. Within 30 days after the proval of a training program, or a revi- certificate holder receives such notice, sion to an approved training program, it may file a petition to reconsider the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00185 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.406 notice with the responsible Flight section 121.419, 121.421, or 121.422 as ap- Standards office. The filing of a peti- propriate.

tion to reconsider stays the notice [Docket 27993, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] pending a decision by the Adminis- trator. However, if the Administrator § 121.407 Training program: Approval finds that there is an emergency that of flight simulation training de- requires immediate action in the inter- vices.

est of safety in air transportation, he (a) Each FSTD used to satisfy a may, upon a statement of the reasons, training requirement of this part in an require a change effective without approved training program, must meet stay.

all of the following requirements: (f) Each certificate holder described (1) Be specifically approved by the in § 135.3 (b) and (c) of this chapter Administrator for— must include the material required by (i) Use in the certificate holder’s ap- § 121.403 in the manual required by proved training program; § 135.21 of this chapter.

(ii) The type airplane and, if applica- (g) The Administrator may grant a ble, the particular variation within deviation to certificate holders de- type, for which the training or check is scribed in § 135.3 (b) and (c) of this chap- being conducted; and ter to allow reduced programmed hours (iii) The particular maneuver, proce- of ground training required by § 121.419 dure, or flightcrew member function if it is found that a reduction is war- involved.

ranted based on the certificate holder’s (2) Maintain the performance, func- operations and the complexity of the tion, and other characteristics that are make, model, and series of the aircraft required for qualification in accord- used.

ance with part 60 of this chapter or a [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- previously qualified device, as per- ed by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, mitted in accordance with § 60.17 of this 1989; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, 1995; chapter.

Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996; Dock- (3) Be modified in accordance with et FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, part 60 of this chapter to conform with Mar. 5, 2018] any modification to the airplane being § 121.406 Credit for previous CRM/ simulated that results in changes to DRM training.

performance, function, or other charac- teristics required for qualification.

(a) For flightcrew members, the Ad- (4) Be given a daily functional pre- ministrator may credit CRM training flight check before being used.

received before March 19, 1998 toward (5) Have a daily discrepancy log kept all or part of the initial ground CRM with each discrepancy entered in that training required by § 121.419.

log by the appropriate instructor, (b) For flight attendants, the Admin- check pilot, or check flight engineer at istrator may credit CRM training re- the end of each training or check ceived before March 19, 1999 toward all flight.

or part of the initial ground CRM (b) A particular FSTD may be ap- training required by § 121.421.

proved for use by more than one cer- (c) For aircraft dispatchers, the Ad- tificate holder.

ministrator may credit CRM training (c) A Level B or higher FFS may be received before March 19, 1999 toward used instead of the airplane to satisfy all or part of the initial ground CRM the inflight requirements of §§ 121.439 training required by § 121.422.

and 121.441 and appendices E and F of (d) In granting credit for initial this part, if the FFS— ground CRM or DRM training, the Ad- ministrator considers training aids, de- (1) Is approved under this section and vices, methods, and procedures used by meets the appropriate FFS require- the certificate holder in a voluntary ments of appendix H of this part; and CRM or DRM program or in an AQP (2) Is used as part of an approved pro- program that effectively meets the gram that meets the training require- quality of an approved CRM or DRM ments of §§ 121.424 (a) and (c), 121.426, initial ground training program under and appendix H of this part.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00186 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.409 (d) An FFS approved under this sec- (d) All training equipment must have tion must be used instead of the air- a record of discrepancies. The docu- plane to satisfy the pilot flight train- menting system must be readily avail- ing requirements prescribed in the cer- able for review by each instructor, tificate holder’s approved low-altitude check pilot, check flight engineer, or windshear flight training program set supervisor prior to conducting training forth in § 121.409(d) of this part. or checking with that equipment.

(e) An FFS approved under this sec- (1) Each instructor, check pilot, tion must be used instead of the air- check flight engineer or supervisor plane to satisfy the pilot flight train- conducting training or checking, and ing requirements prescribed in the ex- each person conducting an inspection tended envelope training set forth in of the equipment who discovers a dis- § 121.423 of this part. crepancy, including any missing, mal- functioning, or inoperative compo- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- nents, must record a description of ed by Amdt. 121–161, 45 FR 44183, June 30, that discrepancy and the date that the 1980; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988; discrepancy was identified.

Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67836, Nov. 12, 2013; (2) All corrections to discrepancies Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR must be recorded when the corrections 51425, June 18, 2024] are made. This record must include the date of the correction.

§ 121.408 Training equipment other (3) A record of a discrepancy must be than flight simulation training de- maintained for at least 60 days.

vices.

(e) No person may use, allow the use (a) The Administrator must approve of, or offer the use of training equip- training equipment used in a training ment with a missing, malfunctioning, program approved under this part and or inoperative component to meet the that functionally replicates aircraft crewmember training or checking re- equipment for the certificate holder quirements of this chapter for tasks and the crewmember duty or proce- that require the use of the correctly dure. Training equipment does not in- operating component.

clude FSTDs qualified under part 60 of [Docket FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, this chapter.

2013, as amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, (b) The certificate holder must dem- Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51425, June 18, 2024] onstrate that the training equipment described in paragraph (a) of this sec- § 121.409 Training courses using flight tion, used to meet the training require- simulation training devices.

ments of this subpart, meets all of the (a) Training courses utilizing FSTDs following: may be included in the certificate hold- (1) The form, fit, function, and er’s approved training program for use weight, as appropriate, of the aircraft as provided in this section.

equipment.

(b) Except for the airline transport (2) Replicates the normal operation pilot certification training program ap- (and abnormal and emergency oper- proved to satisfy the requirements of ation, if appropriate) of the aircraft § 61.156 of this chapter, a course of equipment including the following: training in an FFS may be included for (i) The required force, actions and use as provided in § 121.441 if that travel of the aircraft equipment.

course— (ii) Variations in aircraft equipment (1) Provides at least 4 hours of train- operated by the certificate holder, if ing at the pilot controls of an FFS as applicable. well as a proper briefing before and (3) Replicates the operation of the after the training.

aircraft equipment under adverse con- (2) Provides training in at least the ditions, if appropriate. following: (c) Training equipment must be (i) The procedures and maneuvers set modified to ensure that it maintains forth in appendix F to this part; or the performance and function of the (ii) Line-oriented flight training aircraft type or aircraft equipment rep- (LOFT) that— licated. (A) Utilizes a complete flight crew; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00187 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.410 (B) Includes at least the maneuvers training program to satisfy the re- and procedures (abnormal and emer- quirements of § 61.156 of this chapter.

gency) that may be expected in line op- The training program must be separate erations; from the air carrier training program (C) Includes scenario-based or ma- required by this part.

neuver-based stall prevention training (b) No certificate holder may use a before, during or after the LOFT sce- person nor may any person serve as an nario for each pilot; instructor in a training program ap- (D) Is representative of two flight proved to meet the requirements of segments appropriate to the operations § 61.156 of this chapter unless the in- being conducted by the certificate structor: holder; (1) Holds an airline transport pilot (E) Provides an opportunity to dem- certificate with an airplane category onstrate workload management and multiengine class rating; pilot monitoring skills; and (2) Has at least 2 years of experience (F) Provides an opportunity for each as a pilot in command in operations pilot in command to demonstrate lead- conducted under § 91.1053(a)(2)(i) or ership and command skills.

§ 135.243(a)(1) of this chapter, or as a (3) Is given by an instructor who pilot in command or second in com- meets the applicable requirements of mand in any operation conducted § 121.412.

under this part; (c) The programmed hours of flight (3) Except for the holder of a flight training set forth in this subpart do instructor certificate, receives initial not apply if the training program for training on the following topics: the airplane type includes— (i) The fundamental principles of the (1) A course of pilot training in an learning process; FFS as provided in § 121.424(e); or (ii) Elements of effective teaching, (2) A course of flight engineer train- instruction methods, and techniques; ing in an FSTD as provided in (iii) Instructor duties, privileges, re- § 121.425(d).

sponsibilities, and limitations; (d) Each certificate holder required (iv) Training policies and procedures; to comply with § 121.358 of this part and must use an approved FFS for each air- (v) Evaluation.

plane type in each of its pilot training (4) If providing training in a flight courses that provides training in at simulation training device, hold an air- least the procedures and maneuvers set craft type rating for the aircraft rep- forth in the certificate holder’s ap- resented by the flight simulation train- proved low-altitude windshear flight ing device utilized in the training pro- training program. The approved low-al- gram and have received training within titude windshear flight training, if ap- the preceding 12 months from the cer- plicable, must be included in each of tificate holder on: the pilot flight training courses pre- scribed in §§ 121.409(b), 121.418, 121.424, (i) Proper operation of flight simu- 121.426, and 121.427 of this part. lator and flight training device con- trols and systems; [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- (ii) Proper operation of environ- ed by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; mental and fault panels; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988; (iii) Data and motion limitations of Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997; simulation; Amdt. 121–365, 78 FR 42377, July 15, 2013; (iv) Minimum equipment require- Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67837, Nov. 12, 2013; ments for each curriculum; and Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10921, Feb. 25, 2020; (v) The maneuvers that will be dem- Amdt. 121–384, 85 FR 39070, June 30, 2020; onstrated in the flight simulation Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51425, June 18, 2024] training device.

(c) A certificate holder may not issue § 121.410 Airline transport pilot certifi- a graduation certificate to a student cation training program.

unless that student has completed all (a) A certificate holder may obtain the curriculum requirements of the approval to establish and implement a course.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00188 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.412 (d) A certificate holder must conduct (d) A check pilot (FSTD) and check evaluations to ensure that training flight engineer (FSTD) must accom- techniques, procedures, and standards plish the following— (1) Fly at least two flight segments are acceptable to the Administrator.

as a required crewmember for the type [Docket FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42377, July 15, airplane involved within the 12-month 2013] period preceding the performance of any check pilot or check flight engi- § 121.411 Qualifications: Check pilots neer duty in an FSTD; or and check flight engineers.

(2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- (a) For the purposes of this part: proved line-observation program with- (1) A check pilot (airplane) or check in the period prescribed by that pro- flight engineer (airplane) is a person gram and that must precede the per- who is qualified, and permitted, to con- formance of any check pilot or check duct flight checks or instruction in an flight engineer duty in an FSTD.

airplane for a particular type airplane. (e) The flight segments or line-obser- (2) A check pilot (FSTD) or check vation program required in paragraph flight engineer (FSTD) is a person who (d) of this section are considered to be completed in the month required if is qualified to conduct flight checks or completed in the calendar month be- instruction-only in an FSTD for a par- fore or in the calendar month after the ticular type airplane.

month in which it is due.

(3) Check pilots and check flight en- (f) A person who serves as a required gineers are those persons who perform flightcrew member while performing the functions described in § 121.401(a)(4).

check pilot or check flight engineer du- (b) No certificate holder may use a ties must also meet the requirements person, nor may any person serve as a of this chapter for the duty position in check pilot or check flight engineer in which they are serving.

a training program established under this subpart unless, with respect to the [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR airplane type involved, that person— 51425, June 18, 2024] (1) Holds the pilot certificates and § 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instruc- ratings required to serve as a pilot in tors.

command or a flight engineer certifi- (a) For the purposes of this part: cate, as applicable, in operations under (1) A flight instructor (airplane) is a this part; person who is qualified to instruct in (2) Has satisfactorily completed the an airplane for a particular type air- appropriate training phases for the air- plane.

plane, including recurrent training, (2) A flight instructor (FSTD) is a that are required to serve as a pilot in person who is qualified to instruct only command or flight engineer, as appli- in an FSTD for a particular type air- cable, in operations under this part; plane.

(3) Has satisfactorily completed the (3) Flight instructors are those in- appropriate proficiency or flight structors who perform the functions checks that are required to serve as a described in § 121.401(a)(4).

pilot in command or flight engineer, as (b) No certificate holder may use a applicable, in operations under this person nor may any person serve as a part; flight instructor in a training program (4) Has satisfactorily completed the established under this subpart unless, applicable training requirements of with respect to the airplane type in- § 121.413; and volved, that person— (5) Has been approved by the Admin- (1) Holds the pilot certificates and istrator for the check pilot or check rating required to serve as a pilot in flight engineer duties involved.

command or a flight engineer certifi- (c) Completion of the requirements in cate, as applicable, in operations under paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) of this this part; section, as applicable, shall be entered (2) Has satisfactorily completed the in the individual’s training record appropriate training phases for the air- maintained by the certificate holder. plane, including recurrent training, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00189 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.413 that are required to serve as a pilot in ducts a check or supervises operating command or flight engineer, as appli- experience under the observation of an cable, in operations under this part; FAA inspector or an aircrew des- (3) Has satisfactorily completed the ignated examiner employed by the op- appropriate proficiency or flight erator. The observation check may be checks that are required to serve as a accomplished in part or in full in an pilot in command or flight engineer, as airplane and in an FSTD.

applicable, in operations under this (b) The observation check required part; by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is (4) Has satisfactorily completed the considered to have been completed in applicable training requirements of the month required if completed in the § 121.414.

calendar month before, or the calendar (c) Completion of the requirements in month after, the month in which it is paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) of this due.

section, as applicable, shall be entered (c) The initial ground training for in the individual’s training record check pilots or check flight engineers maintained by the certificate holder.

must include the following, as applica- (d) A flight instructor (FSTD) must ble: accomplish the following— (1) Check pilot or check flight engi- (1) Fly at least two flight segments neer duties, functions, and responsibil- as a required crewmember for the type ities.

of airplane within the 12-month period (2) The applicable Code of Federal preceding the performance of any Regulations and the certificate hold- flight instructor duty in an FSTD; or er’s policies and procedures.

(2) Satisfactorily complete an ap- (3) The appropriate methods, proce- proved line-observation program with- dures, and techniques for conducting in the period prescribed by that pro- the required checks.

gram preceding the performance of any (4) Proper evaluation of student per- flight instructor duty in an FSTD.

formance, including the detection of— (e) The flight segments or line-obser- (i) Improper and insufficient train- vation program required in paragraph ing; and (d) of this section is considered com- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- pleted in the month required if com- plicant that could adversely affect pleted in the calendar month before, or safety.

the calendar month after the month in (5) The appropriate corrective action which it is due.

in the case of unsatisfactory checks.

(f) A person who serves as a required (6) The approved methods, proce- flightcrew member while performing dures, and limitations for performing flight instructor duties must also meet the required normal, abnormal, and the requirements of this chapter for emergency procedures in the airplane.

the duty position in which they are (7) For check pilots or check flight serving.

engineers who conduct training or [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR checking in an FSTD, the following 51426, June 18, 2024] subjects specific to the device(s) for the airplane type: § 121.413 Initial, transition and recur- (i) Proper operation of the controls rent training and checking require- ments: Check pilots and check and systems; flight engineers.

(ii) Proper operation of environ- mental and fault panels; (a) No certificate holder may use a (iii) Data and motion limitations of person nor may any person serve as a simulation; and check pilot or check flight engineer (iv) The minimum airplane simulator unless— equipment required by this part or part (1) That person has satisfactorily 60 of this chapter for each maneuver completed initial or transition check and procedure completed in an FSTD.

pilot or check flight engineer training, as applicable; and (d) The transition ground training for (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar check pilots or check flight engineers months, that person satisfactorily con- must include the following: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00190 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.414 (1) The approved methods, proce- normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- dures, and limitations for performing cedures to ensure competence to con- the required normal, abnormal, and duct the flight checks required by this emergency procedures applicable to the part. This training and practice must airplane to which the check pilot or be accomplished in an FSTD.

check flight engineer is transitioning.

(2) Training in the operation of (2) For check pilots or check flight FSTDs to ensure competence to con- engineers who conduct training or duct the flight checks required by this checking in an FSTD, the following part.

subjects specific to the device(s) for the (h) Recurrent ground training for airplane type to which the check pilot check pilots or check flight engineers or check flight engineer is who conduct training or checking in an transitioning: FSTD must be completed every 12 cal- (i) Proper operation of the controls endar months and must include the and systems; subjects required in paragraph (c)(7) of (ii) Proper operation of environ- this section.

mental and fault panels; [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR (iii) Data and motion limitations of 51426, June 18, 2024] simulation; and (iv) The minimum airplane simulator § 121.414 Initial, transition and recur- equipment required by this part or part rent training and checking require- 60 of this chapter for each maneuver ments: Flight instructors.

and procedure completed in an FSTD.

(a) No certificate holder may use a (e) The initial and transition flight person nor may any person serve as a training for check pilots (airplane) and flight instructor unless— check flight engineers (airplane) must (1) That person has satisfactorily include the following: completed initial or transition flight (1) The safety measures for emer- instructor training; and gency situations that are likely to de- (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar velop during a check.

months, that person satisfactorily con- (2) The potential results of improper, ducts instruction under the observa- untimely, or non-execution of safety tion of an FAA inspector, an operator measures during a check.

check pilot, a check flight engineer, or (3) For check pilots (airplane)— an aircrew designated examiner em- (i) Training and practice in con- ployed by the operator, as appropriate.

ducting flight checks from the left and The observation check may be accom- right pilot seats in the required nor- plished in part or in full in an airplane mal, abnormal, and emergency proce- and an FSTD.

dures to ensure competence to conduct (b) The observation check required the pilot flight checks required by this by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is part; and considered to have been completed in (ii) The safety measures to be taken the month required if completed in the from either pilot seat for emergency calendar month before, or the calendar situations that are likely to develop month after, the month in which it is during a check.

due.

(4) For check flight engineers (air- (c) The initial ground training for plane), training to ensure competence flight instructors must include the fol- to perform assigned duties.

lowing: (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (1) Flight instructor duties, func- of this section may be accomplished in tions, and responsibilities.

full or in part inflight and in an FSTD, (2) The applicable Code of Federal as appropriate.

Regulations and the certificate hold- (g) The initial and transition flight er’s policies and procedures.

training for check pilots or check (3) The appropriate methods, proce- flight engineers who conduct training dures, and techniques for conducting or checking in an FSTD must include flight instruction.

the following: (1) Training and practice in con- (4) Proper evaluation of student per- ducting flight checks in the required formance including the detection of— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00191 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.414 (i) Improper and insufficient train- (e) The initial and transition flight ing; and training for flight instructors (air- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- plane) must include the following: plicant that could adversely affect (1) The safety measures for emer- safety.

gency situations that are likely to de- (5) The corrective action in the case velop during instruction.

of unsatisfactory training progress.

(2) The potential results of improper, (6) The approved methods, proce- untimely, or non-execution of safety dures, and limitations for performing measures during instruction.

the required normal, abnormal, and (3) For pilot flight instructor (air- emergency procedures in the airplane.

plane)— (7) Except for holders of a flight in- (i) Inflight training and practice in structor certificate— conducting flight instruction from the (i) The fundamental principles of the left and right pilot seats in the re- teaching-learning process; quired normal, abnormal, and emer- (ii) Teaching methods and proce- gency procedures to ensure competence dures; and as an instructor; and (iii) The instructor-student relation- (ii) The safety measures to be taken ship.

from either pilot seat for emergency (8) For flight instructors who con- situations that are likely to develop duct training in an FSTD, the fol- during instruction.

lowing subjects specific to the device(s) (4) For flight engineer instructors for the airplane type: (airplane), inflight training to ensure (i) Proper operation of the controls competence to perform assigned duties.

and systems; (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (ii) Proper operation of environ- of this section may be accomplished in mental and fault panels; full or in part inflight and in an FSTD, (iii) Data and motion limitations of simulation; and as appropriate.

(g) The initial and transition flight (iv) The minimum airplane simulator equipment required by this part 121 or training for flight instructors who con- part 60 of this chapter for each maneu- duct training in an FSTD must include ver and procedure completed in an the following: FSTD.

(1) Training and practice in the re- (d) The transition ground training for quired normal, abnormal, and emer- flight instructors must include the fol- gency procedures to ensure competence lowing: to conduct the flight instruction re- (1) The approved methods, proce- quired by this part. This training and dures, and limitations for performing practice must be accomplished in full the required normal, abnormal, and or in part in an FSTD.

emergency procedures applicable to the (2) Training in the operation of airplane to which the flight instructor FSTDs to ensure competence to con- is transitioning.

duct the flight instruction required by (2) For flight instructors who con- this part.

duct training in an FSTD, the fol- (h) Recurrent flight instructor lowing subjects specific to the device(s) ground training for flight instructors for the airplane type to which the who conduct training in an FSTD must flight instructor is transitioning: be completed every 12 calendar months (i) Proper operation of the controls and must include the subjects required and systems; in paragraph (c)(8) of this section.

(ii) Proper operation of environ- mental and fault panels; [Docket 28471, 61 FR 30743, June 17, 1996; 62 (iii) Data and motion limitations of FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997, as amended by Amdt.

simulation; and 121–366, 78 FR 67838, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121– (iv) The minimum airplane simulator 382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA– 2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51427, June 18, equipment required by this part or part 2024] 60 of this chapter for each maneuver and procedure completed in an FSTD.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00192 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.417 type airplane may be included in the § 121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training program requirements. training program for flightcrew mem- bers who have qualified and served as (a) Each training program must pro- flight engineer on that airplane.

vide the following ground training as (g) Particular subjects, maneuvers, appropriate to the particular assign- procedures, or parts thereof specified in ment of the crewmember or dispatcher: §§ 121.419, 121.420, 121.421, 121.422, 121.424, (1) Basic indoctrination ground train- 121.425, and 121.426 for transition, con- ing for newly hired crewmembers or version or upgrade training, as applica- dispatchers including 40 programmed ble, may be omitted, or the pro- hours of instruction, unless reduced grammed hours of ground instruction under § 121.405 or as specified in or inflight training may be reduced, as § 121.401(d), in at least the following— provided in § 121.405.

(i) Duties and responsibilities of (h) In addition to initial, transition, crewmembers or dispatchers, as appli- conversion, upgrade, recurrent and dif- cable; ferences training, each training pro- (ii) Appropriate provisions of the gram must also provide ground and Federal Aviation Regulations; flight training, instruction, and prac- (iii) Contents of the certificate hold- tice as necessary to insure that each er’s operating certificate and oper- crewmember and aircraft dispatcher— ations specifications (not required for (1) Remains adequately trained and flight attendants); and currently proficient with respect to (iv) Appropriate portions of the cer- each airplane, crewmember position, tificate holder’s operating manual.

(2) The initial and transition ground and type of operation in which he training specified in §§ 121.419, 121.421 serves; and and 121.422, as applicable. (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facili- (3) For crewmembers, emergency ties, procedures, and techniques, in- training as specified in §§ 121.417 and cluding modifications to airplanes.

121.805.

(i) Each training program must in- (4) After February 15, 2008, training clude a process to provide for the reg- for crewmembers and dispatchers in ular analysis of individual pilot per- their roles and responsibilities in the formance to identify pilots with per- certificate holder’s passenger recovery formance deficiencies during training plan, if applicable.

and checking and multiple failures dur- (b) Each training program must pro- ing checking.

vide the flight training specified in (j) Each training program must in- §§ 121.424 through 121.426, as applicable.

clude methods for remedial training (c) Each training program must pro- and tracking of pilots identified in the vide recurrent ground and flight train- analysis performed in accordance with ing as provided in § 121.427.

paragraph (i) of this section.

(d) Each training program must pro- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- vide the differences training specified ed by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; in § 121.418(a) if the Administrator finds Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001; that, due to differences between air- Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007; Amdt.

planes of the same type operated by 121–366, 78 FR 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121– the certificate holder, additional train- 382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA– ing is necessary to insure that each 2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51427, June 18, 2024] crewmember and dispatcher is ade- quately trained to perform their as- § 121.417 Crewmember emergency signed duties.

training.

(e) Upgrade training as specified in §§ 121.420 and 121.426 for a particular (a) Each training program must pro- type airplane may be included in the vide the emergency training set forth training program for flightcrew mem- in this section with respect to each air- bers who have qualified and served as plane type, model, and configuration, second in command pilot on that air- each required crewmember, and each plane. kind of operation conducted, insofar as (f) Conversion training as specified in appropriate for each crewmember and §§ 121.419 and 121.424 for a particular the certificate holder.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00193 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.417 (b) Emergency training must provide tual or simulated fire using at least the following: one type of installed hand fire extin- (1) Instruction in emergency assign- guisher or approved fire extinguisher ments and procedures, including co- that is appropriate for the type of ac- ordination among crewmembers. tual fire or simulated fire to be fought (2) Individual instruction in the loca- while using the type of installed PBE tion, function, and operation of emer- required by § 121.337 or approved PBE gency equipment including— simulation device as defined by para- (i) Equipment used in ditching and graph (d) of this section for combatting evacuation; fires aboard airplanes; (ii) [Reserved] (ii) At least one approved firefighting (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with drill in which the crewmember com- emphasis on type of extinguisher to be bats an actual fire using at least one used on different classes of fires; and type of installed hand fire extinguisher (iv) Emergency exits in the emer- or approved fire extinguisher that is gency mode with the evacuation slide/ appropriate for the type of fire to be raft pack attached (if applicable), with fought. This firefighting drill is not re- training emphasis on the operation of quired if the crewmember performs the the exits under adverse conditions. PBE drill of paragraph (c)(1)(i) by com- (3) Instruction in the handling of bating an actual fire; and emergency situations including— (iii) An emergency evacuation drill (i) Rapid decompression; with each person egressing the airplane (ii) Fire inflight or on the surface, or approved training device using at and smoke control procedures with em- least one type of installed emergency phasis on electrical equipment and re- evacuation slide. The crewmember may lated circuit breakers found in cabin either observe the airplane exits being areas including all galleys, service cen- opened in the emergency mode and the ters, lifts, lavatories and movie associated exit slide/raft pack being de- screens; ployed and inflated, or perform the (iii) Ditching and other evacuation, tasks resulting in the accomplishment including the evacuation of persons of these actions.

and their attendants, if any, who may (2) Additional emergency drill re- need the assistance of another person quirements to be accomplished during to move expeditiously to an exit in the initial training and once each 24 cal- event of an emergency. endar months during recurrent train- (iv) [Reserved] ing. Each crewmember must— (v) Hijacking and other unusual situ- (i) Perform the following emergency ations. drills and operate the following equip- (4) Review and discussion of previous ment: aircraft accidents and incidents per- (A) Each type of emergency exit in taining to actual emergency situa- the normal and emergency modes, in- tions. cluding the actions and forces required (c) Each crewmember must accom- in the deployment of the emergency plish the following emergency training evacuation slides; during the specified training periods, (B) Each type of installed hand fire using those items of installed emer- extinguisher; gency equipment for each type of air- (C) Each type of emergency oxygen plane in which he or she is to serve (Al- system to include protective breathing ternate recurrent training required by equipment; § 121.433(c) of this part may be accom- (D) Donning, use, and inflation of in- plished by approved pictorial presen- dividual flotation means, if applicable; tation or demonstration): and (1) One-time emergency drill require- (E) Ditching, if applicable, including ments to be accomplished during ini- but not limited to, as appropriate: tial training. Each crewmember must ( 1 ) Cockpit preparation and proce- perform— dures; (i) At least one approved protective ( 2 ) Crew coordination; breathing equipment (PBE) drill in ( 3 ) Passenger briefing and cabin prep- which the crewmember combats an ac- aration; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00194 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.418 ( 4 ) Donning and inflation of life pre- ing the training requirements of servers; § 121.417(c).

( 5 ) Use of life-lines; and (3) Approved PBE simulation device ( 6 ) Boarding of passengers and crew means a training device that has been into raft or a slide/raft pack.

approved by the Administrator for use (ii) Observe the following drills: in meeting the training requirements (A) Removal from the airplane (or of § 121.417(c).

training device) and inflation of each (4) Combats, in this context, means to type of life raft, if applicable; properly fight an actual or simulated (B) Transfer of each type of slide/raft fire using an appropriate type of fire pack from one door to another; extinguisher until that fire is extin- (C) Deployment, inflation, and de- guished.

tachment from the airplane (or train- (5) Observe means to watch without ing device) of each type of slide/raft participating actively in the drill.

pack; and (6) PBE drill means an emergency (D) Emergency evacuation including drill in which a crewmember dem- the use of a slide.

onstrates the proper use of protective (d) After September 1, 1993, no crew- breathing equipment while fighting an member may serve in operations under actual or simulated fire.

this part unless that crewmember has (7) Perform means to satisfactorily performed the PBE drill and the fire- accomplish a prescribed emergency fighting drill described by paragraphs drill using established procedures that (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, as stress the skill of the persons involved part of a one-time training require- in the drill.

ment of paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of (8) Simulated fire means an artificial this section as appropriate. Any crew- duplication of smoke or flame used to member who performs the PBE drill create various aircraft firefighting sce- and the firefighting drill prescribed in narios, such as lavatory, galley oven, paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this and aircraft seat fires.

section after May 26, 1987, is deemed to be in compliance with this regulation [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970] upon presentation of information or E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- documentation, in a form and manner tations affecting § 121.417, see the List of CFR acceptable to the Executive Director, Sections Affected, which appears in the Flight Standards Service, showing that Finding Aids section of the printed volume the appropriate drills have been accom- and at www.govinfo.gov.

plished.

(e) Crewmembers who serve in oper- § 121.418 Differences training and re- ations above 25,000 feet must receive lated aircraft differences training.

instruction in the following: (a) Differences training. (1) Differences (1) Respiration.

training for crewmembers and dis- (2) Hypoxia.

patchers must consist of at least the (3) Duration of consciousness without following as applicable to their as- supplemental oxygen at altitude.

signed duties and responsibilities: (4) Gas expansion.

(i) Instruction in each appropriate (5) Gas bubble formation.

subject or part thereof required for ini- (6) Physical phenomena and incidents tial ground training in the airplane un- of decompression.

less the Administrator finds that par- (f) For the purposes of this section ticular subjects are not necessary.

the following definitions apply: (ii) Flight training in each appro- (1) Actual fire means an ignited com- priate maneuver or procedure required bustible material, in controlled condi- for initial flight training in the air- tions, of sufficient magnitude and du- plane unless the Administrator finds ration to accomplish the training ob- that particular maneuvers or proce- jectives outlined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) dures are not necessary.

and (c)(1)(ii) of this section.

(2) Approved fire extinguisher means a (iii) The number of programmed training device that has been approved hours of ground and flight training de- by the Administrator for use in meet- termined by the Administrator to be VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00195 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.419 necessary for the airplane, the oper- § 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: ation, and the crewmember or aircraft Initial, transition, conversion and upgrade ground training.

dispatcher involved.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (2) Differences training for all vari- (b) of this section, initial and conver- ations of a particular type airplane sion ground training for pilots and ini- may be included in initial, transition, tial and transition ground training for conversion, upgrade, and recurrent flight engineers, must include instruc- training for the airplane.

tion in at least the following as appli- (b) Related aircraft differences training.

cable to their assigned duties: (1) In order to seek approval of related (1) General subjects— aircraft differences training for (i) The certificate holder’s dispatch flightcrew members, a certificate hold- or flight release procedures; er must submit a request for related (ii) Principles and methods for deter- aircraft designation to the Adminis- mining weight and balance, and run- trator, and obtain approval of that re- way limitations for takeoff and land- quest.

ing; (2) If the Administrator determines (iii) Enough meteorology to insure a under paragraph (b)(1) of this section practical knowledge of weather phe- that a certificate holder is operating nomena, including the principles of related aircraft, the certificate holder frontal systems, icing, fog, thunder- may submit to the Administrator a re- storms, and high altitude weather situ- quest for approval of a training pro- ations; gram that includes related aircraft dif- (iv) Air traffic control systems, pro- ferences training.

cedures, and phraseology; (3) A request for approval of a train- (v) Navigation and the use of naviga- ing program that includes related air- tion aids, including instrument ap- craft differences training must include proach procedures; at least the following: (vi) Normal and emergency commu- (i) Each appropriate subject required nication procedures; (vii) Visual cues prior to and during for the ground training for the related descent below DA/DH or MDA; aircraft.

(viii) Approved crew resource man- (ii) Each appropriate maneuver or agement initial training; and procedure required for the flight train- (ix) Other instructions as necessary ing and crewmember emergency train- to ensure pilot and flight engineer ing for the related aircraft.

competence.

(iii) The number of programmed (2) For each airplane type— hours of ground training, flight train- (i) A general description; ing and crewmember emergency train- (ii) Performance characteristics; ing necessary based on review of the re- (iii) Engines and propellers; lated aircraft and the duty position.

(iv) Major components; (c) Approved related aircraft differences (v) Major airplane systems (e.g., training. Approved related aircraft dif- flight controls, electrical, hydraulic); ferences training for flightcrew mem- other systems as appropriate; prin- bers may be included in initial, transi- ciples of normal, abnormal, and emer- tion, conversion, upgrade and recurrent gency operations; appropriate proce- training for the base aircraft. If the dures and limitations; certificate holder’s approved training (vi) Procedures for— program includes related aircraft dif- (A) Recognizing and avoiding severe ferences training in accordance with weather situations; paragraph (b) of this section, the train- (B) Escaping from severe weather sit- ing required by §§ 121.419, 121.420, uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- 121.424, 121.425, 121.426, and 121.427, as ters, including low-altitude windshear, applicable to flightcrew members, may and be modified for the related aircraft.

(C) Operating in or near thunder- storms (including best penetrating al- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- titudes), turbulent air (including clear ed by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020] air turbulence), icing, hail, and other VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00196 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.420 potentially hazardous meteorological least the following programmed hours conditions; of instruction in the required subjects (vii) Operating limitations; specified in paragraph (a) of this sec- (viii) Fuel consumption and cruise tion and in § 121.415(a) unless reduced control; under § 121.405: (ix) Flight planning; (1) Group I airplanes— (x) Each normal and emergency pro- (i) Reciprocating powered, 64 hours; cedure; and (xi) For pilots, stall prevention and (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 80 hours.

recovery in clean configuration, take- (2) Group II airplanes, 120 hours.

off and maneuvering configuration, and (e) Initial ground training for pilots landing configuration.

who have completed the airline trans- (xii) For pilots, upset prevention and port pilot certification training pro- recovery; and gram in § 61.156 must consist of at least (xiii) The approved Airplane Flight the following programmed hours of in- Manual.

struction in the required subjects spec- (b) Initial and conversion ground ified in paragraph (b) of this section training for pilots who have completed and in § 121.415(a) unless reduced under the airline transport pilot certification § 121.405: training program in § 61.156 of this (1) Group I airplanes— chapter, and transition ground training (i) Reciprocating powered, 54 hours; for pilots, must include instruction in and at least the following as applicable to (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 70 hours.

their assigned duties: (2) Group II airplanes, 110 hours.

(1) Ground training specific to the (f) Initial programmed hours applica- certificate holder’s— ble to pilots as specified in paragraphs (i) Dispatch or flight release proce- (d) and (e) of this section must include dures; 2 additional hours to meet the require- (ii) Method for determining weight ments in paragraphs (a)(2)(xi) and (xii) and balance and runway limitations for of this section.

takeoff and landing; (iii) Meteorology hazards applicable [Docket FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42377, July 15, to the certificate holder’s areas of op- 2013, as amended by Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR eration; 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10922, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, (iv) Approved departure, arrival, and Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51427, June 18, 2024; approach procedures; Amdt. 121–392A, 89 FR 57730, July 16, 2024] (v) Normal and emergency commu- nication procedures; and § 121.420 Pilots: Upgrade ground train- (vi) Approved crew resource manage- ing.

ment training.

(a) Upgrade ground training must in- (2) The training required by para- clude instruction in at least the fol- graph (a)(2) of this section for the air- lowing subjects as applicable to the du- plane type.

ties assigned to the pilot in command: (c) In addition to the requirements in (1) Seat dependent procedures, as ap- paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as plicable; applicable, initial ground training for (2) Duty position procedures, as ap- pilots in command must include in- plicable; and struction and facilitated discussion on (3) Crew resource management, in- the following: cluding decision making, authority and (1) Leadership and command, includ- responsibility, and conflict resolution.

ing flightcrew member duties under (b) In addition to the requirements in § 121.542; and paragraph (a) of this section, upgrade (2) Mentoring, including techniques ground training must include instruc- for instilling and reinforcing the high- tion and facilitated discussion on the est standards of technical performance, following: airmanship, and professionalism in newly hired pilots. (1) Leadership and command, includ- (d) Initial ground training for pilots ing flightcrew member duties under and flight engineers must consist of at § 121.542; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00197 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.421 (2) Mentoring, including techniques (2) Group II airplanes, 16 hours.

for reinforcing the highest standards of [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- technical performance, airmanship, ed by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] and professional development in newly hired pilots.

§ 121.422 Aircraft dispatchers: Initial and transition ground training.

[Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020 as amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. (a) Initial and transition ground 121–392, 89 FR 51427, June 18, 2024] training for aircraft dispatchers must include instruction in at least the fol- § 121.421 Flight attendants: Initial and lowing: transition ground training.

(1) General subjects— (i) Use of communications systems (a) Initial and transition ground including the characteristics of those training for flight attendants must in- systems and the appropriate normal clude instruction in at least the fol- and emergency procedures; lowing: (ii) Meteorology, including various (1) General subjects— types of meteorological information (i) The authority of the pilot in com- and forecasts, interpretation of weath- mand; er data (including forecasting of en (ii) Passenger handling, including the route and terminal temperatures and procedures to be followed in the case of other weather conditions), frontal sys- deranged persons or other persons tems, wind conditions, and use of ac- whose conduct might jeopardize safety; tual and prognostic weather charts for and various altitudes; (iii) Approved crew resource manage- (iii) The NOTAM system; ment initial training.

(iv) Navigational aids and publica- (2) For each airplane type— tions; (i) A general description of the air- (v) Joint dispatcher-pilot responsibil- plane emphasizing physical character- ities; istics that may have a bearing on (vi) Characteristics of appropriate ditching, evacuation, and inflight airports; emergency procedures and on other re- (vii) Prevailing weather phenomena lated duties; and the available sources of weather (ii) The use of both the public address information; system and the means of commu- (viii) Air traffic control and instru- nicating with other flight crew- ment approach procedures; and members, including emergency means (ix) Approved dispatcher resource in the case of attempted hijacking or management (DRM) initial training.

other unusual situations; and (2) For each airplane— (iii) Proper use of electrical galley (i) A general description of the air- equipment and the controls for cabin plane emphasizing operating and per- heat and ventilation.

formance characteristics, navigation (b) Initial and transition ground equipment, instrument approach and training for flight attendants must in- communication equipment, emergency clude a competence check to determine equipment and procedures, and other ability to perform assigned duties and subjects having a bearing on dispatcher responsibilities.

duties and responsibilities; (c) Initial ground training for flight (ii) Flight operation procedures in- attendants must consist of at least the cluding procedures specified in following programmed hours of in- § 121.419(a)(2)(vi); struction in the subjects specified in (iii) Weight and balance computa- paragraph (a) of this section and in tions; § 121.415(a) unless reduced under (iv) Basic airplane performance dis- § 121.405.

patch requirements and procedures; (1) Group I airplanes— (v) Flight planning including track (i) Reciprocating powered, 8 hours; selection, flight time analysis, and fuel and requirements; and (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 8 hours. (vi) Emergency procedures.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00198 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.424 (3) Emergency procedures must be through (4) and (c) of this section.

emphasized, including the alerting of Within 36 calendar months preceding proper governmental, company, and service as a pilot, each person must private agencies during emergencies to satisfactorily complete the extended give maximum help to an airplane in envelope training described in para- distress. graph (b)(5) of this section.

(b) Initial and transition ground (e) Deviation from use of Level C or training for aircraft dispatchers must higher full flight simulator: include a competence check given by (1) A certificate holder may submit a an appropriate supervisor or ground in- request to the Administrator for ap- structor that demonstrates knowledge proval of a deviation from the require- and ability with the subjects set forth ments of paragraph (a) of this section in paragraph (a) of this section.

to conduct the extended envelope (c) Initial ground training for air- training using an alternative method craft dispatchers must consist of at to meet the learning objectives of this least the following programmed hours section.

of instruction in the subjects specified (2) A request for deviation from para- in paragraph (a) of this section and in graph (a) of this section must include § 121.415(a) unless reduced under the following information: § 121.405: (i) A simulator availability assess- (1) Group I airplanes— ment, including hours by specific simu- (i) Reciprocating powered, 30 hours; lator and location of the simulator, and and a simulator shortfall analysis that (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 40 hours.

includes the training that cannot be (2) Group II airplanes, 40 hours.

completed in a Level C or higher full [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- flight simulator; and ed by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] (ii) Alternative methods for achiev- ing the learning objectives of this sec- § 121.423 Pilots: Extended Envelope tion.

Training.

(3) A certificate holder may request (a) Each certificate holder must in- an extension of a deviation issued clude in its approved training program, under this section.

the extended envelope training set (4) Deviations or extensions to devi- forth in this section with respect to ations will be issued for a period not to each airplane type for each pilot. The exceed 12 months.

extended envelope training required by this section must be performed in a [Docket FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67839, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020, Level C or higher full flight simulator, as amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt.

approved by the Administrator in ac- 121–392, 89 FR 51427, June 18, 2024] cordance with § 121.407 of this part.

(b) Extended envelope training must § 121.424 Pilots: Initial, transition, con- include the following maneuvers and version, and upgrade flight train- procedures: ing.

(1) Manually controlled slow flight; (a) Initial, transition, and conversion (2) Manually controlled loss of reli- flight training for pilots must include able airspeed; the following: (3) Manually controlled instrument (1) Flight training and practice in the departure and arrival; maneuvers and procedures set forth in (4) Upset recovery maneuvers; and the certificate holder’s approved low- (5) Recovery from bounced landing.

altitude windshear flight training pro- (c) Extended envelope training must gram and in appendix E to this part, as include instructor-guided hands on ex- applicable; and perience of recovery from full stall and (2) Extended envelope training set stick pusher activation, if equipped.

forth in § 121.423.

(d) Recurrent training: Within 24 cal- endar months preceding service as a (b) In addition to the requirements in pilot, each person must satisfactorily paragraph (a) of this section, initial complete the extended envelope train- flight training for pilots in command ing described in paragraphs (b)(1) must include sufficient scenario-based VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00199 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.425 training incorporating CRM and lead- of a pilot in command or second in ership and command skills to ensure command, as applicable, in at least the the pilot’s proficiency as pilot in com- maneuvers and procedures set forth in mand. The training required by this appendix F of this part that are capa- paragraph (b) may be completed ble of being performed in an FFS.

inflight or in an FSTD. (2) With respect to § 121.409(d) of this (c) The training required by para- part, training and practice in at least graph (a) of this section must be per- the maneuvers and procedures set forth formed inflight except— in the certificate holder’s approved (1) That windshear maneuvers and low-altitude windshear flight training procedures must be performed in an program that are capable of being per- FFS in which the maneuvers and pro- formed in an FFS in which the maneu- cedures are specifically authorized to vers and procedures are specifically au- be accomplished; thorized.

(2) That the extended envelope train- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- ing required by § 121.423 must be per- ed by Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, formed in a Level C or higher full 1988; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; flight simulator unless the Adminis- Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020; trator has issued to the certificate Amdt. 121–384, 85 FR 39070, June 30, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR holder a deviation in accordance with 51427, June 18, 2024] § 121.423(e); and (3) To the extent that certain other § 121.425 Flight engineers: Initial and maneuvers and procedures may be per- transition flight training.

formed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static (a) Initial and transition flight train- airplane as permitted in appendix E to ing for flight engineers must include at this part.

least the following: (d) Except as permitted in paragraph (1) Training and practice in proce- (e) of this section, the initial flight dures related to the carrying out of training required by paragraph (a)(1) of flight engineer duties and functions.

this section must include at least the This training and practice may be ac- following programmed hours of inflight complished either inflight or in an training and practice unless reduced FSTD.

under § 121.405; (2) A flight check that includes— (1) Group I airplanes— (i) Preflight inspection; (i) Reciprocating powered. Pilot in command, 10 hours; second in com- (ii) Inflight performance of assigned mand, 6 hours; and duties accomplished from the flight en- (ii) Turbopropeller powered. Pilot in gineer station during taxi, runup, take- command, 15 hours; second in com- off, climb, cruise, descent, approach, mand, 7 hours. and landing; (2) Group II airplanes. Pilot in com- (iii) Accomplishment of other func- mand, 20 hours; second in command, 10 tions, such as fuel management and hours. preparation of fuel consumption (e) If the certificate holder’s ap- records, and normal and emergency or proved training program includes a alternate operation of all airplane course of training utilizing an FFS flight systems, performed either under § 121.409 (c) and (d) of this part, inflight or in an FSTD.

each pilot must successfully com- (b) Flight engineers possessing a plete— commercial pilot certificate with an (1) With respect to § 121.409(c) of this instrument, category and class rating, part— or pilots already qualified as second in (i) Training and practice in the FFS command and reverting to flight engi- in at least all of the maneuvers and neer, may complete the entire flight procedures set forth in appendix E of check, required by paragraph (a)(2) of this part for initial flight training that this section, in an approved FFS.

are capable of being performed in an (c) Except as permitted in paragraph FFS; and (d) of this section, the initial flight (ii) A proficiency check in the FFS or training required by paragraph (a) of the airplane to the level of proficiency this section must include at least the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00200 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.427 same number of programmed hours of (1) That windshear maneuvers and flight training and practice that are procedures must be performed in an specified for a second in command pilot FFS in which the maneuvers and pro- under § 121.424(c) unless reduced under cedures are specifically authorized to § 121.405.

be accomplished; (d) If the certificate holder’s ap- (2) That the extended envelope train- proved training program includes a ing required by § 121.423 must be per- course of training utilizing an FSTD formed in a Level C or higher FFS un- under § 121.409(c), each flight engineer less the Administrator has issued to must successfully complete in the the certificate holder a deviation in ac- FSTD — cordance with § 121.423(e); and (1) Training and practice in at least (3) To the extent that certain other all of the assigned duties, procedures, maneuvers and procedures may be per- and functions required by paragraph (a) formed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static of this section; and airplane as permitted in Appendix E of (2) A flight check to a flight engineer this part.

level of proficiency in the assigned du- (c) If the certificate holder’s ap- ties, procedures, and functions.

proved training program includes a course of training utilizing an FFS [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- ed by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22647, May 25, 1978; under § 121.409(c) and (d), each pilot Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10923, Feb. 25, 2020] must successfully complete— (1) With respect to § 121.409(c)—A pro- § 121.426 Pilots: Upgrade flight train- ficiency check in the FFS or the air- ing.

plane to the level of proficiency of a (a) Upgrade flight training for pilots pilot in command in at least the ma- must include the following: neuvers and procedures set forth in Ap- (1) Seat dependent maneuvers and pendix F of this part that are capable procedures, as applicable; of being performed in an FFS.

(2) Duty position maneuvers and pro- (2) With respect to § 121.409(d), train- cedures, as applicable; ing and practice in at least the maneu- (3) Extended envelope training set vers and procedures set forth in the forth in § 121.423; certificate holder’s approved low-alti- (4) Maneuvers and procedures set tude windshear flight training program forth in the certificate holder’s low al- that are capable of being performed in titude windshear flight training pro- an FFS in which the maneuvers and gram; procedures are specifically authorized.

(5) Sufficient scenario-based training [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10924, Feb. 25, 2020, as incorporating CRM and leadership and amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt.

command skills, to ensure the pilot’s 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] proficiency as pilot in command; and (6) Sufficient training to ensure the § 121.427 Recurrent training.

pilot’s knowledge and skill with re- (a) Recurrent training must ensure spect to the following: that each crewmember or aircraft dis- (i) The airplane, its systems and com- patcher is adequately trained and cur- ponents; rently proficient with respect to the (ii) Proper control of airspeed, con- type airplane (including differences figuration, direction, altitude, and at- training, if applicable) and crew- titude in accordance with the Airplane member position involved.

Flight Manual, the certificate holder’s (b) Recurrent ground training for operations manual, checklists, or other crewmembers and dispatchers must in- approved material appropriate to the clude at least the following: airplane type; and (1) A quiz or other review to deter- (iii) Compliance with ATC, instru- mine the state of the crewmember’s or ment procedures, or other applicable dispatcher’s knowledge with respect to procedures.

the airplane and position involved.

(b) The training required by para- graph (a) of this section must be per- (2) Instruction as necessary in the formed inflight except— following: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00201 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.427 (i) For pilots, the subjects required must complete recurrent ground train- for ground training by §§ 121.415(a)(1), ing on leadership and command and (3), and (4) and 121.419(b); mentoring. This training is in addition (ii) For flight engineers, the subjects to the ground training required in required for ground training by paragraph (b) of this section and the §§ 121.415(a)(1), (3), and (4) and 121.419(a); programmed hours required in para- (iii) For flight attendants, the sub- graph (c) of this section. This training jects required for ground training by must include instruction and facili- §§ 121.415(a)(1), (3), and (4) and 121.421(a); tated discussion on the following: and (i) Leadership and command, includ- (iv) For aircraft dispatchers, the sub- ing instruction on flightcrew member jects required for ground training by duties under § 121.542; and §§ 121.415(a)(1) and (4) and 121.422(a).

(ii) Mentoring, including techniques (3) For flight attendants and dis- for instilling and reinforcing the high- patchers, a competence check as re- est standards of technical performance, quired by §§ 121.421(b) and 121.422(b), re- airmanship, and professionalism in spectively.

newly hired pilots.

(4) For crewmembers, CRM training (2) The requirements of paragraph and for aircraft dispatchers, DRM (d)(1) do not apply until after a pilot training. For flightcrew members, CRM has completed ground training on lead- training or portions thereof may be ac- ership and command and mentoring, as complished during an approved FFS required by §§ 121.419, 121.420 and 121.429, line-oriented flight training (LOFT) as applicable.

session.

(e) Recurrent flight training for (c) Recurrent ground training for flightcrew members must include at crewmembers and aircraft dispatchers least the following: must consist of at least the following (1) For pilots— programmed hours of instruction in (i) Extended envelope training as re- the required subjects specified in para- quired by § 121.423 of this part; and graph (b) of this section unless reduced (ii) Flight training in an approved under § 121.405: FFS in maneuvers and procedures set (1) For pilots— forth in the certificate holder’s ap- (i) Group I reciprocating powered air- proved low-altitude windshear flight planes, 15 hours; training program and flight training in (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered maneuvers and procedures set forth in airplanes, 19 hours; and Appendix F of this part, or in a flight (iii) Group II airplanes, 24 hours.

training program approved by the Ad- (2) For flight engineers— ministrator, except as follows— (i) Group I, reciprocating powered (A) The number of programmed airplanes, 16 hours; inflight hours is not specified; and (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered (B) Satisfactory completion of a pro- airplanes, 20 hours; and ficiency check may be substituted for (iii) Group II airplanes, 25 hours.

recurrent flight training as permitted (3) For flight attendants— in § 121.433(c) and (d).

(i) Group I reciprocating powered air- (2) For flight engineers, flight train- planes, 4 hours; ing as provided by § 121.425(a) except as (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered follows— airplanes, 5 hours; and (i) The specified number of inflight (iii) Group II airplanes, 12 hours.

hours is not required; and (4) For aircraft dispatchers— (i) Group I reciprocating powered air- (ii) The flight check, other than the planes, 8 hours; preflight inspection, may be conducted (ii) Group I turbopropeller powered in an FSTD. The preflight inspection airplanes, 10 hours; and may be conducted in an airplane, or by (iii) Group II airplanes, 20 hours. using an approved pictorial means that (d) Recurrent ground training for pi- realistically portrays the location and lots serving as pilot in command: detail of preflight inspection items and (1) Within 36 months preceding serv- provides for the portrayal of abnormal ice as pilot in command, each person conditions. Satisfactory completion of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00202 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.432 an approved line-oriented flight train- Subpart O—Crewmember ing may be substituted for the flight Qualifications check.

§ 121.431 Applicability.

(f) Recurrent programmed hours ap- plicable to pilots as specified in para- (a) This subpart: graph (c)(1) of this section must in- (1) Prescribes crewmember qualifica- clude 30 additional minutes to meet the tions for all certificate holders except requirements in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of where otherwise specified; and this section. (2) Permits training center personnel authorized under part 142 of this chap- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 30, 1970, as ter who meet the requirements of amended by Amdt. 121–80, 36 FR 19362, Oct. 5, §§ 121.411 through 121.414 to provide 1971; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22647, May 25, 1978; training, testing, and checking under Amdt.121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988; contract or other arrangement to those Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995; persons subject to the requirements of Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001; this subpart.

Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; (b) For the purpose of this subpart, Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10924, Feb. 25, 2020; the airplane groups and terms and defi- Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] nitions prescribed in § 121.400 and the following definitions apply: § 121.429 Pilots in command: Leader- Consolidation is the process by which ship and command and mentoring a person through practice and practical training.

experience increases proficiency in newly acquired knowledge and skills.

(a) No certificate holder may use a Line operating flight time is flight time pilot as pilot in command in an oper- performed in operations under this ation under this part unless the pilot part.

has completed the following ground Operating cycle is a complete flight training in accordance with the certifi- segment consisting of a takeoff, climb, cate holder’s approved training pro- enroute portion, descent, and a land- gram: ing.

(1) Leadership and command training [Docket 10171, 36 FR 12284, June 30, 1971, as in § 121.419(c)(1) and mentoring training amended by Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec.

in § 121.419(c)(2); or 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–248, 60 FR 20869, Apr. 27, (2) Leadership and command training 1995; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995; in § 121.420(b)(1) and mentoring training Amdt. 121–259, 61 FR 34561, July 2, 1996; in § 121.420(b)(2).

Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997; Docket FAA–2010–0100, Amdt. 121–365B, 81 FR (b) Credit for training provided by 2, Jan. 4, 2016; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, the certificate holder: Feb. 25, 2020] (1) The Administrator may credit leadership and command training and § 121.432 General.

mentoring training completed by the (a) Except in the case of operating pilot, with that certificate holder, after experience under § 121.434 and ground April 27, 2017, and prior to April 27, training for mentoring required by 2020, toward all or part of the training §§ 121.419, 121.420, 121.427, and 121.429, as required by paragraph (a) of this sec- applicable, a pilot who serves as second tion.

in command of an operation that re- (2) In granting credit for the training quires three or more pilots must be required by paragraph (a) of this sec- fully qualified to act as pilot in com- tion, the Administrator may consider mand of that operation.

training aids, devices, methods, and (b) No certificate holder may conduct procedures used by the certificate hold- a check or any training in operations er in voluntary leadership and com- under this part, except for the fol- mand and mentoring instruction. lowing checks and training required by this part or the certificate holder: [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020, as (1) Line checks for pilots.

amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt.

(2) Flight engineer checks (except for 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] emergency procedures), if the person VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00203 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.433 being checked is qualified and current (i) For flight crewmembers, the per- in accordance with § 121.453(a). son has satisfactorily completed recur- (3) Flight attendant training and rent ground and flight training for that competence checks.

airplane and crewmember position and a flight check as applicable; (c) Except for pilot line checks and (ii) For flight attendants and dis- flight engineer flight checks, the per- patchers, the person has satisfactorily son being trained or checked may not completed recurrent ground training be used as a required crewmember.

and a competence check; and [Docket 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- (iii) In addition, for pilots in com- ed by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; mand the person has satisfactorily Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; completed, within the preceding 6 cal- Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] endar months, recurrent flight training § 121.433 Training required.

in addition to the recurrent flight training required in paragraph (c)(1)(i) (a) Initial training. No certificate of this section, in an airplane in which holder may use any person nor may any person serve as a required crew- the person serves as pilot in command member on an airplane unless that per- in operations under this part.

son has satisfactorily completed, in a (2) For pilots, a proficiency check as training program approved under sub- provided in § 121.441 of this part may be part N of this part, initial ground and substituted for the recurrent flight flight training for that type airplane training required by this paragraph and for the particular crewmember po- and the approved FFS course of train- sition, except as follows: ing under § 121.409(b) of this part may (1) Crewmembers who have qualified be substituted for alternate periods of and served as a crewmember on an- recurrent flight training required in other type airplane of the same group that airplane, except as provided in may serve in the same crewmember ca- paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.

pacity upon completion of transition (d) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) training as provided in § 121.415.

of this section, a proficiency check as (2) Crewmembers who have qualified provided in § 121.441 may not be sub- and served as second in command or stituted for the extended envelope flight engineer on a particular type air- training required by § 121.423 or train- plane may serve as pilot in command ing in those maneuvers and procedures or second in command, respectively, set forth in a certificate holder’s ap- upon completion of upgrade or conver- proved low-altitude windshear flight sion training, as applicable, for that training program when that program is airplane as provided in § 121.415.

included in a recurrent flight training (b) Differences training. No certificate course as required by § 121.409(d).

holder may use any person nor may any person serve as a required crew- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- member on an airplane of a type for ed by Amdt. 121–91, 37 FR 10729, May 27, 1972; which differences training is included Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37697, Sept. 27, 1988; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; in the certificate holder’s approved Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020; training program unless that person Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR has satisfactorily completed, with re- 51428, June 18, 2024] spect to both the crewmember position and the particular variation of the air- § 121.434 Operating experience, oper- plane in which the person serves, either ating cycles, and consolidation of initial or transition ground and flight knowledge and skills.

training, or differences training, as (a) No certificate holder may use a provided in § 121.415.

person nor may any person serve as a (c) Recurrent training. (1) No certifi- required crewmember of an airplane cate holder may use any person nor unless the person has satisfactorily may any person serve as a required completed, on that type airplane and in crewmember on an airplane unless, within the preceding 12 calendar that crewmember position, the oper- months— ating experience, operating cycles, and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00204 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.434 the line operating flight time for con- (1) In the case of a flight crew- solidation of knowledge and skills, re- member, the person must hold the ap- quired by this section, except as fol- propriate certificates and ratings for lows: the crewmember position and the air- plane, except that a pilot who is meet- (1) Crewmembers other than pilots in ing the pilot in command requirements command may serve as provided herein must hold the appropriate certificates for the purpose of meeting the require- and ratings for a pilot in command in ments of this section.

the airplane.

(2) Pilots who are meeting the pilot (2) The operating experience, oper- in command requirements may serve as ating cycles, and line operating flight second in command.

time for consolidation of knowledge (3) Separate operating experience, op- and skills must be acquired after satis- erating cycles, and line operating factory completion of the appropriate flight time for consolidation of knowl- ground and flight training for the par- edge and skills are not required for ticular airplane type and crewmember variations within the same type air- position.

plane.

(3) In the case of a pilot who satisfac- (4) Deviation based upon designation torily completed the preflight visual of related aircraft in accordance with inspection of an aircraft by approved § 121.418(b).

pictorial means during an initial, tran- (i) The Administrator may authorize sition, conversion, or upgrade pro- a deviation from the operating experi- ficiency check, the pilot must also ence, operating cycles, and line oper- demonstrate proficiency to a check ating flight time for consolidation of pilot on at least one complete preflight knowledge and skills required by this visual inspection of the interior and ex- section based upon a designation of re- terior of a static airplane. This dem- lated aircraft in accordance with onstration of proficiency must be com- § 121.418(b) of this part and a determina- pleted by the pilot and certified by the tion that the certificate holder can check pilot before the completion of demonstrate an equivalent level of operating experience.

safety.

(4) The experience must be acquired (ii) A request for deviation from the inflight during operations under this operating experience, operating cycles, part. However, in the case of an air- and line operating flight time for con- craft not previously used by the certifi- solidation of knowledge and skills re- cate holder in operations under this quired by this section based upon a des- part, operating experience acquired in ignation of related aircraft must be the aircraft during proving flights or submitted to the Administrator. The ferry flights may be used to meet this request must include the following: requirement.

(A) Identification of aircraft operated (c) Pilot crewmembers must acquire by the certificate holder designated as operating experience and operating cy- related aircraft.

cles as follows: (B) Hours of operating experience and (1) A pilot in command must— number of operating cycles necessary (i) Perform the duties of a pilot in based on review of the related aircraft, command under the supervision of a the operation, and the duty position.

check pilot; and (C) Consolidation hours necessary (ii) For a qualifying pilot in com- based on review of the related aircraft, mand completing initial or upgrade the operation, and the duty position.

training specified in § 121.424 or (iii) The administrator may, at any § 121.426, be observed in the perform- time, terminate a grant of deviation ance of prescribed duties by an FAA in- authority issued under this paragraph spector during at least one flight leg (a)(4).

which includes a takeoff and landing.

(b) In acquiring the operating experi- During the time that a qualifying pilot ence, operating cycles, and line oper- in command is acquiring the operating ating flight time for consolidation of experience in paragraphs (c)(l)(i) and knowledge and skills, crewmembers (ii) of this section, a check pilot who is must comply with the following: also serving as the pilot in command VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00205 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.434 must occupy a pilot station. However, ties of a flight attendant under the su- in the case of a transitioning pilot in pervision of a flight attendant super- command the check pilot serving as visor qualified under this part who per- pilot in command may occupy the ob- sonally observes the performance of server’s seat, if the transitioning pilot these duties. However, operating expe- has made at least two takeoffs and rience is not required for a flight at- landings in the type airplane used, and tendant who has previously acquired has satisfactorily demonstrated to the such experience on any large passenger check pilot that he is qualified to per- carrying airplane of the same group, if form the duties of a pilot in command the certificate holder shows that the of that type of airplane. flight attendant has received sufficient (2) A second in command pilot must ground training for the airplane in perform the duties of a second in com- which the flight attendant is to serve.

mand under the supervision of an ap- Flight attendants receiving operating propriately qualified check pilot. experience may not be assigned as a re- (3) The hours of operating experience quired crewmember. Flight attendants and operating cycles for all pilots are who have satisfactorily completed as follows: training time acquired in an approved (i) For initial training, 15 hours in training program conducted in a full- Group I reciprocating powered air- scale (except for length) cabin training planes, 20 hours in Group I turbo- device of the type airplane in which propeller powered airplanes, and 25 they are to serve may substitute this hours in Group II airplanes. Operating time for 50 percent of the hours re- experience in both airplane groups quired by this paragraph.

must include at least 4 operating cy- (f) Flight crewmembers may sub- cles (at least 2 as the pilot flying the stitute one additional takeoff and land- airplane). ing for each hour of flight to meet the (ii) For transition training, except as operating experience requirements of provided in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this this section, up to a maximum reduc- section, 10 hours in Group I recipro- tion of 50% of flight hours, except cating powered airplanes, 12 hours in those in Group II initial training, and Group I turbopropeller powered air- second in command pilots in Group II planes, 25 hours for pilots in command transition training.

in Group II airplanes, and 15 hours for (g) Except as provided in paragraph second in command pilots in Group II (h) of this section, pilot in command airplanes. Operating experience in both and second in command crewmembers airplane groups must include at least 4 must each acquire at least 100 hours of operating cycles (at least 2 as the pilot line operating flight time for consoli- flying the airplane). dation of knowledge and skills (includ- (iii) In the case of transition training ing operating experience required where the certificate holder’s approved under paragraph (c) of this section) training program includes a course of within 120 days after the satisfactory training in an FFS under § 121.409(c), completion of: each pilot in command must comply (1) Any part of the flight maneuvers with the requirements prescribed in and procedures portion of either an air- paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section for line transport pilot certificate with initial training. type rating practical test or an addi- (d) A flight engineer must perform tional type rating practical test, or the duties of a flight engineer under (2) A § 121.441 proficiency check.

the supervision of a check flight engi- (h) The following exceptions apply to neer or a qualified flight engineer for the consolidation requirement of para- at least the following number of hours: graph (g) of this section: (1) Group I reciprocating powered air- (1) Pilots who have qualified and planes, 8 hours. served as pilot in command or second (2) Group I turbopropeller powered in command on a particular type air- airplanes, 10 hours. plane in operations under this part be- (3) Group II airplanes, 12 hours. fore August 25, 1995 are not required to (e) A flight attendant must, for at complete line operating flight time for least 5 hours, perform the assigned du- consolidation of knowledge and skills.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00206 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.435 (2) Pilots who have completed the fied on the airplanes operated from line operating flight time requirement that domicile.

for consolidation of knowledge and (i) Notwithstanding the reductions in skills while serving as second in com- programmed hours permitted under mand on a particular type airplane in §§ 121.405 and 121.409 of subpart N of this operations under this part after August part, the hours of operating experience 25, 1995 are not required to repeat the for crewmembers are not subject to re- line operating flight time before serv- duction other than as provided in ac- ing as pilot in command on the same cordance with a deviation authorized type airplane.

under paragraph (a) of this section or (3) If, before completing the required as provided in paragraphs (e) and (f) of 100 hours of line operating flight time, this section.

a pilot serves as a pilot in another air- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 95, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- plane type operated by the certificate ed by Amdt. 121–74, 36 FR 12284, June 30, 1971; holder, the pilot may not serve as a Amdt. 121–91, 37 FR 10729, May 27, 1972; Amdt.

pilot in the airplane for which the pilot 121–140, 43 FR 9599, Mar. 9, 1978; Amdt. 121– has newly qualified unless the pilot 144, 43 FR 22647, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–159, satisfactorily completes refresher 45 FR 41593, June 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–248, 60 training as provided in the certificate FR 20870, Apr. 27, 1995; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR holder’s approved training program and 67840, Nov. 12, 2013; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, that training is conducted by an appro- Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] priately qualified instructor or check pilot.

§ 121.435 Pilots: Operations Famil- (4) If the required 100 hours of line iarization.

operating flight time are not com- (a) Applicability. The operations fa- pleted within 120 days, the certificate miliarization requirements in para- holder may extend the 120-day period graph (b) of this section apply to all to no more than 150 days if— persons newly hired by the certificate (i) The pilot continues to meet all holder to serve as a pilot in part 121 op- other applicable requirements of sub- erations and who began the certificate part O of this part; and holder’s basic indoctrination ground (ii) On or before the 120th day the training on or after April 27, 2022. The pilot satisfactorily completes refresher requirements in paragraph (b) of this training conducted by an appropriately section also apply to all certificate qualified instructor or check pilot as holders required to comply with this provided in the certificate holder’s ap- subpart, except for those certificate proved training program, or a check holders operating under part 135 of this pilot determines that the pilot has re- chapter that have been authorized to tained an adequate level of proficiency comply with this subpart instead of the after observing that pilot in a super- requirements of part 135, subparts E, G, vised line operating flight.

and H, pursuant to § 135.3(c), and those (5) The Administrator, upon applica- fractional ownership program man- tion by the certificate holder, may au- agers operating under part 91, subpart thorize deviations from the require- K, of this chapter that have been au- ments of paragraph (g) of this section, thorized to comply with this subpart by an appropriate amendment to the instead of §§ 91.1065 through 91.1107, pur- operations specifications, to the extent suant to § 91.1063(b) of this chapter.

warranted by any of the following cir- cumstances: (b) Operations familiarization require- (i) A newly certificated certificate ments. (1) No certificate holder may holder does not employ any pilots who use, and no person may serve as, a pilot meet the minimum requirements of in operations under this part unless paragraph (g) of this section. that person has completed the oper- (ii) An existing certificate holder ations familiarization required by this adds to its fleet an airplane type not paragraph (b). Operations familiariza- before proven for use in its operations. tion may be completed during or after (iii) A certificate holder establishes a basic indoctrination training, but must new domicile to which it assigns pilots be completed before the pilot begins who will be required to become quali- operating experience under § 121.434.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00207 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.436 (2) Operations familiarization must (ii) Pilot in command in operations include at least two operating cycles under § 91.1053(a)(2)(i) of this chapter; conducted by the certificate holder in (iii) Pilot in command in operations accordance with the operating rules of under § 135.243(a)(1) of this chapter; this part.

(iv) Pilot in command in eligible on- (3) All pilots completing operations demand operations that require the familiarization must occupy the ob- pilot to satisfy § 135.4(a)(2)(ii)(A) of this server seat on the flight deck and have chapter; or access to and use an operational head- (v) Any combination thereof.

set.

(b) No certificate holder may use nor (c) Deviation. (1) A certificate holder may any pilot act as second in com- who operates an aircraft that does not mand unless the pilot holds an airline have an observer seat on the flight transport pilot certificate and an ap- deck may submit a request to the Ad- propriate aircraft type rating for the ministrator for approval of a deviation aircraft being flown. A second-in-com- from the requirements of paragraphs mand type rating obtained under § 61.55 (a) and (b) of this section.

does not satisfy the requirements of (2) A request for deviation from any this section.

of the requirements in paragraphs (a) (c) For the purpose of satisfying the and (b) of this section must include the following information: flight hour requirement in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a pilot may credit (i) The total number and types of air- 500 hours of military flight time pro- craft operated by the certificate holder in operations under this part that do vided the flight time was obtained— not have an observer seat on the flight (1) As pilot in command in a multien- deck; gine, turbine-powered, fixed-wing air- (ii) The total number and types of plane or powered-lift aircraft, or any aircraft operated by the certificate combination thereof; and holder in operations under this part (2) In an operation requiring more that do have an observer seat on the than one pilot.

flight deck; and (d) For the purpose of satisfying the (iii) Alternative methods for achiev- flight hour requirement in paragraph ing the objectives of this section.

(a)(3) of this section, a pilot may credit (3) A certificate holder may request flight time obtained as pilot in com- an extension of a deviation issued mand in operations under this part under this section.

prior to July 31, 2013.

(4) Deviations or extensions to devi- (e) For those pilots who were em- ations will be issued for a period not to ployed as pilot in command in part 121 exceed 12 months.

operations on July 31, 2013, compliance [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10925, Feb. 25, 2020] with the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section is not required.

§ 121.436 Pilot Qualification: Certifi- cates and experience requirements.

[Docket FAA–2010–0100, 78 FR 42378, July 15, 2013, as amended by Amdt. 121–365A, 78 FR (a) No certificate holder may use nor 77574, Dec. 24, 2013; Amdt. 121–385, 87 FR 57590, may any pilot act as pilot in command Sept. 21, 2022] of an aircraft (or as second in command of an aircraft in a flag or supplemental § 121.438 Pilot operating limitations operation that requires three or more and pairing requirements.

pilots) unless the pilot: (a) If the second in command has (1) Holds an airline transport pilot fewer than 100 hours of flight time as certificate not subject to the limita- second in command in operations under tions in § 61.167 of this chapter; this part in the type airplane being (2) Holds an appropriate aircraft type rating for the aircraft being flown; and flown, and the pilot in command is not an appropriately qualified check pilot, (3) If serving as pilot in command in the pilot in command must make all part 121 operations, has 1,000 hours as: (i) Second in command in operations takeoffs and landings in the following under this part; situations: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00208 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.439 (1) At special airports designated by person has made at least three takeoffs the Administrator or at special air- and landings in the type airplane in ports designated by the certificate which that person is to serve. The holder; and takeoffs and landings required by this (2) In any of the following conditions: paragraph may be performed in a Level (i) The prevailing visibility value in B or higher FFS approved under the latest weather report for the air- § 121.407 to include takeoff and landing port is at or below ⁄ 4 mile.

maneuvers. In addition, any person (ii) The runway visual range for the who fails to make the three required runway to be used is at or below 4,000 takeoffs and landings within any con- feet.

secutive 90-day period must re-estab- (iii) The runway to be used has lish recency of experience as provided water, snow, slush or similar condi- in paragraph (b) of this section.

tions that may adversely affect air- (b) In addition to meeting all applica- plane performance.

ble training and checking requirements (iv) The braking action on the run- of this part, a required pilot flightcrew way to be used is reported to be less member who has not met the require- than ‘‘good’’.

ments of paragraph (a) of this section (v) The crosswind component for the must re-establish recency of experience runway to be used is in excess of 15 as follows: knots.

(vi) Windshear is reported in the vi- (1) Under the supervision of a check cinity of the airport. pilot, make at least three takeoffs and (vii) Any other condition in which landings in the type airplane in which the PIC determines it to be prudent to that person is to serve or in a Level B exercise the PIC’s prerogative.

or higher FFS.

(b) No person may conduct oper- (2) The takeoffs and landings re- ations under this part unless, for that quired in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- type airplane, either the pilot in com- tion must include— mand or the second in command has at (i) At least one takeoff with a simu- least 75 hours of line operating flight lated failure of the most critical pow- time, either as pilot in command or erplant; second in command. The Administrator (ii) At least one landing from an ILS may, upon application by the certifi- approach to the lowest ILS minimum cate holder, authorize deviations from authorized for the certificate holder; the requirements of this paragraph (b) and by an appropriate amendment to the (iii) At least one landing to a full operations specifications in any of the stop.

following circumstances: (c) [Reserved] (1) A newly certificated certificate (d) When using an FFS to accomplish holder does not employ any pilots who any of the requirements of paragraphs meet the minimum requirements of (a) or (b) of this section, each required this paragraph.

flightcrew member position must be (2) An existing certificate holder adds to its fleet a type airplane not before occupied by an appropriately qualified proven for use in its operations. person, and the FFS must be operated (3) An existing certificate holder es- as if in a normal inflight environment tablishes a new domicile to which it as- without use of the repositioning fea- signs pilots who will be required to be- tures of the FFS.

come qualified on the airplanes oper- (e) A check pilot who observes the ated from that domicile.

takeoffs and landings prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall [Docket 27210, 60 FR 20870, Apr. 27, 1995] certify that the person being observed § 121.439 Pilot qualification: Recent is proficient and qualified to perform experience.

flight duty in operations under this part and may require any additional (a) No certificate holder may use any person nor may any person serve as a maneuvers that are determined nec- required pilot flightcrew member, un- essary to make this certifying state- less within the preceding 90 days, that ment.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00209 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.440 (f) Deviation authority based upon (2) Consist of at least one flight over designation of related aircraft in ac- a part of a Federal airway, foreign air- cordance with § 121.418(b). way, or advisory route over which the pilot may be assigned.

(1) The Administrator may authorize a deviation from the requirements of [Docket 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- paragraph (a) of this section based ed by Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; upon a designation of related aircraft Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt.

in accordance with § 121.418(b) of this 121–344, 74 FR 34235, July 15, 2009; Amdt. 121– 359, 77 FR 34785, June 12, 2012; Docket FAA– part and a determination that the cer- 2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, tificate holder can demonstrate an 2024] equivalent level of safety.

(2) A request for deviation from para- § 121.441 Proficiency checks.

graph (a) of this section must be sub- (a) No certificate holder may use any mitted to the Administrator. The re- person nor may any person serve as a quest must include the following: required pilot flight crewmember un- (i) Identification of aircraft operated less that person has satisfactorily com- by the certificate holder designated as pleted either a proficiency check, or an related aircraft.

approved FFS course of training under (ii) The number of takeoffs, landings, § 121.409, as follows: maneuvers, and procedures necessary (1) For a pilot in command— to maintain or re-establish recency (i) A proficiency check within the based on review of the related aircraft, preceding 12 calendar months in the the operation, and the duty position.

aircraft type in which the person is to (3) The administrator may, at any serve and, time, terminate a grant of deviation (ii) In addition, within the preceding authority issued under this paragraph 6 calendar months, either a proficiency (f).

check or the approved FFS course of [Docket 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978, as training.

amended by Amdt. 121–148, 43 FR 46235, Oct.

(2) For all other pilots— 5, 1978; Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, (i) Within the preceding 24 calendar 1982; Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, 2013; months either a proficiency check or Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10926, Feb. 25, 2020; the line-oriented flight training course Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR under § 121.409; and 51428, June 18, 2024] (ii) Within the preceding 12 calendar months, either a proficiency check or § 121.440 Line checks.

any FFS training course under § 121.409 (a) No certificate holder may use any (b) Except as provided in paragraphs person nor may any person serve as (c) and (d) of this section, a proficiency pilot in command of an airplane unless, check must meet the following require- within the preceding 12 calendar ments: months, that person has passed a line (1) It must include at least the proce- check in which he satisfactorily per- dures and maneuvers set forth in ap- forms the duties and responsibilities of pendix F to this part unless otherwise a pilot in command in one of the types specifically provided in that appendix.

of airplanes he is to fly.

(2) It must be given by the Adminis- (b) A pilot in command line check for trator or a check pilot.

domestic and flag operations must— (c) An approved FFS or FTD may be (1) Be given by a check pilot who is used in the conduct of a proficiency currently qualified on both the route check as provided in appendix F to this and the airplane; and part.

(2) Consist of at least one flight over (d) A person giving a proficiency a typical part of the certificate hold- check may, in his or her discretion, er’s route, or over a foreign or Federal waive any of the maneuvers or proce- airway, or over a direct route.

dures for which a specific waiver au- (c) A pilot in command line check for thority is set forth in Appendix F of supplemental operations must— this part if the conditions in para- (1) Be given by a check pilot who is graphs (d)(1) through (3) of this section currently qualified on the airplane; and are satisfied: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00210 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.443 (1) The Administrator has not specifi- (ii) Based on review of the related cally required the particular maneuver aircraft, the operation, and the duty position: or procedure to be performed.

(2) The pilot being checked is, at the (A) For recurrent proficiency checks, the frequency of the related aircraft time of the check, employed by a cer- proficiency check, the maneuvers and tificate holder as a pilot.

procedures to be included in the related (3) The pilot being checked meets one aircraft proficiency check, and the of the following conditions: level of FSTD to be used for each ma- (i) The pilot is currently qualified for neuver and procedure.

operations under this part in the par- (B) For qualification proficiency ticular type airplane and flightcrew checks, the maneuvers and procedures member position.

to be included in the related aircraft (ii) The pilot has, within the pre- proficiency check and the level of ceding six calendar months, satisfac- FSTD to be used for each maneuver torily completed an approved training and procedure.

curriculum, except for an upgrade (3) The administrator may, at any training curriculum in accordance with time, terminate a grant of deviation §§ 121.420 and 121.426, for the particular authority issued under this paragraph type airplane.

(f).

(e) If the pilot being checked fails [Docket 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970, as amend- any of the required maneuvers, the per- ed by Amdt. 121–103, 38 FR 12203, May 10, 1973, son giving the proficiency check may Amdt. 121–108, 38 FR 35446, Dec. 28, 1973; give additional training to the pilot Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978; during the course of the proficiency Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997; check. In addition to repeating the ma- Amdt. 121–366, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, 2013; neuvers failed, the person giving the Docket FAA–2016–9526, Amdt. 121–377, 81 FR 90983, Dec. 16, 2016; Amdt. 121–377A, 81 FR proficiency check may require the 95860, Dec. 29, 2016; Amdt. 121–377B, 83 FR pilot being checked to repeat any other 12475, Mar. 22, 2018; Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR maneuvers he finds are necessary to de- 10926, Feb. 25, 2020; Docket FAA–2019–0360, termine the pilot’s proficiency. If the Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] pilot being checked is unable to dem- onstrate satisfactory performance to § 121.443 Pilot in command qualifica- the person conducting the check, the tion: Route and airports.

certificate holder may not use him nor (a) Each certificate holder shall pro- may he serve in operations under this vide a system acceptable to the Admin- part until he has satisfactorily com- istrator for disseminating the informa- pleted a proficiency check.

tion required by paragraph (b) of this (f) Deviation authority based upon section to the pilot in command and designation of related aircraft in ac- appropriate flight operation personnel.

cordance with § 121.418(b) of this part.

The system must also provide an ac- (1) The Administrator may authorize ceptable means for showing compliance a deviation from the proficiency check with § 121.445.

requirements of paragraphs (a), (b)(1), (b) No certificate holder may use any and (c) of this section based upon a des- person, nor may any person serve, as ignation of related aircraft in accord- pilot in command unless the certificate ance with § 121.418(b) of this part and a holder has provided that person cur- determination that the certificate rent information concerning the fol- holder can demonstrate an equivalent lowing subjects pertinent to the areas level of safety.

over which that person is to serve, and (2) A request for deviation from para- to each airport and terminal area into graphs (a), (b)(1), and (c) of this section which that person is to operate, and must be submitted to the Adminis- ensures that that person has adequate trator. The request must include the knowledge of, and the ability to use, following: the information: (1) Weather characteristics appro- (i) Identification of aircraft operated priate to the season.

by the certificate holder designated as related aircraft. (2) Navigation facilities.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00211 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.445 (3) Communication procedures, in- special type of navigation qualification cluding airport visual aids. unless, within the preceding 12 cal- (4) Kinds of terrain and obstructions.

endar months, that person has dem- (5) Minimum safe flight levels.

onstrated qualification on the applica- (6) En route and terminal area ar- ble navigation system in a manner ac- rival and departure procedures, holding ceptable to the Administrator, by one procedures and authorized instrument of the following methods: approach procedures for the airports (1) By flying over a route or area as involved.

pilot in command using the applicable (7) Congested areas and physical lay- special type of navigation system.

out of each airport in the terminal area (2) By flying over a route or area as in which the pilot will operate.

pilot in command under the super- (8) Notices to Airmen.

vision of a check pilot using the special [Docket 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980; type of navigation system.

Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 43154, June 26, 1980] (3) By completing the training pro- gram requirements of appendix G of § 121.445 Pilot in command airport qualification: Special areas and air- this part.

ports.

[Docket 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980, as (a) The Administrator may deter- amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt.

mine that certain airports (due to 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] items such as surrounding terrain, ob- structions, or complex approach or de- § 121.447 [Reserved] parture procedures) are special airports requiring special airport qualifications § 121.453 Flight engineer qualifica- tions.

and that certain areas or routes, or both, require a special type of naviga- (a) No certificate holder may use any tion qualification.

person nor may any person serve as a (b) Except as provided in paragraph flight engineer on an airplane unless, (c) of this section, no certificate holder within the preceding 6 calendar may use any person, nor may any per- months, he has had at least 50 hours of son serve, as pilot in command to or flight time as a flight engineer on that from an airport determined to require type airplane or the certificate holder special airport qualifications unless, or the Administrator has checked him within the preceding 12 calendar on that type airplane and determined months: that he is familiar and competent with (1) The pilot in command or second in all essential current information and command has made an entry to that operating procedures.

airport (including a takeoff and land- (b) A flight check given in accord- ing) while serving as a pilot flight ance with § 121.425(a)(2) satisfies the re- crewmember; or quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- (2) The pilot in command has quali- tion.

fied by using pictorial means accept- able to the Administrator for that air- [Docket 9509, 35 FR 96, Jan. 3, 1970] port.

(c) Paragraph (b) of this section does §§ 121.455–121.459 [Reserved] not apply when an entry to that air- port (including a takeoff or a landing) Subpart P—Aircraft Dispatcher is being made if the ceiling at that air- Qualifications and Duty Time port is at least 1,000 feet above the low- est MEA or MOCA, or initial approach Limitations: D OMESTIC AND FLAG O PER - altitude prescribed for the instrument ATIONS ; F LIGHT A TTENDANT D UTY P E- approach procedure for that airport, RIOD L IMITATIONS AND R EST R EQUIRE - and the visibility at that airport is at MENTS: D OMESTIC , F LAG , AND S UPPLE- least 3 miles.

MENTAL O PERATIONS (d) No certificate holder may use any person, nor may any person serve, as § 121.461 Applicability.

pilot in command between terminals over a route or area that requires a This subpart prescribes— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00212 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.465 (a) Qualifications and duty time limi- the types of airplanes in each group to tations for aircraft dispatchers for cer- be dispatched. This observation shall tificate holders conducting domestic be made from the flight deck or, for flag operations; and airplanes without an observer seat on (b) Duty period limitations and rest the flight deck, from a forward pas- requirements for flight attendants used senger seat with headset or speaker.

by certificate holders conducting do- The requirement of paragraph (a) of mestic, flag, or supplemental oper- this section may be reduced to a min- ations.

imum of 2 ⁄2 hours by the substitution of one additional takeoff and landing [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] for an hour of flight. The requirement of this paragraph may be satisfied by § 121.463 Aircraft dispatcher qualifica- tions. observation of 5 hours of simulator training for each airplane group in one (a) No certificate holder conducting of the simulators approved under domestic or flag operations may use § 121.407 for the group. However, if the any person, nor may any person serve, requirement of paragraph (a) is met by as an aircraft dispatcher for a par- the use of a simulator, no reduction in ticular airplane group unless that per- hours is permitted.

son has, with respect to an airplane of (d) No certificate holder conducting that group, satisfactorily completed domestic or flag operations may use the following: any person, nor may any person serve (1) Initial dispatcher training, except as an aircraft dispatcher to dispatch that a person who has satisfactorily airplanes in operations under this part completed such training for another unless the certificate holder has deter- type airplane of the same group need mined that he is familiar with all es- only complete the appropriate transi- sential operating procedures for that tion training.

segment of the operation over which he (2) Operating familiarization con- exercises dispatch jurisdiction. How- sisting of at least 5 hours observing op- ever, a dispatcher who is qualified to erations under this part from the flight deck or, for airplanes without an ob- dispatch airplanes through one seg- server seat on the flight deck, from a ment of an operation may dispatch air- forward passenger seat with headset or planes through other segments of the speaker. This requirement may be re- operation after coordinating with dis- duced to a minimum of 2 ⁄2 hours by the patchers who are qualified to dispatch substitution of one additional takeoff airplanes through those other seg- and landing for an hour of flight. A per- ments.

son may serve as an aircraft dispatcher (e) For the purposes of this section, without meeting the requirement of the airplane groups, terms, and defini- this paragraph (a) for 90 days after ini- tions in § 121.400 apply.

tial introduction of the airplane into [Docket 7325, 37 FR 5607, Mar. 17, 1972, as operations under this part.

amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65934, Dec.

(b) No certificate holder conducting 20, 1995] domestic or flag operations may use § 121.465 Aircraft dispatcher duty time any person, nor may any person serve, limitations: Domestic and flag oper- as an aircraft dispatcher for a par- ations.

ticular type airplane unless that per- son has, with respect to that airplane, (a) Each certificate holder con- satisfactorily completed differences ducting domestic or flag operations training, if applicable. shall establish the daily duty period for (c) No certificate holder conducting a dispatcher so that it begins at a time domestic or flag operations may use that allows him or her to become thor- any person, nor may any person serve, oughly familiar with existing and an- as an aircraft dispatcher unless within ticipated weather conditions along the the preceding 12 calendar months the route before he or she dispatches any aircraft dispatcher has satisfactorily airplane. He or she shall remain on completed operating familiarization duty until each airplane dispatched by consisting of at least 5 hours observing him or her has completed its flight, or operations under this part, in one of has gone beyond his or her jurisdiction, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00213 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.467 or until he or she is relieved by another mental operations, in accordance with qualified dispatcher. the required minimum crew com- (b) Except in cases where cir- plement under the certificate holder’s cumstances or emergency conditions operations specifications or in addition beyond the control of the certificate to that minimum complement, to duty holder require otherwise— in an aircraft during flight time and (1) No certificate holder conducting whose duties include but are not nec- domestic or flag operations may sched- essarily limited to cabin-safety-related ule a dispatcher for more than 10 con- responsibilities.

secutive hours of duty; Rest period means the period free of (2) If a dispatcher is scheduled for all restraint or duty for a certificate more than 10 hours of duty in 24 con- holder conducting domestic, flag, or secutive hours, the certificate holder supplemental operations and free of all shall provide him or her a rest period responsibility for work or duty should of at least eight hours at or before the the occasion arise.

end of 10 hours of duty.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (3) Each dispatcher must be relieved (c) of this section, a certificate holder of all duty with the certificate holder conducting domestic, flag, or supple- for at least 24 consecutive hours during mental operations may assign a duty any seven consecutive days or the period to a flight attendant only when equivalent thereof within any calendar the applicable duty period limitations month.

and rest requirements of this para- (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) graph are met.

and (b) of this section, a certificate (1) Except as provided in paragraphs holder conducting flag operations may, (b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, if authorized by the Administrator, no certificate holder conducting do- schedule an aircraft dispatcher at a mestic, flag, or supplemental oper- duty station outside of the 48 contig- ations may assign a flight attendant to uous States and the District of Colum- a scheduled duty period of more than 14 bia, for more than 10 consecutive hours hours.

of duty in a 24-hour period if that air- (2) A flight attendant scheduled to a craft dispatcher is relieved of all duty duty period of 14 hours or less as pro- with the certificate holder for at least vided under paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- eight hours during each 24-hour period.

tion must be given a scheduled rest pe- riod of at least 10 consecutive hours.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] This rest period must occur between the completion of the scheduled duty § 121.467 Flight attendant duty period limitations and rest requirements: period and the commencement of the Domestic, flag, and supplemental subsequent duty period.

operations.

(3) The rest period required under (a) For purposes of this section— paragraph (b)(2) of this section may not Calendar day means the period of be reduced to less than 10 consecutive elapsed time, using Coordinated Uni- hours.

versal Time or local time, that begins (4) A certificate holder conducting at midnight and ends 24 hours later at domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- the next midnight. ations may assign a flight attendant to Duty period means the period of a scheduled duty period of more than 14 elapsed time between reporting for an hours, but no more than 16 hours, if the assignment involving flight time and certificate holder has assigned to the release from that assignment by the flight or flights in that duty period at certificate holder conducting domestic, least one flight attendant in addition flag, or supplemental operations. The to the minimum flight attendant com- time is calculated using either Coordi- plement required for the flight or nated Universal Time or local time to flights in that duty period under the reflect the total elapsed time. certificate holder’s operations speci- Flight attendant means an individual, fications.

other than a flight crewmember, who is (5) A certificate holder conducting assigned by a certificate holder con- domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- ducting domestic, flag, or supple- ations may assign a flight attendant to VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00214 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.467 a scheduled duty period of more than 16 may not schedule a flight attendant for hours, but no more than 18 hours, if the a duty period of more than 14 hours certificate holder has assigned to the during the 24-hour period commencing flight or flights in that duty period at after the beginning of the reduced rest least two flight attendants in addition period.

to the minimum flight attendant com- (10) No certificate holder conducting plement required for the flight or domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- flights in that duty period under the ations may assign a flight attendant certificate holder’s operations speci- any duty period with the certificate fications. holder unless the flight attendant has (6) A certificate holder conducting had at least the minimum rest required domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- under this section.

ations may assign a flight attendant to (11) No certificate holder conducting a scheduled duty period of more than 18 domestic, flag, or supplemental oper- hours, but no more than 20 hours, if the ations may assign a flight attendant to scheduled duty period includes one or perform any duty with the certificate more flights that land or take off out- holder during any required rest period.

side the 48 contiguous states and the (12) Time spent in transportation, District of Columbia, and if the certifi- not local in character, that a certifi- cate holder has assigned to the flight cate holder conducting domestic, flag, or flights in that duty period at least or supplemental operations requires of three flight attendants in addition to a flight attendant and provides to the minimum flight attendant com- transport the flight attendant to an plement required for the flight or airport at which that flight attendant flights in that duty period under the is to serve on a flight as a crew- domestic certificate holder’s oper- member, or from an airport at which ations specifications. the flight attendant was relieved from (7) Except as provided in paragraph duty to return to the flight attendant’s (b)(8) of this section, a flight attendant home station, is not considered part of scheduled to a duty period of more a rest period.

than 14 hours but no more than 20 (13) Each certificate holder con- hours, as provided in paragraphs (b)(4), ducting domestic, flag, or supple- (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, must be mental operations must relieve each given a scheduled rest period of at least flight attendant engaged in air trans- 12 consecutive hours. This rest period portation and each commercial oper- must occur between the completion of ator must relieve each flight attendant the scheduled duty period and the com- engaged in air commerce from all fur- mencement of the subsequent duty pe- ther duty for at least 24 consecutive riod. hours during any 7 consecutive cal- (8) The rest period required under endar days.

paragraph (b)(7) of this section may be (14) A flight attendant is not consid- scheduled or reduced to 10 consecutive ered to be scheduled for duty in excess hours if the flight attendant is pro- of duty period limitations if the flights vided a subsequent rest period of at to which the flight attendant is as- least 14 consecutive hours; this subse- signed are scheduled and normally ter- quent rest period must be scheduled to minate within the limitations but due begin no later than 24 hours after the to circumstances beyond the control of beginning of the reduced rest period the certificate holder conducting do- and must occur between the comple- mestic, flag, or supplemental oper- tion of the scheduled duty period and ations (such as adverse weather condi- the commencement of the subsequent tions) are not at the time of departure duty period. expected to reach their destination (9) Notwithstanding paragraphs within the scheduled time.

(b)(4), (b)(5), and (b)(6) of this section, if (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of a certificate holder conducting domes- this section, a certificate holder con- tic, flag, or supplemental operations ducting domestic, flag, or supple- elects to reduce the rest period to 10 mental operations may apply the hours as authorized by paragraph (b)(8) flightcrew member flight time and of this section, the certificate holder duty limitations and rest requirements VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00215 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.470 of part 117 of this chapter to flight at- Subpart Q—Flight Time Limitations tendants for all operations conducted and Rest Requirements: Do- under this part provided that— mestic Operations (1) The certificate holder establishes written procedures that— S OURCE : Docket 23634, 50 FR 29319, July 18, (i) Apply to all flight attendants used 1985, unless otherwise noted.

in the certificate holder’s operation; (ii) Include the flightcrew member § 121.470 Applicability.

requirements contained in part 117, as This subpart prescribes flight time appropriate to the operation being con- limitations and rest requirements for ducted, except that rest facilities on domestic all-cargo operations, except board the aircraft are not required; that: (iii) Include provisions to add one (a) Certificate holders conducting op- flight attendant to the minimum flight erations with aircraft having a pas- attendant complement for each senger seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer, excluding each crewmember flightcrew member who is in excess of seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 the minimum number required in the pounds or less, may comply with the aircraft type certificate data sheet and applicable requirements of §§ 135.261 who is assigned to the aircraft under through 135.273 of this chapter.

the provisions of part 117, as applica- (b) Certificate holders conducting ble, of this part; scheduled operations entirely within (iv) Are approved by the Adminis- the States of Alaska or Hawaii with trator and are described or referenced aircraft having a passenger seat con- in the certificate holder’s operations figuration of more than 30 seats, ex- specifications; and cluding each crewmember seat, or a (2) Whenever the Administrator finds payload capacity of more than 7,500 that revisions are necessary for the pounds, may comply with the require- continued adequacy of the written pro- ments of this subpart or subpart R of cedures that are required by paragraph this part for those operations.

(c)(1) of this section and that had been (c) A certificate holder may apply granted final approval, the certificate the flightcrew member flight time and holder must, after notification by the duty limitations and requirements of Administrator, make any changes in part 117 of this chapter. A certificate the procedures that are found nec- holder may choose to apply part 117 to essary by the Administrator. Within 30 its— days after the certificate holder re- (1) Cargo operations conducted under ceives such notice, it may file a peti- contract to a U.S. government agency.

tion to reconsider the notice with the (2) All-cargo operations not con- ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- responsible Flight Standards office.

ernment agency, The filing of a petition to reconsider (3) A certificate holder may elect to stays the notice, pending decision by treat operations in paragraphs (c)(1) the Administrator. However, if the Ad- and (c)(2) of this section differently ministrator finds that an emergency but, once having decided to conduct requires immediate action in the inter- those operations under part 117, may est of safety, the Administrator may, not segregate those operations between upon a statement of the reasons, re- this subpart and part 117.

quire a change effective without stay.

[Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 402, Jan. 4, [Amdt. 121–241, 59 FR 42991, Aug. 19, 1994, as 2012; Amdt. 121–357, 78 FR 69288, Nov. 19, 2013, amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan.

as amended by Docket FAA–2022–1563, Amdt.

26, 1996; Amdt. 121–357, 77 FR 402, Jan. 4, 2012; 121–390, 88 FR 48090, July 26, 2023] Amdt. 121–357A, 77 FR 28764, May 16, 2012; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR § 121.471 Flight time limitations and 9172, Mar. 5, 2018; Amdt. 121–386, 87 FR 61465, rest requirements: All flight crew- Oct. 12, 2022] members.

(a) No certificate holder conducting domestic operations may schedule any VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00216 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.473 flight crewmember and no flight crew- form any flight time with the certifi- member may accept an assignment for cate holder unless the flight crew- flight time in scheduled air transpor- member has had at least the minimum tation or in other commercial flying if rest required under this paragraph.

that crewmember’s total flight time in (d) Each certificate holder con- all commercial flying will exceed— ducting domestic operations shall re- (1) 1,000 hours in any calendar year; lieve each flight crewmember engaged (2) 100 hours in any calendar month; in scheduled air transportation from (3) 30 hours in any 7 consecutive days; all further duty for at least 24 consecu- (4) 8 hours between required rest peri- tive hours during any 7 consecutive ods. days.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) No certificate holder conducting (c) of this section, no certificate holder domestic operations may assign any conducting domestic operations may flight crewmember and no flight crew- schedule a flight crewmember and no member may accept assignment to any flight crewmember may accept an as- duty with the air carrier during any re- signment for flight time during the 24 quired rest period.

(f) Time spent in transportation, not consecutive hours preceding the sched- local in character, that a certificate uled completion of any flight segment holder requires of a flight crewmember without a scheduled rest period during and provides to transport the crew- that 24 hours of at least the following: member to an airport at which he is to (1) 9 consecutive hours of rest for less serve on a flight as a crewmember, or than 8 hours of scheduled flight time.

from an airport at which he was re- (2) 10 consecutive hours of rest for 8 lieved from duty to return to his home or more but less than 9 hours of sched- station, is not considered part of a rest uled flight time.

period.

(3) 11 consecutive hours of rest for 9 (g) A flight crewmember is not con- or more hours of scheduled flight time.

sidered to be scheduled for flight time (c) A certificate holder may schedule in excess of flight time limitations if a flight crewmember for less than the the flights to which he is assigned are rest required in paragraph (b) of this scheduled and normally terminate section or may reduce a scheduled rest within the limitations, but due to cir- under the following conditions: cumstances beyond the control of the (1) A rest required under paragraph certificate holder (such as adverse (b)(1) of this section may be scheduled weather conditions), are not at the for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours time of departure expected to reach if the flight crewmember is given a rest their destination within the scheduled period of at least 10 hours that must time.

begin no later than 24 hours after the commencement of the reduced rest pe- [Docket 23634, 50 FR 29319, July 18, 1985, as riod.

amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan.

(2) A rest required under paragraph 26, 1996] (b)(2) of this section may be scheduled § 121.473 Fatigue risk management for or reduced to a minimum of 8 hours system.

if the flight crewmember is given a rest period of at least 11 hours that must (a) No certificate holder may exceed begin no later than 24 hours after the any provision of this subpart unless ap- commencement of the reduced rest pe- proved by the FAA under a Fatigue riod.

Risk Management System.

(3) A rest required under paragraph (b) The Fatigue Risk Management (b)(3) of this section may be scheduled System must include: for or reduced to a minimum of 9 hours (1) A fatigue risk management pol- if the flight crewmember is given a rest icy.

period of at least 12 hours that must (2) An education and awareness train- begin no later than 24 hours after the ing program.

commencement of the reduced rest pe- (3) A fatigue reporting system.

riod. (4) A system for monitoring (4) No certificate holder may assign, flightcrew fatigue.

nor may any flight crewmember per- (5) An incident reporting process.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00217 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.480 (6) A performance evaluation. consecutive hours, it shall give him an intervening rest period, at or before [Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, the end of eight scheduled hours of 2012] flight duty. This rest period must be at least twice the number of hours flown Subpart R—Flight Time Limitations: since the preceding rest period, but not Flag Operations less than eight hours. The certificate holder shall relieve that pilot of all S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, duty with it during that rest period.

1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, unless other- (c) Each pilot who has flown more wise noted.

than eight hours during 24 consecutive § 121.480 Applicability.

hours must be given at least 18 hours of rest before being assigned to any duty This subpart prescribes flight time with the certificate holder.

limitations and rest requirements for (d) No pilot may fly more than 32 flag all-cargo operations, except that: (a) Certificate holders conducting op- hours during any seven consecutive erations with aircraft having a pas- days, and each pilot must be relieved senger seat configuration of 30 seats or from all duty for at least 24 consecu- fewer, excluding each crewmember tive hours at least once during any seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 seven consecutive days.

pounds or less, may comply with the (e) No pilot may fly as a member of applicable requirements of §§ 135.261 a crew more than 100 hours during any through 135.273 of this chapter.

one calendar month.

(b) A certificate holder may apply (f) No pilot may fly as a member of a the flightcrew member flight time and crew more than 1,000 hours during any duty limitations and requirements of 12-calendar-month period.

part 117 of this chapter. A certificate holder may choose to apply part 117 to [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR its— 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– 253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] (1) All-cargo operations conducted under contract to a U.S. government § 121.483 Flight time limitations: Two agency.

pilots and one additional flight (2) All-cargo operations not con- crewmember.

ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- ernment agency, (a) No certificate holder conducting (3) A certificate holder may elect to flag operations may schedule a pilot to treat operations in paragraphs (b)(1) fly, in an airplane that has a crew of and (b) (2) of this section differently two pilots and at least one additional but, once having decided to conduct flight crewmember, for a total of more those operations under part 117, may than 12 hours during any 24 consecutive not segregate those operations between hours.

this subpart and part 117.

(b) If a pilot has flown 20 or more [Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, hours during any 48 consecutive hours 2012, as amended by Docket FAA–2022–1563, or 24 or more hours during any 72 con- Amdt. 121–390, 88 FR 48090, July 26, 2023] secutive hours, he must be given at least 18 hours of rest before being as- § 121.481 Flight time limitations: One signed to any duty with the air carrier.

or two pilot crews.

In any case, he must be given at least (a) A certificate holder conducting 24 consecutive hours of rest during any flag operations may schedule a pilot to seven consecutive days.

fly in an airplane that has a crew of (c) No pilot may fly as a flight crew- one or two pilots for eight hours or less member more than— during any 24 consecutive hours with- (1) 120 hours during any 30 consecu- out a rest period during these eight tive days; hours.

(2) 300 hours during any 90 consecu- (b) If a certificate holder conducting flag operations schedules a pilot to fly tive days; or more than eight hours during any 24 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00218 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.491 (3) 1,000 hours during any 12-calendar- or whose assignment in such a crew is month period. interrupted more than once in that cal- endar month by assignment to a crew [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR consisting of two or more pilots and an 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– additional flight crewmember, are 253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] those set forth in § 121.481.

§ 121.485 Flight time limitations: Three (c) Except for a pilot covered by para- or more pilots and an additional graph (b) of this section, the monthly flight crewmember.

and quarterly flight time limitations (a) Each certificate holder con- for a pilot who is scheduled for duty ducting flag operations shall schedule aloft for more than 20 hours in two- its flight hours to provide adequate pilot and additional flight crewmember rest periods on the ground for each crews in any calendar month, or whose pilot who is away from his base and assignment in such a crew is inter- who is a pilot on an airplane that has rupted more than once in that calendar a crew of three or more pilots and an month by assignment to a crew con- additional flight crewmember. It shall sisting of three pilots and additional also provide adequate sleeping quarters flight crewmember, are those set forth on the airplane whenever a pilot is in § 121.483.

scheduled to fly more than 12 hours (d) The quarterly flight time limita- during any 24 consecutive hours.

tions for a pilot to whom paragraphs (b) The certificate holder conducting (b) and (c) of this section do not apply flag operations shall give each pilot, and who is scheduled for duty aloft for upon return to his base from any flight a total of not more than 20 hours with- or series of flights, a rest period that is in any calendar month in two-pilot at least twice the total number of crews (with or without additional hours he flew since the last rest period flight crewmembers) are those set forth at his base. During the rest period re- in § 121.485.

quired by this paragraph, the air car- (e) The monthly and quarterly flight rier may not require him to perform time limitations for a pilot assigned to any duty for it. If the required rest pe- each of two-pilot, two-pilot and addi- riod is more than seven days, that part tional flight crewmember, and three- of the rest period in excess of seven pilot and additional flight crewmember days may be given at any time before crews in a given calendar month, and the pilot is again scheduled for flight who is not subject to paragraph (b), (c), duty on any route.

or (d) of this section, are those set (c) No pilot may fly as a flight crew- forth in § 121.483.

member more than— [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; Amdt.

(1) 350 hours during any 90 consecu- 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by tive days; or Amdt. 121–137, 42 FR 43973, Sept. 1, 1977] (2) 1,000 hours during any 12-calendar- month period.

§ 121.489 Flight time limitations: Other commercial flying.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19217, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– No pilot that is employed as a pilot 253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] by a certificate holder conducting flag operations may do any other commer- § 121.487 Flight time limitations: Pilots cial flying if that commercial flying not regularly assigned.

plus his flying in air transportation (a) Except as provided in paragraphs will exceed any flight time limitation (b) through (e) of this section, a pilot in this part.

who is not regularly assigned as a [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] flight crewmember for an entire cal- endar month under § 121.483 or 121.485 § 121.491 Flight time limitations: may not fly more than 100 hours in any Deadhead transportation.

30 consecutive days.

(b) The monthly flight time limita- Time spent in deadhead transpor- tions for a pilot who is scheduled for tation to or from duty assignment is duty aloft for more than 20 hours in not considered to be a part of a rest pe- two-pilot crews in any calendar month, riod.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00219 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.493 holder may choose to apply part 117 to § 121.493 Flight time limitations: Flight engineers and flight naviga- its— tors.

(1) All-cargo operations conducted under contract to a U.S. Government (a) In any operation in which one agency.

flight engineer or flight navigator is (2) All-cargo operations not con- required, the flight time limitations in ducted under contract to a U.S. Gov- § 121.483 apply to that flight engineer or ernment agency, flight navigator.

(3) A certificate holder may elect to (b) In any operation in which more treat operations in paragraphs (b)(1) than one flight engineer or flight navi- and (b)(2) of this section differently gator is required, the flight time limi- but, once having decided to conduct tations in § 121.485 apply to those flight those operations under part 117, may engineers or flight navigators.

not segregate those operations between this subpart and part 117.

§ 121.495 Fatigue risk management system.

[Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, (a) No certificate holder may exceed 2012, as amended by Docket FAA–2022–1563, Amdt. 121–390, 88 FR 48090, July 26, 2023] any provision of this subpart unless ap- proved by the FAA under a Fatigue § 121.503 Flight time limitations: Pi- Risk Management System.

lots: airplanes.

(b) The Fatigue Risk Management (a) A certificate holder conducting System must include: supplemental operations may schedule (1) A fatigue risk management pol- a pilot to fly in an airplane for eight icy.

hours or less during any 24 consecutive (2) An education and awareness train- hours without a rest period during ing program.

those eight hours.

(3) A fatigue reporting system.

(b) Each pilot who has flown more (4) A system for monitoring than eight hours during any 24 con- flightcrew fatigue.

secutive hours must be given at least (5) An incident reporting process.

16 hours of rest before being assigned (6) A performance evaluation.

to any duty with the certificate holder.

[Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, (c) Each certificate holder con- 2012] ducting supplemental operations shall relieve each pilot from all duty for at Subpart S—Flight Time Limitations: least 24 consecutive hours at least once Supplemental Operations during any seven consecutive days.

(d) No pilot may fly as a crewmember in air transportation more than 100 S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, unless other- hours during any 30 consecutive days.

wise noted.

(e) No pilot may fly as a crewmember in air transportation more than 1,000 § 121.500 Applicability.

hours during any calendar year.

This subpart prescribes flight time (f) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of limitations and rest requirements for this section, the certificate holder supplemental all-cargo operations, ex- may, in conducting a transcontinental cept that: nonstop flight, schedule a flight crew- (a) Certificate holders conducting op- member for more than eight but not erations with aircraft having a pas- more than 10 hours of continuous duty senger seat configuration of 30 seats or aloft without an intervening rest pe- fewer, excluding each crewmember riod, if— seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 (1) The flight is in an airplane with a pound or less, may comply with the ap- pressurization system that is operative plicable requirements of §§ 135.261 at the beginning of the flight; through 135.273 of this chapter. (2) The flight crew consists of at least (b) A certificate holder may apply two pilots and a flight engineer; and the flightcrew member flight time and (3) The certificate holder uses, in duty limitations and requirements of conducting the operation, an air/ part 117 of this chapter. A certificate ground communication service that is VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00220 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.515 independent of systems operated by the (1) For flight deck duty in an air- United States, and a dispatch organiza- plane that has a crew of four pilots for tion, both of which are approved by the more than eight hours in any 24 con- Administrator as adequate to serve the secutive hours; or terminal points concerned.

(2) To be aloft in an airplane that has a crew of four pilots for more than 16 [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– hours in any 24 consecutive hours.

253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a crew of four pilots may be on duty for § 121.505 Flight time limitations: Two more than 20 hours in any 24 consecu- pilot crews: airplanes.

tive hours.

(a) If a certificate holder conducting [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR supplemental operations schedules a 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– pilot to fly more than eight hours dur- 253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] ing any 24 consecutive hours, it shall give him an intervening rest period at § 121.511 Flight time limitations: or before the end of eight scheduled Flight engineers: airplanes.

hours of flight duty. This rest period (a) In any operation in which one must be at least twice the number of flight engineer is serving the flight hours flown since the preceding rest pe- time limitations in §§ 121.503 and 121.505 riod, but not less than eight hours. The certificate holder conducting supple- apply to that flight engineer.

mental operations shall relieve that (b) In any operation in which more pilot of all duty with it during that than one flight engineer is serving and rest period.

the flight crew contains more than two (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a pilots the flight time limitations in crew of two pilots may be on duty for § 121.509 apply in place of those in more than 16 hours during any 24 con- § 121.505.

secutive hours.

§ 121.513 Flight time limitations: Over- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR seas and international operations: 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– airplanes.

253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] In place of the flight time limita- § 121.507 Flight time limitations: Three tions in §§ 121.503 through 121.511, a cer- pilot crews: airplanes.

tificate holder conducting supple- (a) No certificate holder conducting mental operations may elect to comply supplemental operations may schedule with the flight time limitations of a pilot— §§ 121.515 and 121.521 through 121.525 for (1) For flight deck duty in an air- operations conducted— plane that has a crew of three pilots for (a) Between a place in the 48 contig- more than eight hours in any 24 con- uous States and the District of Colum- secutive hours; or bia, or Alaska, and any place outside (2) To be aloft in an airplane that has thereof; a crew of three pilot for more than 12 (b) Between any two places outside hours in any 24 consecutive hours.

the 48 contiguous States, the District (b) No pilot of an airplane that has a of Columbia, and Alaska; or crew of three pilots may be on duty for (c) Between two places within the more than 18 hours in any 24 consecu- State of Alaska or the State of Hawaii.

tive hours.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– 253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] 253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.515 Flight time limitations: All § 121.509 Flight time limitations: Four airmen: airplanes.

pilot crews: airplanes.

No airman may be aloft as a flight (a) No certificate holder conducting supplemental operations may schedule crewmember more than 1,000 hours in a pilot— any 12-calendar-month period.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00221 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.517 airmen for a total of more than 12 § 121.517 Flight time limitations: Other commercial flying: airplanes. hours during any 24 consecutive hours.

(b) Each certificate holder con- No airman who is employed by a cer- ducting supplemental operations shall tificate holder conducting supple- schedule its flight hours to provide mental operations may do any other adequate rest periods on the ground for commercial flying, if that commercial flying plus his flying in operations each airman who is away from his prin- under this part will exceed any flight cipal operations base. It shall also pro- time limitation in this part.

vide adequate sleeping quarters on the airplane whenever an airman is sched- [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] uled to be aloft as a flight crewmember for more than 12 hours during any 24 § 121.519 Flight time limitations: Deadhead transportation: airplanes. consecutive hours.

(c) No certificate holder conducting Time spent by an airman in deadhead supplemental operations may schedule transportation to or from a duty as- any flight crewmember to be on contin- signment is not considered to be part uous duty for more than 30 hours. Such of any rest period.

a crewmember is considered to be on § 121.521 Flight time limitations: Crew continuous duty from the time he re- of two pilots and one additional air- ports for duty until the time he is re- man as required.

leased from duty for a rest period of at (a) No certificate holder conducting least 10 hours on the ground. If a flight supplemental operations may schedule crewmember is on continuous duty for an airman to be aloft as a member of more than 24 hours (whether scheduled the flight crew in an airplane that has or not) during any scheduled duty pe- a crew of two pilots and at least one riod, he must be given at least 16 hours additional flight crewmember for more for rest on the ground after completing than 12 hours during any 24 consecutive the last flight scheduled for that sched- hours.

uled duty period before being assigned (b) If an airman has been aloft as a any further flight duty.

member of a flight crew for 20 or more (d) If a flight crewmember is required hours during any 48 consecutive hours to engage in deadhead transportation or 24 or more hours during any 72 con- for more than four hours before begin- secutive hours, he must be given at ning flight duty, one half of the time least 18 hours of rest before being as- spent in deadhead transportation must signed to any duty with the certificate be treated as duty time for the purpose holder. In any case, he must be relieved of all duty for at least 24 consecutive of complying with duty time limita- hours during any seven consecutive tions, unless he is given at least 10 days. hours of rest on the ground before (c) No airman may be aloft as a flight being assigned to flight duty.

crewmember more than— (e) Each certificate holder con- (1) 120 hours during any 30 consecu- ducting supplemental operations shall tive days; or give each airman, upon return to his (2) 300 hours during any 90 consecu- operations base from any flight or se- tive days.

ries of flights, a rest period that is at least twice the total number of hours [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–17, 31 FR 1147, Jan. 28, he was aloft as a flight crewmember 1966; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] since the last rest period at his base, before assigning him to any further § 121.523 Flight time limitations: Crew duty. If the required rest period is of three or more pilots and addi- more than seven days, that part of the tional airmen as required.

rest period that is more than seven (a) No certificate holder conducting days may be given at any time before supplemental operations may schedule the pilot is again scheduled for flight an airman for flight deck duty as a duty.

flight engineer, or navigator in a crew of three or more pilots and additional VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00222 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.533 (f) No airman may be aloft as a flight § 121.527 Fatigue risk management crewmember for more than 350 hours in system.

any 90 consecutive days.

(a) No certificate holder may exceed any provision of this subpart unless ap- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19218, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121– proved by the FAA under a Fatigue 253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–387, 87 Risk Management System.

FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] (b) The Fatigue Risk Management System must include: § 121.525 Flight time limitations: Pilots (1) A fatigue risk management pol- serving in more than one kind of icy.

flight crew.

(2) An education and awareness train- (a) This section applies to each pilot ing program.

assigned during any 30 consecutive (3) A fatigue reporting system.

days to more than one type of flight (4) A system for monitoring crew.

flightcrew fatigue.

(b) The flight time limitations for a (5) An incident reporting process.

pilot who is scheduled for duty aloft for (6) A performance evaluation.

more than 20 hours in two-pilot crews in 30 consecutive days, or whose assign- [Docket FAA–2009–1093, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, 2012] ment in such a crew is interrupted more than once in any 30 consecutive days by assignment to a crew of two or Subpart T—Flight Operations more pilots and an additional flight crewmember, are those listed in S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, §§ 121.503 through 121.509, as appro- 1964, unless otherwise noted.

priate.

(c) Except for a pilot covered by para- § 121.531 Applicability.

graph (b) of this section, the flight This subpart prescribes requirements time limitations for a pilot scheduled for flight operations applicable to all for duty aloft for more than 20 hours in certificate holders, except where other- two-pilot and additional flight crew- wise specified.

member crews in 30 consecutive days or whose assignment in such a crew is in- § 121.533 Responsibility for oper- terrupted more than once in any 30 ational control: Domestic oper- ations.

consecutive days by assignment to a crew consisting of three pilots and an (a) Each certificate holder con- additional flight crewmember, are ducting domestic operations is respon- those set forth in § 121.521.

sible for operational control.

(d) The flight time limitations for a (b) The pilot in command and the air- pilot to whom paragraphs (b) and (c) of craft dispatcher are jointly responsible this section do not apply, and who is for the preflight planning, delay, and scheduled for duty aloft for a total of dispatch release of a flight in compli- not more than 20 hours within 30 con- ance with this chapter and operations secutive days in two-pilot crews (with specifications.

or without additional flight crew- (c) The aircraft dispatcher is respon- members) are those set forth in sible for— § 121.523.

(1) Monitoring the progress of each (e) The flight time limitations for a flight; pilot assigned to each of two-pilot, (2) Issuing necessary information for two-pilot and additional flight crew- the safety of the flight; and member, and three-pilot and additional (3) Cancelling or redispatching a flight crewmember crews in 30 consecu- flight if, in his opinion or the opinion tive days, and who is not subject to of the pilot in command, the flight can- paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, not operate or continue to operate are those listed in § 121.523.

safely as planned or released.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00223 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.535 (d) Each pilot in command of an air- (f) No pilot may operate an aircraft craft is, during flight time, in com- in a careless or reckless manner so as to endanger life or property.

mand of the aircraft and crew and is re- sponsible for the safety of the pas- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and air- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan.

plane. 26, 1996] (e) Each pilot in command has full § 121.537 Responsibility for oper- control and authority in the operation ational control: Supplemental oper- of the aircraft, without limitation, ations.

over other crewmembers and their du- (a) Each certificate holder con- ties during flight time, whether or not ducting supplemental operations— he holds valid certificates authorizing (1) Is responsible for operational con- him to perform the duties of those trol; and crewmembers.

(2) Shall list each person authorized by it to exercise operational control in [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as its operator’s manual.

amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan.

26, 1996] (b) The pilot in command and the di- rector of operations are jointly respon- § 121.535 Responsibility for oper- sible for the initiation, continuation, ational control: Flag operations.

diversion, and termination of a flight in compliance with this chapter and (a) Each certificate holder con- the operations specifications. The di- ducting flag operations is responsible rector of operations may delegate the for operational control.

functions for the initiation, continu- (b) The pilot in command and the air- ation, diversion, and termination of a craft dispatcher are jointly responsible flight but he may not delegate the re- for the preflight planning, delay, and sponsibility for those functions.

dispatch release of a flight in compli- (c) The director of operations is re- ance with this chapter and operations sponsible for cancelling, diverting, or specifications.

delaying a flight if in his opinion or the (c) The aircraft dispatcher is respon- opinion of the pilot in command the sible for— flight cannot operate or continue to (1) Monitoring the progress of each operate safely as planned or released.

flight; The director of operations is respon- (2) Issuing necessary instructions and sible for assuring that each flight is information for the safety of the flight; monitored with respect to at least the following: and (1) Departure of the flight from the (3) Cancelling or redispatching a place of origin and arrival at the place flight if, in his opinion or the opinion of destination, including intermediate of the pilot in command, the flight can- stops and any diversions therefrom.

not operate or continue to operate (2) Maintenance and mechanical safely as planned or released.

delays encountered at places of origin (d) Each pilot in command of an air- and destination and intermediate craft is, during flight time, in com- stops.

mand of the aircraft and crew and is re- (3) Any known conditions that may sponsible for the safety of the pas- adversely affect the safety of flight.

sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and air- (d) Each pilot in command of an air- plane.

craft is, during flight time, in com- (e) Each pilot in command has full mand of the aircraft and crew and is re- control and authority in the operation sponsible for the safety of the pas- of the aircraft, without limitation, sengers, crewmembers, cargo, and air- over other crewmembers and their du- craft. The pilot in command has full ties during flight time, whether or not control and authority in the operation he holds valid certificates authorizing of the aircraft, without limitation, him to perform the duties of those over other crewmembers and their du- ties during flight time, whether or not crewmembers.

he holds valid certificates authorizing VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.543 him to perform the duties of those purposes as ordering galley supplies crewmembers. and confirming passenger connections, (e) Each pilot in command of an air- announcements made to passengers craft is responsible for the preflight promoting the air carrier or pointing planning and the operation of the out sights of interest, and filling out flight in compliance with this chapter company payroll and related records and the operations specifications.

are not required for the safe operation (f) No pilot may operate an aircraft, of the aircraft.

in a careless or reckless manner, so as (b) No flight crewmember may en- to endanger life or property.

gage in, nor may any pilot in command [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as permit, any activity during a critical amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan.

phase of flight which could distract 26, 1996] any flight crewmember from the per- formance of his or her duties or which § 121.538 Aircraft security.

could interfere in any way with the Certificate holders conducting oper- proper conduct of those duties. Activi- ations under this part must comply ties such as eating meals, engaging in with the applicable security require- nonessential conversations within the ments in 49 CFR chapter XII.

cockpit and nonessential communica- [67 FR 8350, Feb. 22, 2002] tions between the cabin and cockpit crews, and reading publications not re- § 121.539 Operations notices.

lated to the proper conduct of the Each certificate holder shall notify flight are not required for the safe op- its appropriate operations personnel of eration of the aircraft.

each change in equipment and oper- (c) For the purposes of this section, ating procedures, including each critical phases of flight includes all known change in the use of navigation ground operations involving taxi, take- aids, airports, air traffic control proce- off and landing, and all other flight op- dures and regulations, local airport erations conducted below 10,000 feet, traffic control rules, and known haz- except cruise flight.

ards to flight, including icing and other N OTE : Taxi is defined as ‘‘movement of an potentially hazardous meteorological airplane under its own power on the surface conditions and irregularities in ground of an airport.’’ and navigation facilities.

(d) During all flight time as defined in 14 CFR 1.1, no flight crewmember § 121.541 Operations schedules: Do- may use, nor may any pilot in com- mestic and flag operations.

mand permit the use of, a personal In establishing flight operations wireless communications device (as de- schedules, each certificate holder con- fined in 49 U.S.C. 44732(d)) or laptop ducting domestic or flag operations computer while at a flight crewmember shall allow enough time for the proper duty station unless the purpose is di- servicing of aircraft at intermediate rectly related to operation of the air- stops, and shall consider the prevailing craft, or for emergency, safety-related, winds en route and the cruising speed or employment-related communica- of the type of aircraft used. This cruis- tions, in accordance with air carrier ing speed may not be more than that procedures approved by the Adminis- resulting from the specified cruising trator.

output of the engines.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] [Docket 20661, 46 FR 5502, Jan. 19, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 121–369, 79 FR 8263, Feb.

§ 121.542 Flight crewmember duties.

12, 2014] (a) No certificate holder shall re- § 121.543 Flight crewmembers at con- quire, nor may any flight crewmember trols.

perform, any duties during a critical (a) Except as provided in paragraph phase of flight except those duties re- quired for the safe operation of the air- (b) of this section, each required flight craft. Duties such as company required crewmember on flight deck duty must calls made for such nonsafety related remain at the assigned duty station VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.544 with seat belt fastened while the air- § 121.545 Manipulation of controls.

craft is taking off or landing, and while No pilot in command may allow any it is en route.

person to manipulate the controls of an (b) A required flight crewmember aircraft during flight nor may any per- may leave the assigned duty station— son manipulate the controls during (1) If the crewmember’s absence is flight unless that person is— necessary for the performance of duties (a) A qualified pilot of the certificate in connection with the operation of the holder operating that aircraft.

aircraft; (b) An authorized pilot safety rep- (2) If the crewmember’s absence is in resentative of the Administrator or of connection with physiological needs; or the National Transportation Safety (3) If the crewmember is taking a rest Board who has the permission of the period, and relief is provided— pilot in command, is qualified in the (i) In the case of the assigned pilot in aircraft, and is checking flight oper- command during the en route cruise ations; or portion of the flight, by a pilot who (c) A pilot of another certificate holds an airline transport pilot certifi- holder who has the permission of the cate not subject to the limitations in pilot in command, is qualified in the § 61.167 of this chapter and an appro- aircraft, and is authorized by the cer- priate type rating, is currently quali- tificate holder operating the aircraft.

fied as pilot in command or second in [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19220, Dec. 31, 1964, as command, and is qualified as pilot in amended by Docket 8084, 32 FR 5769, Apr. 11, command of that aircraft during the en 1967; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978] route cruise portion of the flight. A § 121.547 Admission to flight deck.

second in command qualified to act as a pilot in command en route need not (a) No person may admit any person have completed the following pilot in to the flight deck of an aircraft unless command requirements: The 6-month the person being admitted is— recurrent flight training required by (1) A crewmember; § 121.433(c)(1)(iii); the operating experi- (2) An FAA air carrier inspector, a ence required by § 121.434; the takeoffs DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, and landings required by § 121.439; the or an authorized representative of the line check required by § 121.440; and the National Transportation Safety Board, 6-month proficiency check or simu- who is performing official duties; lator training required by § 121.441(a)(1); (3) Any person who— and (i) Has permission of the pilot in (ii) In the case of the assigned second command, an appropriate management in command, by a pilot qualified to act official of the part 119 certificate hold- as second in command of that aircraft er, and the Administrator; and during en route operations. However, (ii) Is an employee of— the relief pilot need not meet the re- (A) The United States, or cent experience requirements of (B) A part 119 certificate holder and whose duties are such that admission § 121.439(b).

to the flightdeck is necessary or advan- [Docket 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978, as tageous for safe operation; or amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug.

(C) An aeronautical enterprise cer- 2, 1982; Amdt. 121–365, 78 FR 42378, July 15, tificated by the Administrator and 2013] whose duties are such that admission to the flightdeck is necessary or advan- § 121.544 Pilot monitoring.

tageous for safe operation.

Each pilot who is seated at the pilot (4) Any person who has the permis- controls of the aircraft while not flying sion of the pilot in command, an appro- the aircraft must accomplish pilot priate management official of the part monitoring duties as appropriate in ac- 119 certificate holder and the Adminis- cordance with the certificate holder’s trator. Paragraph (a)(2) of this section procedures contained in the manual re- does not limit the emergency authority quired by § 121.133.

of the pilot in command to exclude any person from the flightdeck in the inter- [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] ests of safety.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.550 (b) For the purposes of paragraph supervisor of the operations depart- (a)(3) of this section, employees of the ment of the part 119 certificate holder, United States who deal responsibly listed in the Operations Manual as hav- with matters relating to safety and ing that authority.

employees of the certificate holder [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19220, Dec. 31, 1964, as whose efficiency would be increased by amended by Docket 8084, 32 FR 5769, Apr. 11, familiarity with flight conditions, may 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996; be admitted by the certificate holder.

Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2127, Jan. 15, 2002; Amdt.

However, the certificate holder may 121–298, 68 FR 41217, July 10, 2003] not admit employees of traffic, sales, or other departments that are not di- § 121.548 Aviation safety inspector’s credentials: Admission to pilot’s rectly related to flight operations, un- compartment.

less they are eligible under paragraph (a)(4) of this section.

Whenever, in performing the duties (c) No person may admit any person of conducting an inspection, an inspec- to the flight deck unless there is a seat tor of the Federal Aviation Adminis- available for his use in the passenger tration presents form FAA 110A, compartment, except— ‘‘Aviation Safety Inspector’s Creden- (1) An FAA air carrier inspector, a tial,’’ to the pilot in command of an DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, aircraft operated by a certificate hold- or authorized representative of the Ad- er, the inspector must be given free and ministrator or National Transpor- uninterrupted access to the pilot’s tation Safety Board who is checking or compartment of that aircraft.

observing flight operations; [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] (2) An air traffic controller who is au- thorized by the Administrator to ob- § 121.548a DOD Commercial Air Car- serve ATC procedures; rier Evaluator’s Credential.

(3) A certificated airman employed by the certificate holder whose duties Whenever, in performing the duties require an airman certificate; of conducting an evaluation, a DOD (4) A certificated airman employed commercial air carrier evaluator pre- by another part 119 certificate holder sents S&A Form 110B, ‘‘DOD Commer- whose duties with that part 119 certifi- cial Air Carrier Evaluator’s Creden- cate holder require an airman certifi- tial,’’ to the pilot in command of an cate and who is authorized by the part airplane operated by the certificate 119 certificate holder operating the air- holder, the evaluator must be given craft to make specific trips over a free and uninterrupted access to the pi- route; lot’s compartment of that airplane.

(5) An employee of the part 119 cer- [Docket FAA–2003–15571, 68 FR 41217, July 10, tificate holder operating the aircraft 2003] whose duty is directly related to the conduct or planning of flight oper- § 121.549 Flying equipment.

ations or the in-flight monitoring of (a) The pilot in command shall en- aircraft equipment or operating proce- sure that appropriate aeronautical dures, if his presence on the flightdeck charts containing adequate informa- is necessary to perform his duties and tion concerning navigation aids and in- he has been authorized in writing by a strument approach procedures are responsible supervisor, listed in the Op- aboard the aircraft for each flight.

erations Manual as having that author- (b) Each crewmember shall, on each ity; and flight, have readily available for his (6) A technical representative of the use a flashlight that is in good working manufacturer of the aircraft or its order.

components whose duties are directly related to the in-flight monitoring of § 121.550 Secret Service Agents: Admis- aircraft equipment or operating proce- sion to flight deck.

dures, if his presence on the flightdeck is necessary to perform his duties and Whenever an Agent of the Secret he has been authorized in writing by Service who is assigned the duty of the Administrator and by a responsible protecting a person aboard an aircraft VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.551 operated by a certificate holder con- the pilot in command may take any ac- siders it necessary in the performance tion that he considers necessary under of his duty to ride on the flight deck of the circumstances. In such a case he the aircraft, he must, upon request and may deviate from prescribed oper- presentation of his Secret Service cre- ations procedures and methods, weath- dentials to the pilot in command of the er minimums, and this chapter, to the extent required in the interests of safe- aircraft, be admitted to the flight deck ty.

and permitted to occupy an observer (b) In an emergency situation arising seat thereon.

during flight that requires immediate [Docket 9031, 35 FR 12061, July 28, 1970, as decision and action by an aircraft dis- amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2613, Jan.

patcher, and that is known to him, the 26, 1996] aircraft dispatcher shall advise the pilot in command of the emergency, § 121.551 Restriction or suspension of operation: Domestic and flag oper- shall ascertain the decision of the pilot ations.

in command, and shall have the deci- sion recorded. If the aircraft dispatcher When a certificate holder conducting cannot communicate with the pilot, he domestic or flag operations knows of shall declare an emergency and take conditions, including airport and run- any action that he considers necessary way conditions, that are a hazard to under the circumstances.

safe operations, it shall restrict or sus- (c) Whenever a pilot in command or pend operations until those conditions dispatcher exercises emergency author- are corrected.

ity, he shall keep the appropriate ATC [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] facility and dispatch centers fully in- formed of the progress of the flight.

§ 121.553 Restriction or suspension of The person declaring the emergency operation: Supplemental oper- shall send a written report of any devi- ations.

ation through the certificate holder’s When a certificate holder conducting operations manager, to the Adminis- supplemental operations or pilot in trator. A dispatcher shall send his re- command knows of conditions, includ- port within 10 days after the date of ing airport and runway conditions, the emergency, and a pilot in command that are a hazard to safe operations, shall send his report within 10 days the certificate holder or pilot in com- after returning to his home base.

mand, as the case may be, shall re- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as strict or suspend operations until those amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

conditions are corrected.

26, 1996] [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2613, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.559 Emergencies: Supplemental § 121.555 Compliance with approved operations.

routes and limitations: Domestic (a) In an emergency situation that and flag operations.

requires immediate decision and ac- No pilot may operate an airplane in tion, the pilot in command may take scheduled air transportation— any action that he considers necessary (a) Over any route or route segment under the circumstances. In such a unless it is specified in the certificate case, he may deviate from prescribed holder’s operations specifications; or operations, procedures and methods, (b) Other than in accordance with the weather minimums, and this chapter, limitations in the operations specifica- to the extent required in the interests tions.

of safety.

(b) In an emergency situation arising [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as during flight that requires immediate amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

26, 1996] decision and action by appropriate management personnel in the case of § 121.557 Emergencies: Domestic and operations conducted with a flight fol- flag operations.

lowing service and which is known to (a) In an emergency situation that them, those personnel shall advise the requires immediate decision and action pilot in command of the emergency, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.565 shall ascertain the decision of the pilot larity entered in the log at the end of in command, and shall have the deci- the preceding flight.

sion recorded. If they cannot commu- [Docket 17897, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980, as nicate with the pilot, they shall de- amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug.

clare an emergency and take any ac- 2, 1982] tion that they consider necessary § 121.565 Engine inoperative: Landing; under the circumstances.

reporting.

(c) Whenever emergency authority is exercised, the pilot in command or the (a) Except as provided in paragraph appropriate management personnel (b) of this section, whenever an air- shall keep the appropriate communica- plane engine fails or whenever an en- gine is shutdown to prevent possible tion facility fully informed of the damage, the pilot in command must progress of the flight. The person de- land the airplane at the nearest suit- claring the emergency shall send a able airport, in point of time, at which written report of any deviation, a safe landing can be made.

through the certificate holder’s direc- (b) If not more than one engine of an tor of operations, to the Administrator airplane that has three or more engines within 10 days after the flight is com- fails or is shut down to prevent pos- pleted or, in the case of operations out- sible damage, the pilot-in-command side the United States, upon return to may proceed to an airport that the the home base.

pilot selects if, after considering the [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as following, the pilot makes a reasonable amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. decision that proceeding to that air- 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, port is as safe as landing at the nearest 2007] suitable airport: (1) The nature of the malfunction and § 121.561 Reporting potentially haz- the possible mechanical difficulties ardous meteorological conditions that may occur if flight is continued.

and irregularities of ground facili- (2) The altitude, weight, and useable ties or navigation aids.

fuel at the time that the engine is (a) Whenever he encounters a mete- shutdown.

orological condition or an irregularity (3) The weather conditions en route in aground facility or navigation aid, and at possible landing points.

in flight, the knowledge of which he (4) The air traffic congestion.

considers essential to the safety of (5) The kind of terrain.

other flights, the pilot in command (6) His familiarity with the airport to shall notify an appropriate ground sta- be used.

tion as soon as practicable.

(c) The pilot-in-command must re- (b) The ground radio station that is port each engine shutdown in flight to notified under paragraph (a) of this sec- the appropriate communication facil- tion shall report the information to the ity as soon as practicable and must agency directly responsible for oper- keep that facility fully informed of the ating the facility.

progress of the flight.

(d) If the pilot in command lands at [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as an airport other than the nearest suit- amended by Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June able airport, in point of time, he or she 7, 2007] shall (upon completing the trip) send a written report, in duplicate, to his or § 121.563 Reporting mechanical irreg- her director of operations stating the ularities.

reasons for determining that the selec- The pilot in command shall ensure tion of an airport, other than the near- that all mechanical irregularities oc- est airport, was as safe a course of ac- curring during flight time are entered tion as landing at the nearest suitable in the maintenance log of the airplane airport. The director of operations at the end of that flight time. Before shall, within 10 days after the pilot re- each flight the pilot in command shall turns to his or her home base, send a ascertain the status of each irregu- copy of this report with the director of VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.567 operation’s comments to the respon- ment interchange agreement in its sible Flight Standards office. manuals.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 26, 1996] 1996; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007; § 121.570 Airplane evacuation capa- Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007; bility.

Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] (a) No person may cause an airplane carrying passengers to be moved on the § 121.567 Instrument approach proce- surface, take off, or land unless each dures and IFR landing minimums.

automatically deployable emergency No person may make an instrument evacuation assisting means, installed approach at an airport except in ac- pursuant to § 121.310(a), is ready for cordance with IFR weather minimums evacuation.

and instrument approach procedures (b) Each certificate holder shall en- set forth in the certificate holder’s op- sure that, at all times passengers are erations specifications.

on board prior to airplane movement on the surface, at least one floor-level § 121.569 Equipment interchange: Do- exit provides for the egress of pas- mestic and flag operations.

sengers through normal or emergency (a) Before operating under an inter- means.

change agreement, each certificate [Docket 26142, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992] holder conducting domestic or flag op- erations shall show that— § 121.571 Briefing passengers before (1) The procedures for the inter- takeoff.

change operation conform with this (a) Each certificate holder operating chapter and with safe operating prac- a passenger-carrying airplane shall in- tices; sure that all passengers are orally (2) Required crewmembers and dis- briefed by the appropriate crewmember patchers meet approved training re- as follows: quirements for the airplanes and equip- (1) Before each takeoff, on each of the ment to be used and are familiar with following: the communications and dispatch pro- (i) Smoking. Each passenger shall be cedures to be used; briefed on when, where, and under what (3) Maintenance personnel meet conditions smoking is prohibited in- training requirements for the airplanes cluding, but not limited to, any appli- and equipment, and are familiar with cable requirements of part 252 of this the maintenance procedures to be used; title). This briefing shall include a (4) Flight crewmembers and dis- statement that the Federal Aviation patchers meet appropriate route and Regulations require passenger compli- airport qualifications; and ance with the lighted passenger infor- (5) The airplanes to be operated are mation signs, posted placards, areas essentially similar to the airplanes of designated for safety purposes as no the certificate holder with whom the smoking areas, and crewmember in- interchange is effected with respect to structions with regard to these items.

the arrangement of flight instruments The briefing shall also include a state- and the arrangement and motion of ment that Federal law prohibits tam- controls that are critical to safety un- pering with, disabling, or destroying less the Administrator determines that any smoke detector in an airplane lav- the certificate holder has adequate atory; smoking in lavatories; and, training programs to insure that any when applicable, smoking in passenger potentially hazardous dissimilarities compartments.

are safely overcome by flight crew fa- (ii) The location of emergency exits.

miliarization. (iii) The use of safety belts, including (b) Each certificate holder con- instructions on how to fasten and un- ducting domestic or flag operations fasten the safety belts. Each passenger shall include the pertinent provisions shall be briefed on when, where, and and procedures involved in the equip- under what conditions the safety belt VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.573 must be fastened about that passenger. of each passenger, printed cards This briefing shall include a statement supplementing the oral briefing. Each that the Federal Aviation Regulations card must contain information perti- require passenger compliance with nent only to the type and model of air- lighted passenger information signs plane used for that flight, including— and crewmember instructions con- (1) Diagrams of, and methods of oper- cerning the use of safety belts. ating, the emergency exits; (iv) The location and use of any re- (2) Other instructions necessary for quired emergency flotation means.

use of emergency equipment; and (v) On operations that do not use a (3) No later than June 12, 2005, for Do- flight attendant, the following addi- mestic and Flag scheduled passenger- tional information: carrying flights, the sentence, ‘‘Final (A) The placement of seat backs in an assembly of this airplane was com- upright position before takeoff and pleted in [INSERT NAME OF COUN- landing.

TRY].’’ (B) Location of survival equipment.

(c) The certificate holder shall de- (C) If the flight involves operations scribe in its manual the procedure to above 12,000 MSL, the normal and be followed in the briefing required by emergency use of oxygen.

paragraph (a) of this section.

(D) Location and operation of fire ex- [Docket 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965] tinguisher.

(2) After each takeoff, immediately E DITORIAL N OTE : For F EDERAL R EGISTER ci- before or immediately after turning tations affecting § 121.571, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the the seat belt sign off, an announcement Finding Aids section of the printed volume shall be made that passengers should and at www.govinfo.gov.

keep their seat belts fastened, while seated, even when the seat belt sign is § 121.573 Briefing passengers: Ex- off.

tended overwater operations.

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (a) In addition to the oral briefing re- (a)(4) of this section, before each take- quired by § 121.571(a), each certificate off a required crewmember assigned to holder operating an airplane in ex- the flight shall conduct an individual tended overwater operations shall en- briefing of each person who may need sure that all passengers are orally the assistance of another person to briefed by the appropriate crewmember move expeditiously to an exit in the on the location and operation of life event of an emergency. In the briefing preservers, liferafts, and other flota- the required crewmember shall— tion means, including a demonstration (i) Brief the person and his attend- of the method of donning and inflating ant, if any, on the routes to each ap- a life preserver.

propriate exit and on the most appro- (b) The certificate holder shall de- priate time to begin moving to an exit scribe in its manual the procedure to in the event of an emergency; and be followed in the briefing required by (ii) Inquire of the person and his at- paragraph (a) of this section.

tendant, if any, as to the most appro- (c) If the airplane proceeds directly priate manner of assisting the person over water after takeoff, the briefing so as to prevent pain and further in- required by paragraph (a) of this sec- jury.

tion must be done before takeoff.

(4) The requirements of paragraph (d) If the airplane does not proceed (a)(3) of this section do not apply to a directly over water after takeoff, no person who has been given a briefing part of the briefing required by para- before a previous leg of a flight in the graph (a) of this section has to be given same aircraft when the crewmembers before takeoff, but the entire briefing on duty have been advised as to the must be given before reaching the most appropriate manner of assisting overwater part of the flight.

the person so as to prevent pain and further injury.

[Docket 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as (b) Each certificate holder must amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May carry on each passenger-carrying air- 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–146, 43 FR 28403, June 29, plane, in convenient locations for use 1978] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.574 responding to the pressure in the cabin § 121.574 Oxygen and portable oxygen concentrators for medical use by of the airplane under normal operating passengers.

conditions. This paragraph does not apply to the carriage of oxygen in an (a) A certificate holder may allow a airplane in which the only passengers passenger to carry and operate equip- carried are persons who may have a ment for the storage, generation, or medical need for oxygen during flight, dispensing of oxygen when all of the no more than one relative or other in- conditions in paragraphs (a) through terested person for each of those per- (d) of this section are satisfied. Begin- sons, and medical attendants.

ning August 22, 2016, a certificate hold- (5) When a physician’s statement is er may allow a passenger to carry and required by paragraph (a)(4) of this sec- operate a portable oxygen concentrator tion, the total quantity of oxygen car- when the conditions in paragraphs (b) ried is equal to the maximum quantity and (e) of this section are satisfied.

of oxygen needed each hour, as speci- (1) The equipment is— fied in the physician’s statement, mul- (i) Furnished by the certificate hold- tiplied by the number of hours used to er; compute the amount of airplane fuel (ii) Of an approved type or is in con- required by this part.

formity with the manufacturing, pack- (6) The pilot in command is advised aging, marking, labeling, and mainte- when the equipment is on board, and nance requirements of 49 CFR parts when it is intended to be used.

171, 172, and 173, except § 173.24(a)(1); (7) The equipment is stowed, and (iii) Maintained by the certificate each person using the equipment is holder in accordance with an approved seated, so as not to restrict access to maintenance program; or use of any required emergency, or (iv) Free of flammable contaminants regular exit or of the aisle in the pas- on all exterior surfaces; senger compartment.

(v) Capable of providing a minimum (b) No person may smoke or create mass flow of oxygen to the user of four an open flame and no certificate holder liters per minute; may allow any person to smoke or cre- (vi) Constructed so that all valves, ate an open flame within 10 feet of oxy- fittings, and gauges are protected from gen storage and dispensing equipment damage; and (vii) Appropriately secured. carried in accordance with paragraph (2) When the oxygen is stored in the (a) of this section or a portable oxygen form of a liquid, the equipment has concentrator carried and operated in been under the certificate holder’s ap- accordance with paragraph (e) of this proved maintenance program since its section.

purchase new or since the storage con- (c) No certificate holder may allow tainer was last purged. any person to connect or disconnect (3) When the oxygen is stored in the oxygen dispensing equipment, to or form of a compressed gas as defined in from a gaseous oxygen cylinder while 49 CFR 173.115(b)— any passenger is aboard the airplane.

(i) The equipment has been under the (d) The requirements of this section certificate holder’s approved mainte- do not apply to the carriage of supple- nance program since its purchase new mental or first-aid oxygen and related or since the last hydrostatic test of the equipment required by this chapter.

storage cylinder; and (e) Portable oxygen concentrators —(1) (ii) The pressure in any oxygen cyl- Acceptance criteria. A passenger may inder does not exceed the rated cyl- carry or operate a portable oxygen con- inder pressure. centrator for personal use on board an (4) Each person using the equipment aircraft and a certificate holder may has a medical need to use it evidenced allow a passenger to carry or operate a by a written statement to be kept in portable oxygen concentrator on board that person’s possession, signed by a li- an aircraft operated under this part censed physician which specifies the during all phases of flight if the port- maximum quantity of oxygen needed able oxygen concentrator satisfies all each hour and the maximum flow rate of the requirements in this paragraph needed for the pressure altitude cor- (e): VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.575 (i) Is legally marketed in the United (W) SeQual SAROS; and States in accordance with Food and (X) VBox Trooper Oxygen Concen- Drug Administration requirements in trator.

title 21 of the CFR; (2) Operating requirements. Portable (ii) Does not radiate radio frequency oxygen concentrators that satisfy the emissions that interfere with aircraft acceptance criteria identified in para- systems; graph (e)(1) of this section may be car- (iii) Generates a maximum oxygen ried or operated by a passenger on an pressure of less than 200 kPa gauge aircraft provided the aircraft operator (29.0 psig/43.8 psia) at 20 ° C (68 ° F); ensures that all of the conditions in (iv) Does not contain any hazardous this paragraph (e)(2) are satisfied: materials subject to the Hazardous Ma- (i) Exit seats. No person operating a terials Regulations (49 CFR parts 171 portable oxygen concentrator is per- through 180) except as provided in 49 mitted to occupy an exit seat.

CFR 175.10 for batteries used to power (ii) Stowage of device. During move- portable electronic devices and that do ment on the surface, takeoff and land- not require aircraft operator approval; ing, the device must be stowed under and the seat in front of the user, or in an- (v) Bears a label on the exterior of the device applied in a manner that en- other approved stowage location so sures the label will remain affixed for that it does not block the aisle way or the life of the device and containing the entryway to the row. If the device the following certification statement is to be operated by the user, it must in red lettering: ‘‘The manufacturer of be operated only at a seat location that this POC has determined this device does not restrict any passenger’s access conforms to all applicable FAA accept- to, or use of, any required emergency ance criteria for POC carriage and use or regular exit, or the aisle(s) in the on board aircraft.’’ The label require- passenger compartment.

ments in this paragraph (e)(1)(v) do not [Docket 12169, 39 FR 42677, Dec. 6, 1974, as apply to the following portable oxygen amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June concentrators approved by the FAA for 19, 1980; Docket FAA–2014–0554, Amdt. 121– use on board aircraft prior to May 24, 374, 81 FR 33118, May 24, 2016] 2016: (A) AirSep Focus; § 121.575 Alcoholic beverages.

(B) AirSep FreeStyle; (a) No person may drink any alco- (C) AirSep FreeStyle 5; (D) AirSep LifeStyle; holic beverage aboard an aircraft un- (E) Delphi RS–00400; less the certificate holder operating (F) DeVilbiss Healthcare iGo; the aircraft has served that beverage to (G) Inogen One; him.

(H) Inogen One G2; (b) No certificate holder may serve (I) Inogen One G3; any alcoholic beverage to any person (J) Inova Labs LifeChoice; aboard any of its aircraft who— (K) Inova Labs LifeChoice Activox; (1) Appears to be intoxicated; (L) International Biophysics (2) Is escorting a person or being es- LifeChoice; corted in accordance with 49 CFR (M) Invacare Solo2; 1544.221; or (N) Invacare XPO2; (3) Has a deadly or dangerous weapon (O) Oxlife Independence Oxygen Con- accessible to him while aboard the air- centrator; craft in accordance with 49 CFR (P) Oxus RS–00400; 1544.219, 1544.221, or 1544.223.

(Q) Precision Medical EasyPulse; (c) No certificate holder may allow (R) Respironics EverGo; any person to board any of its aircraft (S) Respironics SimplyGo; if that person appears to be intoxi- (T) SeQual Eclipse; cated.

(U) SeQual eQuinox Oxygen System (d) Each certificate holder shall, (model 4000); (V) SeQual Oxywell Oxygen System within five days after the incident, re- (model 4000); port to the Administrator the refusal VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.576 of any person to comply with para- (1) Flight segment means scheduled graph (a) of this section, or of any dis- nonstop flight time between two air- turbance caused by a person who ap- ports.

pears to be intoxicated aboard any of (2) Sea level equivalent refers to condi- its aircraft.

tions of 25 ° C and 760 millimeters of mercury pressure.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as (b) Except as provided in paragraphs amended by Amdt. 121–118, 40 FR 17552, Apr.

21, 1975; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, (d) and (e) of this section, no certifi- 1982; Amdt. 121–275, 67 FR 31932, May 10, 2002] cate holder may operate an airplane above the following flight levels unless § 121.576 Retention of items of mass in it is successfully demonstrated to the passenger and crew compartments.

Administrator that the concentration The certificate holder must provide of ozone inside the cabin will not ex- and use means to prevent each item of ceed— galley equipment and each serving (1) For flight above flight level 320, cart, when not in use, and each item of 0.25 parts per million by volume, sea crew baggage, which is carried in a pas- level equivalent, at any time above senger or crew compartment from be- that flight level; and coming a hazard by shifting under the (2) For flight above flight level 270, appropriate load factors corresponding 0.1 parts per million by volume, sea to the emergency landing conditions level equivalent, time-weighted aver- under which the airplane was type cer- age for each flight segment that ex- tificated.

ceeds 4 hours and includes flight above that flight level. (For this purpose, the [Docket 16383, 43 FR 22648, May 25, 1978] amount of ozone below flight level 180 § 121.577 Stowage of food, beverage, is considered to be zero.)

and passenger service equipment (c) Compliance with this section during airplane movement on the must be shown by analysis or tests, surface, takeoff, and landing.

based on either airplane operational (a) No certificate holder may move procedures and performance limita- an airplane on the surface, take off, or tions or the certificate holder’s oper- land when any food, beverage, or table- ations. The analysis or tests must show ware furnished by the certificate hold- either of the following: er is located at any passenger seat.

(1) Atmospheric ozone statistics indi- (b) No certificate holder may move cate, with a statistical confidence of at an airplane on the surface, take off, or least 84%, that at the altitudes and lo- land unless each food and beverage cations at which the airplane will be tray and seat back tray table is se- operated cabin ozone concentrations cured in its stowed position.

will not exceed the limits prescribed by (c) No certificate holder may permit paragraph (b) of this section.

an airplane to move on the surface, (2) The airplane ventilation system take off, or land unless each passenger including any ozone control equipment, serving cart is secured in its stowed po- will maintain cabin ozone concentra- sition.

tions at or below the limits prescribed (d) No certificate holder may permit by paragraph (b) of this section.

an airplane to move on the surface, (d) A certificate holder may obtain take off, or land unless each movie an authorization to deviate from the screen that extends into an aisle is requirements of paragraph (b) of this stowed.

section, by an amendment to its oper- (e) Each passenger shall comply with ations specifications, if— instructions given by a crewmember (1) It shows that due to cir- with regard to compliance with this cumstances beyond its control or to section.

unreasonable economic burden it can- [Docket 26142, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992] not comply for a specified period of time; and § 121.578 Cabin ozone concentration.

(2) It has submitted a plan acceptable (a) For the purpose of this section, to the Administrator to effect compli- the following definitions apply: ance to the extent possible.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.579 (e) A certificate holder need not com- (1) For autopilots with an AFM speci- ply with the requirements of paragraph fied altitude loss for approach oper- (b) of this section for an aircraft— ations— (i) An altitude no lower than twice (1) When the only persons carried are the specified altitude loss if higher flight crewmembers and persons listed than 50 feet below the MDA or DA(H); in § 121.583; (ii) An altitude no lower than 50 feet (2) If the aircraft is scheduled for re- higher than the altitude loss specified tirement before January 1, 1985; or in the AFM, when the following condi- (3) If the aircraft is scheduled for re- tions are met— engining under the provisions of sub- (A) Reported weather conditions are part E of part 91, until it is re-engined.

less than the basic VFR weather condi- [Docket 121–154, 45 FR 3883, Jan. 21, 1980. Re- tions in § 91.155 of this chapter; designated by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, (B) Suitable visual references speci- July 10, 1980, and amended by Amdt. 121–181, fied in § 91.175 of this chapter have been 47 FR 58489, Dec. 30, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 established on the instrument ap- FR 65935, Dec. 20, 1995] proach procedure; and (C) The autopilot is coupled and re- § 121.579 Minimum altitudes for use of autopilot. ceiving both lateral and vertical path references; (a) Definitions. For purpose of this (iii) An altitude no lower than the section— higher of the altitude loss specified in (1) Altitudes for takeoff/initial climb the AFM or 50 feet above the TDZE, and go-around/missed approach are de- when the following conditions are fined as above the airport elevation.

met— (2) Altitudes for enroute operations (A) Reported weather conditions are are defined as above terrain elevation.

equal to or better than the basic VFR (3) Altitudes for approach are defined weather conditions in § 91.155 of this as above the touchdown zone elevation chapter; and (TDZE), unless the altitude is specifi- (B) The autopilot is coupled and re- cally in reference to DA (H) or MDA, in ceiving both lateral and vertical path which case the altitude is defined by references; or reference to the DA(H) or MDA itself.

(iv) A greater altitude specified by (b) Takeoff and initial climb. No person the Administrator.

may use an autopilot for takeoff or ini- (2) For autopilots with AFM specified tial climb below the higher of 500 feet approach altitude limitations, the or an altitude that is no lower than greater of— twice the altitude loss specified in the (i) The minimum use altitude speci- Airplane Flight Manual (AFM), except fied for the coupled approach mode se- as follows— lected; (1) At a minimum engagement alti- (ii) 50 feet; or tude specified in the AFM; or (iii) An altitude specified by Admin- (2) At an altitude specified by the Ad- istrator.

ministrator, whichever is greater.

(3) For autopilots with an AFM speci- (c) Enroute. No person may use an fied negligible or zero altitude loss for autopilot enroute, including climb and an autopilot approach mode malfunc- descent, below the following— tion, the greater of— (1) 500 feet; (i) 50 feet; or (2) At an altitude that is no lower (ii) An altitude specified by Adminis- than twice the altitude loss specified in trator.

the AFM for an autopilot malfunction (4) If executing an autopilot coupled in cruise conditions; or go-around or missed approach using a (3) At an altitude specified by the Ad- certificated and functioning autopilot ministrator, whichever is greater.

in accordance with paragraph (e) in (d) Approach. No person may use an this section.

autopilot at an altitude lower than 50 (e) Go-Around/Missed Approach. No feet below the DA(H) or MDA for the person may engage an autopilot during instrument procedure being flown, ex- a go-around or missed approach below cept as follows— the minimum engagement altitude VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.580 specified for takeoff and initial climb speaker for occupancy by the Adminis- in paragraph (b) in this section. An trator while conducting en route in- autopilot minimum use altitude does spections.

not apply to a go-around/missed ap- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19219, Dec. 31, 1964, as proach initiated with an engaged auto- amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22648, May pilot. Performing a go-around or 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, missed approach with an engaged auto- 1995; Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2128, Jan. 15, 2002] pilot must not adversely affect safe ob- stacle clearance.

§ 121.582 Means to discreetly notify a (f) Landing. Notwithstanding para- flightcrew.

graph (d) of this section, autopilot min- Except for all-cargo operations as de- imum use altitudes do not apply to fined in § 110.2 of this chapter, after Oc- autopilot operations when an approved tober 15, 2007, for all passenger car- automatic landing system mode is rying airplanes that require a lockable being used for landing. Automatic flightdeck door in accordance with landing systems must be authorized in § 121.313(f), the certificate holder must an operations specification issued to have an approved means by which the the operator.

cabin crew can discreetly notify the [Docket FAA–2012–1059, 79 FR 6086, Feb. 3, flightcrew in the event of suspicious 2014] activity or security breaches in the cabin.

§ 121.580 Prohibition on interference with crewmembers. [Docket FAA–2005–22449, 72 FR 45635, Aug. 15, 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–353, 76 FR No person may assault, threaten, in- 7488, Feb. 10, 2011] timidate, or interfere with a crew- member in the performance of the § 121.583 Carriage of persons without crewmember’s duties aboard an air- compliance with the passenger-car- craft being operated under this part.

rying requirements of this part.

[Docket FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, (a) When authorized by the certifi- 1999] cate holder, the following persons, but no others, may be carried aboard an § 121.581 Observer’s seat: En route in- airplane without complying with the spections.

passenger-carrying airplane require- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ments in §§ 121.309(f), 121.310, 121.391, (c) of this section, each certificate 121.571, and 121.587; the passenger-car- holder shall make available a seat on rying operation requirements in part the flight deck of each airplane, used 117 and §§ 121.157(c) and 121.291; the re- by it in air commerce, for occupancy quirements pertaining to passengers in by the Administrator while conducting §§ 121.285, 121.313(f), 121.317, 121.547, and en route inspections. The location and 121.573; and the information disclosure equipment of the seat, with respect to requirements in § 121.311(k): its suitability for use in conducting en (1) A crewmember.

route inspections, is determined by the (2) A company employee.

Administrator.

(3) An FAA air carrier inspector, a (b) In each airplane that has more DOD commercial air carrier evaluator, than one observer’s seat, in addition to or an authorized representative of the the seats required for the crew com- National Transportation Safety Board, plement for which the airplane was cer- who is performing official duties.

tificated, the forward observer’s seat or (4) A person necessary for— the observer’s seat selected by the Ad- (i) The safety of the flight; ministrator must be made available (ii) The safe handling of animals; when complying with paragraph (a) of (iii) The safe handling of hazardous this section.

materials whose carriage is governed (c) For any airplane type certificated by regulations in 49 CFR part 175; before December 20, 1995, for not more than 30 passengers that does not have (iv) The security of valuable or con- an observer seat on the flightdeck, the fidential cargo; certificate holder must provide a for- (v) The preservation of fragile or per- ward passenger seat with headset or ishable cargo; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.584 (vi) Experiments on, or testing of, (5) For extended overwater oper- cargo containers or cargo handling de- ations, the location of life rafts, and vices; the location and operation of life pre- (vii) The operation of special equip- servers including a demonstration of ment for loading or unloading cargo; the method of donning and inflating a and life preserver.

(viii) The loading or unloading of (d) Each certificate holder operating outsize cargo.

an airplane carrying persons covered (5) A person described in paragraph by paragraph (a) of this section shall (a)(4) of this section, when traveling to incorporate procedures for the safe car- or from his assignment.

riage of such persons into the certifi- (6) A person performing duty as an cate holder’s operations manual.

honor guard accompanying a shipment (e) The pilot in command may au- made by or under the authority of the thorize a person covered by paragraph United States.

(a) of this section to be admitted to the (7) A military courier, military route crew compartment of the airplane.

supervisor, military cargo contract co- ordinator, or a flight crewmember of [Docket 10580, 35 FR 14612, Sept. 18, 1970, as another military cargo contract air amended by Amdt. 121–96, 37 FR 19608, Sept.

carrier or commercial operator, carried 21, 1972; Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June 19, by a military cargo contract air carrier 1980; Amdt. 121–232, 57 FR 48663, Oct. 27, 1992; or commercial operator in operations Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, 1995; under a military cargo contract, if that Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt.

121–298, 68 FR 41217, July 10, 2003; Amdt. 121– carriage is specifically authorized by 357, 77 FR 403, Jan. 4, 2012; Amdt. 121–373, 80 the appropriate armed forces.

FR 58586, Sept. 30, 2015] (8) A dependent of an employee of the certificate holder when traveling with § 121.584 Requirement to view the the employee on company business to area outside the flightdeck door.

or from outlying stations not served by adequate regular passenger flights. From the time the airplane moves in (b) No certificate holder may operate order to initiate a flight segment an airplane carrying a person covered through the end of that flight segment, by paragraph (a) of this section un- no person may unlock or open the less— flightdeck door unless: (1) Each person has unobstructed ac- (a) A person authorized to be on the cess from his seat to the pilot compart- flightdeck uses an approved audio pro- ment or to a regular or emergency exit; cedure and an approved visual device to (2) The pilot in command has a verify that: means of notifying each person when (1) The area outside the flightdeck smoking is prohibited and when safety door is secure, and; belts must be fastened; and (2) If someone outside the flightdeck (3) The airplane has an approved seat is seeking to have the flightdeck door with an approved safety belt for each opened, that person is not under du- person. The seat must be located so ress, and; that the occupant is not in any posi- (3) If the airplane is in flight, any in- tion to interfere with the flight crew- stalled physical secondary barrier members performing their duties.

(IPSB) required by § 121.313(l) has been (c) Before each takeoff, each certifi- cate holder operating an airplane car- deployed; and rying persons covered by paragraph (a) (b) After the requirements of para- of this section shall ensure that all graph (a) of this section have been sat- such persons have been orally briefed isfactorily accomplished, the crew- by the appropriate crewmember on— member in charge on the flightdeck au- (1) Smoking; thorizes the door to be unlocked and (2) The use of seat belts; open.

(3) The location and operation of [Amdt. 121–334, 72 FR 45635, Aug. 15, 2007, as emergency exits; amended by Amdt. 121–389, 88 FR 41308, June (4) The use of oxygen and emergency 26, 2023] oxygen equipment; and VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.585 seatbacks to the next row objects the § 121.585 Exit seating.

size and weight of over-wing window (a)(1) Each certificate holder shall exit doors; determine, to the extent necessary to (v) To remove obstructions similar in perform the applicable functions of size and weight to over-wing exit doors; paragraph (d) of this section, the suit- (vi) To reach the emergency exit ex- ability of each person it permits to oc- peditiously; cupy an exit seat, in accordance with (vii) To maintain balance while re- this section. For the purpose of this moving obstructions; section— (viii) To exit expeditiously; (i) Exit seat means— (A) Each seat having direct access to (ix) To stabilize an escape slide after an exit; and, deployment; or (B) Each seat in a row of seats (x) To assist others in getting off an through which passengers would have escape slide; to pass to gain access to an exit, from (2) The person is less than 15 years of the first seat inboard of the exit to the age or lacks the capacity to perform first aisle inboard of the exit.

one or more of the applicable functions (ii) A passenger seat having ‘‘direct listed in paragraph (d) of this section access’’ means a seat from which a pas- without the assistance of an adult com- senger can proceed directly to the exit panion, parent, or other relative; without entering an aisle or passing (3) The person lacks the ability to around an obstruction.

read and understand instructions re- (2) Each certificate holder shall make quired by this section and related to the passenger exit seating determina- emergency evacuation provided by the tions required by this paragraph in a certificate holder in printed or graphic non-discriminatory manner consistent form or the ability to understand oral with the requirements of this section, crew commands.

by persons designated in the certificate (4) The person lacks sufficient visual holder’s required operations manual.

capacity to perform one or more of the (3) Each certificate holder shall des- applicable functions in paragraph (d) of ignate the exit seats for each passenger this section without the assistance of seating configuration in its fleet in ac- visual aids beyond contact lenses or cordance with the definitions in this eyeglasses; paragraph and submit those designa- (5) The person lacks sufficient aural tions for approval as part of the proce- capacity to hear and understand in- dures required to be submitted for ap- structions shouted by flight attend- proval under paragraphs (n) and (p) of ants, without assistance beyond a hear- this section.

ing aid; (b) No certificate holder may seat a (6) The person lacks the ability ade- person in a seat affected by this section quately to impart information orally if the certificate holder determines to other passengers; or, that it is likely that the person would (7) The person has: be unable to perform one or more of (i) A condition or responsibilities, the applicable functions listed in para- such as caring for small children, that graph (d) of this section because— might prevent the person from per- (1) The person lacks sufficient mobil- forming one or more of the applicable ity, strength, or dexterity in both arms functions listed in paragraph (d) of this and hands, and both legs: section; or (i) To reach upward, sideways, and (ii) A condition that might cause the downward to the location of emergency person harm if he or she performs one exit and exit-slide operating mecha- or more of the applicable functions nisms; listed in paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) To grasp and push, pull, turn, or otherwise manipulate those mecha- (c) Each passenger shall comply with nisms; instructions given by a crewmember or (iii) To push, shove, pull, or other- other authorized employee of the cer- wise open emergency exits; tificate holder implementing exit seat- (iv) To lift out, hold, deposit on near- ing restrictions established in accord- by seats, or maneuver over the ance with this section.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.585 (d) Each certificate holder shall in- seating if he or she lacks the ability to clude on passenger information cards, read, speak, or understand the lan- presented in the language in which guage or the graphic form in which in- briefings and oral commands are given structions required by this section and by the crew, at each exit seat affected related to emergency evacuation are by this section, information that, in provided by the certificate holder, or the event of an emergency in which a the ability to understand the specified crewmember is not available to assist, language in which crew commands will a passenger occupying an exit seat may be given in an emergency.

use if called upon to perform the fol- (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- lowing functions: sult of performing one or more of those (1) Locate the emergency exit; functions; or, (2) Recognize the emergency exit (4) Does not wish to perform those opening mechanism; functions.

(3) Comprehend the instructions for operating the emergency exit; A certificate holder shall not require (4) Operate the emergency exit; the passenger to disclose his or her rea- (5) Assess whether opening the emer- son for needing reseating.

gency exit will increase the hazards to (f) Each certificate holder shall make which passengers may be exposed; available for inspection by the public (6) Follow oral directions and hand at all passenger loading gates and tick- signals given by a crewmember; et counters at each airport where it (7) Stow or secure the emergency exit conducts passenger operations, written door so that it will not impede use of procedures established for making de- the exit; terminations in regard to exit row (8) Assess the condition of an escape seating.

slide, activate the slide, and stabilize (g) No certificate holder may allow the slide after deployment to assist taxi or pushback unless at least one re- others in getting off the slide; quired crewmember has verified that (9) Pass expeditiously through the no exit seat is occupied by a person the emergency exit; and crewmember determines is likely to be (10) Assess, select, and follow a safe unable to perform the applicable func- path away from the emergency exit.

tions listed in paragraph (d) of this sec- (e) Each certificate holder shall in- tion.

clude on passenger information cards, (h) Each certificate holder shall in- at each exit seat— clude in its passenger briefings a ref- (1) In the primary language in which erence to the passenger information emergency commands are given by the cards, required by paragraphs (d) and crew, the selection criteria set forth in (e), the selection criteria set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, and a re- paragraph (b), and the functions to be quest that a passenger identify himself performed, set forth in paragraph (d) of or herself to allow reseating if he or this section.

she: (i) Each certificate holder shall in- (i) Cannot meet the selection criteria clude in its passenger briefings a re- set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- quest that a passenger identify himself tion; or herself to allow reseating if he or (ii) Has a nondiscernible condition she— that will prevent him or her from per- (1) Cannot meet the selection criteria forming the applicable functions listed set forth in paragraph (b) of this sec- in paragraph (d) of this section; tion; (iii) May suffer bodily harm as the re- (2) Has a nondiscernible condition sult of performing one or more of those that will prevent him or her from per- functions; or forming the applicable functions listed (iv) Does not wish to perform those in paragraph (d) of this section; functions; and (2) In each language used by the cer- (3) May suffer bodily harm as the re- tificate holder for passenger informa- sult of performing one or more of those tion cards, a request that a passenger functions listed in paragraph (d) of this identify himself or herself to allow re- section; or, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.586 (4) Does not wish to perform those principal operations inspectors as- functions listed in paragraph (d) of this signed to them at the responsible section. Flight Standards office.

(o) Certificate holders shall assign A certificate holder shall not require seats prior to boarding consistent with the passenger to disclose his or her rea- the criteria listed in paragraph (b) and son for needing reseating.

the functions listed in paragraph (d) of (j) [Reserved] this section, to the maximum extent (k) In the event a certificate holder feasible.

determines in accordance with this sec- (p) The procedures required by para- tion that it is likely that a passenger graph (n) of this section will not be- assigned to an exit seat would be un- come effective until final approval is able to perform the functions listed in granted by the Executive Director, paragraph (d) of this section or a pas- Flight Standards Service, Washington, senger requests a non-exit seat, the DC. Approval will be based solely upon certificate holder shall expeditiously the safety aspects of the certificate relocate the passenger to a non-exit holder’s procedures.

seat.

(l) In the event of full booking in the [Docket 25821, 55 FR 8072, Mar. 6, 1990, as non-exit seats and if necessary to ac- amended by Amdt. 121–232, 57 FR 48663, Oct.

commodate a passenger being relocated 27, 1992; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 from an exit seat, the certificate hold- FR 9172, 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] er shall move a passenger who is will- ing and able to assume the evacuation § 121.586 Authority to refuse transpor- functions that may be required, to an tation.

exit seat.

(a) No certificate holder may refuse (m) A certificate holder may deny transportation to a passenger on the transportation to any passenger under basis that, because the passenger may this section only because— need the assistance of another person (1) The passenger refuses to comply to move expeditiously to an exit in the with instructions given by a crew- event of an emergency, his transpor- member or other authorized employee tation would or might be inimical to of the certificate holder implementing safety of flight unless— exit seating restrictions established in (1) The certificate holder has estab- accordance with this section, or lished procedures (including reasonable (2) The only seat that will physically notice requirements) for the carriage accommodate the person’s handicap is of passengers who may need the assist- an exit seat.

ance of another person to move expedi- (n) In order to comply with this sec- tiously to an exit in the event of an tion certificate holders shall— emergency; and (1) Establish procedures that address: (2) At least one of the following con- (i) The criteria listed in paragraph ditions exist: (b) of this section; (i) The passenger fails to comply with (ii) The functions listed in paragraph the notice requirements in the certifi- (d) of this section; (iii) The requirements for airport in- cate holder’s procedures.

formation, passenger information (ii) The passenger cannot be carried cards, crewmember verification of ap- in accordance with the certificate hold- propriate seating in exit seats, pas- er’s procedures.

senger briefings, seat assignments, and (b) Each certificate holder shall pro- denial of transportation as set forth in vide the responsible Flight Standards this section; office with a copy of each procedure it (iv) How to resolve disputes arising establishes in accordance with para- from implementation of this section, graph (a)(2) of this section.

including identification of the certifi- (c) Whenever the Administrator finds cate holder employee on the airport to that revisions in the procedures de- whom complaints should be addressed scribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- for resolution; and, tion are necessary in the interest of (2) Submit their procedures for pre- safety or in the public interest, the cer- liminary review and approval to the tificate holder, after notification by VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.589 the Administrator, shall make those specifications. In addition, no pas- revisions in its procedures. Within 30 senger may board an airplane if his/her days after the certificate holder re- carry-on baggage exceeds the baggage ceives such notice, it may file a peti- allowance prescribed in the carry-on tion to reconsider the notice with the baggage program in the certificate responsible Flight Standards office.

holder’s operations specifications.

The filing of a petition to reconsider (b) No certificate holder may allow stays the notice pending a decision by all passenger entry doors of an airplane the Administrator. However, if the Ad- to be closed in preparation for taxi or ministrator finds that there is an pushback unless at least one required emergency that requires immediate ac- crewmember has verified that each ar- tion in the interest of safety in air ticle of baggage is stowed in accord- commerce, he may, upon a statement ance with this section and § 121.285 (c) of the reasons, require a change effec- and (d).

tive without stay.

(c) No certificate holder may allow (d) Each certificate holder shall an airplane to take off or land unless make available to the public at each each article of baggage is stowed: airport it serves a copy of each proce- (1) In a suitable closet or baggage or dure it establishes in accordance with cargo stowage compartment placarded paragraph (a)(1) of this section.

for its maximum weight and providing [Docket 12881, 42 FR 18394, Apr. 7, 1977, as proper restraint for all baggage or amended by Amdt. 121–174, 46 FR 38051, July cargo stowed within, and in a manner 23, 1981; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, that does not hinder the possible use of 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR any emergency equipment; or 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] (2) As provided in § 121.285 (c) and (d); or § 121.587 Closing and locking of (3) Under a passenger seat.

flightcrew compartment door.

(d) Baggage, other than articles of (a) Except as provided in paragraph loose clothing, may not be placed in an (b) of this section, a pilot in command overhead rack unless that rack is of an airplane that has a lockable equipped with approved restraining de- flightcrew compartment door in ac- vices or doors.

cordance with § 121.313 and that is car- (e) Each passenger must comply with rying passengers shall ensure that the instructions given by crewmembers re- door separating the flightcrew com- garding compliance with paragraphs partment from the passenger compart- (a), (b), (c), (d), and (g) of this section.

ment is closed and locked at all times (f) Each passenger seat under which when the aircraft is being operated.

baggage is allowed to be stowed shall (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of be fitted with a means to prevent arti- this section do not apply at any time cles of baggage stowed under it from when it is necessary to permit access sliding forward. In addition, each aisle and egress by persons authorized in ac- seat shall be fitted with a means to cordance with § 121.547 and provided the prevent articles of baggage stowed part 119 operator complies with FAA under it from sliding sideward into the approved procedures regarding the aisle under crash impacts severe opening, closing and locking of the flightdeck doors. enough to induce the ultimate inertia forces specified in the emergency land- [Docket FAA–2001–11032, 67 FR 2128, Jan. 15, ing condition regulations under which 2002] the airplane was type certificated.

§ 121.589 Carry-on baggage.

(g) In addition to the methods of stowage in paragraph (c) of this sec- (a) No certificate holder may allow tion, flexible travel canes carried by the boarding of carry-on baggage on an blind individuals may be stowed— airplane unless each passenger’s bag- (1) Under any series of connected pas- gage has been scanned to control the size and amount carried on board in ac- senger seats in the same row, if the cordance with an approved carry-on cane does not protrude into an aisle baggage program in its operations and if the cane is flat on the floor; or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.590 (2) Between a nonemergency exit hold an airport operating certificate window seat and the fuselage, if the issued under part 139 of this chapter, cane is flat on the floor; or and that serves small air carrier air- (3) Beneath any two nonemergency craft (as defined under ‘‘Air carrier air- exit window seats, if the cane is flat on craft’’ and ‘‘Class III airport’’ in § 139.5 the floor; or of this Chapter).

(4) In accordance with any other (c) An air carrier and a pilot used by method approved by the Adminis- the air carrier in conducting a domes- trator.

tic type operation, flag type operation, or supplemental type operation may [Docket 24996, 52 FR 21476, June 5, 1987, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. operate an airplane at an airport oper- 20, 1995] ated by the U.S. Government that is not certificated under part 139 of this § 121.590 Use of certificated land air- chapter, only if that airport meets the ports in the United States.

equivalent— (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (1) Safety standards for airports cer- (b) or (c) of this section, or unless au- tificated under part 139 of this chapter; thorized by the Administrator under 49 and U.S.C. 44706(c), no air carrier and no (2) Airport classification require- pilot being used by an air carrier may ments under part 139 to serve the type operate, in the conduct of a domestic airplane to be operated and the type of type operation, flag type operation, or operation to be conducted.

supplemental type operation, an air- (d) An air carrier, a commercial oper- plane at a land airport in any State of ator, and a pilot being used by the air the United States, the District of Co- carrier or the commercial operator— lumbia, or any territory or possession when conducting a passenger-carrying of the United States unless that air- airplane operation under this part that port is certificated under part 139 of is not a domestic type operation, a flag this chapter. Further, after June 9, 2005 type operation, or a supplemental type for Class I airports and after December operation—may operate at a land air- 9, 2005 for Class II, III, and IV airports, port not certificated under part 139 of when an air carrier and a pilot being this chapter only when the following used by the air carrier are required to conditions are met: operate at an airport certificated under (1) The airport is adequate for the part 139 of this chapter, the air carrier proposed operation, considering such and the pilot may only operate at that items as size, surface, obstructions, airport if the airport is classified under and lighting.

part 139 to serve the type airplane to be (2) For an airplane carrying pas- operated and the type of operation to sengers at night, the pilot may not be conducted.

take off from, or land at, an airport un- (b)(1) An air carrier and a pilot being less— used by the air carrier in the conduct (i) The pilot has determined the wind of a domestic type operation, flag type direction from an illuminated wind di- operation, or supplemental type oper- rection indicator or local ground com- ation may designate and use as a re- munications or, in the case of takeoff, quired alternate airport for departure that pilot’s personal observations; and or destination an airport that is not (ii) The limits of the area to be used certificated under part 139 of this chap- for landing or takeoff are clearly ter.

shown by boundary or runway marker (2) Until December 9, 2005, an air car- lights. If the area to be used for takeoff rier and a pilot being used by the air or landing is marked by flare pots or carrier in the conduct of domestic type lanterns, their use must be authorized operations and flag type operations, by the Administrator.

may operate an airplane designed for more than 9 but less than 31 passenger (e) A commercial operator and a pilot seats, at a land airport, in any State of used by the commercial operator in the United States, the District of Co- conducting a domestic type operation, lumbia, or any territory or possession flag type operation, or supplemental of the United States, that does not type operation may operate an airplane VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.593 at an airport operated by the U.S. Gov- land airport in any State of the United ernment that is not certificated under States, the District of Columbia, or part 139 of this chapter only if that air- any territory or possession of the port meets the equivalent— United States.

(1) Safety standards for airports cer- United States means the States of the tificated under part 139 of this chapter; United States, the District of Colum- and bia, and the territories and possessions (2) Airport classification require- of the United States.

ments under part 139 of this chapter to N OTE : Special Statutory Requirement to serve the type airplane to be operated Operate to or From a Part 139 Airport. Each and the type of operation to be con- air carrier that provides—in an aircraft (e.g., ducted.

airplane, rotorcraft, etc.) designed for more (f) For the purpose of this section, than 9 passenger seats—regularly scheduled the terms— charter air transportation for which the pub- Domestic type operation means any do- lic is provided in advance a schedule con- mestic operation conducted with— taining the departure location, departure (1) An airplane designed for at least time, and arrival location of the flight must 31 passenger seats (as determined by operate to and from an airport certificated the aircraft type certificate issued by a under part 139 of this chapter in accordance competent civil aviation authority) at with 49 U.S.C. 41104(b). That statutory provi- any land airport in any State of the sion contains stand-alone requirements for United States, the District of Colum- such air carriers and special exceptions for bia, or any territory or possession of operations in Alaska and outside the United States. Nothing in § 121.590 exempts the air the United States; or carriers described in this note from the re- (2) An airplane designed for more quirements of 49 U.S.C. 41104(b). Certain op- than 9 passenger seats but less than 31 erations by air carriers that conduct public passenger seats (as determined by the charter operations under 14 CFR part 380 are aircraft type certificate issued by a covered by the statutory requirements to op- competent civil aviation authority) at erate to and from part 139 airports. See 49 any land airport in any State of the U.S.C. 41104(b).

United States (except Alaska), the Dis- [Docket FAA–2000–7479, 69 FR 6424, Feb. 10, trict of Columbia, or any territory or 2004; Amdt. 121–304, 69 FR 31522, June 4, 2004] possession of the United States.

Flag type operation means any flag op- eration conducted with— Subpart U—Dispatching and Flight (1) An airplane designed for at least Release Rules 31 passenger seats (as determined by the aircraft type certificate issued by a S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, competent civil aviation authority) at 1964, unless otherwise noted.

any land airport in any State of the United States, the District of Colum- § 121.591 Applicability.

bia, or any territory or possession of This subpart prescribes dispatching the United States; or rules for domestic and flag operations (2) An airplane designed for more and flight release rules for supple- than 9 passenger seats but less than 31 mental operations.

passenger seats (as determined by the aircraft type certificate issued by a [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] competent civil aviation authority) at any land airport in any State of the § 121.593 Dispatching authority: Do- United States (except Alaska), the Dis- mestic operations.

trict of Columbia, or any territory or Except when an airplane lands at an possession of the United States.

intermediate airport specified in the Supplemental type operation means original dispatch release and remains any supplemental operation (except an there for not more than one hour, no all-cargo operation) conducted with an person may start a flight unless an air- airplane designed for at least 31 pas- craft dispatcher specifically authorizes senger seats (as determined by the air- that flight.

craft type certificate issued by a com- petent civil aviation authority) at any VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.595 current reports or information on air- § 121.595 Dispatching authority: Flag operations. port conditions and irregularities of navigation facilities that may affect (a) No person may start a flight un- the safety of the flight.

less an aircraft dispatcher specifically (b) Before beginning a flight, the air- authorizes that flight.

craft dispatcher shall provide the pilot (b) No person may continue a flight in command with all available weather from an intermediate airport without reports and forecasts of weather phe- redispatch if the airplane has been on nomena that may affect the safety of the ground more than six hours.

flight, including adverse weather phe- § 121.597 Flight release authority: Sup- nomena, such as clear air turbulence, plemental operations.

thunderstorms, and low altitude wind shear, for each route to be flown and (a) No person may start a flight each airport to be used.

under a flight following system with- (c) During a flight, the aircraft dis- out specific authority from the person patcher shall provide the pilot in com- authorized by the operator to exercise mand any additional available infor- operational control over the flight.

mation of meteorological conditions (b) No person may start a flight un- (including adverse weather phenomena, less the pilot in command or the person such as clear air turbulence, thunder- authorized by the operator to exercise storms, and low altitude wind shear), operational control over the flight has executed a flight release setting forth and irregularities of facilities and serv- the conditions under which the flights ices that may affect the safety of the will be conducted. The pilot in com- flight.

mand may sign the flight release only [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as when he and the person authorized by amended by Amdt. 121–134, 42 FR 27573, May the operator to exercise operational 31, 1977; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May 25, control believe that the flight can be 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] made with safety.

§ 121.603 Facilities and services: Sup- (c) No person may continue a flight plemental operations.

from an intermediate airport without a new flight release if the aircraft has (a) Before beginning a flight, each been on the ground more than six pilot in command shall obtain all hours.

available current reports or informa- tion on airport conditions and irreg- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as ularities of navigation facilities that amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, may affect the safety of the flight.

1965] (b) During a flight, the pilot in com- § 121.599 Familiarity with weather mand shall obtain any additional avail- conditions.

able information of meteorological (a) Domestic and flag operations. No conditions and irregularities of facili- aircraft dispatcher may release a flight ties and services that may affect the unless he is thoroughly familiar with safety of the flight.

reported and forecast weather condi- § 121.605 Airplane equipment.

tions on the route to be flown.

(b) Supplemental operations. No pilot No person may dispatch or release an in command may begin a flight unless airplane unless it is airworthy and is he is thoroughly familiar with reported equipped as prescribed in § 121.303.

and forecast weather conditions on the § 121.607 Communication and naviga- route to be flown.

tion facilities: Domestic and flag op- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as erations.

amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph 26, 1996] (b) of this section for a certificate hold- § 121.601 Aircraft dispatcher informa- er conducting flag operations, no per- tion to pilot in command: Domestic son may dispatch an airplane over an and flag operations.

approved route or route segment unless (a) The aircraft dispatcher shall pro- the communication and navigation fa- vide the pilot in command all available cilities required by §§ 121.99 and 121.103 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.617 for the approval of that route or seg- § 121.615 Dispatch or flight release ment are in satisfactory operating con- over water: Flag and supplemental operations.

dition.

(b) If, because of technical reasons or (a) No person may dispatch or release other reasons beyond the control of a an aircraft for a flight that involves ex- certificate holder conducting flag oper- tended overwater operation unless ap- ations, the facilities required by propriate weather reports or forecasts §§ 121.99 and 121.103 are not available or any combination thereof, indicate over a route or route segment outside that the weather conditions will be at the United States, the certificate hold- or above the authorized minimums at er may dispatch an airplane over that the estimated time of arrival at any route or route segment if the pilot in airport to which dispatched or released command and dispatcher find that or to any required alternate airport.

communication and navigation facili- (b) Each certificate holder con- ties equal to those required are avail- ducting a flag or supplemental oper- ation or a domestic operation within able and are in satisfactory operating the State of Alaska shall conduct ex- condition.

tended overwater operations under IFR [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as unless it shows that operating under amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

IFR is not necessary for safety.

26, 1996] (c) Each certificate holder con- ducting a flag or supplemental oper- § 121.609 Communication and naviga- ation or a domestic operation within tion facilities: Supplemental oper- ations. the State of Alaska shall conduct other overwater operations under IFR if the No person may release an aircraft Administrator determines that oper- over any route or route segment unless ation under IFR is necessary for safety.

communication and navigation facili- (d) Each authorization to conduct ex- ties equal to those required by § 121.121 tended overwater operations under are in satisfactory operating condition.

VFR and each requirement to conduct other overwater operations under IFR § 121.611 Dispatch or flight release will be specified in the certificate hold- under VFR.

er’s operations specifications.

No person may dispatch or release an [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as aircraft for VFR operation unless the amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, ceiling and visibility en route, as indi- 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] cated by available weather reports or forecasts, or any combination thereof, § 121.617 Alternate airport for depar- are and will remain at or above appli- ture.

cable VFR minimums until the aircraft (a) If the weather conditions at the arrives at the airport or airports speci- airport of takeoff are below the landing fied in the dispatch or flight release.

minimums in the certificate holder’s operations specifications for that air- § 121.613 Dispatch or flight release port, no person may dispatch or release under IFR or over the top.

an aircraft from that airport unless the Except as provided in § 121.615, no per- dispatch or flight release specifies an son may dispatch or release an aircraft alternate airport located within the for operations under IFR or over-the- following distances from the airport of top, unless appropriate weather reports takeoff: or forecasts, or any combination there- (1) Aircraft having two engines. Not of, indicate that the weather condi- more than one hour from the departure tions will be at or above the authorized airport at normal cruising speed in minimums at the estimated time of ar- still air with one engine inoperative.

rival at the airport or airports to (2) Aircraft having three or more en- which dispatched or released.

gines. Not more than two hours from the departure airport at normal cruis- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as ing speed in still air with one engine amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, 1967] inoperative.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.619 (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) required and authorized for that air- of this section, the alternate airport port; or weather conditions must meet the re- (ii) At least 1,500 feet above the low- quirements of the certificate holder’s est published instrument approach operations specifications.

minimum or 2,000 feet above the air- (c) No person may dispatch or release port elevation, whichever is greater; an aircraft from an airport unless he and lists each required alternate airport in (iii) The visibility at that airport will the dispatch or flight release.

be at least 3 miles, or 2 miles more than the lowest applicable visibility § 121.619 Alternate airport for destina- minimums, whichever is greater, for tion: IFR or over-the-top: Domestic operations. the instrument approach procedures to be used at the destination airport; or (a) No person may dispatch an air- (2) The flight is over a route approved plane under IFR or over-the-top unless without an available alternate airport he lists at least one alternate airport for a particular destination airport and for each destination airport in the dis- patch release. When the weather condi- the airplane has enough fuel to meet tions forecast for the destination and the requirements of § 121.641(b) or first alternate airport are marginal at § 121.645(c).

least one additional alternate must be (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) designated. However, no alternate air- of this section, the weather conditions port is required if for at least 1 hour at the alternate airport must meet the before and 1 hour after the estimated requirements of the certificate holder’s time of arrival at the destination air- operations specifications.

port the appropriate weather reports or (c) No person may dispatch a flight forecasts, or any combination of them, unless he lists each required alternate indicate— airport in the dispatch release.

(1) The ceiling will be at least 2,000 feet above the airport elevation; and [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as (2) Visibility will be at least 3 miles.

amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan. 26, 1996] of this section, the weather conditions at the alternate airport must meet the § 121.623 Alternate airport for destina- requirements of § 121.625.

tion: IFR or over-the-top: Supple- (c) No person may dispatch a flight mental operations.

unless he lists each required alternate airport in the dispatch release.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each person releas- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as ing an aircraft for operation under IFR amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41594, June 19, 1980] or over-the-top shall list at least one alternate airport for each destination § 121.621 Alternate airport for destina- airport in the flight release.

tion: Flag operations.

(b) An alternate airport need not be (a) No person may dispatch an air- designated for IFR or over-the-top op- plane under IFR or over-the-top unless erations where the aircraft carries he lists at least one alternate airport enough fuel to meet the requirements for each destination airport in the dis- of §§ 121.643 and 121.645 for flights out- patch release, unless— side the 48 contiguous States and the (1) The flight is scheduled for not District of Columbia over routes with- more than 6 hours and, for at least 1 out an available alternate airport for a hour before and 1 hour after the esti- particular airport of destination.

mated time of arrival at the destina- (c) For the purposes of paragraph (a) tion airport, the appropriate weather of this section, the weather require- reports or forecasts, or any combina- ments at the alternate airport must tion of them, indicate the ceiling will meet the requirements of the certifi- be: cate holder’s operations specifications.

(i) At least 1,500 feet above the lowest circling MDA, if a circling approach is VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.628 (d) No person may release a flight un- holder’s operations specifications for less he lists each required alternate that airport when the flight arrives.

airport in the flight release.

[Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, 2007] [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2614, Jan.

§ 121.627 Continuing flight in unsafe 26, 1996] conditions.

§ 121.624 ETOPS Alternate Airports. (a) No pilot in command may allow a flight to continue toward any airport (a) No person may dispatch or release to which it has been dispatched or re- an airplane for an ETOPS flight unless leased if, in the opinion of the pilot in enough ETOPS Alternate Airports are command or dispatcher (domestic and listed in the dispatch or flight release flag operations only), the flight cannot such that the airplane remains within be completed safely; unless, in the the authorized ETOPS maximum diver- opinion of the pilot in command, there sion time. In selecting these ETOPS is no safer procedure. In that event, Alternate Airports, the certificate continuation toward that airport is an holder must consider all adequate air- emergency situation as set forth in ports within the authorized ETOPS di- § 121.557.

version time for the flight that meet (b) If any instrument or item of the standards of this part.

equipment required under this chapter (b) No person may list an airport as for the particular operation becomes an ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dis- inoperative en route, the pilot in com- patch or flight release unless, when it mand shall comply with the approved might be used (from the earliest to the procedures for such an occurrence as latest possible landing time)— specified in the certificate holder’s (1) The appropriate weather reports manual.

or forecasts, or any combination there- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 1922, Dec. 31, 1964, as of, indicate that the weather condi- amended by Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 12310, Mar.

tions will be at or above the ETOPS Al- 22, 1991; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, ternate Airport minima specified in 1996] the certificate holder’s operations § 121.628 Inoperable instruments and specifications; and equipment.

(2) The field condition reports indi- cate that a safe landing can be made. (a) No person may take off an air- plane with inoperable instruments or (c) Once a flight is en route, the equipment installed unless the fol- weather conditions at each ETOPS Al- lowing conditions are met: ternate Airport must meet the require- (1) An approved Minimum Equipment ments of § 121.631 (c).

List exists for that airplane.

(d) No person may list an airport as (2) The responsible Flight Standards an ETOPS Alternate Airport in the dis- office has issued the certificate holder patch or flight release unless that air- operations specifications authorizing port meets the public protection re- operations in accordance with an ap- quirements of § 121.97(b)(1)(ii).

proved Minimum Equipment List. The [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, flight crew shall have direct access at 2007] all times prior to flight to all of the in- formation contained in the approved § 121.625 Alternate Airport weather Minimum Equipment List through minima.

printed or other means approved by the Except as provided in § 121.624 for Administrator in the certificate hold- ETOPS Alternate Airports, no person ers operations specifications. An ap- may list an airport as an alternate in proved Minimum Equipment List, as the dispatch or flight release unless the authorized by the operations specifica- appropriate weather reports or fore- tions, constitutes an approved change casts, or any combination thereof, indi- to the type design without requiring cate that the weather conditions will recertification.

be at or above the alternate weather (3) The approved Minimum Equip- minima specified in the certificate ment List must: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.629 (i) Be prepared in accordance with ing to the wings, control surfaces, pro- the limitations specified in paragraph pellers, engine inlets, or other critical (b) of this section. surfaces of the aircraft or when the (ii) Provide for the operation of the takeoff would not be in compliance airplane with certain instruments and with paragraph (c) of this section.

equipment in an inoperable condition. Takeoffs with frost under the wing in (4) Records identifying the inoperable the area of the fuel tanks may be au- instruments and equipment and the in- thorized by the Administrator.

formation required by paragraph (c) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section must be avail- (d) of this section, no person may dis- able to the pilot. patch, release, or take off an aircraft (5) The airplane is operated under all any time conditions are such that applicable conditions and limitations frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be contained in the Minimum Equipment expected to adhere to the aircraft, un- List and the operations specifications less the certificate holder has an ap- authorizing use of the Minimum Equip- proved ground deicing/anti-icing pro- ment List. gram in its operations specifications (b) The following instruments and and unless the dispatch, release, and equipment may not be included in the takeoff comply with that program. The Minimum Equipment List: approved ground deicing/anti-icing pro- (1) Instruments and equipment that gram must include at least the fol- are either specifically or otherwise re- lowing items: quired by the airworthiness require- (1) A detailed description of— ments under which the airplane is type (i) How the certificate holder deter- certificated and which are essential for mines that conditions are such that safe operations under all operating frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be conditions. expected to adhere to the aircraft and (2) Instruments and equipment re- that ground deicing/anti-icing oper- quired by an airworthiness directive to ational procedures must be in effect; be in operable condition unless the air- (ii) Who is responsible for deciding worthiness directive provides other- that ground deicing/anti-icing oper- wise. ational procedures must be in effect; (3) Instruments and equipment re- (iii) The procedures for implementing quired for specific operations by this ground deicing/anti-icing operational part. procedures; (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) (iv) The specific duties and respon- and (b)(3) of this section, an airplane sibilities of each operational position with inoperable instruments or equip- or group responsible for getting the ment may be operated under a special aircraft safely airborne while ground flight permit under §§ 21.197 and 21.199 deicing/anti-icing operational proce- of this chapter. dures are in effect.

(2) Initial and annual recurrent [Docket 25780, 56 FR 12310, Mar. 22, 1991; ground training and testing for flight Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 14290, Apr. 8, 1991; Amdt.

crewmembers and qualification for all 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996; Docket other affected personnel (e.g., aircraft FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] dispatchers, ground crews, contract personnel) concerning the specific re- § 121.629 Operation in icing condi- quirements of the approved program tions.

and each person’s responsibilities and (a) No person may dispatch or release duties under the approved program, an aircraft, continue to operate an air- specifically covering the following craft en route, or land an aircraft when areas: in the opinion of the pilot in command (i) The use of holdover times.

or aircraft dispatcher (domestic and (ii) Aircraft deicing/anti-icing proce- flag operations only), icing conditions dures, including inspection and check are expected or met that might ad- procedures and responsibilities.

versely affect the safety of the flight. (iii) Communications procedures.

(b) No person may take off an air- (iv) Aircraft surface contamination craft when frost, ice, or snow is adher- ( i.e. , adherence of frost, ice, or snow) VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.631 and critical area identification, and craft’s wings or representative aircraft how contamination adversely affects surfaces for frost, ice, or snow within aircraft performance and flight charac- the aircraft’s holdover time. A pre- teristics.

takeoff contamination check is a check (v) Types and characteristics of deic- to make sure the wings, control sur- ing/anti-icing fluids.

faces, and other critical surfaces, as de- (vi) Cold weather preflight inspection fined in the certificate holder’s pro- procedures; gram, are free of frost, ice, and snow. It (vii) Techniques for recognizing con- must be conducted within five minutes tamination on the aircraft.

prior to beginning take off. This check (3) The certificate holder’s holdover must be accomplished from outside the timetables and the procedures for the aircraft unless the program specifies use of these tables by the certificate otherwise.

holder’s personnel. Holdover time is (d) A certificate holder may continue the estimated time deicing/anti-icing to operate under this section without a fluid will prevent the formation of program as required in paragraph (c) of frost or ice and the accumulation of this section, if it includes in its oper- snow on the protected surfaces of an ations specifications a requirement aircraft. Holdover time begins when that, any time conditions are such that the final application of deicing/anti- frost, ice, or snow may reasonably be icing fluid commences and expires expected to adhere to the aircraft, no when the deicing/anti-icing fluid ap- aircraft will take off unless it has been plied to the aircraft loses its effective- checked to ensure that the wings, con- ness. The holdover times must be sup- trol surfaces, and other critical sur- ported by data acceptable to the Ad- faces are free of frost, ice, and snow.

ministrator. The certificate holder’s The check must occur within five min- program must include procedures for utes prior to beginning takeoff. This flight crewmembers to increase or de- crease the determined holdover time in check must be accomplished from out- changing conditions. The program side the aircraft.

must provide that takeoff after exceed- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as ing any maximum holdover time in the amended by Amdt. 121–231, 57 FR 44942, Sept.

certificate holder’s holdover timetable 29, 1992; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, is permitted only when at least one of 1996] the following conditions exists: (i) A pretakeoff contamination § 121.631 Original dispatch or flight re- check, as defined in paragraph (c)(4) of lease, redispatch or amendment of this section, determines that the dispatch or flight release.

wings, control surfaces, and other crit- (a) A certificate holder may specify ical surfaces, as defined in the certifi- any regular, provisional, or refueling cate holder’s program, are free of frost, airport, authorized for the type of air- ice, or snow.

craft, as a destination for the purpose (ii) It is otherwise determined by an of original dispatch or release.

alternate procedure approved by the (b) No person may allow a flight to Administrator in accordance with the continue to an airport to which it has certificate holder’s approved program been dispatched or released unless the that the wings, control surfaces, and weather conditions at an alternate air- other critical surfaces, as defined in port that was specified in the dispatch the certificate holder’s program, are or flight release are forecast to be at or free of frost, ice, or snow.

above the alternate minimums speci- (iii) The wings, control surfaces, and fied in the operations specifications for other critical surfaces are redeiced and that airport at the time the aircraft a new holdover time is determined.

would arrive at the alternate airport.

(4) Aircraft deicing/anti-icing proce- However, the dispatch or flight release dures and responsibilities, pretakeoff may be amended en route to include check procedures and responsibilities, and pretakeoff contamination check any alternate airport that is within the procedures and responsibilities. A pre- fuel range of the aircraft as specified in takeoff check is a check of the air- §§ 121.639 through 121.647.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.633 (c) No person may allow a flight to proved one-engine inoperative cruise continue beyond the ETOPS Entry speed under standard conditions in still Point unless— air) would exceed the approved time for (1) Except as provided in paragraph the airplane’s most limiting ETOPS (d) of this section, the weather condi- Significant System (including the air- tions at each ETOPS Alternate Airport plane’s most limiting fire suppression required by § 121.624 are forecast to be system time for those cargo and bag- at or above the operating minima for gage compartments required by regula- that airport in the certificate holder’s tion to have fire-suppression systems) operations specifications when it minus 15 minutes.

might be used (from the earliest to the (b) For ETOPS beyond 180 minutes, latest possible landing time); and no person may list an airport as an (2) All ETOPS Alternate Airports ETOPS Alternate Airport in a dispatch within the authorized ETOPS max- or flight release if the time needed to imum diversion time are reviewed and fly to that airport: the flight crew advised of any changes (1) at the all engine operating cruise in conditions that have occurred since speed, corrected for wind and tempera- dispatch.

ture, exceeds the airplane’s most lim- (d) If paragraph (c)(1) of this section iting fire suppression system time cannot be met for a specific airport, minus 15 minutes for those cargo and the dispatch or flight release may be amended to add an ETOPS Alternate baggage compartments required by reg- Airport within the maximum ETOPS ulation to have fire suppression sys- diversion time that could be authorized tems (except as provided in paragraph for that flight with weather conditions (c) of this section), or at or above operating minima.

(2) at the one-engine-inoperative (e) Before the ETOPS Entry Point, cruise speed, corrected for wind and the pilot in command for a supple- temperature, exceeds the airplane’s mental operator or a dispatcher for a most limiting ETOPS Significant Sys- flag operator must use company com- tem time (other than the airplane’s munications to update the flight plan most limiting fire suppression system if needed because of a re-evaluation of time minus 15 minutes for those cargo aircraft system capabilities.

and baggage compartments required by (f) No person may change an original regulation to have fire-suppression sys- destination or alternate airport that is tems).

specified in the original dispatch or (c) For turbine-engine powered air- flight release to another airport while planes with more than two engines, the the aircraft is en route unless the other certificate holder need not meet para- airport is authorized for that type of graph (b)(1) of this section until Feb- aircraft and the appropriate require- ments of §§ 121.593 through 121.661 and ruary 15, 2013.

121.173 are met at the time of redis- [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1882, Jan. 16, patch or amendment of the flight re- 2007] lease.

(g) Each person who amends a dis- § 121.635 Dispatch to and from refuel- patch or flight release en route shall ing or provisional airports: Domes- record that amendment.

tic and flag operations.

[Docket 628, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as No person may dispatch an airplane amended by Amdt. 121–65, 35 FR 12709, Aug.

to or from a refueling or provisional 11, 1970; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1881, Jan. 16, airport except in accordance with the 2007] requirements of this part applicable to dispatch from regular airports and un- § 121.633 Considering time-limited sys- tems in planning ETOPS alternates. less that airport meets the require- ments of this part applicable to regular (a) For ETOPS up to and including airports.

180 minutes, no person may list an air- port as an ETOPS Alternate Airport in [Docket 16383, 43 FR 22649, May 25, 1978] a dispatch or flight release if the time needed to fly to that airport (at the ap- VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.643 for 30 minutes at normal cruising fuel § 121.637 Takeoffs from unlisted and alternate airports: Domestic and consumption for day VFR operations.

flag operations.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as (a) No pilot may takeoff an airplane amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec.

from an airport that is not listed in the 20, 1995] operations specifications unless— (1) The airport and related facilities § 121.641 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: are adequate for the operation of the Flag operations.

airplane; (2) He can comply with the applicable (a) No person may dispatch or take airplane operating limitations; off a nonturbine or turbo-propeller- (3) The airplane has been dispatched powered airplane unless, considering according to dispatching rules applica- the wind and other weather conditions ble to operation from an approved air- expected, it has enough fuel— port; and (1) To fly to and land at the airport (4) The weather conditions at that to which it is dispatched; airport are equal to or better than the (2) Thereafter, to fly to and land at following: the most distant alternate airport (i) Airports in the United States. The specified in the dispatch release; and weather minimums for takeoff pre- (3) Thereafter, to fly for 30 minutes scribed in part 97 of this chapter; or plus 15 percent of the total time re- where minimums are not prescribed for 1 quired to fly at normal cruising fuel the airport, 800–2, 900–1 ⁄2 , or 1,000–1.

consumption to the airports specified (ii) Airports outside the United States.

in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this sec- The weather minimums for takeoff pre- tion or to fly for 90 minutes at normal scribed or approved by the government cruising fuel consumption, whichever of the country in which the airport is is less.

located; or where minimums are not prescribed or approved for the airport, (b) No person may dispatch a nontur- 800–2, 900–1 ⁄2 , or 1,000–1.

bine or turbo-propeller-powered air- (b) No pilot may take off from an al- plane to an airport for which an alter- ternate airport unless the weather con- nate is not specified under ditions are at least equal to the mini- § 121.621(a)(2), unless it has enough fuel, mums prescribed in the certificate considering wind and forecast weather holder’s operations specifications for conditions, to fly to that airport and alternate airports.

thereafter to fly for three hours at nor- mal cruising fuel consumption.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–33, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, § 121.643 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and 1967; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: § 121.639 Fuel supply: All domestic op- Supplemental operations.

erations.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph No person may dispatch or take off (b) of this section, no person may re- an airplane unless it has enough fuel— lease for flight or takeoff a nonturbine (a) To fly to the airport to which it is or turbo-propeller-powered airplane un- dispatched; less, considering the wind and other (b) Thereafter, to fly to and land at weather conditions expected, it has the most distant alternate airport enough fuel— (where required) for the airport to (1) To fly to and land at the airport which dispatched; and to which it is released; (c) Thereafter, to fly for 45 minutes (2) Thereafter, to fly to and land at at normal cruising fuel consumption the most distant alternate airport or, for certificate holders who are au- specified in the flight release; and thorized to conduct day VFR oper- (3) Thereafter, to fly for 45 minutes ations in their operations specifica- at normal cruising fuel consumption tions and who are operating non- transport category airplanes type cer- tificated after December 31, 1964, to fly VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.645 or, for certificate holders who are au- (2) After that, to fly for a period of 10 thorized to conduct day VFR oper- percent of the total time required to ations in their operations specifica- fly from the airport of departure to, tions and who are operating non- and land at, the airport to which it was transport category airplanes type cer- released; (3) After that, to fly to and land at tificated after December 31, 1964, to fly the most distant alternate airport for 30 minutes at normal cruising fuel specified in the flight release, if an al- consumption for day VFR operations.

ternate is required; and (b) If the airplane is released for any (4) After that, to fly for 30 minutes at flight other than from one point in the holding speed at 1,500 feet above the al- contiguous United States to another ternate airport (or the destination air- point in the contiguous United States, port if no alternate is required) under it must carry enough fuel to meet the standard temperature conditions.

requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) and (c) No person may release a turbine- (2) of this section and thereafter fly for engine powered airplane (other than a 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total turbo-propeller airplane) to an airport time required to fly at normal cruising for which an alternate is not specified fuel consumption to the airports speci- under § 121.621(a)(2) or § 121.623(b) unless fied in paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this it has enough fuel, considering wind section, or to fly for 90 minutes at nor- and other weather conditions expected, mal cruising fuel consumption, which- to fly to that airport and thereafter to ever is less.

fly for at least two hours at normal (c) No person may release a nontur- cruising fuel consumption.

bine or turbo-propeller-powered air- (d) The Administrator may amend plane to an airport for which an alter- the operations specifications of a cer- nate is not specified under § 121.623(b), tificate holder conducting flag or sup- unless it has enough fuel, considering plemental operations to require more wind and other weather conditions ex- fuel than any of the minimums stated pected, to fly to that airport and there- in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section if after to fly for three hours at normal he finds that additional fuel is nec- cruising fuel consumption.

essary on a particular route in the in- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as terest of safety.

amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug. (e) For a supplemental operation 12, 1965; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65935, Dec. 20, within the 48 contiguous States and 1995] the District of Columbia with a turbine engine powered airplane the fuel re- § 121.645 Fuel supply: Turbine-engine quirements of § 121.643 apply.

powered airplanes, other than [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as turbo propeller: Flag and supple- amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug.

mental operations.

12, 1965; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May 25, (a) Any flag operation within the 48 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] contiguous United States and the Dis- trict of Columbia may use the fuel re- § 121.646 En-route fuel supply: flag and supplemental operations.

quirements of § 121.639.

(b) For any certificate holder con- (a) No person may dispatch or release ducting flag or supplemental oper- for flight a turbine-engine powered air- ations outside the 48 contiguous United plane with more than two engines for a States and the District of Columbia, flight more than 90 minutes (with all unless authorized by the Administrator engines operating at cruise power) in the operations specifications, no per- from an Adequate Airport unless the son may release for flight or takeoff a following fuel supply requirements are turbine-engine powered airplane (other met: than a turbo-propeller powered air- (1) The airplane has enough fuel to plane) unless, considering wind and meet the requirements of § 121.645(b); other weather conditions expected, it (2) The airplane has enough fuel to has enough fuel— fly to the Adequate Airport— (1) To fly to and land at the airport (i) Assuming a rapid decompression to which it is released; at the most critical point; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.647 (ii) Assuming a descent to a safe alti- section, as reserve fuel to allow for er- tude in compliance with the oxygen rors in wind data.

supply requirements of § 121.333; and (iii) Fuel to account for icing. In cal- (iii) Considering expected wind and culating the amount of fuel required by other weather conditions. paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section (after completing the wind calculation in (3) The airplane has enough fuel to paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section), the hold for 15 minutes at 1500 feet above certificate holder must ensure that the field elevation and conduct a normal airplane carries the greater of the fol- approach and landing.

lowing amounts of fuel in anticipation (b) No person may dispatch or release of possible icing during the diversion: for flight an ETOPS flight unless, con- (A) Fuel that would be burned as a sidering wind and other weather condi- result of airframe icing during 10 per- tions expected, it has the fuel other- cent of the time icing is forecast (in- wise required by this part and enough cluding the fuel used by engine and fuel to satisfy each of the following re- wing anti-ice during this period).

quirements: (B) Fuel that would be used for en- (1) Fuel to fly to an ETOPS Alternate gine anti-ice, and if appropriate wing Airport.

anti-ice, for the entire time during (i) Fuel to account for rapid decom- which icing is forecast.

pression and engine failure. The air- (iv) Fuel to account for engine dete- plane must carry the greater of the fol- rioration. In calculating the amount of lowing amounts of fuel: fuel required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of (A) Fuel sufficient to fly to an this section (after completing the wind ETOPS Alternate Airport assuming a calculation in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of rapid decompression at the most crit- this section), the airplane also carries ical point followed by descent to a safe fuel equal to 5% of the fuel specified altitude in compliance with the oxygen above, to account for deterioration in supply requirements of § 121.333 of this cruise fuel burn performance unless the chapter; certificate holder has a program to (B) Fuel sufficient to fly to an monitor airplane in-service deteriora- ETOPS Alternate Airport (at the one- tion to cruise fuel burn performance.

engine-inoperative cruise speed) as- (2) Fuel to account for holding, ap- suming a rapid decompression and a si- proach, and landing. In addition to the multaneous engine failure at the most fuel required by paragraph (b)(1) of this critical point followed by descent to a section, the airplane must carry fuel safe altitude in compliance with the sufficient to hold at 1500 feet above oxygen requirements of § 121.333 of this field elevation for 15 minutes upon chapter; or reaching an ETOPS Alternate Airport (C) Fuel sufficient to fly to an and then conduct an instrument ap- ETOPS Alternate Airport (at the one proach and land.

engine inoperative cruise speed) assum- (3) Fuel to account for APU use. If an ing an engine failure at the most crit- APU is a required power source, the ical point followed by descent to the certificate holder must account for its one engine inoperative cruise altitude.

fuel consumption during the appro- (ii) Fuel to account for errors in wind priate phases of flight.

forecasting. In calculating the amount of fuel required by paragraph (b)(1)(i) of [Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1882, Jan. 16, 2007, as amended by Amdt. 121–348, 75 FR this section, the certificate holder 12121, Mar. 15, 2010] must increase the actual forecast wind speed by 5% (resulting in an increase in § 121.647 Factors for computing fuel headwind or a decrease in tailwind) to required.

account for any potential errors in Each person computing fuel required wind forecasting. If a certificate holder for the purposes of this subpart shall is not using the actual forecast wind consider the following: based on a wind model accepted by the (a) Wind and other weather condi- FAA, the airplane must carry addi- tions forecast.

tional fuel equal to 5% of the fuel re- quired for paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this (b) Anticipated traffic delays.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.649 (c) One instrument approach and pos- (2) Parts 91 and 97 of this chapter, if sible missed approach at destination. the certificate holder’s operations (d) Any other conditions that may specifications do not specify takeoff delay landing of the aircraft.

minimums for the airport.

(b) Except as provided in paragraphs For the purposes of this section, re- (d) and (e) of this section, no pilot may quired fuel is in addition to unusable continue an approach past the final ap- fuel.

proach fix, or where a final approach § 121.649 Takeoff and landing weather fix is not used, begin the final approach minimums: VFR: Domestic oper- segment of an instrument approach ations.

procedure— (1) At any airport, unless the U.S.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, regardless of any National Weather Service, a source ap- clearance from ATC, no pilot may proved by that Service, or a source ap- takeoff or land an airplane under VFR proved by the Administrator, issues a when the reported ceiling or visibility weather report for that airport; and is less than the following: (2) At airports within the United (1) For day operations—1,000-foot States and its territories or at U.S.

ceiling and one-mile visibility.

military airports, unless the latest (2) For night operations—1,000-foot weather report for that airport issued ceiling and two-mile visibility.

by the U.S. National Weather Service, (b) Where a local surface restriction a source approved by that Service, or a to visibility exists (e.g., smoke, dust, source approved by the Administrator, blowing snow or sand) the visibility for reports the visibility to be equal to or day and night operations may be re- more than the visibility minimums duced to ⁄2 mile, if all turns after take- prescribed for that procedure. For the off and prior to landing, and all flight purpose of this section, the term ‘‘U.S.

beyond one mile from the airport military airports’’ means airports in boundary can be accomplished above or foreign countries where flight oper- outside the area of local surface visi- ations are under the control of U.S.

bility restriction.

military authority.

(c) The weather minimums in this (c) A pilot who has begun the final section do not apply to the VFR oper- approach segment of an instrument ap- ation of fixed-wing aircraft at any of proach procedure in accordance with the locations where the special weather paragraph (b) of this section, and after minimums of § 91.157 of this chapter are that receives a later weather report in- not applicable (See part 91, appendix D, dicating below-minimum conditions, section 3 of this chapter). The basic may continue the approach to DA/DH VFR weather minimums of § 91.155 of or MDA. Upon reaching DA/DH or at this chapter apply at those locations.

MDA, and at any time before the [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as missed approach point, the pilot may amended by Amdt. 121–39, 33 FR 4097, Mar. 2, continue the approach below DA/DH or 1968; Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug. 18, 1989; MDA if either the requirements of Amdt. 121–226, 56 FR 65663, Dec. 17, 1991] § 91.176 of this chapter, or the following requirements are met: § 121.651 Takeoff and landing weather minimums: IFR: All certificate hold- (1) The aircraft is continuously in a ers.

position from which a descent to a landing on the intended runway can be (a) Notwithstanding any clearance made at a normal rate of descent using from ATC, no pilot may begin a takeoff normal maneuvers, and where that de- in an airplane under IFR when the scent rate will allow touchdown to weather conditions reported by the occur within the touchdown zone of the U.S. National Weather Service, a source approved by that Service, or a runway of intended landing; source approved by the Administrator, (2) The flight visibility is not less are less than those specified in— than the visibility prescribed in the (1) The certificate holder’s operations standard instrument approach proce- specifications; or dure being used; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.651 (3) Except for Category II or Cat- (2) The flight visibility is not less egory III approaches where any nec- than the visibility prescribed in the essary visual reference requirements standard instrument approach proce- are specified by authorization of the dure being used; and Administrator, at least one of the fol- (3) Except for Category II or Cat- lowing visual references for the in- egory III approaches where any nec- tended runway is distinctly visible and essary visual reference requirements identifiable to the pilot: are specified by the authorization of (i) The approach light system, except the Administrator, at least one of the that the pilot may not descend below following visual references for the in- 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- tended runway is distinctly visible and vation using the approach lights as a identifiable to the pilot: reference unless the red terminating (i) The approach light system, except bars or the red side row bars are also that the pilot may not descend below distinctly visible and identifiable. 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- (ii) The threshold. vation using the approach lights as a (iii) The threshold markings. reference unless the red terminating (iv) The threshold lights. bars or the red side row bars are also (v) The runway end identifier lights. distinctly visible and identifiable.

(vi) The visual approach slope indi- (ii) The threshold.

cator. (iii) The threshold markings.

(vii) The touchdown zone or touch- (iv) The threshold lights.

down zone markings. (v) The runway end identifier lights.

(viii) The touchdown zone lights. (vi) The visual approach slope indi- (ix) The runway or runway markings. cator.

(x) The runway lights; and (vii) The touchdown zone or touch- (4) When the aircraft is on a straight- down zone markings.

in nonprecision approach procedure (viii) The touchdown zone lights.

which incorporates a visual descent (ix) The runway or runway markings.

point, the aircraft has reached the vis- (x) The runway lights.

ual descent point, except where the air- (e) A pilot may begin the final ap- craft is not equipped for or capable of proach segment of an instrument ap- establishing that point, or a descent to proach procedure, or continue that ap- the runway cannot be made using nor- proach procedure, at an airport when mal procedures or rates of descent if the visibility is reported to be less than descent is delayed until reaching that the visibility minimums prescribed for point. that procedure if the pilot uses an op- (d) A pilot may begin the final ap- erable EFVS in accordance with § 91.176 proach segment of an instrument ap- of this chapter and the certificate hold- proach procedure other than a Cat- er’s operations specifications for EFVS egory II or Category III procedure at operations.

an airport when the visibility is less (f) For the purpose of this section, than the visibility minimums pre- the final approach segment begins at scribed for that procedure if the airport the final approach fix or facility pre- is served by an operative ILS and an scribed in the instrument approach operative PAR, and both are used by procedure. When a final approach fix is the pilot. However, no pilot may con- not prescribed for a procedure that in- tinue an approach below the authorized cludes a procedure turn, the final ap- DA/DH unless the requirements of proach segment begins at the point § 91.176 of this chapter, or the following where the procedure turn is completed requirements are met: and the aircraft is established inbound (1) The aircraft is continuously in a toward the airport on the final ap- position from which a descent to a proach course within the distance pre- landing on the intended runway can be scribed in the procedure.

made at a normal rate of descent using (g) Unless otherwise authorized in normal maneuvers and where such a the certificate holder’s operations descent rate will allow touchdown to specifications, each pilot making an occur within the touchdown zone of the IFR takeoff, approach, or landing at a runway of intended landing; foreign airport shall comply with the VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.652 applicable instrument approach proce- § 121.653 [Reserved] dures and weather minimums pre- scribed by the authority having juris- § 121.655 Applicability of reported weather minimums.

diction over the airport.

In conducting operations under [Docket 20060, 46 FR 2291, Jan. 8, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 121–303, 69 FR 1641, Jan. 9, §§ 121.649 through 121.653, the ceiling 2004; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007; and visibility values in the main body Docket FAA–2013–0485, Amdt. 121–376, 81 FR of the latest weather report control for 90175, Dec. 13, 2016] VFR and IFR takeoffs and landings and for instrument approach procedures on § 121.652 Landing weather minimums: all runways of an airport. However, if IFR: All certificate holders.

the latest weather report, including an (a) If the pilot in command of an air- oral report from the control tower, plane has not served 100 hours as pilot contains a visibility value specified as in command in operations under this runway visibility or runway visual part in the type of airplane he is oper- range for a particular runway of an air- ating, the MDA or DA/DH and visi- port, that specified value controls for bility landing minimums in the certifi- VFR and IFR landings and takeoffs and cate holder’s operations specification straight-in instrument approaches for for regular, provisional, or refueling that runway.

airports are increased by 100 feet and one-half mile (or the RVR equivalent).

§ 121.657 Flight altitude rules.

The MDA or DA/DH and visibility minimums need not be increased above (a) General. Notwithstanding § 91.119 those applicable to the airport when or any rule applicable outside the used as an alternate airport, but in no United States, no person may operate event may the landing minimums be an aircraft below the minimums set less than 300 and 1. However, a Pilot in forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this command employed by a certificate section, except when necessary for holder conducting operations in large takeoff or landing, or except when, aircraft under part 135 of this chapter, after considering the character of the may credit flight time acquired in op- terrain, the quality and quantity of erations conducted for that operator meteorological services, the naviga- under part 91 in the same type airplane tional facilities available, and other for up to 50 percent of the 100 hours of flight conditions, the Administrator pilot in command experience required prescribes other minimums for any by this paragraph.

route or part of a route where he finds (b) The 100 hours of pilot in command that the safe conduct of the flight re- experience required by paragraph (a) of quires other altitudes. Outside of the this section may be reduced (not to ex- United States the minimums pre- ceed 50 percent) by substituting one scribed in this section are controlling landing in operations under this part in unless higher minimums are prescribed the type of airplane for 1 required hour in the certificate holder’s operations of pilot in command experience, if the specifications or by the foreign country pilot has at least 100 hours as pilot in over which the aircraft is operating.

command of another type airplane in (b) Day VFR operations. No certificate operations under this part.

holder conducting domestic operations (c) Category II minimums and the may operate a passenger-carrying air- sliding scale when authorized in the craft and no certificate holder con- certificate holder’s operations speci- ducting flag or supplemental oper- fications do not apply until the pilot in ations may operate any aircraft under command subject to paragraph (a) of VFR during the day at an altitude less this section meets the requirements of than 1,000 feet above the surface or less that paragraph in the type of airplane he is operating. than 1,000 feet from any mountain, hill, or other obstruction to flight.

[Docket 7594, 33 FR 10843, July 31, 1968, as (c) Night VFR, IFR, and over-the-top amended by Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May operations. No person may operate an 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–333, 72 FR 31682, June 7, 2007] aircraft under IFR including over-the- VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.667 top or at night under VFR at an alti- § 121.661 Initial approach altitude: tude less than 1,000 feet above the high- Flag operations.

est obstacle within a horizontal dis- When making an initial approach to tance of five miles from the center of a radio navigation facility under IFR, the intended course, or, in designated no person may descend below the perti- mountainous areas, less than 2,000 feet nent minimum altitude for initial ap- above the highest obstacle within a proach (as specified in the instrument horizontal distance of five miles from approach procedure for that facility) the center of the intended course.

until his arrival over that facility has (d) Day over-the-top operations below been definitely established.

minimum en route altitudes. A person may conduct day over-the-top oper- § 121.663 Responsibility for dispatch ations in an airplane at flight altitudes release: Domestic and flag oper- lower than the minimum en route IFR ations.

altitudes if— Each certificate holder conducting (1) The operation is conducted at domestic or flag operations shall pre- least 1,000 feet above the top of lower pare a dispatch release for each flight broken or overcast cloud cover; between specified points, based on in- (2) The top of the lower cloud cover is formation furnished by an authorized generally uniform and level; aircraft dispatcher. The pilot in com- (3) Flight visibility is at least five mand and an authorized aircraft dis- miles; and patcher shall sign the release only if (4) The base of any higher broken or they both believe that the flight can be overcast cloud cover is generally uni- made with safety. The aircraft dis- form and level and is at least 1,000 feet patcher may delegate authority to sign above the minimum en route IFR alti- a release for a particular flight, but he tude for that route segment.

may not delegate his authority to dis- patch.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May [Docket 28154, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug. 18, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] § 121.665 Load manifest.

Each certificate holder is responsible § 121.659 Initial approach altitude: Do- mestic and supplemental oper- for the preparation and accuracy of a ations.

load manifest form before each takeoff.

The form must be prepared and signed (a) Except as provided in paragraph for each flight by employees of the cer- (b) of this section, when making an ini- tificate holder who have the duty of su- tial approach to a radio navigation fa- pervising the loading of aircraft and cility under IFR, no person may de- preparing the load manifest forms or scend an aircraft below the pertinent by other qualified persons authorized minimum altitude for initial approach by the certificate holder.

(as specified in the instrument ap- proach procedure for that facility) § 121.667 Flight plan: VFR and IFR: until his arrival over that facility has Supplemental operations.

been definitely established.

(a) No person may take off an air- (b) When making an initial approach craft unless the pilot in command has on a flight being conducted under filed a flight plan, containing the ap- § 121.657(d), no pilot may commence an propriate information required by part instrument approach until his arrival 91, with the nearest FAA communica- over the radio facility has definitely tion station or appropriate military been established. In making an instru- station or, when operating outside the ment approach under these cir- cumstances no person may descend an United States, with other appropriate aircraft lower than 1,000 feet above the authority. However, if communications top of the lower cloud or the minimum facilities are not readily available, the altitude determined by the Adminis- pilot in command shall file the flight trator for that part of the IFR ap- plan as soon as practicable after the proach, whichever is lower. aircraft is airborne. A flight plan must VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.681 continue in effect for all parts of the used in complying with the require- flight. ments of paragraph (a) of this section.

(b) When flights are operated into [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as military airports, the arrival or com- amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22649, May pletion notice required by §§ 91.153 and 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–241, 59 FR 42993, Aug. 19, 91.169 may be filed with the appropriate 1994; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996] airport control tower or aeronautical § 121.685 Aircraft record: Domestic communication facility used for that and flag operations.

airport.

Each certificate holder conducting [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19222, Dec. 31, 1964, as domestic or flag operations shall main- amended by Amdt. 121–206, 54 FR 34331, Aug.

tain a current list of each aircraft that 18, 1989] it operates in scheduled air transpor- tation and shall send a copy of the Subpart V—Records and Reports record and each change to the respon- sible Flight Standards office. Airplanes S OURCE : Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, of another certificate holder operated 1964, unless otherwise noted.

under an interchange agreement may be incorporated by reference.

§ 121.681 Applicability.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, 1996, as This subpart prescribes requirements amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

for the preparation and maintenance of 121–380, 83 FR 9172, Mar. 5, 2018] records and reports for all certificate holders. § 121.687 Dispatch release: Flag and domestic operations.

§ 121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher (a) The dispatch release may be in record.

any form but must contain at least the (a) Each certificate holder shall— following information concerning each (1) Maintain current records of each flight: crewmember and each aircraft dis- (1) Identification number of the air- craft.

patcher (domestic and flag operations only) that show whether the crew- (2) Trip number.

member or aircraft dispatcher complies (3) Departure airport, intermediate with the applicable sections of this stops, destination airports, and alter- chapter, including, but not limited to, nate airports.

proficiency and route checks, airplane (4) A statement of the type of oper- and route qualifications, training, any ation (e.g., IFR, VFR).

required physical examinations, flight, (5) Minimum fuel supply.

duty, and rest time records; and (6) For each flight dispatched as an ETOPS flight, the ETOPS diversion (2) Record each action taken con- time for which the flight is dispatched.

cerning the release from employment or physical or professional disqualifica- (b) The dispatch release must con- tain, or have attached to it, weather tion of any flight crewmember or air- reports, available weather forecasts, or craft dispatcher (domestic and flag op- a combination thereof, for the destina- erations only) and keep the record for tion airport, intermediate stops, and at least six months thereafter.

alternate airports, that are the latest (b) Each certificate holder con- available at the time the release is ducting supplemental operations shall signed by the pilot in command and maintain the records required by para- dispatcher. It may include any addi- graph (a) of this section at its principal tional available weather reports or base of operations, or at another loca- forecasts that the pilot in command or tion used by it and approved by the Ad- the aircraft dispatcher considers nec- ministrator.

essary or desirable.

(c) Computer record systems ap- [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as proved by the Administrator may be amended by Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1883, Jan.

16, 2007] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.695 (b) The maximum allowable weight § 121.689 Flight release form: Supple- mental operations. for that flight that must not exceed the least of the following weights: (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) Maximum allowable takeoff (c) of this section, the flight release weight for the runway intended to be may be in any form but must contain used (including corrections for altitude at least the following information con- and gradient, and wind and tempera- cerning each flight: ture conditions existing at the takeoff (1) Company or organization name.

time).

(2) Make, model, and registration (2) Maximum takeoff weight consid- number of the aircraft being used.

ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- (3) Flight or trip number, and date of tion that allows compliance with appli- flight.

cable en route performance limita- (4) Name of each flight crewmember, tions.

flight attendant, and pilot designated (3) Maximum takeoff weight consid- as pilot in command.

ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- (5) Departure airport, destination air- tion that allows compliance with the ports, alternate airports, and route. maximum authorized design landing weight limitations on arrival at the (6) Minimum fuel supply (in gallons destination airport.

or pounds).

(4) Maximum takeoff weight consid- (7) A statement of the type of oper- ering anticipated fuel and oil consump- ation (e.g., IFR, VFR).

tion that allows compliance with land- (8) For each flight released as an ing distance limitations on arrival at ETOPS flight, the ETOPS diversion the destination and alternate airports.

time for which the flight is released.

(c) The total weight computed under (b) The aircraft flight release must approved procedures.

contain, or have attached to it, weath- (d) Evidence that the aircraft is load- er reports, available weather forecasts, ed according to an approved schedule or a combination thereof, for the des- that insures that the center of gravity tination airport, and alternate air- is within approved limits.

ports, that are the latest available at (e) Names of passengers, unless such the time the release is signed. It may information is maintained by other include any additional available weath- means by the certificate holder.

er reports or forecasts that the pilot in [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as command considers necessary or desir- amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41595, June able.

19, 1980; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan. 26, (c) Each certificate holder con- 1996] ducting domestic or flag operations under the rules of this part applicable § 121.695 Disposition of load manifest, to supplemental operations shall com- dispatch release, and flight plans: Domestic and flag operations.

ply with the dispatch or flight release forms required for scheduled operations (a) The pilot in command of an air- under this subpart.

plane shall carry in the airplane to its destination— [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as (1) A copy of the completed load amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2615, Jan.

manifest (or information from it, ex- 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–329, 72 FR 1883, Jan. 16, 2007] cept information concerning cargo and passenger distribution); § 121.691 [Reserved] (2) A copy of the dispatch release; and § 121.693 Load manifest: All certificate (3) A copy of the flight plan.

holders.

(b) The certificate holder shall keep The load manifest must contain the copies of the records required in this following information concerning the section for at least three months.

loading of the airplane at takeoff time: [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as (a) The weight of the aircraft, fuel amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar.

and oil, cargo and baggage, passengers 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, and crewmembers. 1996] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.697 the records required by this section for § 121.697 Disposition of load manifest, flight release, and flight plans: Sup- at least three months.

plemental operations.

[Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as (a) The pilot in command of an air- amended by Amdt. 121–123, 40 FR 44541, Sept.

29, 1975; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, plane shall carry in the airplane to its 1978; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; destination the original or a signed Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2616, Jan. 26, 1996] copy of the— (1) Load manifest; §§ 121.698–121.699 [Reserved] (2) Flight release; (3) Airworthiness release; § 121.701 Maintenance log: Aircraft.

(4) Pilot route certification; and (a) Each person who takes action in (5) Flight plan.

the case of a reported or observed fail- (b) If a flight originates at the cer- ure or malfunction of an airframe, en- tificate holder’s principal base of oper- gine, propeller, or appliance that is ations, it shall retain at that base a critical to the safety of flight shall signed copy of each document listed in make, or have made, a record of that paragraph (a) of this section.

action in the airplane’s maintenance (c) Except as provided in paragraph log.

(d) of this section, if a flight originates (b) Each certificate holder shall have at a place other than the certificate an approved procedure for keeping ade- holder’s principal base of operations, quate copies of the record required in the pilot in command (or another per- paragraph (a) of this section in the air- son not aboard the airplane who is au- plane in a place readily accessible to thorized by the certificate holder) each flight crewmember and shall put shall, before or immediately after de- that procedure in the certificate hold- parture of the flight, mail signed cop- er’s manual.

ies of the documents listed in para- § 121.703 Service difficulty reports.

graph (a) of this section, to the prin- cipal base of operations.

(a) Each certificate holder shall re- (d) If a flight originates at a place port the occurrence or detection of other than the certificate holder’s prin- each failure, malfunction, or defect cipal base of operations, and there is at concerning— that place a person to manage the (1) Fires during flight and whether flight departure for the certificate the related fire-warning system func- holder who does not himself or herself tioned properly; depart on the airplane, signed copies of (2) Fires during flight not protected the documents listed in paragraph (a) by a related fire-warning system; of this section may be retained at that (3) False fire warning during flight; place for not more than 30 days before (4) An engine exhaust system that being sent to the certificate holder’s causes damage during flight to the en- principal base of operations. However, gine, adjacent structure, equipment, or the documents for a particular flight components; need not be further retained at that (5) An aircraft component that place or be sent to the principal base of causes accumulation or circulation of operations, if the originals or other smoke, vapor, or toxic or noxious copies of them have been previously re- fumes in the crew compartment or pas- turned to the principal base of oper- senger cabin during flight; ations.

(6) Engine shutdown during flight be- (e) The certificate holder conducting cause of flameout; supplemental operations shall: (7) Engine shutdown during flight (1) Identify in its operations manual when external damage to the engine or the person having custody of the copies airplane structure occurs; of documents retained in accordance (8) Engine shutdown during flight due with paragraph (d) of this section; and to foreign object ingestion or icing; (2) Retain at its principal base of op- (9) Engine shutdown during flight of erations either an original or a copy of more than one engine; VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.703 (10) A propeller feathering system or Monday, and a report due on a holiday ability of the system to control over- may be submitted on the next work speed during flight; day.

(11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system (e) The certificate holder shall sub- that affects fuel flow or causes haz- mit the reports required by this section ardous leakage during flight; on a form or in another format accept- (12) An unwanted landing gear exten- able to the Administrator. The reports sion or retraction, or an unwanted shall include the following informa- opening or closing of landing gear tion: doors during flight; (1) Type and identification number of (13) Brake system components that the aircraft.

result in loss of brake actuating force (2) The name of the operator.

when the airplane is in motion on the (3) The date, flight number, and stage ground; during which the incident occurred (14) Aircraft structure that requires (e.g., preflight, takeoff, climb, cruise, major repair; descent landing, and inspection).

(15) Cracks, permanent deformation, (4) The emergency procedure effected or corrosion of aircraft structures, if (e.g., unscheduled landing and emer- more than the maximum acceptable to gency descent).

the manufacturer or the FAA; (5) The nature of the failure, mal- (16) Aircraft components or systems function, or defect.

that result in taking emergency ac- (6) Identification of the part and sys- tions during flight (except action to tem involved, including available infor- shut down an engine); and mation pertaining to type designation (17) Emergency evacuation systems of the major component and time since or components including all exit doors, overhaul.

passenger emergency evacuation light- (7) Apparent cause of the failure, ing systems, or evacuation equipment malfunction, or defect (e.g., wear, that are found defective, or that fail to crack, design deficiency, or personnel perform the intended functions during error).

an actual emergency or during train- (8) Whether the part was repaired, re- ing, testing, maintenance, demonstra- placed, sent to the manufacturer, or tions, or inadvertent deployments. other action taken.

(b) For the purpose of this section (9) Whether the aircraft was ground- during flight means the period from the ed.

moment the aircraft leaves the surface (10) Other pertinent information nec- of the earth on takeoff until it touches essary for more complete identifica- down on landing. tion, determination of seriousness, or (c) In addition to the reports required corrective action.

by paragraph (a) of this section, each (f) A certificate holder that is also certificate holder shall report any the holder of a Type Certificate (in- other failure, malfunction, or defect in cluding a Supplemental Type Certifi- an aircraft that occurs or is detected at cate), a Parts Manufacturer Approval, any time if, in its opinion, that failure, or a Technical Standard Order Author- malfunction, or defect has endangered ization, or that is the licensee of a type or may endanger the safe operation of certificate holder, need not report a an aircraft used by it. failure, malfunction, or defect under (d) Each certificate holder shall sub- this section if the failure, malfunction, mit each report required by this sec- or defect has been reported by it under tion, covering each 24-hour period be- § 21.3 of this chapter or under the acci- ginning at 0900 local time of each day dent reporting provisions of 49 CFR and ending at 0900 local time on the part 830.

next day, to the FAA offices in Okla- (g) No person may withhold a report homa City, Oklahoma. Each report of required by this section even though occurrences during a 24-hour period all information required in this section shall be submitted to the collection is not available.

point within the next 96 hours. How- (h) When certificate holder gets addi- ever, a report due on Saturday or Sun- tional information, including informa- day may be submitted on the following tion from the manufacturer or other VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.705 agency, concerning a report required the Administrator who is assigned to by this section, it shall expeditiously it.

submit it as a supplement to the first § 121.709 Airworthiness release or air- report and reference the date and place craft log entry.

of submission of the first report.

(a) No certificate holder may operate [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as an aircraft after maintenance, preven- amended by Docket 8084, 32 FR 5770, Apr. 11, 1967; Amdt. 121–72, 35 FR 18188, Nov. 28, 1970; tive maintenance or alterations are Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; performed on the aircraft unless the Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; certificate holder, or the person with Amdt. 121–187, 50 FR 32375, Aug. 9, 1985; whom the certificate holder arranges Amdt. 121–195, 53 FR 8728, Mar. 16, 1988; for the performance of the mainte- Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995; nance, preventive maintenance, or al- Amdt. 121–319, 70 FR 76979, Dec. 29, 2005; terations, prepares or causes to be pre- Amdt. 121–387, 87 FR 75846, Dec. 9, 2022] pared— § 121.705 Mechanical interruption (1) An airworthiness release; or summary report.

(2) An appropriate entry in the air- Each certificate holder shall submit craft log.

to the Administrator, before the end of (b) The airworthiness release or log the 10th day of the following month, a entry required by paragraph (a) of this summary report for the previous section must— month of: (1) Be prepared in accordance with (a) Each interruption to a flight, un- the procedures set forth in the certifi- scheduled change of aircraft en route, cate holder’s manual; or unscheduled stop or diversion from a (2) Include a certification that— route, caused by known or suspected (i) The work was performed in ac- mechanical difficulties or malfunctions cordance with the requirements of the that are not required to be reported certificate holder’s manual; under § 121.703.

(ii) All items required to be inspected (b) The number of engines removed were inspected by an authorized person prematurely because of malfunction, who determined that the work was sat- failure or defect, listed by make and isfactorily completed; model and the aircraft type in which it (iii) No known condition exists that was installed.

would make the airplane unairworthy; (c) The number of propeller and featherings in flight, listed by type of (iv) So far as the work performed is propeller and engine and aircraft on concerned, the aircraft is in condition which it was installed. Propeller for safe operation; and featherings for training, demonstra- (3) Be signed by an authorized certifi- tion, or flight check purposes need not cated mechanic or repairman except be reported.

that a certificated repairman may sign [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as the release or entry only for the work amended by Amdt. 121–10, 30 FR 10025, Aug.

for which he is employed and certifi- 12, 1965; Amdt. 121–319, 70 FR 76979, Dec. 29, cated.

2005] (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) § 121.707 Alteration and repair re- of this section, after maintenance, pre- ports.

ventive maintenance, or alterations performed by a repair station that is (a) Each certificate holder shall, located outside the United States, the promptly upon its completion, prepare airworthiness release or log entry re- a report of each major alteration or quired by paragraph (a) of this section major repair of an airframe, aircraft may be signed by a person authorized engine, propeller, or appliance of an by that repair station.

aircraft operated by it.

(b) The certificate holder shall sub- (d) When an airworthiness release mit a copy of each report of a major al- form is prepared the certificate holder teration to, and shall keep a copy of must give a copy to the pilot in com- each report of a major repair available mand and must keep a record thereof for inspection by, the representative of for at least 2 months.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.721 (e) Instead of restating each of the (b) Each commercial operator who conditions of the certification required conducts intrastate operations for by paragraph (b) of this section, the air compensation or hire shall submit a fi- carrier may state in its manual that nancial report for the first 6 months of the signature of an authorized certifi- each fiscal year and another financial cated mechanic or repairman con- report for each complete fiscal year. If stitutes that certification.

that person’s operating certificate is suspended for more than 29 days, that [Docket 6258, 29 FR 19226, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–6, 30 FR 6432, May 8, person shall submit a financial report 1965; Amdt. 121–21, 31 FR 10613, Aug. 9, 1966; as of the last day of the month in Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001] which the suspension is terminated.

The report required to be submitted by § 121.711 Communication records: Do- this section shall be submitted within mestic and flag operations.

60 days of the last day of the period (a) Each certificate holder con- covered by the report and must in- ducting domestic or flag operations clude— must record each en route communica- (1) A balance sheet that shows assets, tion between the certificate holder and liabilities, and net worth on the last its pilots using a communication sys- day of the reporting period; tem as required by § 121.99 of this part.

(2) The information required by (b) For purposes of this section the § 119.36 (e)(2), (e)(7), and (e)(8) of this term en route means from the time the chapter; aircraft pushes back from the depart- ing gate until the time the aircraft (3) An itemization of claims in litiga- reaches the arrival gate at its destina- tion against the applicant, if any, as of tion. the last day of the period covered by (c) The record required in paragraph the report; (a) of this section must contain at least (4) A profit and loss statement with the following information: the separation of items relating to the (1) The date and time of the contact; applicant’s commercial operator ac- (2) The flight number; tivities from his other business activi- (3) Aircraft registration number; ties, if any; and (4) Approximate position of the air- (5) A list of each contract that gave craft during the contact; rise to operating income on the profit (5) Call sign; and and loss statement, including the (6) Narrative of the contact.

names and addresses of the contracting (d) The record required in paragraph parties and the nature, scope, date, and (a) of this section must be kept for at duration of each contract.

least 30 days.

[Docket 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as [Docket FAA–2008–0677, 78 FR 67841, Nov. 12, amended by Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13257, Mar.

2013] 19, 1997] § 121.713 Retention of contracts and amendments: Commercial operators Subpart W—Crewmember who conduct intrastate operations Certificate: International for compensation or hire.

(a) Each commercial operator who § 121.721 Applicability.

conducts intrastate operations for This section describes the certifi- compensation or hire shall keep a copy cates that were issued to United States of each written contract under which it citizens who were employed by air car- provides services as a commercial oper- riers at the time of issuance as flight ator for a period of at least 1 year after crewmembers on United States reg- the date of execution of the contract.

istered aircraft engaged in inter- In the case of an oral contract, it shall national air commerce. The purpose of keep a memorandum stating its ele- the certificate is to facilitate the entry ments, and of any amendments to it, and clearance of those crewmembers for a period of at least one year after the execution of that contract or into ICAO contracting states. They change. were issued under Annex 9, as amended, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.723 to the Convention on International (3) Must be clearly identified and Civil Aviation. clearly marked to indicate its method of operation; and [Docket 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996] (4) When carried in a compartment or container, must be carried in a com- § 121.723 Surrender of international partment or container marked as to crewmember certificate.

contents and the compartment or con- The holder of a certificate issued tainer, or the item itself, must be under this section, or the air carrier by marked as to date of last inspection.

whom the holder is employed, shall (c) For treatment of injuries, medical surrender the certificate for cancella- events, or minor accidents that might tion at the responsible Flight Stand- occur during flight time each airplane ards office at the termination of the must have the following equipment holder’s employment with that air car- that meets the specifications and re- rier.

quirements of appendix A of this part: (1) Approved first-aid kits.

[Docket 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996, as (2) In airplanes for which a flight at- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

tendant is required, an approved emer- 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] gency medical kit.

(3) In airplanes for which a flight at- Subpart X—Emergency Medical tendant is required, an approved emer- Equipment and Training gency medical kit as modified effective April 12, 2004.

S OURCE : Docket FAA–2000–7119, 66 FR 19044, (4) In airplanes for which a flight at- Apr. 12, 2001, unless otherwise noted.

tendant is required and with a max- imum payload capacity of more than § 121.801 Applicability.

7,500 pounds, an approved automated external defibrillator as of April 12, This subpart prescribes the emer- 2004.

gency medical equipment and training requirements applicable to all certifi- § 121.805 Crewmember training for in- cate holders operating passenger-car- flight medical events.

rying airplanes under this part. Noth- (a) Each training program must pro- ing in this subpart is intended to re- vide the instruction set forth in this quire certificate holders or its agents section with respect to each airplane to provide emergency medical care or type, model, and configuration, each to establish a standard of care for the required crewmember, and each kind of provision of emergency medical care.

operation conducted, insofar as appro- priate for each crewmember and the § 121.803 Emergency medical equip- certificate holder.

ment.

(b) Training must provide the fol- (a) No person may operate a pas- lowing: senger-carrying airplane under this (1) Instruction in emergency medical part unless it is equipped with the event procedures, including coordina- emergency medical equipment listed in tion among crewmembers.

this section.

(2) Instruction in the location, func- (b) Each equipment item listed in tion, and intended operation of emer- this section— gency medical equipment.

(1) Must be inspected regularly in ac- (3) Instruction to familiarize crew- cordance with inspection periods estab- members with the content of the emer- lished in the operations specifications gency medical kit.

to ensure its condition for continued (4) Instruction to familiarize crew- serviceability and immediate readiness members with the content of the emer- to perform its intended emergency pur- gency medical kit as modified on April poses; 12, 2004.

(2) Must be readily accessible to the (5) For each flight attendant— crew and, with regard to equipment lo- (i) Instruction, to include perform- cated in the passenger compartment, ance drills, in the proper use of auto- to passengers; mated external defibrillators.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.905 (ii) Instruction, to include perform- craft dispatchers, and other operations ance drills, in cardiopulmonary resus- personnel.

citation.

(b) Each certificate holder that ob- (iii) Recurrent training, to include tains approval of an AQP under this performance drills, in the proper use of subpart must comply with all the re- an automated external defibrillators quirements of the AQP and this sub- and in cardiopulmonary resuscitation part instead of the corresponding pro- at least once every 24 months.

visions of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or 135 of (c) The crewmember instruction, per- this chapter. However, each applicable formance drills, and recurrent training requirement of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or required under this section are not re- 135 of this chapter, including but not quired to be equivalent to the expert limited to practical test requirements, level of proficiency attained by profes- that is not specifically addressed in the sional emergency medical personnel.

AQP continues to apply to the certifi- cate holder and to the individuals Subpart Y—Advanced being trained and qualified by the cer- Qualification Program tificate holder. No person may be trained under an AQP unless that AQP has been approved by the FAA and the S OURCE : Docket FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, Sept. 16, 2005, unless otherwise noted.

person complies with all the require- ments of the AQP and this subpart.

§ 121.901 Purpose and eligibility.

(c) No certificate holder that con- (a) Contrary provisions of parts 61, 63, ducts its training program under this 65, 121, 135, and 142 of this chapter not- subpart may use any person nor may withstanding, this subpart provides for any person serve in any duty position approval of an alternative method as a required crewmember, an aircraft (known as ‘‘Advanced Qualification dispatcher, an instructor, or an eval- Program’’ or ‘‘AQP’’) for qualifying, uator, unless that person has satisfac- training, certifying, and otherwise en- torily accomplished, in a training pro- suring competency of crewmembers, gram approved under this subpart for aircraft dispatchers, other operations the certificate holder, the training and personnel, instructors, and evaluators evaluation of proficiency required by who are required to be trained under the AQP for that type airplane and parts 121 and 135 of this chapter.

duty position.

(b) A certificate holder is eligible (d) All documentation and data re- under this subpart if the certificate quired under this subpart must be sub- holder is required or elects to have an mitted in a form and manner accept- approved training program under able to the FAA.

§§ 121.401, 135.3(c), or 135.341 of this (e) Any training or evaluation re- chapter.

quired under an AQP that is satisfac- (c) A certificate holder obtains ap- torily completed in the calendar month proval of each proposed curriculum before or the calendar month after the under this AQP as specified in § 121.909.

calendar month in which it is due is § 121.903 General requirements for Ad- considered to have been completed in vanced Qualification Programs.

the calendar month it was due.

(a) A curriculum approved under an § 121.905 Confidential commercial in- AQP may include elements of existing formation.

training programs under part 121 and part 135 of this chapter. Each cur- (a) Each certificate holder that riculum must specify the make, model, claims that AQP information or data it series or variant of aircraft and each is submitting to the FAA is entitled to crewmember position or other posi- confidential treatment under 5 U.S.C.

tions to be covered by that curriculum. 552(b)(4) because it constitutes con- Positions to be covered by the AQP fidential commercial information as must include all flight crewmember po- described in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), and sitions, flight instructors, and eval- should be withheld from public disclo- uators and may include other posi- sure, must include its request for con- tions, such as flight attendants, air- fidentiality with each submission.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.907 (b) When requesting confidentiality Job task listing means a listing of all for submitted information or data, the tasks, subtasks, knowledge, and skills certificate holder must: required for accomplishing the oper- ational job.

(1) If the information or data is transmitted electronically, embed the Line Operational Evaluation (LOE) claim of confidentiality within the means a simulated line environment, electronic record so the portions the scenario content of which is de- claimed to be confidential are readily signed to test integrating technical apparent when received and reviewed. and CRM skills.

(2) If the information or data is sub- Line Operational Simulation (LOS) mitted in paper format, place the word means a training or evaluation session, ‘‘CONFIDENTIAL’’ on the top of each as applicable, that is conducted in a page containing information or data simulated line environment using claimed to be confidential. equipment qualified and approved for (3) Justify the basis for a claim of its intended purpose in an AQP.

confidentiality under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4).

Planned hours means the estimated amount of time (as specified in a cur- § 121.907 Definitions.

riculum outline) that it takes a typical student to complete a segment of in- The following definitions apply to struction (to include all instruction, this subpart: demonstration, practice, and evalua- Crew Resource Management (CRM) tion, as appropriate, to reach pro- means the effective use of all the re- ficiency).

sources available to crewmembers, in- Qualification standard means a state- cluding each other, to achieve a safe ment of a minimum required perform- and efficient flight.

ance, applicable parameters, criteria, Curriculum outline means a listing of applicable flight conditions, evaluation each segment, module, lesson, and les- strategy, evaluation media, and appli- son element in a curriculum, or an cable document references.

equivalent listing acceptable to the Qualification standards document FAA.

means a single document containing Evaluation of proficiency means a Line all the qualification standards for an Operational Evaluation (LOE) or an AQP together with a prologue that pro- equivalent evaluation under an AQP vides a detailed description of all fac- acceptable to the FAA.

ets of the evaluation process.

Evaluator means a person who as- Special tracking means assigning a sesses or judges the performance of person to an augmented schedule of crewmembers, instructors, other eval- training, checking, or both.

uators, aircraft dispatchers, or other Training session means a contiguously operations personnel.

scheduled period devoted to training First Look means the assessment of activities at a facility approved by the performance to determine proficiency FAA for that purpose.

on designated flight tasks before any Variant means a specifically config- briefing, training, or practice on those ured aircraft for which the FAA has tasks is given in the training session identified training and qualifications for a continuing qualification cur- that are significantly different from riculum. First Look is conducted dur- those applicable to other aircraft of the ing an AQP continuing qualification same make, model, and series.

cycle to determine trends of degraded proficiency, if any, due in part to the § 121.909 Approval of Advanced Quali- length of the interval between training fication Program.

sessions.

(a) Approval process. Application for Instructional systems development approval of an AQP curriculum under means a systematic methodology for this subpart is made to the responsible developing or modifying qualification Flight Standards office.

standards and associated curriculum content based on a documented anal- (b) Approval criteria. Each AQP must ysis of the job tasks, skills, and knowl- have separate curriculums for indoc- edge required for job proficiency. trination, qualification, and continuing VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.911 qualification (including upgrade, tran- moving from its present approved sition, and requalification), as specified training to the advanced qualification in §§ 121.911, 121.913, and 121.915. All program training.

AQP curriculums must be based on an (d) Advanced Qualification Program re- instructional systems development visions or rescissions of approval. If after methodology. This methodology must a certificate holder begins training and incorporate a thorough analysis of the qualification under an AQP, the FAA certificate holder’s operations, air- finds the certificate holder is not meet- craft, line environment and job func- ing the provisions of its approved AQP, tions. All AQP qualification and con- the FAA may require the certificate tinuing qualification curriculums must holder, pursuant to § 121.405(e), to make integrate the training and evaluation revisions. Or if otherwise warranted, of CRM and technical skills and knowl- the FAA may withdraw AQP approval edge. An application for approval of an and require the certificate holder to AQP curriculum may be approved if submit and obtain approval for a plan the program meets the following re- (containing a schedule of events) that quirements: the certificate holder must comply (1) The program must meet all the re- with and use to transition to an ap- quirements of this subpart.

proved training program under subpart (2) Each indoctrination, qualifica- N of this part or under subpart H of tion, and continuing qualification part 135 of this chapter, as appropriate.

AQP, and derivatives must include the The certificate holder may also volun- following documentation: tarily submit and obtain approval for a (i) Initial application for AQP.

plan (containing a schedule of events) (ii) Initial job task listing.

to transition to an approved training (iii) Instructional systems develop- program under subpart N of this part ment methodology.

or under subpart H of part 135 of this (iv) Qualification standards docu- chapter, as appropriate.

ment.

(e) Approval by the FAA. Final ap- (v) Curriculum outline.

proval of an AQP by the FAA indicates (vi) Implementation and operations the FAA has accepted the justification plan.

provided under paragraph (b)(4) of this (3) Subject to approval by the FAA, section and the applicant’s initial jus- certificate holders may elect, where tification and continuing process es- appropriate, to consolidate informa- tablish an equivalent level of safety for tion about multiple programs within each requirement of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, any of the documents referenced in and 135 of this chapter that is being re- paragraph (b)(2) of this section.

placed.

(4) The Qualification Standards Doc- [Docket FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, Sept. 16, ument must indicate specifically the 2005, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, requirements of the parts 61, 63, 65, 121, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018; Dock- or 135 of this chapter, as applicable, et FAA–2022–1355, Amdt. 121–387, 87 FR 75846, that would be replaced by an AQP cur- Dec. 9, 2022] riculum. If a practical test require- ment of parts 61, 63, 65, 121, or 135 of § 121.911 Indoctrination curriculum.

this chapter is replaced by an AQP cur- Each indoctrination curriculum must riculum, the certificate holder must es- include the following: tablish an initial justification and a (a) For newly hired persons being continuing process approved by the trained under an AQP: The certificate FAA to show how the AQP curriculum holder’s policies and operating prac- provides an equivalent level of safety tices and general operational knowl- for each requirement that is to be re- edge.

placed.

(b) For newly hired crewmembers and (c) Application and transition. Each aircraft dispatchers: General aero- certificate holder that applies for one nautical knowledge appropriate to the or more advanced qualification cur- duty position.

riculums must include as part of its ap- plication a proposed transition plan (c) For instructors: The fundamental (containing a calendar of events) for principles of the teaching and learning VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.913 process; methods and theories of in- ticular make, model, and series air- struction; and the knowledge necessary craft (or variant).

to use aircraft, flight training devices, (2) A list of and text describing the flight simulators, and other training knowledge requirements, subject mate- equipment in advanced qualification rials, job skills, and qualification curriculums, as appropriate.

standards of each procedure and pro- (d) For evaluators: General evalua- ficiency objective to be trained and tion requirements of the AQP; methods evaluated.

of evaluating crewmembers and air- (3) A list of and text describing eval- craft dispatchers and other operations uation/remediation strategies, stand- personnel, as appropriate, and policies ardization policies and recency require- and practices used to conduct the kinds ments.

of evaluations particular to an AQP (e) For evaluators: The requirements (e.g., LOE).

of paragraph (d)(1) of this section plus the following, as appropriate: § 121.913 Qualification curriculum.

(1) Training and evaluation activities Each qualification curriculum must that are aircraft and equipment spe- contain training, evaluation, and cer- cific to qualify a person to assess the tification activities, as applicable for performance of persons who operate or specific positions subject to the AQP, who ensure the safe operation of, a par- as follows: ticular make, model, and series air- (a) The certificate holder’s planned craft (or variant).

hours of training, evaluation, and su- (2) A list of and text describing the pervised operating experience.

(b) For crewmembers, aircraft dis- knowledge requirements, subject mate- patchers, and other operations per- rials, job skills, and qualification sonnel, the following: standards of each procedure and pro- (1) Training, evaluation, and certifi- ficiency objective to be trained and cation activities that are aircraft- and evaluated.

equipment-specific to qualify a person (3) A list of and text describing eval- for a particular duty position on, or du- uation/remediation strategies, stand- ties related to the operation of, a spe- ardization policies and recency require- cific make, model, series, or variant ments.

aircraft.

(2) A list of and text describing the § 121.915 Continuing qualification cur- knowledge requirements, subject mate- riculum.

rials, job skills, and qualification Each continuing qualification cur- standards of each proficiency objective riculum must contain training and to be trained and evaluated.

evaluation activities, as applicable for (3) The requirements of the certifi- specific positions subject to the AQP, cate holder’s approved AQP program as follows: that are in addition to or in place of, (a) Continuing qualification cycle. A the requirements of parts 61, 63, 65, 121 continuing qualification cycle that en- or 135 of this chapter, including any ap- sures that during each cycle each per- plicable practical test requirements.

son qualified under an AQP, including (4) A list of and text describing oper- instructors and evaluators, will receive ating experience, evaluation/remedi- a mix that will ensure training and ation strategies, provisions for special evaluation on all events and subjects tracking, and how recency of experi- necessary to ensure that each person ence requirements will be accom- maintains proficiency in knowledge, plished.

technical skills, and cognitive skills (c) For flight crewmembers: Initial required for initial qualification in ac- operating experience and line check.

cordance with the approved continuing (d) For instructors, the following as qualification AQP, evaluation/remedi- appropriate: ation strategies, and provisions for spe- (1) Training and evaluation activities to qualify a person to conduct instruc- cial tracking. Each continuing quali- tion on how to operate, or on how to fication cycle must include at least the ensure the safe operation of a par- following: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.915 (1) Evaluation period. Initially the evaluation of performance on a sample continuing qualification cycle is com- of those events and major subjects prised of two or more evaluation peri- identified as diagnostic of competence ods of equal duration. Each person and approved for that purpose by the qualified under an AQP must receive FAA. The following evaluation require- ground training and flight training, as ments apply: appropriate, and an evaluation of pro- (1) Evaluation of proficiency as fol- ficiency during each evaluation period lows: at a training facility. The number and (i) For pilots in command, seconds in frequency of training sessions must be command, and flight engineers: An approved by the FAA. evaluation of proficiency, portions of (2) Training. Continuing qualification which may be conducted in an aircraft, must include training in all tasks, pro- flight simulator, or flight training de- cedures and subjects required in ac- vice as approved in the certificate cordance with the approved program holder’s curriculum that must be com- documentation, as follows: pleted during each evaluation period.

(i) For pilots in command, seconds in (ii) For any other persons covered by command, and flight engineers, First an AQP, a means to evaluate their pro- Look in accordance with the certifi- ficiency in the performance of their du- cate holder’s FAA-approved program ties in their assigned tasks in an oper- documentation. ational setting.

(ii) For pilots in command, seconds (2) Line checks as follows: in command, flight engineers, flight at- (i) Except as provided in paragraph tendants, instructors and evaluators: (b)(2)(ii) of this section, for pilots in Ground training including a general re- command: A line check conducted in view of knowledge and skills covered in an aircraft during actual flight oper- qualification training, updated infor- ations under part 121 or part 135 of this mation on newly developed procedures, chapter or during operationally (line) and safety information. oriented flights, such as ferry flights or (iii) For crewmembers, instructors, proving flights. A line check must be evaluators, and other operational per- completed in the calendar month at sonnel who conduct their duties in the midpoint of the evaluation period.

flight: Proficiency training in an air- (ii) With the FAA’s approval, a no- craft, flight training device, flight sim- notice line check strategy may be used ulator, or other equipment, as appro- in lieu of the line check required by priate, on normal, abnormal, and emer- paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section. The gency flight procedures and maneuvers. certificate holder who elects to exer- (iv) For dispatchers and other oper- cise this option must ensure the ‘‘no- ational personnel who do not conduct notice’’ line checks are administered so their duties in flight: ground training the flight crewmembers are not noti- including a general review of knowl- fied before the evaluation. In addition, edge and skills covered in qualification the AQP certificate holder must ensure training, updated information on newly that each pilot in command receives at developed procedures, safety related in- least one ‘‘no-notice’’ line check every formation, and, if applicable, a line ob- 24 months. As a minimum, the number servation program. of ‘‘no-notice’’ line checks adminis- (v) For instructors and evaluators: tered each calendar year must equal at Proficiency training in the type flight least 50% of the certificate holder’s training device or the type flight simu- pilot-in-command workforce in accord- lator, as appropriate, regarding train- ance with a strategy approved by the ing equipment operation. For instruc- FAA for that purpose. In addition, the tors and evaluators who are limited to line checks to be conducted under this conducting their duties in flight sim- paragraph must be conducted over all ulators or flight training devices: geographic areas flown by the certifi- Training in operational flight proce- cate holder in accordance with a sam- dures and maneuvers (normal, abnor- pling methodology approved by the mal, and emergency). FAA for that purpose.

(b) Evaluation of performance. Con- (iii) During the line checks required tinuing qualification must include under paragraph (b)(2)(i) and (ii) of this VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.917

section, each person performing duties (b) Approved training on and evalua- as a pilot in command, second in com- tion of skills and proficiency of each mand, or flight engineer for that flight person being trained under AQP to use must be individually evaluated to de- his or her resource management skills termine whether the person remains and his or her technical (piloting or adequately trained and currently pro- other) skills in an actual or simulated ficient with respect to the particular operations scenario. For flight crew- aircraft, crew position, and type of op- members this training and evaluation eration in which he or she serves; and must be conducted in an approved the person has sufficient knowledge flight training device, flight simulator, and skills to operate effectively as part or, if approved under this subpart, in of a crew. The evaluator must be a an aircraft.

check pilot, check flight engineer, an (c) Data collection and analysis proc- APD, or an FAA inspector and must esses acceptable to the FAA that will hold the certificates and ratings re- ensure the certificate holder provides quired of the pilot in command.

performance information on its crew- (c) Recency of experience. For pilots in members, dispatchers, instructors, command, seconds in command, flight evaluators, and other operations per- engineers, aircraft dispatchers, instruc- sonnel that will enable the certificate tors, evaluators, and flight attendants, holder and the FAA to determine approved recency of experience require- whether the form and content of train- ments appropriate to the duty position.

ing and evaluation activities are satis- (d) Duration of cycles and periods. Ini- factorily accomplishing the overall ob- tially, the continuing qualification jectives of the curriculum.

cycle approved for an AQP must not exceed 24 calendar months in duration, § 121.919 Certification.

and must include two or more evalua- A person subject to an AQP is eligi- tion periods of equal duration. After ble to receive a commercial or airline that, upon demonstration by a certifi- cate holder that an extension is war- transport pilot, flight engineer, or air- ranted, the FAA may approve an exten- craft dispatcher certificate or appro- sion of the continuing qualification priate rating based on the successful cycle to a maximum of 36 calendar completion of training and evaluation months in duration. events accomplished under that pro- (e) Requalification. Each continuing gram if the following requirements are qualification curriculum must include met: a curriculum segment that covers the (a) Training and evaluation of re- requirements for requalifying a crew- quired knowledge and skills under the member, aircraft dispatcher, other op- AQP must meet minimum certification erations personnel, instructor, or eval- and rating criteria established by the uator who has not maintained con- FAA in parts 61, 63, or 65 of this chap- tinuing qualification.

ter. The FAA may approve alternatives to the certification and rating criteria [Docket FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, Sept. 16, of parts 61, 63, or 65 of this chapter, in- 2005, as amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, cluding practical test requirements, if Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR 51428, June 18, 2024] it can be demonstrated that the newly § 121.917 Other requirements.

established criteria or requirements represent an equivalent or better meas- In addition to the requirements of ure of crewmember or dispatcher com- §§ 121.913 and 121.915, each AQP quali- petence, operational proficiency, and fication and continuing qualification safety.

curriculum must include the following (b) The applicant satisfactorily com- requirements: pletes the appropriate qualification (a) Integrated Crew Resource Man- curriculum.

agement (CRM) or Dispatcher Resource (c) The applicant shows competence Management (DRM) ground and if ap- propriate flight training applicable to in required technical knowledge and each position for which training is pro- skills (e.g., piloting or other) and crew vided under an AQP. resource management (e.g., CRM or VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.923

DRM) knowledge and skills in sce- ter may arrange to have AQP training, narios ( i.e. , LOE) that test both types qualification, evaluation, or certifi- of knowledge and skills together. cation functions performed by another (d) The applicant is otherwise eligi- person (a ‘‘training provider’’) if the ble under the applicable requirements following requirements are met: of part 61, 63, or 65 of this chapter. (1) The training provider is certifi- (e) The applicant has been trained to cated under part 119 or 142 of this chap- proficiency on the certificate holder’s ter.

approved AQP Qualification Standards (2) The training provider’s AQP as witnessed by an instructor, check training and qualification curriculums, pilot, check flight engineer, or APD curriculum segments, or portions of and has passed an LOE administered by curriculum segments must be provi- an APD or the FAA. sionally approved by the FAA. A train- ing provider may apply for provisional [Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. 121–392, 89 FR approval independently or in conjunc- 51428, June 18, 2024] tion with a certificate holder’s applica- tion for AQP approval. Application for § 121.921 Training devices and simula- tors. provisional approval must be made to the responsible Flight Standards office.

(a) Each flight training device or air- (3) The specific use of provisionally plane simulator that will be used in an approved curriculums, curriculum seg- AQP for one of the following purposes ments, or portions of curriculum seg- must be evaluated by the FAA for as- ments in a certificate holder’s AQP signment of a flight training device or must be approved by the FAA as set flight simulator qualification level: forth in § 121.909.

(1) Required evaluation of individual (b) An applicant for provisional ap- or crew proficiency.

proval of a curriculum, curriculum seg- (2) Training to proficiency or train- ment, or portion of a curriculum seg- ing activities that determine if an indi- ment under this paragraph must show vidual or crew is ready for an evalua- the following requirements are met: tion of proficiency.

(1) The applicant must have a cur- (3) Activities used to meet recency of riculum for the qualification and con- experience requirements.

tinuing qualification of each instructor (4) Line Operational Simulations and evaluator used by the applicant.

(LOS).

(2) The applicant’s facilities must be (b) Approval of other training equip- found by the FAA to be adequate for ment.

any planned training, qualification, or (1) Any training equipment that is evaluation for a certificate holder op- intended to be used in an AQP for pur- erating under part 121 or part 135 of poses other than those set forth in this chapter.

paragraph (a) of this section must be (3) Except for indoctrination curricu- approved by the FAA for its intended lums, the curriculum, curriculum seg- use.

ment, or portion of a curriculum seg- (2) An applicant for approval of train- ment must identify the specific make, ing equipment under this paragraph model, and series aircraft (or variant) must identify the device by its nomen- and crewmember or other positions for clature and describe its intended use.

which it is designed.

(3) Each training device approved for (c) A certificate holder who wants ap- use in an AQP must be part of a con- proval to use a training provider’s pro- tinuing program to provide for its serv- visionally approved curriculum, cur- iceability and fitness to perform its in- riculum segment, or portion of a cur- tended function as approved by the riculum segment in its AQP, must FAA.

show the following requirements are § 121.923 Approval of training, quali- met: fication, or evaluation by a person (1) Each instructor or evaluator used who provides training by arrange- by the training provider must meet all ment.

the qualification and continuing quali- (a) A certificate holder operating fication requirements that apply to under part 121 or part 135 of this chap- employees of the certificate holder VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.925

that has arranged for the training, in- forms or directly supervises any of the cluding knowledge of the certificate job functions specified in paragraph (a) holder’s operations. of this section.

(2) Each provisionally approved cur- (3) Recurrent hazardous materials riculum, curriculum segment, or por- training —The training required every tion of a curriculum segment must be 24 months for each person who has sat- approved by the FAA for use in the cer- isfactorily completed the certificate tificate holder’s AQP. The FAA will ei- holder’s approved initial hazardous ma- ther provide approval or require modi- terials training program and performs fications to ensure that each cur- or directly supervises any of the job riculum, curriculum segment, or por- functions specified in paragraph (a) of tion of a curriculum segment is appli- this section.

cable to the certificate holder’s AQP.

§ 121.1003 Hazardous materials train- [Docket FAA–2005–20750, 70 FR 54815, Sept. 16, ing: General.

2005, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018; Dock- (a) Each certificate holder must es- et FAA–2022–1355, Amdt. 121–387, 87 FR 75846, tablish and implement a hazardous ma- Dec. 9, 2022] terials training program that: (1) Satisfies the requirements of Ap- § 121.925 Recordkeeping requirements.

pendix O of this part; Each certificate holder conducting (2) Ensures that each person per- an approved AQP must establish and forming or directly supervising any of maintain records in sufficient detail to the job functions specified in demonstrate the certificate holder is in § 121.1001(a) is trained to comply with compliance with all the requirements all applicable parts of 49 CFR parts 171 of the AQP and this subpart.

through 180 and the requirements of this subpart; and

Subpart Z—Hazardous Materials (3) Enables the trained person to rec-

ognize items that contain, or may con-

Training Program

tain, hazardous materials regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through 180.

S OURCE : Docket FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR (b) Each certificate holder must pro- 58823, Oct. 7, 2005, unless otherwise noted.

vide initial hazardous materials train- § 121.1001 Applicability and defini- ing and recurrent hazardous materials tions.

training to each crewmember and per- son performing or directly supervising (a) This subpart prescribes the re- any of the job functions specified in quirements applicable to each certifi- § 121.1001(a).

cate holder for training each crew- (c) Each certificate holder’s haz- member and person performing or di- ardous materials training program rectly supervising any of the following must be approved by the FAA prior to job functions involving any item for implementation.

transport on board an aircraft: (1) Acceptance; § 121.1005 Hazardous materials train- (2) Rejection; ing required.

(3) Handling; (a) Training requirement. Except as (4) Storage incidental to transport; provided in paragraphs (b), (c) and (f) of (5) Packaging of company material; this section, no certificate holder may or use any crewmember orperson to per- (6) Loading.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this form any of the job functions or direct subpart, the following definitions supervisory responsibilities, and no apply: person may perform any of the job (1) Company material (COMAT) —Mate- functions or direct supervisory respon- rial owned or used by a certificate sibilities, specified in § 121.1001(a) un- holder. less that person has satisfactorily com- (2) Initial hazardous materials train- pleted the certificate holder’s FAA-ap- ing —The basic training required for proved initial or recurrent hazardous each newly hired person, or each per- materials training program within the son changing job functions, who per- past 24 months.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1007

(b) New hire or new job function. A per- of the completion date becomes his or son who is a new hire and has not yet her new anniversary month.

satisfactorily completed the required (e) Repair stations. A certificate hold- initial hazardous materials training, or er must ensure that each repair station a person who is changing job functions performing work for, or on the certifi- and has not received initial or recur- cate holder’s behalf is notified in writ- rent training for a job function involv- ing of the certificate holder’s policies ing storage incidental to transport, or and operations specification authoriza- loading of items for transport on an tion permitting or prohibition against aircraft, may perform those job func- the acceptance, rejection, handling, tions for not more than 30 days from storage incidental to transport, and the date of hire or a change in job func- transportation of hazardous materials, tion, if the person is under the direct including company material. This noti- visual supervision of a person who is fication requirement applies only to re- authorized by the certificate holder to pair stations that are regulated by 49 supervise that person and who has suc- CFR parts 171 through 180.

cessfully completed the certificate (f) Certificate holders operating at for- holder’s FAA-approved initial or recur- eign locations. This exception applies if rent training program within the past a certificate holder operating at a for- 24 months. eign location where the country re- (c) Persons who work for more than one quires the certificate holder to use per- certificate holder. A certificate holder sons working in that country to load that uses or assigns a person to per- aircraft. In such a case, the certificate form or directly supervise a job func- holder may use those persons even if tion specified in § 121.1001(a), when that they have not been trained in accord- person also performs or directly super- ance with the certificate holder’s FAA vises the same job function for another approved hazardous materials training certificate holder, need only train that program. Those persons, however, must person in its own policies and proce- be under the direct visual supervision dures regarding those job functions, if of someone who has successfully com- all of the following are met: pleted the certificate holder’s approved (1) The certificate holder using this initial or recurrent hazardous mate- exception receives written verification rials training program in accordance from the person designated to hold the with this part. This exception applies training records representing the other only to those persons who load air- certificate holder that the person has craft.

satisfactorily completed hazardous ma- § 121.1007 Hazardous materials train- terials training for the specific job ing records.

function under the other certificate holder’s FAA approved hazardous ma- (a) General requirement. Each certifi- terial training program under Appen- cate holder must maintain a record of dix O of this part; and all training required by this part re- (2) The certificate holder who trained ceived within the preceding three years the person has the same operations for each person who performs or di- specifications regarding the accept- rectly supervises a job function speci- ance, handling, and transport of haz- fied in § 121.1001(a). The record must be ardous materials as the certificate maintained during the time that the holder using this exception. person performs or directly supervises (d) Recurrent hazardous materials any of those job functions, and for 90 training—Completion date. A person who days thereafter. These training records satisfactorily completes recurrent haz- must be kept for direct employees of ardous materials training in the cal- the certificate holder, as well as inde- endar month before, or the calendar pendent contractors, subcontractors, month after, the month in which the and any other person who performs or recurrent training is due, is considered directly supervises these job functions to have taken that training during the for or on behalf of the certificate hold- month in which it is due. If the person er.

completes this training earlier than (b) Location of records. The certificate the month before it is due, the month holder must retain the training records VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.1101

required by paragraph (a) of this sec- (5) The date the person is to complete tion for all initial and recurrent train- hazardous materials training in accord- ing received within the preceding 3 ance with appendix O of this part.

years for all persons performing or di- rectly supervising the job functions

Subpart AA—Continued Airworthi-

listed in Appendix O at a designated lo-

ness and Safety Improve-

cation. The records must be available

ments

upon request at the location where the trained person performs or directly su- S OURCE : Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, pervises the job function specified in 2007, unless otherwise noted.

§ 121.1001(a). Records may be main- tained electronically and provided on § 121.1101 Purpose and definition.

location electronically. When the per- (a) This subpart requires persons son ceases to perform or directly super- holding an air carrier or operating cer- vise a hazardous materials job func- tificate under part 119 of this chapter tion, the certificate holder must retain to support the continued airworthiness the hazardous materials training of each airplane. These requirements records for an additional 90 days and may include, but are not limited to, re- make them available upon request at vising the maintenance program, incor- the last location where the person porating design changes, and incor- worked.

porating revisions to Instructions for (c) Content of records. Each record Continued Airworthiness.

must contain the following: (b) [Reserved] (1) The individual’s name; [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as (2) The most recent training comple- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

tion date; 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (3) A description, copy or reference to training materials used to meet the § 121.1103 [Reserved] training requirement; § 121.1105 Aging airplane inspections (4) The name and address of the orga- and records reviews.

nization providing the training; and (a) Applicability. This section applies (5) A copy of the certification issued to all airplanes operated by a certifi- when the individual was trained, which cate holder under this part, except for shows that a test has been completed those airplanes operated between any satisfactorily.

point within the State of Alaska and (d) New hire or new job function. Each any other point within the State of certificate holder using a person under Alaska.

the exception in § 121.1005(b) must (b) Operation after inspection and maintain a record for that person. The records review. After the dates specified records must be available upon request in this paragraph, a certificate holder at the location where the trained per- may not operate an airplane under this son performs or directly supervises the part unless the Administrator has noti- job function specified in § 121.1001(a).

fied the certificate holder that the Ad- Records may be maintained electroni- ministrator has completed the aging cally and provided on location elec- airplane inspection and records review tronically. The record must include the required by this section. During the in- following: spection and records review, the cer- (1) A signed statement from an au- tificate holder must demonstrate to thorized representative of the certifi- the Administrator that the mainte- cate holder authorizing the use of the nance of age-sensitive parts and com- person in accordance with the excep- ponents of the airplane has been ade- tion; quate and timely enough to ensure the (2) The date of hire or change in job highest degree of safety.

function; (1) Airplanes exceeding 24 years in serv- (3) The person’s name and assigned ice on December 8, 2003; initial and repet- job function; itive inspections and records reviews. For (4) The name of the supervisor of the an airplane that has exceeded 24 years job function; and in service on December 8, 2003, no later VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1107

than December 5, 2007, and thereafter (9) A list of major structural alter- at intervals not to exceed 7 years. ations; and (2) Airplanes exceeding 14 years in serv- (10) A report of major structural re- ice but not 24 years in service on Decem- pairs and the current inspection status ber 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspec- for those repairs.

tions and records reviews. For an air- (e) Notification to Administrator. Each plane that has exceeded 14 years in certificate holder must notify the Ad- service but not 24 years in service on ministrator at least 60 days before the December 8, 2003, no later than Decem- date on which the airplane and air- ber 4, 2008, and thereafter at intervals plane records will be made available not to exceed 7 years.

for the inspection and records review.

(3) Airplanes not exceeding 14 years in [Docket FAA–1999–5401, 67 FR 72761, Dec. 6, service on December 8, 2003; initial and re- 2002, as amended by Amdt. 121–284, 70 FR petitive inspections and records reviews.

5532, Feb. 2, 2005; Amdt. 121–310, 70 FR 23936, For an airplane that has not exceeded May 6, 2005. Redesignated by Amdt. 121–336, 14 years in service on December 8, 2003, 72 FR 63412, Nov. 8, 2007] no later than 5 years after the start of the airplane’s 15th year in service and § 121.1107 Repairs assessment for pres- thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 surized fuselages.

years.

(a) No certificate holder may operate (c) Unforeseen schedule conflict. In the an Airbus Model A300 (excluding the event of an unforeseen scheduling con- –600 series), British Aerospace Model flict for a specific airplane, the Admin- BAC 1–11, Boeing Model 707, 720, 727, istrator may approve an extension of 737, or 747, McDonnell Douglas Model up to 90 days beyond an interval speci- DC–8, DC–9/MD–80 or DC–10, Fokker fied in paragraph (b) of this section.

Model F28, or Lockheed Model L–1011 (d) Airplane and records availability.

airplane beyond the applicable flight The certificate holder must make available to the Administrator each cycle implementation time specified airplane for which an inspection and below, or May 25, 2001, whichever oc- records review is required under this curs later, unless operations specifica- section, in a condition for inspection tions have been issued to reference re- specified by the Administrator, to- pair assessment guidelines applicable gether with records containing the fol- to the fuselage pressure boundary (fu- lowing information: selage skin, door skin, and bulkhead (1) Total years in service of the air- webs), and those guidelines are incor- plane; porated in its maintenance program.

(2) Total time in service of the air- The repair assessment guidelines must frame; be approved by the responsible Aircraft (3) Total flight cycles of the air- Certification Service office for the type frame; certificate for the affected airplane.

(4) Date of the last inspection and (1) For the Airbus Model A300 (ex- records review required by this section; cluding the –600 series), the flight cycle (5) Current status of life-limited implementation time is: parts of the airframe; (i) Model B2: 36,000 flights.

(6) Time since the last overhaul of all (ii) Model B4–100 (including Model structural components required to be B4–2C): 30,000 flights above the window overhauled on a specific time basis; line, and 36,000 flights below the win- (7) Current inspection status of the dow line.

airplane, including the time since the (iii) Model B4–200: 25,500 flights above last inspection required by the inspec- the window line, and 34,000 flights tion program under which the airplane below the window line.

is maintained; (2) For all models of the British Aero- (8) Current status of applicable air- space BAC 1–11, the flight cycle imple- worthiness directives, including the mentation time is 60,000 flights.

date and methods of compliance, and if the airworthiness directive involves re- (3) For all models of the Boeing 707, curring action, the time and date when the flight cycle implementation time is the next action is required; 15,000 flights.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.1109

(4) For all models of the Boeing 720, unless the following requirements have the flight cycle implementation time is been met: 23,000 flights. (1) Baseline Structure. The certificate (5) For all models of the Boeing 727, holder’s maintenance program for the the flight cycle implementation time is airplane includes FAA-approved dam- 45,000 flights. age-tolerance-based inspections and (6) For all models of the Boeing 737, procedures for airplane structure sus- the flight cycle implementation time is ceptible to fatigue cracking that could 60,000 flights. contribute to a catastrophic failure.

(7) For all models of the Boeing 747, For the purpose of this section, this the flight cycle implementation time is structure is termed ‘‘fatigue critical 15,000 flights. structure.’’ (8) For all models of the McDonnell (2) Adverse effects of repairs, alter- Douglas DC–8, the flight cycle imple- ations, and modifications. The mainte- mentation time is 30,000 flights. nance program for the airplane in- cludes a means for addressing the ad- (9) For all models of the McDonnell verse effects repairs, alterations, and Douglas DC–9/MD–80, the flight cycle modifications may have on fatigue implementation time is 60,000 flights.

critical structure and on inspections (10) For all models of the McDonnell required by paragraph (c)(1) of this sec- Douglas DC–10, the flight cycle imple- tion. The means for addressing these mentation time is 30,000 flights.

adverse effects must be approved by (11) For all models of the Lockheed the responsible Aircraft Certification L–1011, the flight cycle implementation Service office.

time is 27,000 flights.

(3) Changes to maintenance program.

(12) For the Fokker F–28 Mark 1000, The changes made to the maintenance 2000, 3000, and 4000, the flight cycle im- program required by paragraphs (c)(1) plementation time is 60,000 flights.

and (c)(2) of this section, and any later (b) [Reserved] revisions to these changes, must be [Docket 29104, 65 FR 24125, Apr. 25, 2000; 65 FR submitted to the Principal Mainte- 50744, Aug. 21, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 121– nance Inspector for review and ap- 282, 66 FR 23130, May 7, 2001; Amdt. 121–305, 69 proval.

FR 45942, July 30, 2004. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63412, Nov.

[Docket FAA–1999–5401, 70 FR 5532, Feb. 2, 8, 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 2005. Redesignated by Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] 63412, Nov. 8, 2007; Amdt. 121–337, 72 FR 70508, Dec. 12, 2007; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

§ 121.1109 Supplemental inspections.

121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] (a) Applicability. Except as specified § 121.1111 Electrical wiring inter- in paragraph (b) of this section, this connection systems (EWIS) mainte- section applies to transport category, nance program.

turbine powered airplanes with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958, (a) Except as provided in paragraph that as a result of original type certifi- (f) of this section, this section applies cation or later increase in capacity to transport category, turbine-powered have— airplanes with a type certificate issued (1) A maximum type certificated pas- after January 1, 1958, that, as a result senger seating capacity of 30 or more; of original type certification or later or increase in capacity, have— (2) A maximum payload capacity of (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- 7,500 pounds or more. senger capacity of 30 or more, or (b) Exception. This section does not (2) A maximum payload capacity of apply to an airplane operated by a cer- 7500 pounds or more.

tificate holder under this part between (b) After March 10, 2011, no certifi- any point within the State of Alaska cate holder may operate an airplane and any other point within the State of identified in paragraph (a) of this sec- Alaska. tion unless the maintenance program (c) General requirements. After Decem- for that airplane includes inspections ber 20, 2010, a certificate holder may and procedures for electrical wiring not operate an airplane under this part interconnection systems (EWIS).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1113

(c) The proposed EWIS maintenance after January 1, 1958, that, as a result program changes must be based on of original type certification or later EWIS Instructions for Continued Air- increase in capacity, have— worthiness (ICA) that have been devel- (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- oped in accordance with the provisions senger capacity of 30 or more, or of Appendix H of part 25 of this chapter (2) A maximum payload capacity of applicable to each affected airplane (in- 7500 pounds or more.

cluding those ICA developed for supple- (b) For each airplane on which an mental type certificates installed on auxiliary fuel tank is installed under a each airplane) and that have been ap- field approval, before June 16, 2008, the proved by the responsible Aircraft Cer- certificate holder must submit to the tification Service office. responsible Aircraft Certification Serv- (1) For airplanes subject to § 26.11 of ice office proposed maintenance in- this chapter, the EWIS ICA must com- structions for the tank that meet the ply with paragraphs H25.5(a)(1) and (b). requirements of Special Federal Avia- (2) For airplanes subject to § 25.1729 of tion Regulation No. 88 (SFAR 88) of this chapter, the EWIS ICA must com- this chapter.

ply with paragraph H25.4 and all of (c) After December 16, 2008, no certifi- paragraph H25.5. cate holder may operate an airplane (d) After March 10, 2011, before re- identified in paragraph (a) of this sec- turning an airplane to service after any tion unless the maintenance program alterations for which EWIS ICA are de- for that airplane has been revised to in- veloped, the certificate holder must in- clude applicable inspections, proce- clude in the airplane’s maintenance dures, and limitations for fuel tanks program inspections and procedures for systems.

EWIS based on those ICA. (d) The proposed fuel tank system (e) The EWIS maintenance program maintenance program revisions must changes identified in paragraphs (c) be based on fuel tank system Instruc- and (d) of this section and any later tions for Continued Airworthiness EWIS revisions must be submitted to (ICA) that have been developed in ac- the Principal Inspector for review and cordance with the applicable provisions approval. of SFAR 88 of this chapter or § 25.1529 (f) This section does not apply to the and part 25, Appendix H, of this chap- following airplane models: ter, in effect on June 6, 2001 (including (1) Lockheed L–188 those developed for auxiliary fuel (2) Bombardier CL–44 tanks, if any, installed under supple- (3) Mitsubishi YS–11 mental type certificates or other de- (4) British Aerospace BAC 1–11 sign approval) and that have been ap- (5) Concorde proved by the responsible Aircraft Cer- (6) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C tification Service office.

(7) VFW-Vereinigte Flugtechnische (e) After December 16, 2008, before re- Werk VFW–614 turning an aircraft to service after any (8) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T alteration for which fuel tank ICA are (9) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305 developed under SFAR 88 or under (10) Handley Page Herald Type 300 § 25.1529 in effect on June 6, 2001, the (11) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet certificate holder must include in the Aviation Mercure 100C maintenance program for the airplane (12) Airbus Caravelle inspections and procedures for the fuel (13) Lockheed L–300 tank system based on those ICA.

(f) The fuel tank system maintenance [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as program changes identified in para- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] graphs (d) and (e) of this section and any later fuel tank system revisions § 121.1113 Fuel tank system mainte- must be submitted to the Principal In- nance program.

spector for review and approval.

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (g) This section does not apply to the (g) of this section, this section applies following airplane models: to transport category, turbine-powered (1) Bombardier CL–44 airplanes with a type certificate issued (2) Concorde VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.1115

(3) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C (c) Operation of airplanes excluded (4) VFW–Vereinigte Flugtechnische from § 26.21. No certificate holder may Werk VFW–614 operate an airplane identified in (5) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T § 26.21(g) of this chapter after July 14, (6) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305 2013, unless an Airworthiness Limita- (7) Handley Page Herald Type 300 tions section approved under Appendix (8) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet H to part 25 or § 26.21 of this chapter is Aviation Mercure 100C incorporated into its maintenance pro- (9) Airbus Caravelle gram. The ALS must— (10) Lockheed L–300 (1) Include an LOV approved under [Amdt. 121–336, 72 FR 63411, Nov. 8, 2007, as § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this chapter, as ap- amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt.

plicable, except as provided in para- 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] graph (f) of this section; and (2) Be clearly distinguishable within § 121.1115 Limit of validity.

its maintenance program.

(a) Applicability. This section applies (d) Extended limit of validity. No cer- to certificate holders operating any tificate holder may operate an airplane transport category, turbine-powered beyond the LOV, or extended LOV, airplane with a maximum takeoff gross specified in paragraph (b)(1), (c), (d), or weight greater than 75,000 pounds and a (f) of this section, as applicable, unless type certificate issued after January 1, the following conditions are met: 1958, regardless of whether the max- (1) An ALS must be incorporated into imum takeoff gross weight is a result its maintenance program that— of an original type certificate or a (i) Includes an extended LOV and any later design change. This section also widespread fatigue damage airworthi- applies to certificate holders operating any transport category, turbine-pow- ness limitation items approved under ered airplane with a type certificate § 26.23 of this chapter; and issued after January 1, 1958, regardless (ii) Is approved under § 26.23 of this of the maximum takeoff gross weight, chapter.

for which a limit of validity of the en- (2) The extended LOV and the air- gineering data that supports the struc- worthiness limitation items pertaining tural maintenance program (hereafter to widespread fatigue damage must be referred to as LOV) is required in ac- clearly distinguishable within its cordance with § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this maintenance program.

chapter after January 14, 2011.

(e) Principal Maintenance Inspector ap- (b) Limit of validity. No certificate proval. Certificate holders must submit holder may operate an airplane identi- the maintenance program revisions re- fied in paragraph (a) of this section quired by paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of after the applicable date identified in this section to the Principal Mainte- Table 1 of this section unless an Air- nance Inspector for review and ap- worthiness Limitations section ap- proval.

proved under Appendix H to part 25 or (f) Exception. For any airplane for § 26.21 of this chapter is incorporated which an LOV has not been approved as into its maintenance program. The of the applicable compliance date spec- ALS must— ified in paragraph (c) or Table 1 of this (1) Include an LOV approved under section, instead of including an ap- § 25.571 or § 26.21 of this chapter, as ap- proved LOV in the ALS, an operator plicable, except as provided in para- must include the applicable default graph (f) of this section; and (2) Be clearly distinguishable within LOV specified in Table 1 or Table 2 of its maintenance program. this section, as applicable, in the ALS.

T ABLE 1—A IRPLANES S UBJECT TO § 26.21 Compliance date— Default LOV Airplane model months after Janu- [flight cycles (FC) ary 14, 2011 or flight hours (FH)] Airbus—Existing Models Only: A300 B2–1A, B2–1C, B2K–3C, B2–203 .................................................... 30 .......................... 48,000 FC VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1115

T ABLE 1—A IRPLANES S UBJECT TO § 26.21—Continued Compliance date— Default LOV Airplane model months after Janu- [flight cycles (FC) ary 14, 2011 or flight hours (FH)] A300 B4–2C, B4–103 ................................................................................ 30 .......................... 40,000 FC A300 B4–203 ............................................................................................. 30 .......................... 34,000 FC A300–600 Series ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 30,000 FC/67,500 FH A310–200 Series ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 40,000 FC/60,000 FH A310–300 Series ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 35,000 FC/60,000 FH A318 Series ................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A319 Series ................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A320–100 Series ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 48,000 FC/48,000 FH A320–200 Series ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A321 Series ................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 48,000 FC/60,000 FH A330–200, –300 Series (except WV050 family) (non enhanced) ............. 60 .......................... 40,000 FC/60,000 FH A330–200, –300 Series WV050 family (enhanced) .................................. 60 .......................... 33,000 FC/100,000 FH A330–200 Freighter Series ........................................................................ 60 .......................... See NOTE.

A340–200, –300 Series (except WV 027 and WV050 family) (non en- 60 .......................... 20,000 FC/80,000 FH hanced).

A340–200, –300 Series WV 027 (non enhanced) ..................................... 60 .......................... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH A340–300 Series WV050 family (enhanced) ............................................. 60 .......................... 20,000 FC/100,000 FH A340–500, –600 Series ............................................................................. 60 .......................... 16,600 FC/100,000 FH A380–800 Series ........................................................................................ 72 .......................... See NOTE.

Boeing—Existing Models Only: 717 ............................................................................................................. 60 .......................... 60,000 FC/60,000 FH 727 (all series) ........................................................................................... 30 .......................... 60,000 FC 737 (Classics): 737–100, –200, –200C, –300, –400, –500 ....................... 30 .......................... 75,000 FC 737 (NG): 737–600, –700, –700C, –800, –900, –900ER .......................... 60 .......................... 75,000 FC 747 (Classics): 747–100, –100B, –100B SUD, –200B, –200C, –200F, 30 .......................... 20,000 FC –300, 747SP, 747SR.

747–400: 747–400, –400D, –400F ............................................................ 60 .......................... 20,000 FC 757 ............................................................................................................. 60 .......................... 50,000 FC 767 ............................................................................................................. 60 .......................... 50,000 FC 777–200, –300 ........................................................................................... 60 .......................... 40,000 FC 777–200LR, 777–300ER ............................................................................ 72 .......................... 40,000 FC 777F ........................................................................................................... 72 .......................... 11,000 FC Bombardier—Existing Models Only: CL–600: 2D15 (Regional Jet Series 705), 2D24 (Regional Jet Series 72 .......................... 60,000 FC 900).

Embraer—Existing Models Only: ERJ 170 ..................................................................................................... 72 .......................... See NOTE.

ERJ 190 ..................................................................................................... 72 .......................... See NOTE.

Fokker—Existing Models Only: F.28 Mark 0070, Mark 0100 ...................................................................... 30 .......................... 90,000 FC Lockheed—Existing Models Only: L–1011 ....................................................................................................... 30 .......................... 36,000 FC 188 ............................................................................................................. 30 .......................... 26,600 FC 382 (all series) ........................................................................................... 30 .......................... 20,000 FC/50,000 FH McDonnell Douglas—Existing Models Only: DC–8, –8F .................................................................................................. 30 .......................... 50,000 FC/50,000 FH DC–9 (except for MD–80 models) ............................................................. 30 .......................... 100,000 FC/100,000 FH MD–80 (DC–9–81, –82, –83, –87, MD–88) ............................................... 30 .......................... 50,000 FC/50,000 FH MD–90 ........................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 60,000 FC/90,000 FH DC–10–10, –15 .......................................................................................... 30 .......................... 42,000 FC/60,000 FH DC–10–30, –40, –10F, –30F, –40F ........................................................... 30 .......................... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–10–10F ................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 42,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–10–30F ................................................................................................ 60 .......................... 30,000 FC/60,000 FH MD–11, MD–11F ........................................................................................ 60 .......................... 20,000 FC/60,000 FH Maximum Takeoff Gross Weight Changes: All airplanes whose maximum takeoff gross weight has been decreased 30, or within 12 Not applicable.

to 75,000 pounds or below after January 14, 2011, or increased to months after the greater than 75,000 pounds at any time by an amended type certifi- LOV is ap- cate or supplemental type certificate. proved, or be- fore operating the airplane, whichever oc- curs latest.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.1117

T ABLE 1—A IRPLANES S UBJECT TO § 26.21—Continued Compliance date— Default LOV Airplane model months after Janu- [flight cycles (FC) ary 14, 2011 or flight hours (FH)] All Other Airplane Models (TCs and amended TCs) not Listed in Table 2 ............. 72, or within 12 Not applicable.

months after the LOV is ap- proved, or be- fore operating the airplane, whichever oc- curs latest.

Type certificated as of January 14, 2011.

Note: Airplane operation limitation is stated in the Airworthiness Limitation section.

[Docket FAA–2006–24281, 75 FR 69785, Nov. 15, T ABLE 2—A IRPLANES E XCLUDED FROM § 26.21 2010, as amended by Amdt. 121–360, 77 FR Default LOV 30878, May 24, 2012; Admt. 121–360A, 77 FR [flight cycles (FC) Airplane model 55105, Sept. 7, 2012; Docket FAA–2022–1355, or flight hours Amdt. 121–387, 87 FR 75847, Dec. 9, 2022] (FH)] Airbus: § 121.1117 Flammability reduction Caravelle ................................... 15,000 FC/24,000 means.

FH (a) Applicability. Except as provided Avions Marcel Dassault: Breguet Aviation Mercure 100C 20,000 FC/16,000 in paragraph (o) of this section, this FH section applies to transport category, Boeing: turbine-powered airplanes with a type Boeing 707 (–100 Series and certificate issued after January 1, 1958, –200 Series) .......................... 20,000 FC Boeing 707 (–300 Series and that, as a result of original type cer- –400 Series) .......................... 20,000 FC tification or later increase in capacity Boeing 720 ................................ 30,000 FC have: Bombardier: (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- CL–44D4 and CL–44J .............. 20,000 FC BD–700 ..................................... 15,000 FC senger capacity of 30 or more, or Bristol Aeroplane Company: (2) A maximum payload capacity of Britannia 305 ............................. 10,000 FC 7,500 pounds or more.

British Aerospace Airbus, Ltd.: (b) New Production Airplanes. Except BAC 1–11 (all models) .............. 85,000 FC in accordance with § 121.628, no certifi- British Aerospace (Commercial Aircraft) Ltd.: cate holder may operate an airplane Armstrong Whitworth Argosy identified in Table 1 of this section (in- A.W. 650 Series 101 ............. 20,000 FC cluding all-cargo airplanes) for which BAE Systems (Operations) Ltd.: the State of Manufacture issued the BAe 146–100A (all models) ...... 50,000 FC BAe 146–200–07 ...................... 50,000 FC original certificate of airworthiness or BAe 146–200–07 Dev ............... 50,000 FC export airworthiness approval after De- BAe 146–200–11 ...................... 50,000 FC cember 27, 2010 unless an Ignition Miti- BAe 146–200–07A .................... 47,000 FC gation Means (IMM) or Flammability BAe 146–200–11 Dev ............... 43,000 FC Reduction Means (FRM) meeting the BAe 146–300 (all models) ........ 40,000 FC Avro 146–RJ70A (all models) ... 40,000 FC requirements of § 26.33 of this chapter is Avro 146–RJ85A and 146– operational.

RJ100A (all models) .............. 50,000 FC D & R Nevada, LLC: T ABLE 1 Convair Model 22 ...................... 1,000 FC/1,000 FH Model—Boeing Model—Airbus Convair Model 23M ................... 1,000 FC/1,000 FH 747 Series A318, A319, A320, A321 Series deHavilland Aircraft Company, Ltd.: 737 Series A330, A340 Series D.H. 106 Comet 4C .................. 8,000 FH 777 Series Gulfstream: 767 Series GV ............................................. 40,000 FH GV–SP ...................................... 40,000 FH (c) Auxiliary Fuel Tanks. After the ap- Ilyushin Aviation Complex: plicable date stated in paragraph (e) of IL–96T ....................................... 10,000 FC/30,000 FH this section, no certificate holder may Lockhead: operate any airplane subject to § 26.33 300–50A01(USAF C 141A) ....... 20,000 FC of this chapter that has an Auxiliary VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 121.1117

Fuel Tank installed pursuant to a field section unless the IMM or FRM is oper- approval, unless the following require- ational, or ments are met: (2) Deactivate or remove an IMM or (1) The certificate holder complies FRM once installed unless it is re- with 14 CFR 26.35 by the applicable placed by a means that complies with date stated in that section.

paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) The certificate holder installs (g) Maintenance Program Revisions. No Flammability Impact Mitigation certificate holder may operate an air- Means (FIMM), if applicable, that is plane for which airworthiness limita- approved by the responsible Aircraft tions have been approved by the re- Certification Service office.

sponsible Aircraft Certification Service (3) Except in accordance with office in accordance with §§ 26.33, 26.35, § 121.628, the FIMM, if applicable, is or 26.37 of this chapter after the air- operational.

plane is modified in accordance with (d) Retrofit. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section unless the paragraphs (j), (k), and (l) of this sec- maintenance program for that airplane tion, after the dates specified in para- is revised to include those applicable graph (e) of this section, no certificate airworthiness limitations.

holder may operate an airplane to (h) After the maintenance program is which this section applies unless the revised as required by paragraph (g) of requirements of paragraphs (d)(1) and this section, before returning an air- (d)(2) of this section are met.

plane to service after any alteration (1) IMM, FRM or FIMM, if required for which airworthiness limitations are by §§ 26.33, 26.35, or 26.37 of this chapter, required by §§ 25.981, 26.33, or 26.37 of that are approved by the responsible Aircraft Certification Service office, this chapter, the certificate holder are installed within the compliance must revise the maintenance program times specified in paragraph (e) of this for the airplane to include those air- section. worthiness limitations.

(2) Except in accordance with (i) The maintenance program § 121.628, the IMM, FRM or FIMM, as changes identified in paragraphs (g) applicable, are operational.

and (h) of this section must be sub- (e) Compliance Times. Except as pro- mitted to the operator’s Principal vided in paragraphs (k) and (l) of this Maintenance Inspector responsible for section, the installations required by review and approval prior to incorpora- paragraph (d) of this section must be tion.

accomplished no later than the appli- (j) The requirements of paragraph (d) cable dates specified in paragraph of this section do not apply to air- (e)(1), (e)(2), or (e)(3) of this section.

planes operated in all-cargo service, (1) Fifty percent of each certificate but those airplanes are subject to para- holder’s fleet identified in paragraph graph (f) of this section.

(d)(1) of this section must be modified (k) The compliance dates specified in no later than December 26, 2014.

paragraph (e) of this section may be ex- (2) One hundred percent of each cer- tended by one year, provided that— tificate holder’s fleet identified in (1) No later than March 26, 2009, the paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be certificate holder notifies its respon- modified no later than December 26, sible Flight Standards office or Prin- 2017.

cipal Inspector that it intends to com- (3) For those certificate holders that ply with this paragraph; have only one airplane of a model iden- (2) No later than June 24, 2009, the tified in Table 1 of this section, the air- certificate holder applies for an amend- plane must be modified no later than ment to its operations specification in December 26, 2017.

accordance with § 119.51 of this chapter (f) Compliance After Installation. Ex- and revises the manual required by cept in accordance with § 121.628, no § 121.133 to include a requirement for certificate holder may— (1) Operate an airplane on which IMM the airplane models specified in Table 2 or FRM has been installed before the of this section to use ground air condi- dates specified in paragraph (e) of this tioning systems for actual gate times VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) § 121.1119

of more than 30 minutes, when avail- (10) VFW—Vereinigte Flugtechnische able at the gate and operational, when- VFW–614.

ever the ambient temperature exceeds (11) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T.

(12) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305.

60 degrees Fahrenheit; and (13) Handley Page Herald Type 300.

(3) Thereafter, the certificate holder (14) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet uses ground air conditioning systems Aviation Mercure 100C.

as described in paragraph (k)(2) of this (15) Airbus Caravelle.

section on each airplane subject to the (16) Fokker F–27/Fairchild Hiller FH– extension.

227.

T ABLE 2 (17) Lockheed L–300.

[Docket FAA–2005–22997, 73 FR 42501, July 21, Model—Boeing Model—Airbus 2008, as amended by Amdt. 121–345, 74 FR 747 Series A318, A319, A320, A321 Series 31619, July 2, 2009; Docket FAA–2018–0119, 737 Series A300, A310 Series Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] 777 Series A330, A340 Series 767 Series § 121.1119 Fuel tank vent explosion 757 Series protection.

(a) Applicability. This section applies (l) For any certificate holder for to transport category, turbine-powered which the operating certificate is airplanes with a type certificate issued issued after December 26, 2008, the com- after January 1, 1958, that have: pliance date specified in paragraph (e) (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- of this section may be extended by one senger capacity of 30 or more; or year, provided that the certificate (2) A maximum payload capacity of holder meets the requirements of para- 7,500 pounds or more.

graph (k)(2) of this section when its ini- (b) New production airplanes. No cer- tial operations specifications are tificate holder may operate an airplane issued and, thereafter, uses ground air for which the State of Manufacture conditioning systems as described in issued the original certificate of air- paragraph (k)(2) of this section on each worthiness or export airworthiness ap- airplane subject to the extension.

proval after August 23, 2018 unless (m) After the date by which any per- means, approved by the Administrator, son is required by this section to mod- to prevent fuel tank explosions caused ify 100 percent of the affected fleet, no by propagation of flames from outside certificate holder may operate in pas- the fuel tank vents into the fuel tank senger service any airplane model spec- vapor spaces are installed and oper- ified in Table 2 of this section unless ational.

the airplane has been modified to com- ply with § 26.33(c) of this chapter. [Docket FAA–2014–0500, Amdt. 121–375, 81 FR 41208, June 24, 2016] (n) No certificate holder may operate any airplane on which an auxiliary fuel tank is installed after December 26,

Subpart BB [ Reserved ]

2017 unless the FAA has certified the §§ 121.1200–121.1399 [Reserved] tank as compliant with § 25.981 of this chapter, in effect on December 26, 2008.

(o) Exclusions. The requirements of Subpart CC [ Reserved ]

this section do not apply to the fol- §§ 121.1400–121.1499 [Reserved] lowing airplane models: (1) Convair CV–240, 340, 440, including

turbine powered conversions. Subpart DD—Special Federal

(2) Lockheed L–188 Electra.

Aviation Regulations

(3) Vickers VC–10.

§ 121.1500 SFAR No. 111—Lavatory Ox- (4) Douglas DC–3, including turbine ygen Systems.

powered conversions.

(5) Bombardier CL–44. (a) Applicability. This SFAR applies (6) Mitsubishi YS–11. to the following persons: (7) BAC 1–11. (1) All operators of transport cat- (8) Concorde. egory airplanes that are required to (9) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C. comply with AD 2012–11–09, but only for VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. A

airplanes on which the actions required (c) Return to service documentation.

by that AD have not been accom- When a person described in paragraph plished. (a) of this section has modified air- planes as required by Airworthiness Di- (2) Applicants for airworthiness cer- rective 2011–04–09, the affected air- tificates.

planes must be returned to service with (3) Holders of production certificates.

a note in the airplane maintenance (4) Applicants for type certificates, records that the modification was done including changes to type certificates.

under the provisions of this SFAR.

(b) Regulatory relief. Except as noted (d) Expiration. This SFAR expires on in paragraph (d) of this section and September 10, 2015, except this SFAR contrary provisions of 14 CFR part 21, will continue to apply to any airplane and 14 CFR 25.1447, 119.51, 121.329, for which the FAA approves an exten- 121.333 and 129.13, notwithstanding, for sion of the AD compliance time for the the duration of this SFAR: duration of the extension.

(1) A person described in paragraph (a) of this section may conduct flight [Docket FAA–2011–0186, 78 FR 5710, Jan. 28, 2013] operations and add airplanes to oper- ations specifications with disabled lav- atory oxygen systems, modified in ac- cordance with FAA Airworthiness Di- A PPENDIX A TO P ART 121—F IRST A ID rective 2011–04–09, subject to the fol- K ITS AND E MERGENCY M EDICAL K ITS lowing limitations: (i) This relief is limited to regulatory Approved first-aid kits, at least one ap- compliance of lavatory oxygen sys- proved emergency medical kit, and at least tems.

one approved automated external (ii) Within 30 days of March 29, 2013, defibrillator required under § 121.803 of this all oxygen masks must be removed part must be readily accessible to the crew, stored securely, and kept free from dust, from affected lavatories, and the mask moisture, and damaging temperatures.

stowage location must be reclosed.

(iii) Within 60 days of March 29, 2013 F IRST -AID K ITS each affected operator must verify that 1. The minimum number of first aid kits crew emergency procedures specifically required is set forth in the following table: include a visual check of the lavatory as a priority when checking the cabin No. of No. of passenger seats first-aid following any event where oxygen kits masks were deployed in the cabin.

(2) An applicant for an airworthiness certificate may obtain an airworthi- ness certificate for airplanes to be op- erated by a person described in para- 2. Except as provided in paragraph (3), each graph (a) of this section, although the approved first-aid kit must contain at least airplane lavatory oxygen system is dis- the following appropriately maintained con- abled.

tents in the specified quantities: (3) A holder of a production certifi- cate may apply for an airworthiness Contents Quantity certificate or approval for airplanes to be operated by a person described in paragraph (a) of this section.

(4) An applicant for a type certificate or change to a type certificate may ob- tain a design approval without showing chapter for lavatory oxygen systems, in accordance with this SFAR.

(5) Each person covered by paragraph 3. Arm and leg splints which do not fit (a) of this section may inform pas- within a first-aid kit may be stowed in a sengers that the lavatories are not readily accessible location that is as near as practicable to the kit.

equipped with supplemental oxygen.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. B

E MERGENCY M EDICAL K ITS Contents Quantity 1. Until April 12, 2004, at least one approved emergency medical kit that must contain at Antihistamine injectable, 50 mg, (single dose 2 least the following appropriately maintained ampule or equivalent).

contents in the specified quantities: Atropine, 0.5 mg, 5 cc (single dose ampule or 2 equivalent).

Contents Quantity Bronchodilator, inhaled (metered dose inhaler or 1 equivalent).

Dextrose, 50%/50 cc injectable, (single dose 1 ampule or equivalent).

Syringes (sizes necessary to administer re- 4 Epinephrine 1:1000, 1 cc, injectable, (single 2 quired drugs).

dose ampule or equivalent).

Needles (sizes necessary to administer required 6 Epinephrine 1:10,000, 2 cc, injectable, (single 2 drugs).

dose ampule or equivalent).

Lidocaine, 5 cc, 20 mg/ml, injectable (single 2 Epinephrine 1:1000, single dose ampule or 2 dose ampule or equivalent).

equivalent).

Diphenhydramine HC1 injection, single dose 2 Basic instructions for use of the drugs in the kit 1 ampule or equivalent.

Basic instructions for use of the drugs in the kit 1 3. If all of the above-listed items do not fit protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ... 1 pair into one container, more than one container may be used.

2. As of April 12, 2004, at least one approved emergency medical kit that must contain at A UTOMATED E XTERNAL D EFIBRILLATORS least the following appropriately maintained At least one approved automated external contents in the specified quantities: defibrillator, legally marketed in the United Contents Quantity States in accordance with Food and Drug Administration requirements, that must: 1. Be stored in the passenger cabin.

2. After April 30, 2005: Airways, oropharyngeal (3 sizes): 1 pediatric, 1 3 (a) Have a power source that meets FAA small adult, 1 large adult or equivalent.

Self-inflating manual resuscitation device with 3 1:3 masks Technical Standard Order requirements for masks (1 pediatric, 1 small adult, 1 large adult power sources for electronic devices used in or equivalent).

aviation as approved by the Administrator; CPR mask (3 sizes), 1 pediatric, 1 small adult, 1 3 or large adult, or equivalent.

(b) Have a power source that was manufac- tured before July 30, 2004, and been found by Adhesive tape, 1-inch standard roll ad- 1 the FAA to be equivalent to a power source hesive.

that meets the Technical Standard Order re- Tape scissors ........................................ 1 pair quirements of paragraph (a) of this section.

3. Be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

Protective nonpermeable gloves or equivalent ... 1 pair Needles (2–18 ga., 2–20 ga., 2–22 ga., or sizes 6 [Docket FAA–2000–7119, 66 FR 19044, Apr. 12, necessary to administer required medications).

2001, as amended by Amdt. 121–280, 69 FR Syringes (1–5 cc, 2–10 cc, or sizes necessary 4 19762, Apr. 14, 2004; Amdt. 121–309, 70 FR 15196, to administer required medications).

Analgesic, non-narcotic, tablets, 325 mg ............ 4 Mar. 24, 2005] A PPENDIX B TO P ART 121—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATION Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) readout Time (GMT or Frame 24 Hrs ............................. ± 0.125% Per Hour ................ 0.25 (1 per 4 1 sec.

Counter) (range 0 to 4095, seconds).

sampled 1 per frame).

Altitude .................................... ¥ 1,000 ft to max certifi- ± 100 to ± 700 ft (See Table 1, 1 ........................ 5 ′ to 35 ′ cated altitude of air- TSO-C51a).

craft.

Airspeed ................................. 50 KIAS to V so , and V so ± 5%, ± 3% .............................. 1 ........................ 1 kt.

to 1.2V D .

Heading .................................. 360 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° Normal Acceleration (Vertical) ¥ 3g to + 6g ................... ± 1% of max range excluding 8 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch Attitude .......................... ± 75 ° ................................ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° Roll Attitude ............................ ± 180 ° .............................. ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° Radio Transmitter Keying ....... On-Off (Discrete) ............ ± 2 ° ......................................... ± 2% ..................

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. B

Accuracy sensor input to Sampling inter- Resolution Parameters Range DFDR readout val (per second) readout Thrust/Power on Each Engine Full Range Forward ........ ± 2 ° ......................................... 1 (per engine) ... 0.2% Trailing Edge Flap or Cockpit Full Range or Each Dis- ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s Indicator ...... 0.5 ..................... 0.5% Control Selection. crete Position.

Leading Edge Flap or Cockpit Full Range or Each Dis- ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s Indicator ...... 0.5 ..................... 0.5% Control Selection. crete Position.

Thrust Reverser Position ........ Stowed, In Transit, and ................................................ 1 (per 4 sec- Reverse (Discrete). onds per en- gine).

Ground Spoiler Position/ Full Range or Each Dis- ± 2% Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ........................ 0.2% .

Speed Brake Selection. crete Position. Uniquely Required.

Marker Beacon Passage ........ Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Autopilot Engagement ............ Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Longitudinal Acceleration ....... ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pilot Input and/or Surface Po- Full Range ...................... ± 2 ° Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ........................ 0.2% .

sition—Primary Controls Uniquely Required.

(Pitch, Roll, Yaw) .

Lateral Acceleration ................ ± 1g .................................. ± 1.5% max range excluding 4 ........................ 0.01g.

datum error of ± 5%.

Pitch Trim Position ................. Full Range ...................... ± 3% Unless Higher Accuracy 1 ........................ 0.3% .

Uniquely Required.

Glideslope Deviation .............. ± 400 Microamps ............. ± 3% ....................................... 1 ........................ 0.3% .

Localizer Deviation ................. ± 400 Microamps ............. ± 3% ....................................... 1 ........................ 0.3% .

AFCS Mode and Engagement Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Status.

Radio Altitude ......................... ¥ 20 ft to 2,500 ft ........... ± 2 Ft or ± 3% Whichever is 1 ........................ 1 ft + 5% Greater Below 500 Ft and above 500 ′ .

± 5% Above 500 Ft.

Master Warning ...................... Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

Main Gear Squat Switch Sta- Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

tus.

Angle of Attack (if recorded di- As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 2 ........................ 0.3% rectly)..

Outside Air Temperature or ¥ 50 ° C to + 90 ° C ......... ± 2 ° c ...................................... 0.5 ..................... 0.3 ° c Total Air Temperature..

Hydraulics, Each System Low Discrete .......................... ................................................ 0.5 ..................... or 0.5% Pressure.

Groundspeed. ......................... As installed ..................... Most Accurate Systems In- 1 ........................ 0.2% stalled (IMS Equipped Air- craft Only).

If additional recording capacity is available, recording of the following parameters is recommended. The parameters are listed in order of significance: Drift Angle ............................... When available, As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Wind Speed and Direction ..... When available, As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Latitude and Longitude ........... When available, As in- As installed ............................ 4 ........................

stalled.

Brake pressure/Brake pedal As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

position.

Additional engine parameters: EPR ................................. As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

N1 .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

N2 .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

EGT ................................. As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

Throttle Lever Position ........... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

Fuel Flow ................................ As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 (per engine). ..

TCAS: TA .................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

RA ................................... As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 1 ........................

Sensitivity level (as se- As installed ..................... As installed ............................ 2 ........................

lected by crew).

GPWS (ground proximity Discrete .......................... ................................................ 1 ........................

warning system).

Landing gear or gear selector Discrete .......................... ................................................ 0.25 (1 per 4 position. seconds).

DME 1 and 2 Distance ........... 0–200 NM; ...................... As installed ............................ 0.25 ................... 1 mi.

Nav 1 and 2 Frequency Se- Full range ....................... As installed ............................ 0.25 ...................

lection.

When altitude rate is recorded. Altitude rate must have sufficient resolution and sampling to permit the derivation of altitude to 5 feet.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

Per cent of full range.

For airplanes that can demonstrate the capability of deriving either the control input on control movement (one from the other) for all modes of operation and flight regimes, the ‘‘or’’ applies. For airplanes with non-mechanical control systems (fly-by- wire) the ‘‘and’’ applies. In airplanes with split surfaces, suitable combination of inputs is acceptable in lieu of recording each sur- face separately.

This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991.

[Docket 25530, 53 FR 26147, July 11, 1988; 53 FR 30906, Aug. 16, 1988] 5. Internal doors. Internal doors, including A PPENDIX C TO P ART 121—C–46 the crew to main cabin door, must meet all N ONTRANSPORT C ATEGORY A IRPLANES the requirements of § 121.217.

Cargo Operations 6. Ventilation. Standard C–46 crew compart- ments meet the ventilation requirements of 1. Required engines. (a) Except as provided § 121.219 if a means of ventilation for control- in paragraph (b) of this section, the engines ling the flow of air is available between the specified in subparagraphs (1) or (2) of this crew compartment and main cabin. The ven- section must be installed in C–46 non- tilation requirement may be met by use of a transport category airplanes operated at door between the crew compartment and gross weights exceeding 45,000 pounds: main cabin. The door need not have louvers (1) Pratt and Whitney R2800–51–M1 or installed; however, if louvers are installed, R2800–75–M1 engines (engines converted from they must be controllable.

basic model R2800–51 or R2800–75 engines in 7. Fire precautions. Compliance is required accordance with FAA approved data) that— with all the provisions of § 121.221.

(i) Conform to Engine Specification 5E–8; (a) In establishing compliance with this (ii) Conform to the applicable portions of section, the C–46 main cabin is considered as the operator’s manual; a Class A compartment if— (iii) Comply with all the applicable air- (1) The operator utilizes a standard system worthiness directives; and of cargo loading and tiedown that allows (iv) Are equipped with high capacity oil easy access in flight to all cargo in such pump drive gears in accordance with FAA compartment, and, such system is included approved data.

in the appropriate portion of the operator’s (2) Other engines found acceptable by the manual; and Flight Standards office having type certifi- (2) A cargo barrier is installed in the for- cation responsibility for the C–46 airplane.

ward end of the main cabin cargo compart- (b) Upon application by an operator con- ment. The barrier must— ducting cargo operations with nontransport (i) Establish the most forward location be- category C–46 airplanes between points with- yond which cargo cannot be carried; in the State of Alaska, the responsible (ii) Protect the components and systems of Flight Standards office may authorize the the airplane that are essential to its safe op- operation of such airplanes, between points eration from cargo damage; and within the State of Alaska; without compli- (iii) Permit easy access, in flight, to cargo ance with paragraph (a) of this section if the in the main cabin cargo compartment.

operator shows that, in its area of operation, The barrier may be a cargo net or a network installation of the modified engines is not of steel cables or other means acceptable to necessary to provide adequate cooling for the Administrator which would provide single-engine operations. Such authorization equivalent protection to that of a cargo net.

and any conditions or limitations therefor is The barrier need not meet crash load re- made a part of the Operations Specifications quirements of FAR § 25.561; however, it must of the operator.

be attached to the cargo retention fittings 2. Minimum acceptable means of complying and provide the degree of cargo retention with the special airworthiness requirements.

that is required by the operators’ standard Unless otherwise authorized under § 121.213, system of cargo loading and tiedown.

the data set forth in sections 3 through 34 of (b) C–46 forward and aft baggage compart- this appendix, as correlated to the C–46 non- ments must meet, as a minimum, Class B re- transport category airplane, is the minimum quirements of this section or be placarded in means of compliance with the special air- a manner to preclude their use as cargo or worthiness requirements of §§ 121.215 through baggage compartments.

121.281.

3. Susceptibility of material to fire. [Deleted 8. Proof of compliance. The demonstration as unnecessary] of compliance required by § 121.223 is not re- 4. Cabin interiors. C–46 crew compartments quired for C–46 airplanes in which— must meet all the requirements of § 121.215, (1) The main cabin conforms to Class A and, as required in § 121.221, the door between cargo compartment requirements of § 121.219; the crew compartment and main cabin and (cargo) compartment must be flame resist- (2) Forward and aft baggage compartments ant. conform to Class B requirements of § 121.221, VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

or are placarded to preclude their use as port category requirements meet the re- cargo or baggage compartments. quirements of § 121.249.

9. Propeller deicing fluid. No change from 19. Engine accessory section diaphragm. C–46 the requirements of § 121.225. Isopropyl alco- engine nacelles which conform to the C–46 hol is a combustible fluid within the mean- transport category requirements meet the ing of this section.

requirements of § 121.251. As provided for in 10. Pressure cross-feed arrangements, location that section, a means of equivalent protec- of fuel tanks, and fuel system lines and fittings.

tion which does not require provision of a di- C–46 fuel systems which conform to all appli- aphragm to isolate the engine power section cable Curtiss design specifications and which and exhaust system from the engine acces- comply with the FAA type certification re- sory compartment is the designation of the quirements are in compliance with the provi- entire engine compartment forward of and sions of §§ 121.227 through 121.231.

including the firewall as a designated fire 11. Fuel lines and fittings in designated fire zone, and the installation of adequate fire zones. No change from the requirements of detection and fire extinguishing systems § 121.233.

which meet the requirements of § 121.263 and 12. Fuel valves. Compliance is required with § 121.273, respectively, in such zone.

all the provisions of § 121.235. Compliance can 20. Powerplant fire protection. C–46 engine be established by showing that the fuel sys- compartments and combustion heater com- tem conforms to all the applicable Curtiss partments are considered as designated fire design specifications, the FAA type certifi- zones within the meaning of § 121.253.

cation requirements, and, in addition, has 21. Flammable fluids — explosion-proof fuel booster pump electrical (a) Engine compartment. C–46 engine com- selector switches installed in lieu of the open partments which conform to the type design contact type used originally.

and which comply with all applicable air- 13. Oil lines and fittings in designated fire worthiness directives meet the requirements zones. No change from the requirements of of § 121.255.

§ 121.237.

(b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 14. Oil valves. C–46 oil shutoff valves must combustion heater compartments which con- conform to the requirements of § 121.239. In form to type design and which meet all the addition, C–46 airplanes using Hamilton requirements of AD–49–18–1 or an FAA ap- Standard propellers must provide, by use of proved equivalent meet the requirements of stand pipes in the engine oil tanks or other § 121.255.

approved means, a positive source of oil for 22. Shutoff means — feathering each propeller.

(a) Engine compartment. C–46 engine com- 15. Oil system drains. The standard C–46 ‘‘Y’’ partments which comply with AD–62–10–2 or drains installed in the main oil inlet line for FAA approved equivalent meet the require- each engine meet the requirements of ments of § 121.257 applicable to engine com- § 121.241.

partments, if, in addition, a means satisfac- 16. Engine breather line. The standard C–46 tory to the Administrator is provided to shut engine breather line installation meets the off the flow of hydraulic fluid to the cowl requirements of § 121.243 if the lower breather flap cylinder in each engine nacelle. The lines actually extend to the trailing edge of shutoff means must be located aft of the en- the oil cooler air exit duct.

gine firewall. The operator’s manual must 17. Firewalls and firewall construction. Com- include, in the emergency portion, adequate pliance is required with all of the provisions instructions for proper operation of the addi- of §§ 121.245 and 121.247. The following re- tional shutoff means to assure correct se- quirements must be met in showing compli- quential positioning of engine cowl flaps ance with these sections: under emergency conditions. In accordance (a) Engine compartment. The engine fire- with § 121.315, this positioning must also be walls of the C–46 airplane must— incorporated in the emergency section of the (1) Conform to type design, and all applica- pilot’s checklist.

ble airworthiness directives; (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 (2) Be constructed of stainless steel or ap- heater compartments which comply with proved equivalent; and (3) Have fireproof shields over the fairleads paragraph (5) of AD–49–18–1 or FAA approved used for the engine control cables that pass equivalent meet the requirements of § 121.257 through each firewall. applicable to heater compartments if, in ad- (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 air- dition, a shutoff valve located above the planes must have a combustion heater fire main cabin floor level is installed in the al- extinguishing system which complies with cohol supply line or lines between the alco- AD–49–18–1 or an FAA approved equivalent. hol supply tank and those alcohol pumps lo- 18. Cowling. Standard C–46 engine cowling cated under the main cabin floor. If all of the (cowling of aluminum construction employ- alcohol pumps are located above the main ing stainless steel exhaust shrouds) which cabin floor, the alcohol shutoff valve need conforms to the type design and cowling con- not be installed. In complying with para- figurations which conform to the C–46 trans- graph (5) of AD–49–18–1, a fail-safe electric VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

fuel shutoff valve may be used in lieu of the guishing agent substantiated in American manually operated valve. Airmotive Report No. 128–52–d, FAA ap- 23. Lines and fittings —(a) Engine compart- proved February 9, 1953, provides protection ment. C–46 engine compartments which com- equivalent to that demonstrated by the CAA ply with all applicable airworthiness direc- in the CW–20 tests. In evaluating any C–46 tives, including AD–62–10–2, by using FAA fire-extinguishing system with respect to the approved fire-resistant lines, hoses, and end aforementioned CW–20 tests, the Administra- fittings, and engine compartments which tion would require data in a narrative form, meet the C–46 transport category require- utilizing drawings or photographs to show at ments, meet the requirements of § 121.259. least the following: (b) Combustion heater compartments All Installation of containers; installation and lines, hoses, and end fittings, and couplings routing of plumbing; type, number, and loca- which carry fuel to the heaters and heater tion of outlets or nozzles; type, total volume, controls, must be of FAA approved fire-re- and distribution of extinguishing agent; sistant construction.

length of time required for discharging; 24. Vent and drain lines —(a) means for thermal relief, including type and Enginecompartment. C–46 engine compart- location of discharge indicators; means of ments meet the requirements of § 121.261 if— discharging, e.g., mechanical cutterheads, (1) The compartments conform to type de- electric cartridge, or other method; and sign and comply with all applicable air- whether a one- or two-shot system is used; worthiness directives or FAA approved and if the latter is used, means of cross-feed- equivalent; and ing or otherwise selecting distribution of ex- (2) Drain lines from supercharger case, en- tinguishing agent; and types of materials gine-driven fuel pump, and engine-driven hy- used in makeup of plumbing.

draulic pump reach into the scupper drain lo- High rate discharge (HRD) systems using cated in the lower cowling segment. agents such as bromotrifluoromethane, (b) Combustion heater compartment. C–46 dibrodifluoromethane and heater compartments meet the requirements chlorobromomethane (CB), may also meet of § 121.261 if they conform to AD–49–18–1 or the requirements of paragraph (a).

FAA approved equivalent. 26. Fire-extinguishing agents, Extinguishing 25. Fire-extinguishing system. (a) To meet agent container pressure relief, Extinguishing the requirements of § 121.263, C–46 airplanes agent container compartment temperatures, and must have installed fire extinguishing sys- Fire-extinguishing system materials. No change tems to serve all designated fire zones. The from the requirements of §§ 121.265 through fire-extinguishing systems, the quantity of 121.271.

extinguishing agent, and the rate of dis- 27. Fire-detector system. Compliance with charge shall be such as to provide a min- the requirements of § 121.273 requires that C– imum of one adequate discharge for each 46 fire detector systems conform to: designated fire zone. Compliance with this (a) AD–62–10–2 or FAA approved equivalent provision requires the installation of a sepa- for engine compartments; and rate fire extinguisher for each engine com- (b) AD–49–18–1 or FAA approved equivalent partment. Insofar as the engine compart- for combustion heater compartments ment is concerned, the system shall be capa- 28. Fire detectors. No change from the re- ble of protecting the entire compartment quirements of § 121.275.

against the various types of fires likely to 29. Protection of other airplane components occur in the compartment.

against fire. To meet the requirements of (b) Fire-extinguishing systems which con- § 121.277, C–46 airplanes must— form to the C–46 transport category require- (a) Conform to the type design and all ap- ments meet the requirements set forth in plicable airworthiness directives; and paragraph (a). Furthermore, fire-extin- (b) Be modified or have operational proce- guishing systems for combustion heater dures established to provide additional fire compartments which conform to the require- protection for the wheel well door aft of each ments of AD–49–18–1 or an FAA approved engine compartment. Modifications may equivalent also meet the requirements in consist of improvements in sealing of the paragraph (a). main landing gear wheel well doors. An oper- In addition, a fire-extinguishing system for ational procedure which is acceptable to the C–46 airplanes meets the adequacy require- Agency is one requiring the landing gear ment of paragraph (a) if it provides the same control to be placed in the up position in or equivalent protection to that dem- case of in-flight engine fire. In accordance onstrated by the CAA in tests conducted in with § 121.315, such procedure must be set 1941 and 1942, using a CW–20 type engine na- forth in the emergency portion of the opera- celle (without diaphragm). These tests were tor’s emergency checklist pertaining to in- conducted at the Bureau of Standards facili- flight engine fire.

ties in Washington, DC, and copies of the 30. Control of engine rotation. C–46 propeller test reports are available through the FAA feathering systems which conform to the Regional Engineering Offices. In this connec- type design and all applicable airworthiness tion, the flow rates and distribution of extin- directives meet the requirements of § 121.279.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

[Distance in feet] 31. Fuel system independence. C–46 fuel sys- tems which conform to the type design and Airplane weight in pounds all applicable airworthiness directives meet Standard altitude in feet the requirements of § 121.281.

39,000 42,000 45,000 32. Induction system ice prevention. The C–46 3,000 .................................... 5,470 5,740 6,100 carburetor anti-icing system which conforms 4,000 .................................... 5,770 6,080 6,470 to the type design and all applicable air- 5,000 .................................... 6,070 6,410 6,830 worthiness directives meets the require- 6,000 .................................... 6,380 6,740 7,200 ments of § 121.283.

7,000 .................................... 6,680 7,070 7,570 33. Carriage of cargo in passenger compart- 8,000 .................................... 6,990 7,410 ( ) ments. Section 121.285 is not applicable to Ref. Fig. 1(a)(2) for weight and distance for altitudes nontransport category C–46 cargo airplanes.

above 7,000 ′ .

34. Carriage of cargo in cargo compartments.

(b) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum A standard cargo loading and tiedown ar- weight 48,000 pounds.

rangement set forth in the operator’s man- (1) Effective length of runway required when ual and found acceptable to the Adminis- effective length is determined in accordance trator must be used in complying with with § 121.171 (distance to accelerate to 93 § 121.287.

knots TIAS and stop, with zero wind and 35. Performance data. Performance data on zero gradient). (Factor = 1.00) Curtiss model C–46 airplane certificated for [Distance in feet] maximum weight of 45,000 and 48,000 pounds for cargo-only operations.

Airplane weight in pounds 1. The following performance limitation Standard altitude in feet data, applicable to the Curtiss model C–46 1 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 airplane for cargo-only operation, must be S.L ..................... 4,110 4,290 4,570 4,950 used in determining compliance with 1,000 .................. 4,250 4,440 4,720 5,130 §§ 121.199 through 121.205. These data are pre- 2,000 .................. 4,400 4,600 4,880 5,300 sented in the tables and figures of this ap- 3,000 .................. 4,650 4,880 5,190 5,670 pendix.

4,000 .................. 4,910 5,170 5,500 6,050 5,000 .................. 5,160 5,450 5,810 6,420 T ABLE 1—T AKEOFF L IMITATIONS 6,000 .................. 5,420 5,730 6,120 6,800 7,000 .................. 5,680 6,000 6,440 ( ) (a) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum 8,000 .................. 5,940 6,280 6,750 ( ) weight of 45,000 pounds.

(1) Effective length of runway required when Ref. Fig. 1(b)(1) for weight and distance for altitudes above 6,000 ′ .

effective length is determined in accordance with § 121.171 (distance to accelerate to 93 (2) Actual length of runway required when knots TIAS and stop, with zero wind and effective length, considering obstacles, is not zero gradient). (Factor = 1.00) determined (distance to accelerate to 93 [Distance in feet] knots TIAS and stop, divided by the factor 0.85).

Airplane weight in pounds [Distance in feet] Standard altitude in feet 39,000 42,000 45,000 Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude S.L ....................................... 4,110 4,290 4,570 in feet 39,000 42,000 45,000 48,000 1,000 .................................... 4,250 4,440 4,720 2,000 .................................... 4,400 4,600 4,880 S.L ..................... 4,830 5,050 5,370 5,830 3,000 .................................... 4,650 4,880 5,190 1,000 .................. 5,000 5,230 5,550 6,030 4,000 .................................... 4,910 5,170 5,500 2,000 .................. 5,170 5,410 5,740 6,230 5,000 .................................... 5,160 5,450 5,810 3,000 .................. 5,470 5,740 6,100 6,670 6,000 .................................... 5,420 5,730 6,120 4,000 .................. 5,770 6,080 6,470 7,120 7,000 .................................... 5,680 6,000 6,440 5,000 .................. 6,070 6,410 6,830 7,560 8,000 .................................... 5,940 6,280 ( ) 6,000 .................. 6,380 6,740 7,200 8,010 Ref. Fig. 1(a)(1) for weight and distance for altitudes 7,000 .................. 6,680 7,070 7,570 ( ) above 7,000 ′ .

8,000 .................. 6,990 7,410 7,940 ( ) (2) Actual length of runway required when Ref. Fig. 1(b)(2) for weight and distance for altitudes above 6,000 ′ .

effective length, considering obstacles, is not determined (distance to accelerate to 93 T ABLE 2—E N R OUTE L IMITATIONS knots TIAS and stop, divided by the factor 0.85). (a) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- imum weight of 45,000 pounds (based on a [Distance in feet] climb speed of 113 knots (TIAS)).

Airplane weight in pounds Standard altitude in feet Terrain Blower set- 39,000 42,000 45,000 Weight (pounds) clearance ting (feet) S.L ....................................... 4,830 5,050 5,370 1,000 .................................... 5,000 5,230 5,550 45,000 ............................................ 6,450 Low.

2,000 .................................... 5,170 5,410 5,740 44,000 ............................................ 7,000 Do.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

Terrain Terrain Blower set- Blower set- Weight (pounds) clearance Weight (pounds) clearance ting ting 1 1 (feet) (feet) 43,000 ............................................ 7,500 Do. 46,000 ............................................ 6,700 Do.

42,200 ............................................ 8,000 High. 45,000 ............................................ 7,200 Do.

41,000 ............................................ 9,600 Do.

44,500 ............................................ 7,450 Do.

40,000 ............................................ 11,000 Do.

44,250 ............................................ 8,000 High.

39,000 ............................................ 12,300 Do.

44,000 ............................................ 8,550 Do.

43,000 ............................................ 10,800 Do.

Highest altitude of terrain over which airplanes may be op- 42,000 ............................................ 12,500 Do.

erated in compliance with § 121.201.

Ref. Fig. 2(a). 41,000 ............................................ 13,000 Do.

Highest altitude of terrain over which airplanes may be op- (b) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- erated in compliance with § 121.201.

imum weight of 48,000 pounds or with engine Ref. Fig. 2(b).

installation approved for 2,550 revolutions per minute (1,700 brake horsepower). Max- T ABLE 3—L ANDING L IMITATIONS imum continuous power in low blower (based (a) Intended Destination.

on a climb speed of 113 knots (TIAS)).

Effective length of runway required for in- Terrain tended destination when effective length is Blower set- Weight (pounds) clearance ting determined in accordance with § 121.171 with (feet) zero wind and zero gradient.

(1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for max- 48,000 ............................................ 5,850 Low.

47,000 ............................................ 6,300 Do.

imum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.60 factor) Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V 42,000 V 44,000 V 45,000 V 50 50 50 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 4,320 86 4,500 88 4,700 90 4,800 91 1,000 ..................................................................................... 4,440 86 4,620 88 4,830 90 4,930 91 2,000 ..................................................................................... 4,550 86 4,750 88 4,960 90 5,050 91 3,000 ..................................................................................... 4,670 86 4,880 88 5,090 90 5,190 91 4,000 ..................................................................................... 4,800 86 5,000 88 5,220 90 5,320 91 5,000 ..................................................................................... 4,920 86 5,140 88 5,360 90 5,460 91 6,000 ..................................................................................... 5,040 86 5,270 88 5,550 90 5,600 91 7,000 ..................................................................................... 5,170 86 5,410 88 5,650 90 5,750 91 8,000 ..................................................................................... 5,310 86 5,550 88 5,800 90 5,900 91 Steady approach speed through 50–foot height TIAS denoted by symbol V .

Ref. Fig. 3(a)(1).

(2) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. (0.60 factor.)

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V 44,000 V 46,000 V 43,000 V 50 50 50 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 3,370 80 3,490 82 3,620 84 3,740 86 1,000 ..................................................................................... 3,460 80 3,580 82 3,710 84 3,830 86 2,000 ..................................................................................... 3,540 80 3,670 82 3,800 84 3,920 86 3,000 ..................................................................................... 3,630 80 3,760 82 3,890 84 4,020 86 4,000 ..................................................................................... 3,720 80 3,850 82 3,980 84 4,110 86 5,000 ..................................................................................... 3,800 80 3,940 82 4,080 84 4,220 86 6,000 ..................................................................................... 3,890 80 4,040 82 4,180 84 4,320 86 7,000 ..................................................................................... 3,980 80 4,140 82 4,280 84 4,440 86 8,000 ..................................................................................... 4,080 80 4,240 82 4,390 84 4,550 86 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight.

Steady approach speed through 50 height knots TIAS denoted by symbol V 50 3.

Ref. Fig. 3(a)(2).

(b) Alternate Airports.

Effective length of runway required when effective length is determined in accordance with § 121.171 with zero wind and zero gradient.

(1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.70 factor.)

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V 50 42,000 V 50 44,000 V 50 45,000 V 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 3,700 86 3,860 88 4,030 90 4,110 91 VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V 42,000 V 44,000 V 45,000 V 50 50 50 50 1,000 ..................................................................................... 3,800 86 3,960 88 4,140 90 4,220 91 2,000 ..................................................................................... 3,900 86 4,070 88 4,250 90 4,340 91 3,000 ..................................................................................... 4,000 86 4,180 88 4,360 90 4,450 91 4,000 ..................................................................................... 4,110 86 4,290 88 4,470 90 4,560 91 5,000 ..................................................................................... 4,210 86 4,400 88 4,590 90 4,680 91 6,000 ..................................................................................... 4,330 86 4,510 88 4,710 90 4,800 91 7,000 ..................................................................................... 4,430 86 4,630 88 4,840 90 4,930 91 8,000 ..................................................................................... 4,550 86 4,750 88 4,970 90 5,060 91 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V .

Ref. Fig. 3(b)(1).

(2) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. (0.70 factor.)

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V 44,000 V 46,000 V 48,000 V 50 50 50 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 2,890 80 3,000 82 3,110 84 3,220 86 1,000 ..................................................................................... 2,960 80 3,070 82 3,180 84 3,280 86 2,000 ..................................................................................... 3,040 80 3,150 82 3,260 84 3,360 86 3,000 ..................................................................................... 3,110 80 3,220 82 3,340 84 3,440 86 4,000 ..................................................................................... 3,180 80 3,300 82 3,410 84 3,520 86 5,000 ..................................................................................... 3,260 80 3,380 82 3,500 84 3,610 86 6,000 ..................................................................................... 3,330 80 3,460 82 3,580 84 3,700 86 7,000 ..................................................................................... 3,420 80 3,540 82 3,670 84 3,800 86 8,000 ..................................................................................... 3,500 80 3,630 82 3,760 84 3,900 86 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight.

Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V 50 .

Ref. Fig. 3(b)(2).

(c) Actual length of runway required when effective length, considering obstacles, is not de- termined in accordance with § 121.171.

(1) Curtiss model C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 45,000 pounds. (0.55 factor.)

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 40,000 V 42,000 V 44,000 V 45,000 V 50 50 50 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 4,710 86 4,910 88 5,130 90 5,230 91 1,000 ..................................................................................... 4,840 86 5,050 88 5,270 90 5,370 91 2,000 ..................................................................................... 4,960 86 5,180 88 5,410 90 5,510 91 3,000 ..................................................................................... 5,090 86 5,320 88 5,550 90 5,660 91 4,000 ..................................................................................... 5,230 86 5,460 88 5,700 90 5,810 91 5,000 ..................................................................................... 5,360 86 5,600 88 5,850 90 5,960 91 6,000 ..................................................................................... 5,500 86 5,740 88 6,000 90 6,110 91 7,000 ..................................................................................... 5,640 86 5,900 88 6,170 90 6,280 91 8,000 ..................................................................................... 5,790 86 6,050 88 6,340 90 6,450 91 Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V 50 .

Ref. Fig. 3(c)(1).

(2) Curtiss C–46 certificated for maximum weight of 48,000 pounds. (0.55 factor.)

Distance in feet Airplane weight in pounds and approach speeds in knots Standard altitude in feet 42,000 V 44,000 V 46,000 V 48,000 V 50 50 50 50 S.L ......................................................................................... 3,680 80 3,820 82 3,960 84 4,090 86 1,000 ..................................................................................... 3,770 80 3,910 82 4,050 84 4,180 86 2,000 ..................................................................................... 3,860 80 4,000 82 4,140 84 4,280 86 3,000 ..................................................................................... 3,960 80 4,090 82 4,240 84 4,380 86 4,000 ..................................................................................... 4,050 80 4,190 82 4,340 84 4,490 86 5,000 ..................................................................................... 4,150 80 4,290 82 4,450 84 4,600 86 6,000 ..................................................................................... 4,240 80 4,400 82 4,560 84 4,710 86 7,000 ..................................................................................... 4,350 80 4,510 82 4,670 84 4,840 86 8,000 ..................................................................................... 4,450 80 4,620 82 4,790 84 4,960 86 For use with Curtiss model C–46 airplanes when approved for this weight.

Steady approach speed through 50 foot-height-knots TIAS denoted by symbol V 50 .

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

Ref. Fig. 3(c)(2).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.009</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.010</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.011</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.012</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.013</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.014</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.015</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.016</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.017</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.018</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.019</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.020</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. C

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.021</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. C

[Docket 4080, 30 FR 258, Jan. 3, 1965; 30 FR 481, Jan. 14, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Docket FAA–2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00305 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 EC26SE91.022</GPH> jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. D

(11) The seating density and arrangement A PPENDIX D TO P ART 121—C RITERIA FOR of the airplane must be representative of the DEMONSTRATION OF E MERGENCY highest capacity passenger version of that E VACUATION P ROCEDURES U NDER airplane the certificate holder operates or § 121.291 proposes to operate.

(12) Each crewmember must be a member (a) Aborted takeoff demonstration. (1) The of a regularly scheduled line crew, except demonstration must be conducted either dur- that flight crewmembers need not be mem- ing the dark of the night or during daylight bers of a regularly scheduled line crew, pro- with the dark of the night simulated. If the vided they have knowledge of the airplane.

demonstration is conducted indoors during Each crewmember must be seated in the seat daylight hours, it must be conducted with the crewmember is normally assigned for each window covered and each door closed to takeoff, and must remain in that seat until minimize the daylight effect. Illumination the signal for commencement of the dem- on the floor or ground may be used, but it onstration is received.

must be kept low and shielded against shin- (13) No crewmember or passenger may be ing into the airplane’s windows or doors.

given prior knowledge of the emergency (2) The airplane must be a normal ground exits available for the demonstration.

attitude with landing gear extended.

(14) The certificate holder may not prac- (3) Unless the airplane is equipped with an tice, rehearse, or describe the demonstration off-wing descent means, stands or ramps may for the participants nor may any participant be used for descent from the wing to the have taken part in this type of demonstra- ground. Safety equipment such as mats or tion within the preceding 6 months.

inverted life rafts may be placed on the floor (15) The pretakeoff passenger briefing re- or ground to protect participants. No other quired by § 121.571 may be given in accord- equipment that is not part of the emergency ance with the certificate holder’s manual.

evacuation equipment of the airplane may be The passengers may also be warned to follow used to aid the participants in reaching the directions of crewmembers, but may not be ground.

instructed on the procedures to be followed (4) The airplane’s normal electrical power in the demonstration.

sources must be deenergized.

(16) If safety equipment as allowed by item (5) All emergency equipment for the type (3) of this section is provided, either all pas- of passenger-carrying operation involved senger and cockpit windows must be blacked must be installed in accordance with the cer- out or all of the emergency exits must have tificate holder’s manual.

safety equipment in order to prevent disclo- (6) Each external door and exit, and each sure of the available emergency exits.

internal door or curtain must be in position (17) Not more than 50 percent of the emer- to simulate a normal takeoff.

gency exits in the sides of the fuselage of an (7) A representative passenger load of per- airplane that meet all of the requirements sons in normal health must be used. At least applicable to the required emergency exits 40 percent of the passenger load must be fe- for that airplane may be used for the dem- males. At least 35 percent of the passenger onstration. Exits that are not to be used in load must be over 50 years of age. At least 15 the demonstration must have the exit handle percent of the passenger load must be female deactivated or must be indicated by red and over 50 year of age. Three life-size dolls, lights, red tape, or other acceptable means, not included as part of the total passenger placed outside the exits to indicate fire or load, must be carried by passengers to simu- other reason that they are unusable. The late live infants 2 years old or younger.

exits to be used must be representative of all Crewmembers, mechanics, and training per- of the emergency exits on the airplane and sonnel, who maintain or operate the airplane must be designated by the certificate holder, in the normal course of their duties, may not subject to approval by the Administrator. At be used as passengers.

least one floor level exit must be used.

(8) No passenger may be assigned a specific (18) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) seat except as the Administrator may re- of this appendix, all evacuees must leave the quire. Except as required by item (12) of this airplane by a means provided as part of the paragraph, no employee of the certificate airplane’s equipment.

holder may be seated next to an emergency (19) The certificate holder’s approved pro- exit. cedures and all of the emergency equipment (9) Seat belts and shoulder harnesses (as that is normally available, including slides, required) must be fastened. ropes, lights, and megaphones, must be fully (10) Before the start of the demonstration, utilized during the demonstration, except approximately one-half of the total average that the flightcrew must take no active role amount of carry-on baggage, blankets, pil- in assisting others inside the cabin during lows, and other similar articles must be dis- the demonstration.

tributed at several locations in the aisles (20) The evacuation time period is com- and emergency exit access ways to create pleted when the last occupant has evacuated minor obstructions. the airplane and is on the ground. Evacuees VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00306 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. E

using stands or ramps allowed by item (3) plane, to accommodate all persons partici- above are considered to be on the ground pating in the demonstration.

when they are on the stand or ramp: Pro- [Docket 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as vided, That the acceptance rate of the stand amended by Amdt. 121–30, 32 FR 13268, Sept.

or ramp is no greater than the acceptance 20, 1967; Amdt. 121–41, 33 FR 9067, June 20, rate of the means available on the airplane 1968; Amdt. 121–46, 34 FR 5545, Mar. 22, 1969; for descent from the wing during an actual Amdt. 121–47, 34 FR 11489, July 11, 1969; crash situation.

Amdt. 121–233, 58 FR 45230, Aug. 26, 1993] (b) Ditching demonstration. The demonstra- tion must assume that daylight hours exist A PPENDIX E TO P ART 121—F LIGHT outside the airplane, and that all required T RAINING R EQUIREMENTS crewmembers are available for the dem- (a) The maneuvers and procedures required onstration.

by § 121.424 for pilot initial, transition, and (1) If the certificate holder’s manual re- conversion flight training are set forth in quires the use of passengers to assist in the the certificate holder’s approved low-alti- launching of liferafts, the needed passengers tude windshear flight training program, must be aboard the airplane and participate § 121.423 extended envelope training, and in in the demonstration according to the man- this appendix. The maneuvers and proce- ual.

dures required for upgrade training in ac- (2) A stand must be placed at each emer- cordance with § 121.424 are set forth in this gency exit and wing, with the top of the plat- appendix and in the certificate holder’s ap- form at a height simulating the water level proved low-altitude windshear flight train- of the airplane following a ditching.

ing program and § 121.423 extended envelope (3) After the ditching signal has been re- training. For the maneuvers and procedures ceived, each evacuee must don a life vest ac- required for upgrade training in accordance with § 121.426, this appendix designates the cording to the certificate holder’s manual.

airplane or FSTD, as appropriate, that may (4) Each liferaft must be launched and in- be used.

flated, according to the certificate holder’s (b) All required maneuvers and procedures manual, and all other required emergency must be performed inflight except that equipment must be placed in rafts.

windshear and extended envelope training (5) Each evacuee must enter a liferaft, and maneuvers and procedures must be per- the crewmembers assigned to each liferaft formed in a full flight simulator (FFS) in must indicate the location of emergency which the maneuvers and procedures are spe- equipment aboard the raft and describe its cifically authorized to be accomplished. Cer- use.

tain other maneuvers and procedures may be (6) Either the airplane, a mockup of the performed in an FFS, an FTD, or a static airplane or a floating device simulating a airplane as indicated by the appropriate passenger compartment must be used.

symbol in the respective column opposite (i) If a mockup of the airplane is used, it the maneuver or procedure.

must be a life-size mockup of the interior (c) Whenever a maneuver or procedure is and representative of the airplane currently authorized to be performed in an FTD, it may be performed in an FFS, and in some used by or proposed to be used by the certifi- cases, a static airplane. Whenever the re- cate holder, and must contain adequate seats quirement may be performed in either an for use of the evacuees. Operation of the FTD or a static airplane, the appropriate emergency exits and the doors must closely symbols are entered in the respective col- simulate those on the airplane. Sufficient umns.

wing area must be installed outside the over- (d) A Level B or higher FFS may be used the-wing exits to demonstrate the evacu- instead of the airplane to satisfy the inflight ation.

requirements if the FFS is approved under (ii) If a floating device simulating a pas- § 121.407 and is used as part of an approved senger compartment is used, it must be rep- program that meets the requirements for an resentative, to the extent possible, of the Advanced Simulation Training Program in passenger compartment of the airplane used Appendix H of this part.

in operations. Operation of the emergency (e) For the purpose of this appendix, the exits and the doors must closely simulate op- following symbols mean— eration on that airplane. Sufficient wing I = Pilot in Command (PIC) and Second in area must be installed outside the over-the- Command (SIC) initial training wing exits to demonstrate the evacuation.

T = PIC and SIC transition training The device must be equipped with the same U = SIC to PIC upgrade training survival equipment as is installed on the air- C = Flight engineer (FE) to SIC conversion training VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00307 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight FFS FTD airplane As appropriate to the airplane and the oper- ation involved, flight training for pilots must include the following maneuvers and proce- dures.

I. Preflight: (a) Visual inspection of the exterior ............................. I, T, U, C.

and interior of the airplane, the loca- tion of each item to be inspected, and the purpose for inspecting it.

The visual inspection may be con- ducted using an approved pictorial means that realistically portrays the location and detail of visual inspec- tion items and provides for the por- trayal of normal and abnormal con- ditions.

(b) Use of the prestart checklist, ap- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

propriate control system checks, starting procedures, radio and elec- tronic equipment checks, and the selection of proper navigation and communications radio facilities and frequencies prior to flight.

(c) Taxiing. This maneuver includes the following: (1) Taxiing, sailing, and dock- I, T, U, C.

ing procedures in compli- ance with instructions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the training.

(2) Use of airport diagram I, T, U, C.

(surface movement chart).

(3) Obtaining appropriate I, T, U, C.

clearance before crossing or entering active runways.

(4) Observation of all surface I, T, U, C.

movement guidance control markings and lighting.

(d) Pre-takeoff procedures ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

that include powerplant checks, receipt of takeoff clearance and confirmation of aircraft location, and FMS entry (if appropriate) for departure runway prior to crossing hold short line for takeoff.

II. Takeoffs: Training in takeoffs must include the types and conditions listed below but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal takeoffs which, for the pur- I, T, U, C.

pose of this maneuver, begin when the airplane is taxied into position on the runway to be used.

(b) Takeoffs with instrument conditions ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

simulated at or before reaching an altitude of 100 ′ above the airport elevation.

(c) Crosswind takeoffs, including I, T, U, C.

crosswind takeoffs with gusts if practicable under the existing mete- orological, airport, and traffic condi- tions.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00308 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight FFS FTD airplane (d) Takeoffs with a simulated failure of ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

the most critical powerplant— (1) At a point after V1 and ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

before V2 that in the judg- ment of the person con- ducting the training is ap- propriate to the airplane type under the prevailing conditions; or (2) At a point as close as ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

possible after V1 when V1 and V2 or V1 and VR are identical; or (3) At the appropriate speed ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

for nontransport category airplanes.

(e) Rejected takeoffs accomplished ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

during a normal takeoff run after reaching a reasonable speed deter- mined by giving due consideration to aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions, wind di- rection and velocity, brake heat en- ergy, and any other pertinent factors that may adversely affect safety or the airplane.

(f) Night takeoffs. For pilots in transi- I, T, U, C.

tion training, this requirement may be met during the operating experi- ence required under § 121.434 by performing a normal takeoff at night when a check pilot serving as PIC is occupying a pilot station.

III. Flight Maneuvers and Procedures: (a) Turns with and without spoilers ..... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(b) Tuck and Mach buffet .................... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(c) Maximum endurance and max- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

imum range procedures.

(d) Operation of systems and controls ............................. ............................. I, T, U.

at the flight engineer station.

(e) Runaway and jammed stabilizer .... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(f) Normal and abnormal or alternate operation of the following systems and procedures: (1) Pressurization .................. ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(2) Pneumatic ........................ ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(3) Air conditioning ................ ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(4) Fuel and oil ...................... ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(5) Electrical .......................... ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(6) Hydraulic .......................... ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(7) Flight control .................... ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(8) Anti-icing and deicing ...... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(9) Autopilot ........................... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(10) Automatic or other ap- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

proach aids.

(11) Stall warning devices, ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation devices.

(12) Airborne radar devices .. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(13) Any other systems, de- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

vices, or aids available.

(14) Electrical, hydraulic, ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

flight control, and flight in- strument system malfunc- tioning or failure.

(15) Landing gear and flap ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

systems failure or malfunc- tion.

(16) Failure of navigation or ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

communications equipment.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00309 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight FFS FTD airplane (g) Flight emergency procedures that include at least the following: (1) Powerplant, heater, cargo ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

compartment, cabin, flight deck, wing, and electrical fires.

(2) Smoke control .................. ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(3) Powerplant failures .......... ............................. ............................. I, T ...................... U, C.

(4) Fuel jettisoning ................. ............................. I, T, U, C ............ ............................. I, T, U, C.

(5) Any other emergency pro- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

cedures outlined in the ap- propriate flight manual.

(h) Steep turns in each direction. Each ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

steep turn must involve a bank angle of 45 ° with a heading change of at least 180 ° but not more than 360 ° . This maneuver is not required for Group I transition training.

(i) Stall Prevention. For the purpose of ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

this training the approved recovery procedure must be initiated at the first indication of an impending stall (buffet, stick shaker, aural warning).

Stall prevention training must be conducted in at least the following configurations: (1) Takeoff configuration (ex- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

cept where the airplane uses only a zero-flap take- off configuration).

(2) Clean configuration .......... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(3) Landing configuration ...... ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(j) Recovery from specific flight char- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

acteristics that are peculiar to the airplane type.

(k) Instrument procedures that include the following: (1) Area departure and arrival ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(2) Use of navigation systems ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

including adherence to as- signed radials.

(3) Holding ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(l) ILS instrument approaches that in- clude the following: (1) Normal ILS approaches ... I, T, U, C.

(2) Manually controlled ILS I .......................... ............................. T, U, C.

approaches with a simu- lated failure of one power- plant which occurs before initiating the final approach course and continues to touchdown or through the missed approach proce- dure.

(m) Instrument approaches and missed approaches other than ILS which include the following: (1) Nonprecision approaches ............................. ............................. U, C .................... I, T.

that the pilot is likely to use.

(2) In addition to subpara- ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

graph (1) of this paragraph, at least one other nonpreci- sion approach and missed approach procedure that the pilot is likely to use.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00310 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. E

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight FFS FTD airplane In connection with paragraphs III(l) and III(m), each instrument approach must be per- formed according to any procedures and limi- tations approved for the approach facility used. The instrument approach begins when the airplane is over the initial approach fix for the approach procedure being used (or turned over to the final approach controller in the case of GCA approach) and ends when the airplane touches down on the runway or when transition to a missed approach con- figuration is completed.

(n) Circling approaches which include I, T, U, C.

the following: (1) That portion of the circling I, T, U, C.

approach to the authorized minimum altitude for the procedure being used must be made under simulated instrument conditions.

(2) The circling approach I, T, U, C.

must be made to the au- thorized minimum circling approach altitude followed by a change in heading and the necessary maneu- vering (by visual reference) to maintain a flight path that permits a normal land- ing on a runway at least 90 ° from the final approach course of the simulated in- strument portion of the ap- proach.

(3) The circling approach I, T, U, C.

must be performed without excessive maneuvering, and without exceeding the normal operating limits of the airplane. The angle of bank should not exceed 30 ° .

Training in the circling approach maneuver is not required if the certificate holder’s manual prohibits a circling approach in weather con- ditions below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility).

(o) Zero-flap approaches. Training in I, C ...................... ............................. T, U.

this maneuver is not required for a particular airplane type if the Admin- istrator has determined that the probability of flap extension failure on that type airplane is extremely remote due to system design. In making this determination, the Ad- ministrator determines whether training on slats only and partial flap approaches is necessary.

(p) Missed approaches which include the following: (1) Missed approaches from ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

ILS approaches.

(2) Other missed approaches ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(3) Missed approaches that ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

include a complete ap- proved missed approach procedure.

(4) Missed approaches that ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

include a powerplant failure.

IV. Landings and Approaches to Landings: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00311 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. F

Static Maneuvers/procedures Inflight FFS FTD airplane Training in landings and approaches to land- ings must include the types and conditions listed below but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal landings ............................. I, T, U, C.

(b) Landing and go around with the I, C ...................... ............................. T ......................... U.

horizontal stabilizer out of trim.

(c) Landing in sequence from an ILS I .......................... ............................. T, U, C.

instrument approach.

(d) Crosswind landing, including cross- I, T, U, C.

wind landings with gusts if prac- ticable under the existing meteoro- logical, airport, and traffic conditions.

(e) Maneuvering to a landing with sim- ulated powerplant failure, as follows: (1) For 3-engine airplanes, I, C ...................... ............................. T, U.

maneuvering to a landing with an approved proce- dure that approximates the loss of two powerplants (center and one outboard engine).

(2) For other multiengine air- I, C ...................... ............................. T, U.

planes, maneuvering to a landing with a simulated failure of 50 percent of available powerplants with the simulated loss of power on one side of the airplane.

(f) Landing under simulated circling I .......................... ............................. T, U, C.

approach conditions (exceptions under III(n) applicable to this re- quirement).

(g) Rejected landings that include a I .......................... ............................. T, U, C.

normal missed approach procedure after the landing is rejected. For the purpose of this maneuver the land- ing should be rejected at approxi- mately 50 feet and approximately over the runway threshold.

(h) Zero-flap landings if the Adminis- I, C ...................... ............................. T, U.

trator finds that maneuver appro- priate for training in the airplane.

(i) Manual reversion ............................. ............................. ............................. I, T, U, C.

(j) Night landings. For pilots in transi- I, T, U, C.

tion training, this requirement may be met during the operating experi- ence required under § 121.434 by performing a normal landing at night when a check pilot serving as PIC is occupying a pilot station.

[Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10926, Feb. 25, 2020, as (b) Whenever a maneuver or procedure is amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. authorized to be performed in an FTD, it may be performed in an FFS.

121–392, 89 FR 51429, June 18, 2024] (c) A Level B or higher FFS may be used A PPENDIX F TO P ART 121—P ROFICIENCY instead of the airplane to satisfy the inflight requirements if the FFS is approved under C HECK R EQUIREMENTS § 121.407 and is used as part of an approved (a) The maneuvers and procedures required program that meets the requirements for an Advanced Simulation Training Program in by § 121.441 for pilot proficiency checks are Appendix H of this part.

set forth in this appendix. Except for the equipment examination, these maneuvers (d) For the purpose of this appendix, the and procedures must be performed inflight. following symbols mean— Certain maneuvers and procedures may be B = Both Pilot in Command (PIC) and Sec- ond in Command (SIC).

performed in an FFS or an FTD as indicated by the appropriate symbol in the respective W = May be waived for both PIC and SIC, column opposite the maneuver or procedure. except during a proficiency check conducted VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00312 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

to qualify a PIC after completing an upgrade ment commensurate with a high level of training curriculum in accordance with safety must be demonstrated. In determining §§ 121.420 and 121.426.

whether such judgment has been shown, the * = A symbol and asterisk (B* or W*) indi- person conducting the check considers ad- cates that a particular condition is specified herence to approved procedures, actions in the maneuvers and procedures column.

based on analysis of situations for which # = When a maneuver is preceded by this there is no prescribed procedure or rec- symbol it indicates the maneuver may be re- ommended practice, and qualities of pru- quired in the airplane at the discretion of dence and care in selecting a course of ac- the person conducting the check.

tion.

(e) Throughout the maneuvers and proce- dures prescribed in this appendix, good judg- Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) The procedures and maneuvers set forth in this ap- pendix must be performed in a manner that satis- factorily demonstrates knowledge and skill with respect to—.

(1) The airplane, its systems and compo- nents; (2) Proper control of airspeed, configura- tion, direction, altitude, and attitude in accordance with procedures and limita- tions contained in the approved Airplane Flight Manual, the certificate holder’s op- erations manual, checklists, or other ap- proved material appropriate to the air- plane type; and (3) Compliance with approach, ATC, or other applicable procedures.

I. Preflight: (a) Equipment examination (oral or writ- ten). As part of the proficiency check the equipment examination must be closely coordinated with, and related to, the flight maneuvers portion but may not be given during the flight maneuvers por- tion. The equipment examination must cover— (1) Subjects requiring a practical knowledge of the airplane, its powerplants, systems, compo- nents, operational and perform- ance factors; (2) Normal, abnormal, and emer- gency procedures, and the op- erations and limitations relating thereto; and.

(3) The appropriate provisions of the approved Airplane Flight Manual.

The person conducting the check may accept, as equal to this equipment examination, an equip- ment examination given to the pilot in the certifi- cate holder’s ground training within the preceding 6 calendar months.

(b) Preflight inspection. The pilot must— VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00313 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) (1) Conduct an actual visual in- spection of the exterior and in- terior of the airplane, locating each item and explaining briefly the purpose for inspecting it.

The visual inspection may be conducted using an approved pictorial means that realistically portrays the location and detail of visual inspection items and provides for the portrayal of normal and abnormal condi- tions. If a flight engineer is a re- quired flightcrew member for the particular type airplane, the visual inspection may be waived under § 121.441(d) ....... .................... .................... .................... B W* (2) Demonstrate the use of the prestart checklist, appropriate control system checks, starting procedures, radio and elec- tronic equipment checks, and the selection of proper naviga- tion and communications radio facilities and frequencies prior to flight ...................................... .................... .................... .................... B (c) Taxiing. This maneuver includes the following: (1) Taxiing, sailing, or docking procedures in compliance with instruc- tions issued by ATC or by the person conducting the check. (2) Use of airport diagram (surface movement chart). (3) Obtaining appropriate clearance before crossing or entering active runways. (4) Observation of all surface movement guidance control markings and lighting.

SIC proficiency checks for a type rating must include taxiing. However, other SIC proficiency checks need only include taxiing to the extent practical from the seat position assigned to the SIC ........... .................... B (d) Pre-takeoff procedures that include powerplant checks, receipt of takeoff clearance and confirmation of aircraft lo- cation, and FMS entry (if appropriate), for departure runway prior to crossing hold short line for takeoff ........................ .................... .................... B II. Takeoff: Takeoffs must include the types listed below, but more than one type may be combined where ap- propriate: (a) Normal. One normal takeoff which, for the purpose of this maneuver, begins when the airplane is taxied into position on the runway to be used ....................... .................... B* (b) Instrument. One takeoff with instrument conditions simulated at or before reach- ing an altitude of 100 ′ above the airport elevation .................................................. B .................... B* (c) Crosswind. One crosswind takeoff with gusts, if practicable, under the existing meteorological, airport, and traffic condi- tions ......................................................... .................... B* #(d) Powerplant failure. One takeoff with a simulated failure of the most critical powerplant— .................... .................... B VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00314 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) (1) At a point after V1 and before V2 that in the judgment of the person conducting the check is appropriate to the airplane type under the prevailing conditions; .................... .................... B (2) At a point as close as possible after V1 when V1 and V2 or V1 and Vr are identical; or ............. .................... .................... B (3) At the appropriate speed for nontransport category airplanes .................... .................... B (e) Rejected. A rejected takeoff may be performed in an airplane during a nor- mal takeoff run after reaching a reason- able speed determined by giving due consideration to aircraft characteristics, runway length, surface conditions, wind direction and velocity, brake heat en- ergy, and any other pertinent factors that may adversely affect safety or the air- plane ........................................................ .................... .................... B* .................... W III. Instrument procedures: (a) Area departure and area arrival. During each of these maneuvers the pilot must— B .................... B .................... W* (1) Adhere to actual or simulated ATC clearances (including as- signed radials); and .................. B .................... B (2) Properly use available naviga- tion facilities .............................. B .................... B Either area arrival or area departure, but not both, may be waived under § 121.441(d).

(b) Holding. This maneuver includes enter- ing, maintaining, and leaving holding patterns. It may be performed in connec- tion with either area departure or area arrival ....................................................... B .................... B .................... W (c) ILS and other instrument approaches.

There must be the following: (1) At least one normal ILS ap- proach ....................................... B .................... B (2) At least one manually con- trolled ILS approach with a sim- ulated failure of one power- plant. The simulated failure should occur before initiating the final approach course and must continue to touchdown or through the missed approach procedure .................................. B B (3) At least one nonprecision ap- proach procedure using a type of nonprecision approach pro- cedure that the certificate hold- er is approved to use ................ B .................... B (4) At least one nonprecision ap- proach procedure using a dif- ferent type of nonprecision ap- proach procedure than per- formed under subparagraph (3) of this paragraph that the cer- tificate holder is approved to use ............................................ B .................... .................... B (5) For each type of EFVS oper- ation the certificate holder is authorized to conduct, at least one instrument approach must be made using an EFVS .......... B B* VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00315 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) Each instrument approach must be performed ac- cording to any procedures and limitations ap- proved for the approach procedure used. The in- strument approach begins when the airplane is over the initial approach fix for the approach pro- cedure being used (or turned over to the final ap- proach controller in the case of GCA approach) and ends when the airplane touches down on the runway or when transition to a missed approach configuration is completed. Instrument conditions need not be simulated below 100 ′ above touch- down zone elevation.

(d) Circling approaches. If the certificate holder is approved for circling minimums below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility), at least one circling approach must be made under the following conditions— .................... .................... B* .................... W* (1) The portion of the approach to the authorized minimum circling approach altitude must be made under simulated instru- ment conditions ......................... B .................... B* (2) The approach must be made to the authorized minimum cir- cling approach altitude followed by a change in heading and the necessary maneuvering (by vis- ual reference) to maintain a flight path that permits a normal landing on a runway at least 90 ° from the final approach course of the simulated instru- ment portion of the approach ... .................... .................... B* (3) The circling approach must be performed without excessive maneuvering, and without ex- ceeding the normal operating limits of the airplane. The angle of bank should not exceed 30 ° .................... .................... B* If local conditions beyond the control of the pilot prohibit the maneuver or prevent it from being performed as required, it may be waived as pro- vided in § 121.441(d). However, the maneuver may not be waived under this provision for two successive proficiency checks. Except for a SIC proficiency check for a type rating, the circling approach maneuver is not required for a SIC if the certificate holder’s manual prohibits a SIC from performing a circling approach in operations under this part.

(e) Missed approach.

(1) At least one missed approach from an ILS approach ............... .................... .................... B* (2) At least one additional missed approach for SIC proficiency checks for a type rating and for all PIC proficiency checks ........ .................... .................... B* A complete approved missed approach procedure must be accomplished at least once. At the dis- cretion of the person conducting the check a sim- ulated powerplant failure may be required during any of the missed approaches. These maneuvers may be performed either independently or in con- junction with maneuvers required under Sections III or V of this appendix. At least one missed ap- proach must be performed inflight.

IV. Inflight Maneuvers: VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00316 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) (a) Steep turns. For SIC proficiency checks for a type rating and for all PIC proficiency checks, at least one steep turn in each direction must be per- formed. Each steep turn must involve a bank angle of 45 ° with a heading change of at least 180 ° but not more than 360 ° ................................................. B .................... B W (b) Stall Prevention. For the purpose of this maneuver the approved recovery procedure must be initiated at the first indication of an impending stall (buffet, stick shaker, aural warning). Except as provided below there must be at least three stall prevention recoveries as fol- lows: ........................................................ B .................... B .................... W* (1) Takeoff configuration (except where the airplane uses only a zero-flap takeoff configuration) B .................... B (2) Clean configuration ................. B .................... B (3) Landing configuration ............. B .................... B At the discretion of the person conducting the check, one stall prevention recovery must be per- formed in one of the above configurations while in a turn with the bank angle between 15 ° and 30 ° . Two out of the three stall prevention recov- eries required by this paragraph may be waived.

If the certificate holder is authorized to dispatch or flight release the airplane with a stall warning de- vice inoperative the device may not be used dur- ing this maneuver.

(c) Specific flight characteristics. Recovery from specific flight characteristics that are peculiar to the airplane type ............. .................... .................... B .................... W (d) Powerplant failures. In addition to spe- cific requirements for maneuvers with simulated powerplant failures, the per- son conducting the check may require a simulated powerplant failure at any time during the check ...................................... .................... .................... B V. Landings and Approaches to Landings: Notwithstanding the authorizations for combining and waiving maneuvers and for the use of an FFS, at least two actual landings (one to a full stop) must be made for all PIC proficiency checks, all initial SIC proficiency checks, and all SIC proficiency checks for a type rating.

Landings and approaches to landings must include the types listed below, but more than one type may be combined where appropriate: (a) Normal landing ...................................... .................... B (b) Landing in sequence from an ILS in- strument approach except that if cir- cumstances beyond the control of the pilot prevent an actual landing, the per- son conducting the check may accept an approach to a point where in his judgment a landing to a full stop could have been made ..................................... .................... B* (c) Crosswind landing with gusts, if prac- ticable under existing meteorological, airport, and traffic conditions ................... .................... B* (d) Maneuvering to a landing with simu- lated powerplant failure as follows: (1) In the case of 3-engine air- planes, maneuvering to a land- ing with an approved procedure that approximates the loss of two powerplants (center and one outboard engine); or .......... .................... .................... B* VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00317 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. F

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) (2) In the case of other multien- gine airplanes, maneuvering to a landing with a simulated fail- ure of 50 percent of available powerplants, with the simulated loss of power on one side of the airplane ............................... .................... .................... B* Notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraphs (d)(1) and (2) of this paragraph, for an SIC pro- ficiency check, except for an SIC proficiency check for a type rating, the simulated loss of power may be only the most critical powerplant.

In addition, a PIC may omit the maneuver re- quired by subparagraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this paragraph during a required proficiency check or FFS course of training if the PIC satisfactorily performed that maneuver during the preceding proficiency check, or during the preceding ap- proved FFS course of training under the observa- tion of a check pilot, whichever was completed later.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, if the certificate holder is approved for circling minimums below 1000–3 (ceiling and visibility), a landing under simulated circling approach condi- tions. However, when performed in an airplane, if circumstances beyond the control of the pilot prevent a landing, the person conducting the check may ac- cept an approach to a point where, in his judgment, a landing to a full stop could have been made ........................... .................... .................... B* #(f) A rejected landing, including a normal missed approach procedure, that is re- jected approximately 50 ′ over the run- way and approximately over the runway threshold. This maneuver may be com- bined with instrument, circling, or missed approach procedures, but instrument conditions need not be simulated below 100 feet above the runway ..................... .................... .................... B (g) If the certificate holder is authorized to conduct EFVS operations to touchdown and rollout, at least one instrument ap- proach to a landing must be made using an EFVS, including the use of enhanced flight vision from 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation to touchdown and rollout ............................................... B B* (h) If the certificate holder is authorized to conduct EFVS operations to 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation, at least one instrument approach to a land- ing must be made using an EFVS, in- cluding the transition from enhanced flight vision to natural vision at 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation ..... B B* VI. Normal and Abnormal Procedures: Each pilot must demonstrate the proper use of as many of the systems and devices listed below as the person conducting the check finds are nec- essary to determine that the person being checked has a practical knowledge of the use of the systems and devices appropriate to the air- plane type: (a) Anti-icing and deicing systems ............. .................... .................... B (b) Autopilot systems .................................. .................... .................... B (c) Automatic or other approach aid sys- tems ......................................................... .................... .................... B VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00318 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. G

Required Permitted Maneuvers/procedures Simulated Waiver instrument Inflight FFS FTD provisions of conditions § 121.441(d) (d) Stall warning devices, stall avoidance devices, and stability augmentation de- vices ........................................................ .................... .................... B (e) Airborne radar devices .......................... .................... .................... B (f) Any other systems, devices, or aids available .................................................. .................... .................... B (g) Hydraulic and electrical system failures and malfunctions ..................................... .................... .................... .................... B (h) Landing gear and flap systems failure or malfunction .......................................... .................... .................... .................... B (i) Failure of navigation or communications equipment ................................................ .................... .................... B VII. Emergency Procedures: Each pilot must demonstrate the proper emergency procedures for as many of the emergency situa- tions listed below as the person conducting the check finds are necessary to determine that the person being checked has an adequate knowl- edge of, and ability to perform, such procedure: (a) Fire in flight ........................................... .................... .................... B (b) Smoke control ....................................... .................... .................... B (c) Rapid decompression ............................ .................... .................... B (d) Emergency descent .............................. .................... .................... B (e) Any other emergency procedures out- lined in the approved Airplane Flight Manual ..................................................... .................... .................... B [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10929, Feb. 25, 2020, as methods for determining the most accurate amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt. system when an unusually large divergence 121–392, 89 FR 51429, June 18, 2024; Amdt. 121– between systems occurs. For the purpose of 392A, 89 FR 57730, July 16, 2024] this appendix, a large divergence is a diver- gence that results in a track that falls be- A PPENDIX G TO P ART 121—D OPPLER yond clearance limits.

RADAR AND INERTIAL N AVIGATION (6) Any proposed revisions to the minimum S YSTEM (INS): R EQUEST FOR E VAL- equipment list with adequate justification UATION; E QUIPMENT AND E QUIPMENT therefor.

I NSTALLATION; T RAINING P ROGRAM ; (7) A list of operations to be conducted using the system, containing an analysis of E QUIPMENT A CCURACY AND R ELI - each with respect to length, magnetic com- ABILITY ; E VALUATION P ROGRAM pass reliability, availability of en route aids, 1. Application authority. (a) An applicant for and adequacy of gateway and terminal radio authority to use a Doppler Radar or Inertial facilities to support the system. For the pur- Navigation System must submit a request pose of this appendix, a gateway is a specific for evaluation of the system to the respon- navigational fix where use of long range sible Flight Standards office charged with navigation commences or terminates.

the overall inspection of its operations 30 2. Equipment and equipment installation—In- days prior to the start of evaluation flights.

ertial Navigation Systems ( INS ) or Doppler (b) The application must contain: Radar System. (a) Inertial Navigation and (1) A summary of experience with the sys- Doppler Radar Systems must be installed in tem showing to the satisfaction of the Ad- accordance with applicable airworthiness re- ministrator a history of the accuracy and re- quirements.

liability of the system proposed to be used.

(b) Cockpit arrangement must be visible (2) A training program curriculum for ini- and useable by either pilot seated at his duty tial approval under § 121.405.

station.

(3) A maintenance program for compliance (c) The equipment must provide, by visual, with subpart L of this part.

mechanical, or electrical output signals, in- (4) A description of equipment installation.

dications of the invalidity of output data (5) Proposed revisions to the Operations upon the occurrence of probable failures or Manual outlining all normal and emergency malfunctions within the system.

procedures relative to use of the proposed system, including detailed methods for con- (d) A probable failure or malfunction with- tinuing the navigational function with par- in the system must not result in loss of the tial or complete equipment failure, and aircraft’s required navigation capability.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00319 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. G

(e) The alignment, updating, and naviga- (1) A single operating transmitter with a tion computer functions of the system must standby capable of operation may be used in not be invalidated by normal aircraft power lieu of two operating transmitters.

interruptions and transients.

(2) Single heading source information to (f) The system must not be the source of all installations may be utilized, provided a cause of objectionable radio frequency inter- compass comparator system is installed and ference, and must not be adversely affected operational procedures call for frequent by radio frequency interference from other cross-checks of all compass heading indica- aircraft systems.

tors by crewmembers.

(g) The FAA-approved airplane flight man- The dual system may consist of either two ual, or supplement thereto, must include Doppler Radar units or one Doppler Radar pertinent material as required to define the unit and one INS unit.

normal and emergency operating procedures (b) At least two systems must be oper- and applicable operating limitations associ- ational at takeoff.

ated with INS and Doppler performance (c) As determined by the Administrator (such as maximum latitude at which ground and specified in the certificate holder’s oper- alignment capability is provided, or devi- ations specifications, other navigational aids ations between systems).

may be required to update the Doppler Radar 3. Equipment and equipment installation—In- for a particular operation. These may in- ertial Navigation Systems ( INS ). (a) If an appli- clude DME, VOR, ADF, ground-based radar, cant elects to use an Inertial Navigation and airborne weather radar. When these aids System it must be at least a dual system (in- are required, the cockpit arrangement must cluding navigational computers and ref- be such that all controls are accessible to erence units). At least two systems must be each pilot seated at his duty station.

operational at takeoff. The dual system may 5. Training programs. The initial training consist of either two INS units, or one INS program for Doppler Radar and Inertial unit and one Doppler Radar unit.

Navigation Systems must include the fol- (b) Each Inertial Navigation System must lowing: incorporate the following: (a) Duties and responsibilities of flight (1) Valid ground alignment capability at crewmembers, dispatchers, and maintenance all latitudes appropriate for intended use of personnel.

the installation.

(b) For pilots, instruction in the following: (2) A display of alignment status or a ready (1) Theory and procedures, limitations, de- to navigate light showing completed align- tection of malfunctions, preflight and ment to the flight crew.

inflight testing, and cross-checking methods.

(3) The present position of the airplane in (2) The use of computers, an explanation of suitable coordinates.

all systems, compass limitations at high (4) Information relative to destinations or latitudes, a review of navigation, flight plan- waypoint positions: ning, and applicable meteorology.

(i) The information needed to gain and (3) The methods for updating by means of maintain a desired track and to determine reliable fixes.

deviations from the desired track.

(4) The actual plotting of fixes.

(ii) The information needed to determine (c) Abnormal and emergency procedures.

distance and time to go to the next waypoint 6. Equipment accuracy and reliability. (a) or destination.

Each Inertial Navigation System must meet (c) For INS installations that do not have the following accuracy requirements, as ap- memory or other inflight alignment means, propriate: a separate electrical power source (inde- (1) For flights up to 10 hours’ duration, no pendent of the main propulsion system) must greater than 2 nautical miles per hour of cir- be provided which can supply, for at least 5 cular error on 95 percent of system flights minutes, enough power (as shown by analysis completed is permitted.

or as demonstrated in the airplane) to main- (2) For flights over 10 hours’ duration, a tain the INS in such condition that its full tolerance of ± 20 miles cross-track and ± 25 capability is restored upon the reactivation miles along-track on 95 percent of system of the normal electrical supply.

flights completed is permitted.

(d) The equipment must provide such vis- ual, mechanical, or electrical output signals (b) Compass heading information to the as may be required to permit the flight crew Doppler Radar must be maintained to an ac- to detect probable failures or malfunctions curacy of ± 1 ° and total system deviations in the system. must not exceed 2 ° . When free gyro tech- 4. Equipment and equipment installation— niques are used, procedures shall be utilized Doppler Radar Systems. (a) If an applicant to ensure that an equivalent level of heading elects to use a Doppler Radar System it accuracy and total system deviation is at- must be at least a dual system (including tained.

dual antennas or a combined antenna de- (c) Each Doppler Radar System must meet signed for multiple operation), except that: accuracy requirements of ± 20 miles cross- VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00320 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. H

track and ± 25 miles along-track for 95 per- highly qualified to provide the training re- cent of the system flights completed. Updat- quired in the training program. The ad- ing is permitted. vanced simulation training program must in- clude the following: A system that does not meet the require- 1. The certificate holder’s initial, transi- ments of this section will be considered a tion, conversion, upgrade, and recurrent FFS failed system.

training programs and its procedures for re- 7. Evaluation program. (a) Approval by eval- establishing recency of experience in the uation must be requested as a part of the ap- FFS.

plication for operational approval of a Dopp- ler Radar or Inertial Navigation System. 2. How the training program will integrate (b) The applicant must provide sufficient Level B, C, and D FFSs with other FSTDs to flights which show to the satisfaction of the maximize the total training, checking, and Administrator the applicant’s ability to use certification functions.

cockpit navigation in his operation.

3. Documentation that each instructor and (c) The Administrator bases his evaluation check pilot has served for at least 1 year in on the following: that capacity in a certificate holder’s ap- (1) Adequacy of operational procedures.

proved program or has served for at least 1 (2) Operational accuracy and reliability of year as a pilot in command or second in com- equipment and feasibility of the system with mand in an airplane of the group in which regard to proposed operations.

that pilot is instructing or checking.

(3) Availability of terminal, gateway, area, 4. A procedure to ensure that each instruc- and en route ground-based aids, if required, tor, check pilot, and check flight engineer- to support the self-contained system.

actively participates in either an approved (4) Acceptability of cockpit workload.

regularly scheduled line flying program as a (5) Adequacy of flight crew qualifications.

flightcrew member or an approved line ob- (6) Adequacy of maintenance training and servation program in the same airplane type availability of spare parts.

for which that person is instructing or After successful completion of evaluation checking.

demonstrations, FAA approval is indicated 5. A procedure to ensure that each instruc- by issuance of amended operations specifica- tor, check pilot, and check flight engineer-is tions and en route flight procedures defining given a minimum of 4 hours of training each the new operation. Approval is limited to year to become familiar with the certificate those operations for which the adequacy of holder’s advanced simulation training pro- the equipment and the feasibility of cockpit gram, or changes to it, and to emphasize navigation has been satisfactorily dem- their respective roles in the program. Train- onstrated.

ing for instructors, check pilots, and check flight engineers must include training poli- [Docket 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972, as cies and procedures, instruction methods and amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept.

techniques, operation of FFS controls (in- 25, 1989; Docket FAA–2017–0733, Amdt. 121– cluding environmental and trouble panels), 379, 82 FR 34398, July 25, 2017; Docket FAA– limitations of the FFS, and minimum equip- 2018–0119, Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, ment required for each course of training.

2018] 6. A special Line-Oriented Flight Training (LOFT) program to facilitate the transition A PPENDIX H TO P ART 121—A DVANCED from the FFS to line flying. This LOFT pro- S IMULATION gram must consist of at least a 4-hour course This appendix prescribes criteria for use of of training for each flightcrew. It also must Level B or higher FFSs to satisfy the contain at least two representative flight inflight requirements of Appendices E and F segments of the certificate holder’s oper- of this part and the requirements of § 121.439.

ations. One of the flight segments must con- The criteria in this appendix are in addition tain strictly normal operating procedures to the FFS approval requirements in from pushback at one airport to arrival at § 121.407. Each FFS used under this appendix another. Another flight segment must con- must be approved as a Level B, C, or D FFS, tain training in appropriate abnormal and as appropriate.

emergency flight operations. The LOFT must provide an opportunity for the pilot to A DVANCED S IMULATION T RAINING PROGRAM demonstrate workload management and pilot monitoring skills.

For a certificate holder to conduct Level C or D training under this appendix, all re- FFS T RAINING , C HECKING AND Q UALIFICATION quired FFS instruction and checks must be P ERMITTED conducted under an advanced simulation training program approved by the Adminis- 1. Level B FFS trator for the certificate holder. This pro- gram must also ensure that all instructors, a. Recent experience (§ 121.439).

check pilots, and check flight engineers used b. Training in night takeoffs and landings in Appendix H training and checking are (Appendix E of this part).

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00321 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. K

c. Except for EFVS operations, landings in in § 121.157(f) and paragraph 1.a of this appen- a proficiency check (Appendix F of this dix must comply on and after December 20, part). 2010. Airplanes described in § 121.157(e) and paragraph 1.b of this appendix must comply 2. Level C and D FFS on and after March 20, 1997. (Airplanes type certificated in the normal category, and in a. Recent experience (§ 121.439).

accordance with SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part b. All pilot flight training and checking re- 21, as described in paragraph 1.a.iv of this ap- quired by this part except the following: pendix, may not be produced after October i. The operating experience, operating cy- 17, 1991.)

cles, and consolidation of knowledge and 3. References. Unless otherwise specified, skills requirements of § 121.434; references in this appendix to sections of ii. The line check required by § 121.440; and part 23 of this chapter are to those sections iii. The visual inspection of the exterior of 14 CFR part 23, as amended by Amend- and interior of the airplane required by ap- ment No. 23–45 (August 6, 1993, 58 FR 42156).

pendices E and F.

c. The practical test requirements of Performance § 61.153(h) of this chapter, except the visual inspection of the exterior and interior of the 4. Interim Airplane Performance Operating airplane. Limitations.

a. Until December 20, 2010, airplanes de- [Amdt. 121–382, 85 FR 10934, Feb. 25, 2020, as scribed in paragraph 1.a of this appendix may amended by Docket FAA–2019–0360, Amdt.

continue to comply with the requirements in 121–392, 89 FR 51430, June 18, 2024] subpart I of part 135 and § 135.181(a)(2) of this chapter that apply to small, nontransport A PPENDIXES I–J TO P ART 121 category airplanes.

[R ESERVED ] b. Until March 20, 1997, airplanes described in paragraph 1.b.i of this appendix may con- A PPENDIX K TO P ART 121—P ERFORM - tinue to comply with the requirements in ANCE R EQUIREMENTS FOR C ERTAIN subpart I of part 135 of this chapter that T URBOPROPELLER P OWERED A IR- apply to commuter category airplanes.

PLANES 5. Final Airplane Performance Operating Lim- itations.

1. Applicability. This appendix specifies re- a. Through an amended type certification quirements for the following turbopropeller program or a supplemental type certification powered airplanes that must comply with program, each airplane described in para- the Airplane Performance Operating Limita- graph 1.a and 1.b.ii of this appendix must be tions in §§ 121.189 through 121.197: shown to comply with the commuter cat- a. After December 20, 2010, each airplane egory performance requirements specified in manufactured before March 20, 1997 and type this appendix, which are included in part 23 certificated in the: of this chapter. Each new revision to a cur- i. Normal category before July 1, 1970, and rent airplane performance operating limita- meets special conditions issued by the Ad- tion for an airplane that is or has been dem- ministrator for airplanes intended for use in onstrated to comply, must also be approved operations under part 135 of this chapter.

by the Administrator. An airplane approved ii. Normal category before July 19, 1970, to the requirements of section 1.(b) of SFAR and meets the additional airworthiness No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21, as described in para- standards in SFAR No. 23 of 14 CFR part 23.

graph 1.a.iv of this appendix, and that has iii. Normal category, and complies with been demonstrated to comply with the addi- the additional airworthiness standards in ap- tional requirements of section 4.(c) of SFAR pendix A of part 135 of this chapter.

No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21 and International iv. Normal category, and complies with Civil Aviation Organization Annex 8 (avail- section 1.(a) or 1.(b) of SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR able from the FAA, 800 Independence Avenue part 21. SW., Washington, DC 20591), will be consid- b. After March 20, 1997, each airplane: ered to be in compliance with the commuter i. Type certificated prior to March 29, 1995, category performance requirements.

in the commuter category.

b. Each turbopropeller powered airplane ii. Manufactured on or after March 20, 1997, subject to this appendix must be dem- and that was type certificated in the normal onstrated to comply with the airplane per- category, and complies with the require- formance operating limitation requirements ments described in paragraphs 1.a.i through of this chapter specified as follows: iii of this appendix.

i. Section 23.45 Performance General.

2. Background. Sections 121.157 and ii. Section 23.51 Takeoff.

121.173(b) require that the airplanes operated iii. Section 23.53 Takeoff speeds.

under this part and described in paragraph 1 iv. Section 23.55 Accelerate stop distance.

of this appendix, comply with the Airplane v. Section 23.57 Takeoff path.

Performance Operating Limitations in vi. Section 23.59 Takeoff distance and take- §§ 121.189 through 121.197. Airplanes described off run.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00322 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. L

vii. Section 23.61 Takeoff flight path.

A PPENDIX L TO P ART 121—T YPE C ER- viii. Section 23.65 Climb: All engines oper- TIFICATION R EGULATIONS M ADE P RE - ating.

VIOUSLY E FFECTIVE ix. Section 23.67 Climb: one engine inoper- ative.

Appendix L lists regulations in this part x. Section 23.75 Landing.

that require compliance with standards con- xi. Section 23.77 Balked landing.

tained in superseded type certification regu- xii. Sections 23.1581 through 23.1589 Air- lations that continue to apply to certain plane flight manual and approved manual transport category airplanes. The tables set material.

out citations to current CFR section, appli- 6. Operation. After compliance with the cable aircraft, superseded type certification final airplane performance operating limita- regulation and applicable time periods, and tions requirements has been demonstrated the CFR edition and F EDERAL R EGISTER doc- and added to the Airplane Flight Manual uments where the regulation having prior ef- performance data of the affected airplane, that airplane must be operated in accordance fect is found. Copies of all superseded regula- with the performance limitations of §§ 121.189 tions may be obtained at the Federal Avia- through 121.197. tion Administration Law Library, Room 924, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, [Docket 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as DC.

amended by Docket OST–2002–13435] Part 121 section Applicable aircraft Provisions: CFR/FR references § 121.312(a)(1)(i) ............ Transport category; or nontransport category Heat release rate testing. 14 CFR 25.853(d) in type certificated before January 1, 1965; pas- effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, senger capacity of 20 or more; manufactured Revised as of January 1, 1995, and amended prior to August 20, 1990. by Amdt. 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995.

Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect August 20, 1986: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1986.

§ 121.312(a)(1)(ii) ........... Transport category; or nontransport category Heat release rate and smoke testing. 14 CFR type certificated before January 1, 1965; pas- 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR senger capacity of 20 or more; manufactured parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995, after August 19, 1990. and amended by Amdt. 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995.

Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect Sep- tember 26, 1988: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Re- vised as of January 1, 1988, and amended by Amdt. 25–66, 53 FR 32584, August 25, 1988 § 121.312(a)(2)(i) ............ Transport category; or nontransport category Provisions of 14 CFR 25.853 in effect on April type certificate before January 1, 1965; appli- 30, 1972: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of cation for type certificate filed prior to May 1, January 1, 1972.

1972; substantially complete replacement of cabin interior on or after May 1, 1972.

§ 121.312(a)(3)(i) ............ Transport category type certificated after January Heat release rate testing. 14 CFR 25.853(d) in 1, 1958; nontransport category type certificated effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, after January 1, 1958, but before January 1, Revised as of January 1, 1995; and amended 1965; passenger capacity of 20 or more; sub- by 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995.

stantially complete replacement of the cabin in- Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a–1) in effect August terior on or after March 6, 1995. 20, 1986: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1986.

§ 121.312(a)(3)(ii) ........... Transport category type certificated after January Heat release rate and smoke testing. 14 CFR 1, 1958; nontransport category type certificated 25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995; 14 CFR after January 1, 1958, but before January 1, parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995; 1965; passenger capacity of 20 or more; sub- and amended by 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February stantially complete replacement of the cabin in- 2, 1995.

terior on or after August 20, 1990. Formerly 14 CFR § 25.853(a–1) in effect Sep- tember 26, 1988: CFR, Title 14, Parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1988, and amended by 25–66, 53 FR 32584, August 25, 1988.

§ 121.312(b) (1) and (2) Transport category airplane type certificated after Seat cushions. 14 CFR 25.853(c) effective on January 1, 1958; Nontransport category air- November 26, 1984: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, plane type certificated after December 31, Revised as of January 1, 1984, and amended 1964. by \n25–59, 49 FR 43188, October 26, 1984.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00323 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. M

Part 121 section Applicable aircraft Provisions: CFR/FR references § 121.312(c) .................... Airplane type certificated in accordance with Compartment interior requirements. 14 CFR SFAR No. 41; maximum certificated takeoff 25.853(a) in effect March 6, 1995: 14 CFR weight in excess of 12,500 pounds. parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1995, and amended by 25–83, 60 FR 6623, February 2, 1995.

Formerly 14 CFR 25.853(a), (b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) in effect on September 26, 1978: 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised as of January 1, 1978.

§ 121.314(a) ................... Transport category airplanes type certificated Class C or D cargo or baggage compartment after January 1, 1958. definition, 14 CFR 25.857 in effect on June 16, 1986, 14 CFR parts 1 to 59, Revised 1/1/97, and amended by Amendment 25–60, 51 FR 18243, May 16, 1986.

[Docket 28154, 60 FR 65936, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 121–269, 63 FR 8049, Feb. 17, 1998]

A PPENDIX M TO P ART 121—A IRPLANE F LIGHT R ECORDER S PECIFICATIONS

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 1. Time or relative 24 Hrs, 0 to ± 0.125% per 4 ........................ 1 sec ................. UTC time preferred when times counts. 4095. hour. available. Count incre- ments each 4 seconds of system operation.

2. Pressure Alti- ¥ 1000 ft to max ± 100 to ± 700 ft 1 ........................ 5 ′ to 35 ′ ............. Data should be obtained tude. certificated alti- (see table, from the air data computer tude of aircraft. TSO C124a or when practicable.

+ 5000 ft. TSO C51a).

3. Indicated air- 50 KIAS or min- ± 5% and ± 3% .... 1 ........................ 1 kt .................... Data should be obtained speed or Cali- imum value to from the air data computer brated airspeed. Max V to 1.2 when practicable.

so V. .

D 4. Heading (Pri- 0–360 ° and Dis- ± 2 ° ..................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° .................... When true or magnetic head- mary flight crew crete ‘‘true’’ or ing can be selected as the reference). ‘‘mag’’. primary heading reference, a discrete indicating selec- tion must be recorded.

5. Normal accel- ¥ 3g to + 6g ...... ± 1% of max 0.125 ................. 0.004g.

eration range exclud- (vertical) . ing datum error of ± 5%.

6. Pitch Attitude .. ± 75 ° ................... ± 2 ° ..................... 1 or 0.25 for air- 0.5 ° .................... A sampling rate of 0.25 is planes oper- recommended.

ated under § 121.344(f).

7. Roll attitude ... ± 180 ° ................. ± 2 ° ..................... 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5 ..................... A sampling rate of 0.5 is rec- planes oper- ommended.

ated under § 121.344(f).

8. Manual Radio On-Off (Discrete) ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Preferably each crew mem- Transmitter None ber but one discrete ac- Keying or CVR/ ceptable for all trans- DFDR synchro- mission provided the CVR/ nization ref- FDR system complies with erence. TSO C124a CVR synchro- nization requirements (paragraph 4.2.1 ED–55).

9. Thrust/power Full range for- ± 2% ................... 1 (per engine) ... 0.3% of full Sufficient parameters (e.g.

on each en- ward. range. EPR, N1 or Torque, NP) gine—primary as appropriate to the par- flight crew ref- ticular engine being re- erence. corded to determine power in forward and reverse thrust, including potential overspeed condition.

10. Autopilot En- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ........................... 1 ........................ ...........................

gagement. ‘‘off’’.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00324 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 11. Longitudinal ± 1g .................... ± 1.5% max. 0.25 ................... 0.004g ...............

Acceleration. range exclud- ing datum error of ± 5%.

12a. Pitch con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.5% of full For airplanes that have a trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by-wire uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either systems). quired. § 121.344(f). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable.

12b. Pitch con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol(s) position er accuracy airplanes oper- range.

(fly-by-wire sys- uniquely re- ated under 3 18 tems). quired. § 121.344(f).

13a. Lateral con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full For airplanes that have a trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- ated under capability that allows either wire). quired. § 121.344(f). pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5 or 0.25, as ap- plicable.

13b. Lateral con- Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.2% of full trol position(s) er accuracy airplanes oper- range..

4 18 (fly-by-wire). uniquely re- ated under quired. § 121.344(f).

14a. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.3% of full For airplanes that have a position(s) er accuracy range. flight control breakaway (nonfly-by- uniquely re- capability that allows either 5 18 wire). quired. pilot to operate the controls independently, record both control inputs. The control inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per second to produce the sampling in- terval of 0.5.

14b. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.2% of full position(s) (fly- er accuracy range.

by-wire). uniquely re- quired.

15. Pitch control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full For airplanes fitted with mul- surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. tiple or split surfaces, a 6 18 tion. uniquely re- ated under suitable combination of in- quired. § 121.344(f). puts is acceptable in lieu of recording each surface separately. The control surfaces may be sampled alternately once per sec- ond to produce the sam- pling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

16. Lateral control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 or 0.25 for 0.3% of full A suitable combination of surface(s) posi- er accuracy airplanes oper- range. surface position sensors is 7 18 tion. uniquely re- ated under acceptable in lieu of re- quired. § 121.344(f). cording each surface sepa- rately. The control surfaces may be sampled alter- nately to produce the sam- pling interval of 0.5 or 0.25, as applicable.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00325 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 17. Yaw control Full Range ......... ± 2 ° unless high- 0.5 ..................... 0.2% of full For airplanes with multiple or surface(s) posi- er accuracy range. split surfaces, a suitable 8 18 tion. uniquely re- combination of surface po- quired. sition sensors is accept- able in lieu of recording each surface separately.

The control surfaces may be sampled alternately to produce the sampling inter- val of 0.5.

18. Lateral Accel- ± 1g .................... ± 1.5% max. 0.25 ................... 0.004g eration. range exclud- ing datum error of ± 5%.

19. Pitch Trim Full Range ......... ± 3 ° Unless High- 1 ........................ 0.6% of full Surface Posi- er Accuracy range.

tion. Uniquely Re- quired.

20. Trailing Edge Full Range or ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Flap position and cockpit Flap or Cockpit Each Position indicator. range. control may each be sam- Control Selec- (discrete). pled at 4 second intervals, tion. . to give a data point every 2 seconds.

21. Leading Edge Full Range or ± 3 ° or as Pilot’s 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Left and right sides, or flap Flap or Cockpit Each Discrete indicator and range. position and cockpit control Control Selec- Position. sufficient to may each be sampled at 4 tion. . determine second intervals, so as to each discrete give a data point every 2 position. seconds.

22. Each Thrust Stowed, In Tran- ........................... 1 (per engine) ... ........................... Turbo-jet—2 discretes enable Reverser Posi- sit, and Re- the 3 states to be deter- tion (or equiva- verse (Dis- mined.

lent for pro- crete). Turbo-prop—discrete.

peller airplane).

23. Ground spoil- Full range or ± 2 ° Unless high- 1 or 0.5 for air- 0.5% of full er position or each position er accuracy planes oper- range.

brake selec- (discrete). uniquely re- ated under tion . quired. § 121.344(f).

24. Outside Air ¥ 50 ° C to + 90 ± 2 ° C ................. 2 ........................ 0.3 ° C ................

Temperature or ° C.

Total Air Tem- perature. .

25. Autopilot/ A suitable com- ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show which Autothrottle/ bination of systems are engaged and AFCS Mode discretes. which primary modes are and Engage- controlling the flight path ment Status. and speed of the aircraft.

26. Radio Alti- ¥ 20 ft to 2,500 ± 2 ft or ± 3% 1 ........................ 1 ft + 5% above For autoland/category 3 op- tude . ft. whichever is 500 ft. erations. Each radio altim- greater below eter should be recorded, 500 ft and but arranged so that at ± 5% above least one is recorded each 500 ft. second.

27. Localizer De- ± 400 Microamps As installed ± 3% 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- viation, MLS or available recommended. range. erations. Each system Azimuth, or sensor range should be recorded but ar- GPS Latitude as installed. ranged so that at least one Deviation. ± 62 ° is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00326 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 28. Glideslope ± 400 Microamps As installed + 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For autoland/category 3 op- Deviation, MLS or available /3 ¥ 3% rec- range. erations. Each system Elevation, or sensor range ommended. should be recorded but ar- GPS Vertical as installed ranged so that at least one Deviation. 0.9 to + 30 ° is recorded each second. It is not necessary to record ILS and MLS at the same time, only the approach aid in use need be recorded.

29. Marker Bea- Discrete ‘‘on’’ or ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A single discrete is accept- con Passage. ‘‘off’’. able for all markers.

30. Master Warn- Discrete ............. ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... Record the master warning ing. and record each ‘‘red’’ warning that cannot be de- termined from other pa- rameters or from the cock- pit voice recorder.

31. Air/ground Discrete ‘‘air’’ or ........................... 1 (0.25 rec- sensor (primary ‘‘ground’’. ommended).

airplane system reference nose or main gear).

32. Angle of At- As installed ........ As installed ........ 2 or 0.5 for air- 0.3% of full If left and right sensors are tack (If meas- planes oper- range. available, each may be re- ured directly). ated under corded at 4 or 1 second in- § 121.344(f). tervals, as appropriate, so as to give a data point at 2 seconds or 0.5 second, as required.

33. Hydraulic Discrete or avail- ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Pressure Low, able sensor range.

Each System. range, ‘‘low’’ or ‘‘normal’’.

34. Groundspeed As Installed ....... Most Accurate 1 ........................ 0.2% of full Systems In- range.

stalled.

35. GPWS Discrete ‘‘warn- ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of (ground prox- ing’’ or ‘‘off’’. discretes unless recorder imity warning capacity is limited in which system). case a single discrete for all modes is acceptable.

36. Landing Gear Discrete ............. ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of Position or discretes should be re- Landing gear corded.

cockpit control selection.

37. Drift Angle. As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 0.1 ° ....................

38. Wind Speed As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 1 knot, and 1.0 ° .

and Direction.

39. Latitude and As installed ........ As installed ........ 4 ........................ 0.002 ° , or as in- Provided by the Primary Longitude. stalled. Navigation System Ref- erence. Where capacity permits Latitude/longitude resolution should be 0.0002 ° .

40. Stick shaker Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ ........................... 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of and pusher acti- or ‘‘off’’. discretes to determine acti- vation. vation.

41. Windshear Discrete ‘‘warn- ........................... 1.

Detection. ing’’ or ‘‘off’’.

42. Throttle/power Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 1 for each lever 2% of full range For airplanes with non-me- Leverl posi- chanically linked cockpit tion. . engine controls.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00327 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 43. Additional En- As installed ........ As installed ........ Each engine 2% of full range Where capacity permits, the gine Param- each second. preferred priority is indi- eters. cated vibration level, N2, EGT, Fuel Flow, Fuel Cut- off lever position and N3, unless engine manufac- turer recommends other- wise.

44. Traffic Alert Discretes ........... As installed ........ 1 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of and Collision discretes should be re- Avoidance Sys- corded to determine the tem (TCAS). status of—Combined Con- trol, Vertical Control, Up Advisory, and Down Advi- sory. (ref. ARINC Char- acteristic 735 Attachment 6E, TCAS VERTICAL RA DATA OUTPUT WORD.)

45. DME 1 and 2 0–200 NM ......... As installed ........ 4 ........................ 1 NM ................. 1 mile Distance.

46. Nav 1 and 2 Full Range ......... As installed ........ 4 ........................ ........................... Sufficient to determine se- Selected Fre- lected frequency quency.

47. Selected baro- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 0.2% of full metric setting. range 48. Selected Alti- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 100 ft tude.

49. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 knot speed.

50. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ .01 Mach.

51. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 100 ft/min vertical speed.

52. Selected Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 ° heading.

53. Selected flight Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 1 ° path.

54. Selected deci- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 64 ...................... 1 ft sion height.

55. EFIS display Discrete(s) ......... ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show the format. display system status (e.g., off, normal, fail, composite, sector, plan, nav aids, weather radar, range, copy.

56. Multi-function/ Discrete(s) ......... ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Discretes should show the Engine Alerts display system status (e.g., Display format. off, normal, fail, and the identity of display pages for emergency procedures, need not be recorded.

57. Thrust com- Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 2 ........................ 2% of full range.

mand. .

58. Thrust target Full Range ......... ± 2% ................... 4 ........................ 2% of full range 59. Fuel quantity Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range in CG trim tank.

60. Primary Navi- Discrete GPS, ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... A suitable combination of gation System INS, VOR/ discretes to determine the Reference. DME, MLS, Primary Navigation System Localizer reference.

Glideslope.

‘‘no ice’’.

ing each engine vibration.

ing each engine over temp.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00328 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval ing each engine oil pressure low.

ing each engine over speed.

66. Yaw Trim Sur- Full Range ......... ± 3% Unless 2 ........................ 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range.

racy Uniquely Required.

67. Roll Trim Sur- Full Range ......... ± 3% Unless 2 ........................ 0.3% of full face Position. Higher Accu- range.

racy Uniquely Required.

68. Brake Pres- As installed ........ ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ ........................... To determine braking effort sure (left and applied by pilots or by right). autobrakes.

69. Brake Pedal Discrete or Ana- ± 5% (Analog) .... 1 ........................ ........................... To determine braking applied Application (left log ‘‘applied’’ by pilots.

and right). or ‘‘off’’.

70. Yaw or side- Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.5 ° slip angle.

valve position. or ‘‘closed’’.

anti-icing sys- ‘‘off’’.

tem selection.

73. Computed Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... (1 per 64 sec.) .. 1% of full range center of gravity.

74. AC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Each bus.

bus status. or ‘‘off’’.

75. DC electrical Discrete ‘‘power’’ ........................... 4 ........................ ........................... Each bus.

bus status. or ‘‘off’’.

valve position. or ‘‘closed’’.

77. Hydraulic Full range .......... ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 100 psi Pressure (each system).

78. Loss of cabin Discrete ‘‘loss’’ ........................... 1.

pressure. or ‘‘normal’’.

79. Computer fail- Discrete ‘‘fail’’ or ........................... 4.

ure (critical ‘‘normal’’.

flight and en- gine control systems).

play (when an or ‘‘off’’.

information source is in- stalled).

81. Para-visual Discrete(s) ‘‘on’’ display (when or ‘‘off’’.

an information source is in- stalled).

82. Cockpit trim Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.2% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—pitch. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded.

83. Cockpit trim Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.7% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control inputs are not avail- sition—roll. able, cockpit display trim position should be re- corded.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00329 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. M

The recorded values must meet the designated range, resolution and accuracy requirements during static and dynamic condi- tions. Dynamic condition means the parameter is experiencing change at the maximum rate attainable, including the maximum rate of reversal. All data recorded must be correlated in time to within one second.

Accuracy (sensor Seconds per Parameters Range Resolution Remarks input) sampling interval 84. Cockpit trim Full range .......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.3% of full Where mechanical means for control input po- range. control input are not avail- sition—yaw. able, cockpit display trim positions should be re- corded.

85. Trailing edge Full Range ......... ± 5% ................... 2 ........................ 0.5% of full Trailing edge flaps and cock- flap and cockpit range. pit flap control position flap control po- may each be sampled al- sition. ternately at 4 second inter- vals to provide a sample each 0.5 second.

86. Leading edge Full Range or ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.5% of full flap and cockpit Discrete. range flap control po- sition.

87. Ground spoil- Full range or dis- ± 5% ................... 0.5 ..................... 0.3% of full er position and crete. range.

speed brake se- lection.

88. All cockpit Full range .......... ± 5% ................... 1 ........................ 0.3% of full For fly-by-wire flight control flight control Control wheel range. systems, where flight con- input forces ± 70 lbs. trol surface position is a (control wheel, Control column function of the displace- control column, ± 85 lbs. ment of the control input rudder Rudder pedal device only, it is not nec- 18 19 pedal) . ± 165 lbs. essary to record this pa- rameter. For airplanes that have a flight control break away capability that allows either pilot to operate the control independently, record both control force inputs. The control force inputs may be sampled al- ternately once per 2 sec- onds to produce the sam- pling interval of 1.

89. Yaw damper Discrete (on/off) 0.5 .....................

status.

90. Yaw damper Full range .......... As installed ........ 0.5 ..................... 1% of full range.

command.

91. Standby rud- Discrete ............. 0.5.

der valve status.

For A300 B2/B4 airplanes, resolution = 6 seconds.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.703 ° .

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.275% (0.088 ° >0.064 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 2.20%(0.703 ° >0.064 ° ).

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 0.22% (0.088 ° >0.080 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.76% (0.703 ° >0.080 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.18% (0.703 ° >0.120 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.783% (0.352 ° >0.090 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, aileron resolution = 0.704% (0.352 ° >0.100 ° ). For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolu- tion = 1.406% (0.703 ° >0.100 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.30% (0.176 ° >0.12 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, seconds per sampling interval = 1.

For B–717 series airplanes, resolution = .005g. For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, resolution = .007g.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250 ° >0.120 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 1.05% (0.250 ° >0.120 ° ). For A300 B2/B4 series airplanes, resolution = 0.92% (0.230 ° >0.125 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, spoiler resolution = 1.406% (0.703 ° >0.100 ° ).

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.5 ° C.

For Dassault F900C/F900EX airplanes, Radio altitude resolution = 1.25 ft.

For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution = 0.352 degrees.

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, resolution = 4.32%. For A330/A340 series airplanes, resolution is 3.27% of full range for throttle lever angle (TLA); for reverse thrust, reverse throttle lever angle (RLA) resolution is nonlinear over the active reverse thrust range, which is 51.54 degrees to 96.14 degrees. The resolved element is 2.8 degrees uniformly over the entire ac- tive reverse thrust range, or 2.9% of the full range value of 96.14 degrees.

For A318/A319/A320/A321 series airplanes, with IAE engines, resolution = 2.58%.

For all aircraft manufactured on or after December 6, 2010, the seconds per sampling interval is 0.125. Each input must be recorded at this rate. Alternately sampling inputs (interleaving) to meet this sampling interval is prohibited.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00330 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. O

For 737 model airplanes manufactured between August 19, 2000 and April 6, 2010: the seconds per sampling interval is 0.5 per control input; the remarks regarding the sampling rate do not apply; a single control wheel force transducer installed on the left cable control is acceptable provided the left and right control wheel positions also are recorded.

[Docket 28109, 62 FR 38382, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121– 271, 64 FR 46120, Aug. 24, 1999; Amdt. 121–278, 65 FR 51745, Aug. 24, 2000; 65 FR 81733, Dec. 27, 2000; Amdt. 121–292, 67 FR 54323, Aug. 21, 2002; Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, Aug. 20, 2003; 68 FR 53877, Sept. 15, 2003; 70 FR 41134, July 18, 2005; Amdt. 125–54, 73 FR 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–338, 73 FR 12566, Mar. 7, 2008; Amdt. 121–342, 73 FR 73179, Dec.

2, 2008; Amdt. 121–349, 75 FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010; Amdt. 121–347, 75 FR 7356, Feb. 19, 2010; Amdt.

121–364, 78 FR 39971, July 3, 2013; Docket FAA–2017–0733, Amdt. 121–379, 82 FR 34398, July 25, 2017] authorized in their operations specifications

A PPENDIX N TO P ART 121 [R ESERVED ]

to transport hazardous materials (will-carry)

A PPENDIX O TO P ART 121—H AZARDOUS are prescribed in Table 1. Those certificate

holders with a prohibition in their oper-

MATERIALS T RAINING R EQUIRE -

ations specifications against carrying or

MENTS FOR C ERTIFICATE H OLDERS

handling hazardous materials (will-not- This appendix prescribes the requirements carry) must follow the curriculum prescribed for hazardous materials training under part in Table 2. The method of delivering the 121, subpart Z, and part 135, subpart K of this training will be determined by the certifi- chapter. The training requirements for var- cate holder. The certificate holder is respon- ious categories of persons are defined by job sible for providing a method (may include function or responsibility. An ‘‘X’’ in a box email, telecommunication, etc.) to answer under a category of persons indicates that all questions prior to testing regardless of the specified category must receive the the method of instruction. The certificate noted training. All training requirements holder must certify that a test has been com- apply to direct supervisors as well as to per- pleted satisfactorily to verify understanding sons actually performing the job function.

of the regulations and requirements.

Training requirements for certificate holders

T ABLE 1—O PERATORS THAT TRANSPORT H AZARDOUS M ATERIAL —W ILL -C ARRY C ERTIFICATE

H OLDERS

Operators and Operators and ground-han- Aspects of transport of ground-han- dling agents Crew mem- hazardous materials by dling agent’s staff respon- Flight crew bers Shippers Passenger- air with which they must staff accepting sible for the members and (other than (See Note 2) handling staff be familiar, as a min- hazardous ma- handling, stor- load planners flight crew Will-carry Will-carry imum terials age, and load- Will-carry members) (See note 1) (See Note 3) ing of cargo Will-carry Will-carry and baggage Will-carry General philosophy ....... X X X X X X Limitations ..................... X X X X X X General requirements for shippers ................ X X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Classification ................. X X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

List of hazardous mate- rials ............................ X X ........................ ........................ X ........................

General packing require- ments ......................... X X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Labeling and marking .... X X X X X X Hazardous materials transport document and other relevant documentation ........... X X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Acceptance procedures ........................ X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Recognition of undeclared hazardous materials .................... X X X X X X Storage and loading procedures ................. ........................ X X ........................ X ........................

Pilots’ notification .......... ........................ X X ........................ X ........................

Provisions for pas- sengers and crew ...... ........................ X X X X X VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00331 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. O

T ABLE 1—O PERATORS THAT TRANSPORT H AZARDOUS M ATERIAL —W ILL -C ARRY C ERTIFICATE

H OLDERS —Continued

Operators and Operators and ground-han- Aspects of transport of ground-han- dling agents Crew mem- hazardous materials by dling agent’s staff respon- Flight crew bers Shippers Passenger- air with which they must staff accepting sible for the members and (other than (See Note 2) handling staff be familiar, as a min- hazardous ma- handling, stor- load planners flight crew Will-carry Will-carry imum terials age, and load- Will-carry members) (See note 1) (See Note 3) ing of cargo Will-carry Will-carry and baggage Will-carry Emergency procedures X X X X X X Note 1. Depending on the responsibilities of the person, the aspects of training to be covered may vary from those shown in the table.

Note 2. When a person offers a consignment of hazmat, including COMAT, for or on behalf of the certificate holder, then the person must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with shipper responsibilities and training. If offering goods on another certificate holder’s equipment, the person must be trained in compliance with the training requirements in 49 CFR. All shippers of hazmat must be trained under 49 CFR. The shipper functions in 49 CFR mirror the training aspects that must be covered for any shipper offering hazmat for transport.

Note 3. When an operator, its subsidiary, or an agent of the operator is undertaking the responsibilities of acceptance staff, such as the passenger handling staff accepting small parcel cargo, the certificate holder, its subsidy, or the agent must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with the acceptance staff training requirements.

T ABLE 2—O PERATORS THAT D O N OT T RANSPORT H AZARDOUS M ATERIALS —W ILL -N OT-C ARRY

C ERTIFICATE H OLDERS

Operators and Operators and ground-han- ground-han- Aspects of transport of dling agent’s dling agents Crew mem- hazardous materials by staff accepting staff respon- Flight crew bers (other Shippers Passenger- air with which they must cargo other sible for the members and than flight (See Note 2) handling staff be familiar, as a min- than haz- handling, stor- load planners crew mem- Will-not-carry Will-not-carry imum ardous mate- age, and load- Will-not-carry bers) (See Note 1) rials ing of cargo Will-not-carry (See Note 3) and baggage Will-not-carry Will-not-carry General philosophy ....... X X X X X X Limitations ..................... X X X X X X General requirements for shippers ................ X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Classification ................. X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

List of hazardous mate- rials ............................ X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

General packing require- ments ......................... X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Labeling and marking .... X X X X X X Hazardous materials transport document and other relevant documentation ........... X X ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Acceptance procedures ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Recognition of undeclared hazardous materials .................... X X X X X X Storage and loading procedures ................. ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Pilots’ notification .......... ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................ ........................

Provisions for pas- sengers and Crew ..... ........................ X X X X X Emergency procedures X X X X X X Note 1—Depending on the responsibilities of the person, the aspects of training to be covered may vary from those shown in the table.

Note 2—When a person offers a consignment of hazmat, including COMAT, for air transport for or on behalf of the certificate holder, then that person must be properly trained. All shippers of hazmat must be trained under 49 CFR. The shipper functions in 49 CFR mirror the training aspects that must be covered for any shipper, including a will-not-carry certificate holder offering dangerous goods for transport, with the exception of recognition training. Recognition training is a separate FAA requirement in the certificate holder’s training program.

Note 3—When an operator, its subsidiary, or an agent of the operator is undertaking the responsibilities of acceptance staff, such as the passenger handling staff accepting small parcel cargo, the certificate holder, its subsidiary, or the agent must be trained in the certificate holder’s training program and comply with the acceptance staff training requirements.

[Docket FAA–2003–15085, 70 FR 58825, Oct. 7, 2005, as amended by Amdt. 121–318, 70 FR 75396, Dec. 20, 2005] VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00332 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. P

(iv) The certificate holder must comply

A PPENDIX P TO P ART 121—R EQUIRE -

with the maintenance program requirements

MENTS FOR ETOPS AND P OLAR O P-

of § 121.374.

ERATIONS (v) The certificate holder must comply with the MEL in its operations specifications The FAA approves ETOPS in accordance for 120-minute ETOPS.

with the requirements and limitations in (c) 90-minutes ETOPS (Micronesia). The FAA this appendix.

grants approvals to conduct ETOPS with Section I. ETOPS Approvals: Airplanes with maximum diversion times up to 90 minutes Two engines.

on Micronesian area routes as follows: (a) Propulsion system reliability for ETOPS.

(1) The airplane-engine combination must (1) Before the FAA grants ETOPS oper- be type-design approved for ETOPS of at ational approval, the operator must be able least 120-minutes.

to demonstrate the ability to achieve and (2) The certificate holder must operate in maintain the level of propulsion system reli- accordance with the ETOPS authority as ability, if any, that is required by § 21.4(b)(2) contained in its operations specifications.

of this chapter for the ETOPS-approved air- (3) The certificate holder must comply plane-engine combination to be used.

with the maintenance program requirements (2) Following ETOPS operational approval, of § 121.374, except that a pre-departure serv- the operator must monitor the propulsion ice check before departure of the return system reliability for the airplane-engine flight is not required.

combination used in ETOPS, and take action (4) The certificate holder must comply as required by § 121.374(i) for the specified with the MEL requirements in its operations IFSD rates.

specifications for 120-minute ETOPS.

(b) 75 Minutes ETOPS —(1) Caribbean/Western (d) 120-minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- Atlantic Area. The FAA grants approvals to provals to conduct ETOPS with maximum conduct diversion times up to 120 minutes as follows: ETOPS with maximum diversion times up (1) The airplane-engine combination must to 75 minutes on Western Atlantic/Caribbean be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at area routes as follows: least 120 minutes.

(i) The FAA reviews the airplane-engine combination to ensure the absence of factors (2) The certificate holder must operate in that could prevent safe operations. The air- accordance with the ETOPS authority as plane-engine combination need not be type- contained in its operations specifications.

design-approved for ETOPS; however, it (3) The certificate holder must comply must have sufficient favorable experience to with the maintenance program requirements demonstrate to the Administrator a level of of § 121.374.

(4) The certificate holder must comply reliability appropriate for 75-minute ETOPS.

with the MEL requirements for 120-minute (ii) The certificate holder must comply ETOPS.

with the requirements of § 121.633 for time- limited system planning. (e) 138-Minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- (iii) The certificate holder must operate in proval to conduct ETOPS with maximum di- accordance with the ETOPS authority as version times up to 138 minutes as follows: contained in its operations specifications. (1) Operators with 120-minute ETOPS ap- (iv) The certificate holder must comply proval. The FAA grants 138-minute ETOPS with the maintenance program requirements approval as an extension of an existing 120- of § 121.374, except that a pre-departure serv- minute ETOPS approval as follows: ice check before departure of the return (i) The authority may be exercised only for flight is not required. specific flights for which the 120-minute di- (2) Other Areas. The FAA grants approvals version time must be exceeded.

to conduct ETOPS with maximum diversion (ii) For these flight-by-flight exceptions, times up to 75 minutes on other than West- the airplane-engine combination must be ern Atlantic/Caribbean area routes as fol- type-design-approved for ETOPS up to at lows: least 120 minutes. The capability of the air- (i) The FAA reviews the airplane-engine plane’s time-limited systems may not be less combination to ensure the absence of factors than 138 minutes calculated in accordance that could prevent safe operations. The air- with § 121.633.

plane-engine combination need not be type- (iii) The certificate holder must operate in design-approved for ETOPS; however, it accordance with the ETOPS authority as must have sufficient favorable experience to contained in its operations specifications.

demonstrate to the Administrator a level of (iv) The certificate holder must comply reliability appropriate for 75-minute ETOPS. with the maintenance program requirements (ii) The certificate holder must comply of § 121.374.

with the requirements of § 121.633 for time- (v) The certificate holder must comply limited system planning. with minimum equipment list (MEL) re- (iii) The certificate holder must operate in quirements in its operations specifications accordance with the ETOPS authority as for ‘‘beyond 120 minutes ETOPS’’. Operators contained in its operations specifications. without a ‘‘beyond 120-minute ETOPS’’ MEL VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00333 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 121, App. P

may apply through their responsible Flight Airport beyond 180 minutes, the route may Standards office for a modified MEL which be flown only if the requirements for the spe- satisfies the master MEL policy for system/ cific operating area in paragraph (h) or (i) of component relief in ETOPS beyond 120 min- section I of this appendix are met.

utes. (4) The certificate holder must inform the (vi) The certificate holder must conduct flight crew each time an airplane is proposed training for maintenance, dispatch, and for dispatch for greater than 180 minutes and flight crew personnel regarding differences tell them why the route was selected.

between 138-minute ETOPS authority and its (5) In addition to the equipment specified previously-approved 120-minute ETOPS au- in the certificate holder’s MEL for 180- thority. minute ETOPS, the following systems must (2) Operators with existing 180-minute ETOPS be operational for dispatch: approval. The FAA grants approvals to con- (i) The fuel quantity indicating system.

(ii) The APU (including electrical and duct 138-minute ETOPS (without the limita- tion in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of section I of this pneumatic supply and operating to the appendix) to certificate holders with existing APU’s designed capability).

180-minute ETOPS approval as follows: (iii) The auto throttle system.

(i) The airplane-engine combination must (iv) The communication system required be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at by § 121.99(d) or § 121.122(c), as applicable.

(v) One-engine-inoperative auto-land capa- least 180 minutes.

bility, if flight planning is predicated on its (ii) The certificate holder must operate in use.

accordance with the ETOPS authority as contained in its operations specifications. (6) The certificate holder must operate in (iii) The certificate holder must comply accordance with the ETOPS authority as with the maintenance program requirements contained in its operations specifications.

of § 121.374. (7) The certificate holder must comply (iv) The certificate holder must comply with the maintenance program requirements of § 121.374.

with the MEL requirements for ‘‘beyond 120 (h) 207-minute ETOPS in the North Pacific minutes ETOPS.’’ Area of Operations. (1) The FAA grants ap- (v) The certificate holder must conduct proval to conduct ETOPS with maximum di- training for maintenance, dispatch and flight version times up to 207 minutes in the North crew personnel for differences between 138- Pacific Area of Operations as an extension to minute ETOPS diversion approval and its 180-minute ETOPS authority to be used on previously approved 180-minute ETOPS di- an exception basis. This exception may be version authority.

used only on a flight-by-flight basis when an (f) 180-minute ETOPS. The FAA grants ap- ETOPS Alternate Airport is not available proval to conduct ETOPS with diversion within 180 minutes for reasons such as polit- times up to 180 minutes as follows: (1) For these operations the airplane-en- ical or military concerns; volcanic activity; gine combination must be type-design-ap- temporary airport conditions; and airport proved for ETOPS of at least 180 minutes. weather below dispatch requirements or (2) The certificate holder must operate in other weather related events.

accordance with the ETOPS authority as (2) The nearest available ETOPS Alternate contained in its operations specifications. Airport within 207 minutes diversion time (3) The certificate holder must comply must be specified in the dispatch or flight re- with the maintenance program requirements lease.

of § 121.374. (3) In conducting such a flight the certifi- (4) The certificate holder must comply cate holder must consider Air Traffic Serv- with the MEL requirements for ‘‘beyond 120 ice’s preferred track.

(4) The airplane-engine combination must minutes ETOPS.’’ be type-design-approved for ETOPS of at (g) Greater than 180-minute ETOPS. The least 180 minutes. The approved time for the FAA grants approval to conduct ETOPS airplane’s most limiting ETOPS significant greater than 180 minutes. The following are system and most limiting cargo-fire suppres- requirements for all operations greater than sion time for those cargo and baggage com- 180 minutes.

(1) The FAA grants approval only to cer- partments required by regulation to have tificate holders with existing 180-minute fire-suppression systems must be at least 222 ETOPS operating authority for the airplane- minutes.

engine combination to be operated. (5) The certificate holder must track how (2) The certificate holder must have pre- many times 207-minute authority is used.

vious ETOPS experience satisfactory to the (i) 240-minute ETOPS in the North Polar Administrator. Area, in the area north of the NOPAC, and in (3) In selecting ETOPS Alternate Airports, the Pacific Ocean north of the equator. (1) The the operator must make every effort to plan FAA grants approval to conduct 240-minute ETOPS with maximum diversion distances ETOPS authority with maximum diversion of 180 minutes or less, if possible. If condi- times in the North Polar Area, in the area tions necessitate using an ETOPS Alternate north of the NOPAC area, and the Pacific VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00334 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 121, App. P

Ocean area north of the equator as an exten- least 12 consecutive months must be under sion to 180-minute ETOPS authority to be 240-minute ETOPS authority with the air- used on an exception basis. This exception plane-engine combination to be used.

may be used only on a flight-by-flight basis (3) The operator must designate the near- when an ETOPS Alternate Airport is not est available ETOPS alternate or alternates along the planned route of flight.

available within 180 minutes. In that case, the nearest available ETOPS Alternate Air- (4) For these operations, the airplane-en- port within 240 minutes diversion time must gine combination must be type-design-ap- be specified in the dispatch or flight release. proved for ETOPS greater than 180 minutes.

(2) This exception may be used in the Section II. ETOPS Approval: Passenger-car- North Polar Area and in the area north of rying Airplanes With More Than Two Engines.

NOPAC only in extreme conditions par- (a) The FAA grants approval to conduct ETOPS, as follows: ticular to these areas such as volcanic activ- (1) Except as provided in § 121.162, the air- ity, extreme cold weather at en-route air- plane-engine combination must be type-de- ports, airport weather below dispatch re- quirements, temporary airport conditions, sign-approved for ETOPS.

and other weather related events. The cri- (2) The operator must designate the near- teria used by the certificate holder to decide est available ETOPS Alternate Airports that extreme weather precludes using an air- within 240 minutes diversion time (at one-en- port must be established by the certificate gine-inoperative cruise speed under standard holder, accepted by the FAA, and published conditions in still air). If an ETOPS alter- in the certificate holder’s manual for the use nate is not available within 240 minutes, the of dispatchers and pilots. operator must designate the nearest avail- (3) This exception may be used in the Pa- able ETOPS Alternate Airports along the cific Ocean area north of the equator only planned route of flight.

for reasons such as political or military con- (3) The MEL limitations for the authorized cern, volcanic activity, airport weather ETOPS diversion time apply.

below dispatch requirements, temporary air- (i) The Fuel Quantity Indicating System port conditions and other weather related must be operational.

(ii) The communications systems required events.

by § 121.99(d) or § 121.122(c) must be oper- (4) The airplane-engine combination must ational.

be type design approved for ETOPS greater (4) The certificate holder must operate in than 180 minutes.

(j) 240-minute ETOPS in areas South of the accordance with the ETOPS authority as equator. (1) The FAA grants approval to con- contained in its operations specifications.

duct ETOPS with maximum diversion times Section III. Approvals for operations whose of up to 240 minutes in the following areas: airplane routes are planned to traverse either (i) Pacific oceanic areas between the U.S. the North Polar or South Polar Areas.

West coast and Australia, New Zealand and (a) Except for intrastate operations within Polynesia. the State of Alaska, no certificate holder (ii) South Atlantic oceanic areas. may operate an aircraft in the North Polar (iii) Indian Ocean areas. Area or South Polar Area, unless authorized (iv) Oceanic areas between Australia and by the FAA.

South America. (b) In addition to any of the applicable re- (2) The operator must designate the near- quirements of sections I and II of this appen- est available ETOPS Alternate Airports dix, the certificate holder’s operations speci- along the planned route of flight.

fications must contain the following: (3) The airplane-engine combination must (1) The designation of airports that may be be type-design-approved for ETOPS greater used for en-route diversions and the require- than 180 minutes. ments the airports must meet at the time of (k) ETOPS beyond 240 minutes. (1) The FAA diversion.

grants approval to conduct ETOPS with di- (2) Except for supplemental all-cargo oper- version times beyond 240 minutes for oper- ations, a recovery plan for passengers at des- ations between specified city pairs on routes ignated diversion airports.

in the following areas: (3) A fuel-freeze strategy and procedures (i) The Pacific oceanic areas between the for monitoring fuel freezing.

U.S. west coast and Australia, New Zealand, (4) A plan to ensure communication capa- and Polynesia; bility for these operations.

(ii) The South Atlantic oceanic areas; (5) An MEL for these operations.

(iii) The Indian Oceanic areas; and (6) A training plan for operations in these (iv) The oceanic areas between Australia areas.

and South America, and the South Polar (7) A plan for mitigating crew exposure to Area. radiation during solar flare activity.

(2) This approval is granted to certificate (8) A plan for providing at least two cold holders who have been operating under 180- weather anti-exposure suits in the aircraft, minute or greater ETOPS authority for at to protect crewmembers during outside ac- least 24 consecutive months, of which at tivity at a diversion airport with extreme VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00335 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR

14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–26 Edition) Pt. 125

climatic conditions. The FAA may relieve 125.53 Flight locating requirements.

the certificate holder from this requirement

if the season of the year makes the equip- Subpart C—Manual Requirements

ment unnecessary.

125.71 Preparation.

[Docket FAA–2002–6717, 72 FR 1883, Jan. 16, 125.73 Contents.

2007, as amended by Docket FAA–2018–0119, 125.75 Airplane flight manual.

Amdt. 121–380, 83 FR 9173, Mar. 5, 2018]

Subpart D—Airplane Requirements

PART 125—CERTIFICATION AND

125.91 Airplane requirements: General.

OPERATIONS: AIRCRAFT HAVING

125.93 Airplane limitations.

A SEATING CAPACITY OF 20 OR

MORE PASSENGERS OR A MAX-

Subpart E—Special Airworthiness

IMUM PAYLOAD CAPACITY OF Requirements

6,000 POUNDS OR MORE; AND

125.111 General.

RULES GOVERNING PERSONS ON

125.113 Cabin interiors.

BOARD SUCH AIRCRAFT

125.115 Internal doors.

125.117 Ventilation.

125.119 Fire precautions.

S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

89 [N OTE ] 125.121 Proof of compliance with § 125.119.

S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O . 125.123 Propeller deicing fluid.

97 [N OTE ] 125.125 Pressure cross-feed arrangements.

S PECIAL F EDERAL A VIATION R EGULATION N O .

125.127 Location of fuel tanks.

118–2 125.129 Fuel system lines and fittings.

125.131 Fuel lines and fittings in designated

Subpart A—General

fire zones.

125.133 Fuel valves.

Sec.

125.135 Oil lines and fittings in designated 125.1 Applicability.

fire zones.

125.3 Deviation authority.

125.137 Oil valves.

125.5 Operating certificate and operations 125.139 Oil system drains.

specifications required.

125.141 Engine breather lines.

125.7 Display of certificate.

125.143 Firewalls.

125.9 Definitions.

125.145 Firewall construction.

125.11 Certificate eligibility and prohibited 125.147 Cowling.

operations.

125.149 Engine accessory section diaphragm.

125.151 Powerplant fire protection.

Subpart B—Certification Rules and

125.153 Flammable fluids.

Miscellaneous Requirements

125.155 Shutoff means.

125.21 Application for operating certificate.

125.157 Lines and fittings.

125.23 Rules applicable to operations subject 125.159 Vent and drain lines.

to this part.

125.161 Fire-extinguishing systems.

125.25 Management personnel required.

125.163 Fire-extinguishing agents.

125.26 Employment of former FAA employ- 125.165 Extinguishing agent container pres- ees.

sure relief.

125.27 Issue of certificate.

125.167 Extinguishing agent container com- 125.29 Duration of certificate.

partment temperature.

125.31 Contents of certificate and operations 125.169 Fire-extinguishing system mate- specifications.

rials.

125.33 Operations specifications not a part 125.171 Fire-detector systems.

of certificate.

125.173 Fire detectors.

125.35 Amendment of operations specifica- 125.175 Protection of other airplane compo- tions.

nents against fire.

125.37 Duty period limitations.

125.177 Control of engine rotation.

125.39 Carriage of narcotic drugs, mari- 125.179 Fuel system independence.

huana, and depressant or stimulant drugs 125.181 Induction system ice prevention.

or substances.

125.183 Carriage of cargo in passenger com- 125.41 Availability of certificate and oper- partments.

ations specifications.

125.185 Carriage of cargo in cargo compart- 125.43 Use of operations specifications.

ments.

125.45 Inspection authority.

125.47 Change of address. 125.187 Landing gear: Aural warning device.

125.49 Airport requirements. 125.189 Demonstration of emergency evacu- 125.51 En route navigation facilities. ation procedures.

VerDate Sep<11>2014 10:01 Aug 27, 2026 Jkt 268049 PO 00000 Frm 00336 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\268049.XXX 268049 jgilmore on DSK4WB1RN3PROD with CFR